UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): October 29, 2018

 

Egalet Corporation

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

001-36295

 

46-3575334

(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Commission
File Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

600 Lee Road, Suite 100

Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

(610) 833-4200

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

Not Applicable

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

o                  Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

o                  Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17CFR 240.14a-12)

 

o                  Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

o                  Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR §230.405) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR §240.12b-2).

 

Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. x

 

 

 


 

Item 1.01                                            Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

Asset Purchase Agreement

 

On October 30, 2018, Egalet Corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Egalet ”) and Egalet US Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Egalet (“ Egalet US ”), entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) with Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“ Iroko ”) pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Egalet US will acquire certain assets and rights of Iroko, referred to in the Purchase Agreement as the “ Transferred Assets ,” and assume certain liabilities of Iroko, referred to in the Purchase Agreement as the “ Assumed Liabilities ,” including assets related to Iroko’s marketed products VIVLODEX ® , TIVORBEX ® , ZORVOLEX ®   and INDOCIN ®  (indomethacin) oral suspension and suppositories (“ INDOCIN ”) (collectively, the “ Iroko Acquisition ”). Egalet expects the Iroko Acquisition to close in the first quarter of 2019.

 

Structure; Plan of Reorganization

 

As further described below, the Iroko Acquisition is to be effectuated pursuant to, and is conditioned upon, the occurrence of the effective date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the Joint Plan of Reorganization (the “ Plan ”) related to the voluntary petitions for reorganization (the “ Bankruptcy Petitions ”) under the Bankruptcy Code filed by the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Debtors ”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Court ”) on October 30, 2018.

 

Consideration

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, at the closing of the Iroko Acquisition, as consideration for the Transferred Assets, in addition to the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, Egalet will issue to Iroko (or its designees) (i) $45 million in aggregate principal amount of Series A-2 Notes (as defined below) and (ii) 49.0% of the aggregate number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock (as defined below) outstanding on the Effective Date (without giving effect to any shares issued or to be issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan (as defined below)), a portion of which may be issuable in the form of warrants in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.  The consideration will also include the Iroko Royalty (as defined below).

 

In addition, as consideration for certain pre-closing inventory purchases and regulatory fees to be paid by Iroko, at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Company will issue to Iroko an unsecured promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $4,500,000 as reimbursement for such amounts (the “ Interim Payments Note ”).  In connection with the issuance of the Series A-2 Notes, on the Effective Date, Iroko and Egalet will also enter into a royalty rights agreement pursuant to which Egalet will pay a 1.5% royalty on net sales of the combined Company’s products following the closing.

 

Iroko Royalty

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, during the Royalty Term (as defined below), Iroko will be entitled to receive the Royalty Payments (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the “ Iroko Royalty ”) from the Company based upon Indocin Net Sales (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).  The “ Royalty Term ” will commence on the later of January 1, 2019 and the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and end on the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date. The Iroko Royalty shall be payable quarterly during the Royalty Term.  For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, the Iroko Royalty will be equal to: 15% of Indocin Net Sales greater than $20 million for the period from the Closing Date through December 31, 2019; and for each subsequent fiscal year during the Royalty Term, the Iroko Royalty will be equal to 20% of annual Indocin Net Sales for such fiscal year greater than $20 million.  The Iroko Royalty target will be prorated for any fiscal year during the Royalty Period that is not a full fiscal year in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Board of Directors; Stockholder’s Agreement

 

The Purchase Agreement provides that, on the Closing Date, the term of each member of the board of directors of the Company will expire and the Company’s board of directors will consist of seven (7) members designated as follows: (i) two members designated by Iroko (the “ Iroko Directors ”), (ii) the current Chief Executive Officer of

 

2


 

Egalet Corporation, (iii) the current Chairman of the Board of Directors of Egalet Corporation, (iv) one member designated by the members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee (as defined in the Plan) after consultation with the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet, (v) one member designated by the members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee (as defined in the Plan) after consultation with the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet, and (vi) one member designated jointly by the mutual agreement of members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee, the members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee and Iroko after consultation with the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet.

 

In connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Company and Iroko will also enter into a stockholder agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Iroko will agree to customary lock-up and standstill provisions with respect to its New Egalet Common Stock. The stockholder agreement will also provide Iroko with certain rights related to the designation, appointment, replacement and removal of the Iroko Directors.

 

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

 

Egalet and Egalet US, on the one hand, and Iroko, on the other hand, have each made customary covenants in the Purchase Agreement, including, among others, covenants relating to confidentiality and regulatory matters (including anti-trust filings), as well as covenants to conduct their respective businesses in the ordinary between the execution of the Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the Iroko Acquisition (subject to certain exceptions, including the implementation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan on the terms described therein). In addition, the Purchase Agreement contains provisions that restrict each party’s ability to initiate, solicit, or knowingly encourage or facilitate competing third-party proposals for any transaction involving a merger of such party or the acquisition of a significant portion of its stock or assets, subject to certain exceptions. Further, Iroko and certain of its affiliates have agreed to certain restrictive covenants including with respect to non-competition and non-solicitation of customers, suppliers and employees for periods of up to 18 months following the Closing Date.

 

In addition, as compensation for certain royalty payments payable by Iroko to third parties following the Closing Date, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement the Company has agreed to pay to Iroko, on a quarterly basis, with respect to any payments or proceeds whatsoever arising from a Naproxen Product, Tivorbex Product or Zorvolex Product (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement), five percent (5%) of Net Sales (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and certain other amounts in respect of a sublicense of any such product.

 

Egalet and Egalet US, on the one hand, and Iroko, on the other hand, have also made customary representations and warranties regarding their respective businesses, including representations and warranties regarding organization, due authority, their respective financial statements, intellectual property matters, tax matters, compliance with law, their respective material contracts, sufficiency of assets, employee and employee benefit matters and regulatory matters.

 

Conditions

 

Consummation of the Iroko Acquisition is subject to certain conditions, including, among others: (i) expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976; (ii) the absence of any order or injunction prohibiting the consummation of the Iroko Acquisition; (iii) approval of the Plan and entry of the Confirmation Order (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (iv) subject to certain exceptions, the accuracy of representations and warranties of the Company or Egalet US, on the one hand, or Iroko, on the other hand, contained in the Purchase Agreement as if made on the closing date; (v) each of the Company or Egalet US, on the one hand, or Iroko, on the other hand, having performed their respective obligations pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; (vi) the receipt of certain third party consents and release of liens on Transferred Assets; (vii) the filing of certain information with the FDA and there being no recall of Iroko’s or the Company’s products, (viii) the Company having (A) an aggregate cash balance of at least $10.2 million minus a buffer of fifteen percent (15%) of that amount and (B) current liabilities of no more than $40.93 million plus a buffer of 7.5% of that amount, in each case, as of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the Plan, (ix) the Company having no outstanding indebtedness other than the New Secured Notes and the Interim Payments Note (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and (x) no Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) having occurred with respect to Iroko’s or the Company’s respective businesses.

 

3


 

Termination

 

The Purchase Agreement contains certain termination rights for the Company and Egalet US, on the one hand, and Iroko, on the other hand, including (i) by mutual written consent of Iroko and the Company, (ii) in the event of certain breaches or inaccuracies of a representation, warranty or covenant that, if continuing on the Closing Date would cause certain closing conditions to be unsatisfied, (iii) if any governmental authority enjoins the Iroko Acquisition or the Debtors convert the Chapter 11 Cases (as defined below) to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  In addition, the Purchase Agreement automatically terminates without any further notice or action by the Company and Egalet US, on the one hand, or Iroko, on the other hand, on the earliest to occur of the following dates:  (i) the date that is five (5) days after the date of the Purchase Agreement unless the Petition Date (as defined in the Plan) shall have occurred; (ii) the date that is 120 days after the Petition Date unless the Plan has been confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order and the Confirmation Order is in full force and effect and has not been stayed, modified or vacated; and (iii) January 31, 2019; provided that the Company and Iroko may mutually agree in writing, each in its sole discretion, to extend any such deadlines or milestones. If the Purchase Agreement is terminated, under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to reimburse a portion of Iroko’s transaction fees up to a maximum aggregate amount of $1,500,000 (the “ Buyer Reimbursement Obligation ”).  Within ten (10) Business Days after the Petition Date, the Debtors are required to file with the Bankruptcy Court a motion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Iroko, seeking approval of the Buyer Reimbursement Obligation as an administrative expense of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Indemnification

 

The Company and Egalet US, on the one hand, and Iroko, on the other hand, have agreed to indemnify each other and certain of their respective affiliates and related persons from and against certain Damages (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) including Damages resulting from breaches of representations, warranties and covenants.  In addition, Iroko has agreed to indemnify the Company from and against any Damages related to Excluded Liabilities and Excluded Assets (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the Company and Egalet US have agreed to indemnify Iroko from and against any Damages related to the Assumed Liabilities and certain liabilities related to the Plan and the Disclosure Statement.

 

Iroko’s indemnification obligations pursuant to the Purchase Agreement will be supported by (i) a right of set-off in favor of the Company and Egalet US against amounts otherwise owed to Iroko by the Debtors, including with respect to the Series A-2 Notes, the New Royalty Rights Agreements, and the Iroko Royalty, and (ii) a right of recoupment.  In addition, certain affiliates of Iroko have agreed to indemnify the Company against Damages relating to Excluded Liabilities in certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations.

 

Each party’s indemnification obligations are subject to customary caps, deductibles, survival periods and other limitations.

 

Services Agreements

 

In connection with the Iroko Acquisition, Iroko and the Company will enter into a transition services agreement, pursuant to which, in order to assist the Company with the integration of Iroko’s business following the Effective Date, Iroko will provide the Company certain transition services for specified periods of time in exchange for the payment of agreed-upon amounts or other appropriate consideration for such services. In addition, on the date of the Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into two separate master services agreements with each of Athilio Pharma, LLC (“ Athilio ”) and 42 North, LLC (“ 42 North ”) pursuant to which Athilio and 42 North will provide certain services to the Company with respect to Iroko’s business and the transition thereof.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Company and Iroko will enter into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which the Company will grant to Iroko customary demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of New Egalet Common Stock issued as consideration to Iroko.

 

4


 

New Secured Notes Term Sheet

 

As described in part above, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Plan, the Company and its subsidiaries intend to enter into an indenture with respect to new first-lien secured notes (the “ New Senior Secured Notes ”) with an interest rate of 13% per annum payable in cash semi-annually in arrears, a maturity date of five (5) years from the date of issuance, and otherwise on substantially similar terms to, and secured by substantially similar collateral as, the Existing Senior Secured Notes, other than: (i) the New Senior Secured Notes will be issued in two series, (x) the “ Series A-1 Notes ,” to be issued to holders of New Senior Secured Notes other than Iroko and which will be subject to an interest holiday from the date of issuance through November 1, 2019 and (y) the “ Series A-2 Notes ,” to be issued to Iroko and which will be subject to the rights of set-off and recoupment and related provisions set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) the indenture governing the New Senior Secured Notes will include a financial maintenance covenant; (iii) the definition of “Net Sales” and certain other related definitions will be amended to include the Company’s existing products as well as the products to be acquired in the Iroko Acquisition; and (iv) certain other changes agreed to by the Company and the holders of the New Senior Secured Notes, including an increase in the amount of additional indebtedness the Company may incur pursuant to an asset-based lending facility from $10 million to $20 million and the other changes described in the term sheet attached as Exhibit J to the Purchase Agreement.  In connection with the issuance of the New Senior Secured Notes, the Company will enter into new or amended royalty rights agreements, as applicable, with the holders of the New Senior Secured Notes which will provide for the payment of an aggregate 1.5% royalty on Net Sales (as defined in the indenture governing the New Senior Secured Notes) from the issuance date through December 31, 2020.

 

The foregoing description of the material terms of the Purchase Agreement is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Purchase Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 2.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference. The Purchase Agreement contains warranties and covenants that Iroko, on one hand, and Egalet and Egalet US, on the other hand, made to each other as of specific dates. The assertions embodied in those warranties and covenants were made solely for purposes of the Purchase Agreement between the parties and may be subject to important qualifications and limitations agreed to by the parties in connection with negotiating its terms, including being qualified by confidential disclosures exchanged between the parties in connection with the execution of the Purchase Agreement. The warranties may be subject to a contractual standard of materiality that may be different from what may be viewed as material to investors or securityholders, or may have been used for the purpose of allocating risk between the parties to the Purchase Agreement rather than establishing matters as facts. Moreover, information concerning the subject matter of the warranties may change after the date of the Purchase Agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in Egalet’s public disclosures. For the foregoing reasons, no person should rely on the warranties as statements of factual information at the time they were made or otherwise.

 

Restructuring Support Agreement

 

On October 30, 2018, the Company entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement (the “ Support Agreement ”) with creditors holding approximately 94% in aggregate principal amount outstanding and in excess of a majority in number of the Company’s existing 13% Senior Secured Notes (the “ Existing Senior Secured Notes ”) and approximately 67% in aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Company’s existing 5.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ 5.50% Notes ”) and 6.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ 6.50% Notes ”), taken together as a single class (collectively, the “ Supporting Noteholders ”), in connection with the Debtors’ filing of the Bankruptcy Petitions on October 30, 2018.

 

The Support Agreement contemplates, among other things, the financial restructuring of the existing indebtedness of the Debtors through pre-arranged Chapter 11 bankruptcy filings (the “ Restructuring ”) on terms consistent with the Support Agreement and the Plan attached thereto. The Plan provides for the following, among other things:

 

·                   payment in full, in cash, of all allowed administrative claims, priority tax claims, statutory fees, professional fee claims and certain other priority and secured claims;

·                   the cancellation of all of the Company’s common stock and all other equity interests in the Company;

·                   the conversion of approximately $80 million of claims related to the Existing Senior Secured Notes (the “ First Lien Secured Notes Claims ”) into (i) $50 million in aggregate principal amount of Series A-1 Notes

 

5


 

(as defined below), (ii) a number of shares of common stock of reorganized Egalet (“ New Egalet Common Stock ”) representing, in the aggregate, 19.38% of the New Egalet Common Stock outstanding as of the Effective Date (subject to dilution only on account of the Management Incentive Plan) (the “ First Lien Equity Distribution ”), (iii) $20 million in cash less certain amounts related to adequate protection payments, and (iv) cash in an amount equal to certain unpaid fees and expenses of the trustee under the indenture governing the Existing Senior Secured Notes provided , however , that if the Debtors elect to consummate an offering (the “ Rights Offering ”) of subscription rights (the “ Subscription Rights ”) to eligible holders of the 5.50% Notes and 6.50% Notes to purchase up to $10 million of shares of New Egalet Common Stock, the shares of New Egalet Common Stock otherwise allocable to the First Lien Note Equity Distribution shall be distributed pursuant to the Rights Offering, and the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall receive up to $10 million in cash instead of the First Lien Note Equity Distribution;

·                   the conversion of $48.6 million of claims related to the 5.50% Notes and 6.50% Notes into (i) a number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 31.62% of the New Egalet Common Stock as of the Effective Date (subject to dilution only on account of the Management Incentive Plan), and (ii) if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering and such holder is eligible to participate, the Subscription Rights;

·                   the implementation of a customary incentive plan for Egalet management pursuant to which 10.0% of the New Egalet Common Stock outstanding as of the Effective Date shall be reserved for participants on terms to be determined by Egalet’s board of directors after the Effective Date (the “ Management Incentive Plan ”); and

·                   the consummation of the Iroko Acquisition pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Under certain circumstances, holders of claims may elect to receive warrants to purchase New Egalet Common Stock in lieu of shares of New Egalet Common Stock issuable in respect of their claims.

 

The Support Agreement permits the Supporting Noteholders to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence (or failure to occur) of certain events, including: (i) the Petition Date (as defined in the Support Agreement) not having occurred on or before October 31, 2018; (ii) the Court not having entered certain orders within designated periods of time following the Petition Date; (iii) the Effective Date not having occurred on or before the date that is ninety five days after the Petition Date; and (iv) the termination of the Purchase Agreement. The Support Agreement also includes a customary “fiduciary out” provision.

 

This summary of the material terms of the Support Agreement is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Support Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Musial Consulting Agreement

 

As previously disclosed, on October 14, 2018, Stan Musial, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, tendered his resignation as an officer of the Company effective November 9, 2018 to pursue other opportunities.  On October 30, 2018, the Company and Mr. Musial entered into a separation agreement and release (the “ Separation Agreement ”) pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Mr. Musial will provide consulting services to the Company following his departure as an officer through December 31, 2018 for aggregate compensation of $130,000, (ii) Mr. Musial will receive payments related to accrued wages, unreimbursed expenses and in lieu of certain healthcare coverage benefits, (iii) Mr. Musial has agreed to a customary release of claims against the Company and (iv) Mr. Musial has agreed to certain customary restrictive covenants, including with respect to non-competition and non-solicitation.

 

This summary of the material terms of the Separation Agreement is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Separation Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 1.02.                                         Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

On October 29, 2018, the Company entered into a Termination and Settlement Agreement (the “ Halo Termination Agreement ”) with Halo Pharmaceutical Inc. (“ Halo ”) pursuant to which, in connection with the Company’s

 

6


 

previously announced discontinuation of the marketing of ARYMO ER, the Company terminated its Drug Product Manufacturing Services Agreement by and between Halo Pharmaceutical, Inc., on the one hand, and Egalet Corporation, Egalet Limited and Egalet US Inc., on the other hand, dated as of February 28, 2017 (the “ Manufacturing Agreement ”).  Pursuant to the Halo Termination Agreement, the Company will pay to Halo an aggregate sum of $3.1 million in full satisfaction of its obligations to Halo under the Manufacturing Agreement and with respect to certain ongoing services to be performed by Halo in connection with certain activities related to the commercial wind-down of the products.  The Halo Termination Agreement also contained a customary mutual release by the parties.

 

This summary of the material terms of the Halo Termination Agreement is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Halo Termination Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 1.03.                                         Bankruptcy or Receivership.

 

To the extent required by Item 1.03 of Form 8-K, the information contained in Items 1.01 and 7.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K with the respect to the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.04.                                         Triggering Events That Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement.

 

The filing of the Bankruptcy Petitions described in Items 1.01 and 7.01 constitutes an event of default that accelerated the Company’s and its subsidiaries obligations under the following existing debt instruments (the “ Existing Debt Instruments ”): (i) the Indenture, dated August 31, 2016, by and among Egalet, Egalet US, Egalet Limited (“ Egalet UK ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, and the related security documents, governing the Existing Senior Secured Notes; (ii) the Indenture, dated April 7, 2015, by and among Egalet, Egalet US, Egalet UK and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, governing the 5.50% Notes; and (iii) the Indenture, dated December 27, 2017, by and among Egalet, Egalet US, Egalet UK and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, governing the 6.50% Notes.

 

The Existing Debt Instruments provide that as a result of the Bankruptcy Petitions and corresponding events of default, the principal and accrued but unpaid interest due thereunder shall be immediately due and payable. Any efforts to enforce such payment obligations under the Existing Debt Instruments are automatically stayed as a result of the Bankruptcy Petitions and the creditors’ rights of enforcement in respect of the Existing Debt Instruments are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, pursuant to the Support Agreement, the Supporting Noteholders have agreed to forbear from exercising any of their rights and remedies under the applicable Existing Debt Instruments.

 

As previously announced in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2018, the Company’s failure to complete its previously announced offer to repurchase the 5.50% Notes set forth in the Fundamental Change Company Notice, Make-Whole Fundamental Change Company Notice and Offer to Repurchase to Holders of the 5.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020, dated July 31, 2018, as amended August 10, 2018 and its failure to pay interest on the 5.50% Notes when due on October 1, 2018 also constituted an event of default and/or default under certain of the Existing Debt Instruments.

 

Item 5.02.                                         Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

 

To the extent required by Item 5.02 of Form 8-K, the information contained in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 7.01.                                         Regulation FD Disclosure.

 

On October 30, 2018, the Debtors filed the Bankruptcy Petitions. The Debtors’ have requested that the Chapter 11 cases (the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) be jointly administered for procedural purposes only under the caption In re Egalet Corporation, et al., Case No. 16-[ · ]. The Debtors intend to continue to operate their businesses as “debtors-in-

 

7


 

possession” under the jurisdiction of the Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Court.  The Debtors expect ordinary course operations to continue substantially uninterrupted during the Chapter 11 Cases and are seeking approval from the Court for relief under certain “first day” motions authorizing the Debtors to continue to conduct their businesses in the ordinary course. The Debtors’ filings with the Court and other information related to the Chapter 11 Cases are available at a website administered by the Debtors claims agent at www.kccllc.net/egalet (the “ Chapter 11 Site ”). Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, the Chapter 11 Site is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Included in the information filed with the Court on October 30, 2018 are the Plan and the related disclosure statement (the “ Disclosure Statement ”), copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2 and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

The information in this report under Item 7.01, including Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2 hereto, shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such a filing.

 

Item 8.01.                                         Other Information.

 

Press Release

 

On October 31, 2018, Egalet issued a press release announcing its entry into the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. The press release is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.3 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Common Stock Trading Market

 

Pursuant to the listing standards of the OTCQX Market (the “ OTCQX ”), an issuer may not be listed on the OTCQX if it is subject to bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings.  Accordingly, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases will result in the listing of the common stock of the Company being removed from the OTCQX and being moved to and to continue trading on the OTC Pink Open Market (the “ Pink Sheets ”).  The Company expects its securities to begin trading on the Pink Sheets beginning on or about November 1, 2018.

 

Cautionary Note Regarding the Chapter 11 Cases

 

Holders of the Company’s common stock and the Company’s other security holders are cautioned that trading in securities of the Company during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases will be highly speculative and will pose substantial risks. The Plan contemplates that the Company’s existing securities, including its outstanding shares of common stock, will be cancelled and extinguished upon confirmation of the Plan by the Court. Trading prices for the Company’s securities may bear little or no relation to actual recovery, if any, by holders thereof in the Chapter 11 Cases. Accordingly, the Company urges extreme caution with respect to existing and future investments in its securities.

 

Safe Harbor Statement

 

This Current Report on Form 8-K contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “project,” “potential,” “continue,” “seek to” and “ongoing,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Company’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes that it has a reasonable basis for each such forward-looking statement, the Company cautions you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by the Company and its expectations of the future, about which it cannot be certain, including, but not limited to, risks related to: the costs of the

 

8


 

restructuring and the ability to emerge expeditiously, including there being no substantial objection to or litigation with respect to the restructuring; the Company’s ability to satisfy the requirements of the Support Agreement, including consummation of the proposed plan of reorganization; the Company’s expected motions to be filed in the Chapter 11 proceeding and the dispositions of such motions; the Company’s continued operations and customer and supplier relationships while in a Chapter 11 proceeding; the resources needed to support the Company’s operations while in a Chapter 11 proceeding; the Company’s ability to lower debt and interest payments, operate its business and satisfy its obligations while in a Chapter 11 proceeding; the public disclosure of sensitive business information, including projections, as part of the Chapter 11 proceedings; the anticipated benefits of the proposed Iroko Acquisition and the impact of the Iroko Acquisition on the Company’s earnings, capital structure, strategic plan and results of operations; the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstance that could give rise to the termination of the Purchase Agreement, the failure of the closing conditions to the Iroko Acquisition to be satisfied (or any material delay in satisfying such conditions); the failure to consummate the Iroko Acquisition; the costs, fees, expenses and charges (if any) related to the Iroko Acquisition and the Restructuring; the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern; the trading price of the Company’s common stock and the liquidity of the trading market with respect thereto, including the fact that the Plan contemplated by the Support Agreement provides for all existing equity interests of our common stockholders to be cancelled and for our common stockholders to lose the full amount of their investment; the Company’s ability to recruit or retain key scientific or management personnel or to retain our executive officers; and general market conditions.  You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC, which are incorporated herein by reference, for a discussion of additional important factors that may cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements.  As a result of these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements included herein or that may be made elsewhere from time to time by, or on behalf of, the Company.  Furthermore, such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

Item 9.01 - Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(d)  Exhibits.

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description

2.1

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 30, 2018, by and among Egalet Corporation, Egalet US Inc. and Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc.*

10.1

 

Restructuring Support Agreement, dated October 30, 2018, by and among Egalet Corporation, Egalet US Inc., Egalet Limited and the Supporting Noteholders

10.2

 

Employment Separation Agreement and General Release, dated October 30, 2018, by and among Egalet Corporation and Stanley J. Musial

10.3

 

Termination and Settlement Agreement, dated October 30, 2018, by and among Halo Pharmaceutical Inc., Egalet Corporation, Egalet US Inc. and Egalet Ltd.

99.1

 

Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization, filed with the Court on October 30, 2018

99.2

 

Disclosure Statement for Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization, filed with the Court on October 30, 2018

99.3

 

Press Release, dated October 31, 2018

 


* - The registrant has omitted certain schedules and similar attachments to the subject agreement pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

9


 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: October 31, 2018

Egalet Corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Radie

 

 

Name: Robert S. Radie

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

10


Exhibits 2.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc.,

 

Egalet US Inc.,

 

and

 

Egalet Corporation

 

Dated as of October 30, 2018

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE TRANSFERRED ASSETS

2

 

 

 

1.1

Purchase and Sale of Assets

2

1.2

Excluded Assets

4

1.3

Assumption of Liabilities

5

1.4

Excluded Liabilities

6

1.5

Purchase Price; Royalty

7

1.6

Closing

11

1.7

Plan of Reorganization. The Acquisition shall be effected as a principal component of the Plan

14

1.8

Transfer Taxes

14

1.9

Allocation of Purchase Price

14

1.10

Withholding

15

1.11

Taxes

15

 

 

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

15

 

 

 

2.1

Organization, Standing and Power; Subsidiaries

16

2.2

Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents

16

2.3

Transferred Assets

18

2.4

Financial Information; No Undisclosed Liabilities

18

2.5

Intellectual Property

19

2.6

Contracts

22

2.7

Litigation

22

2.8

Compliance with Laws; Permits

22

2.9

Regulatory Authorizations

23

2.10

Product Liability

24

2.11

Regulatory Matters

24

2.12

Taxes

27

2.13

Suppliers and Wholesalers

28

2.14

Affiliate Transactions

29

2.15

Absence of Certain Developments

29

2.16

Environmental Matters

29

2.17

Certain Business Practices

30

2.18

Inventory

31

2.19

Brokers

31

2.20

Employees and Employment Matters

32

2.21

Benefit Plans

33

2.22

Securities Laws

34

2.23

Buyer Representations

35

 

 

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

35

 

i


 

3.1

Organization, Standing and Power

35

3.2

Capital Structure

36

3.3

Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents

37

3.4

Buyer’s Assets; Transferability of Consideration

38

3.5

Financial Information; No Undisclosed Liabilities

38

3.6

Intellectual Property

40

3.7

Contracts

42

3.8

Litigation

42

3.9

Compliance with Laws; Permits

43

3.10

Regulatory Authorizations

44

3.11

Product Liability

44

3.12

Regulatory Matters

45

3.13

Taxes

47

3.14

Suppliers and Wholesalers

49

3.15

Affiliate Transactions

49

3.16

Absence of Certain Developments

49

3.17

Environmental Matters

50

3.18

Certain Business Practices

50

3.19

Brokers

51

3.20

Employees and Employment Matters

51

3.21

Buyer Benefit Plans

52

3.22

Inventory

53

3.23

Company Representations

53

 

 

ARTICLE IV ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

53

 

 

 

4.1

Confidentiality; Public Announcements

53

4.2

Access to Information

54

4.3

Further Assurances; Filings; Efforts; Cooperation

56

4.4

Public Disclosure

59

4.5

Noncompetition

59

4.6

Regulatory Matters

62

4.7

Consents

62

4.8

Financial Statement Preparation

64

4.9

[Reserved]

66

4.10

Conduct of Business Prior to Closing

66

4.11

Trade Notification

70

4.12

Exclusivity

70

4.13

Bulk Sales Laws

71

4.14

Issuance of Equity Consideration; Registration

71

4.15

Employees and Employee Benefits

72

4.16

Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases; Approval of Plan; Confirmation Order

73

4.17

Amendments to the Plan, Disclosure Statement, Confirmation Order and Related Documents

74

4.18

Cooperation from the Company

75

4.19

Sale of Inventory

75

 

ii


 

4.20

Notice Regarding Changes

75

4.21

Buyer Transaction Expenses

75

4.22

Supplemental Disclosure

75

4.23

License to Use the Seller Names and Marks

76

4.24

FDA Fees and Inventory

77

4.25

Transition Services

77

4.26

Naproxen, Tivorbex and Zorvolex Matters. From and after the Closing Date:

77

4.27

CRG Contribution

79

4.28

Current Litigation

79

 

 

ARTICLE V CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASE AND SALE

80

 

 

 

5.1

Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Closing

80

5.2

Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer

81

5.3

Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company

82

 

 

ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION

84

 

 

 

6.1

Indemnification by the Company

84

6.2

Indemnification by the Buyer

84

6.3

Claims for Indemnification

85

6.4

Survival

87

6.5

Limitations

87

6.6

Right to Set-Off

89

6.7

Indemnification Payments

91

6.8

No Claims Against Buyer Lenders, Company Lenders and Collateral Agent

91

6.9

Recoupment

91

 

 

ARTICLE VII TERMINATION

92

 

 

 

7.1

Termination

92

7.2

Effect of Termination

93

 

 

ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

94

 

 

 

8.1

Notices

94

8.2

Entire Agreement

95

8.3

No Third Party Beneficiaries

95

8.4

Assignment

95

8.5

Specific Performance

96

8.6

Severability

96

8.7

Counterparts and Signature

96

8.8

Interpretation

96

8.9

Governing Law

97

8.10

Amendment; Remedies

97

8.11

Submission to Jurisdiction

97

 

iii


 

8.12

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

98

8.13

Fees and Expenses

98

8.14

Definitions

98

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Bill of Sale

Exhibit B-1

 

Form of Trademark Assignment

Exhibit B-2

 

Form of Indocin US Trademark Assignment

Exhibit C

 

Form of Transition Services Agreement

Exhibit D

 

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

Exhibit E

 

Form of Stockholders Agreement

Exhibit F

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

Exhibit G-1

 

Form of Buyer FDA Letters

Exhibit G-2

 

Form of Company FDA Letters

Exhibit H

 

Plan

Exhibit I

 

Disclosure Statement

Exhibit J

 

Term Sheet for the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture

Exhibit K

 

Form of Note Transfer Joinder

Exhibit L

 

Form of Royalty Consideration Transfer Joinder

Exhibit M

 

Form of Interim Payments Note

Exhibit N

 

iCeutica License

 

iv


 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 30, 2018, by and between Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc., a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (registered number 1732699) (the “ Company ”) and Egalet US Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ NewCo ”), and Egalet Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer Parent ” and, collectively with NewCo, the “ Buyer ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and its Subsidiaries desire to sell, transfer and assign to the Buyer, and the Buyer desires to purchase from the Company and its Subsidiaries, substantially all of the assets and rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than the Excluded Assets, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “ Acquisition ”);

 

WHEREAS, Buyer Parent has previously issued its outstanding (i) 13% Senior Secured Notes (the “ 13% Notes ”), (ii) 6.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ 6.50% Notes ”) and (iii) 5.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ 5.50% Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, prior to or substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition, through and pursuant to the Plan, Buyer Parent intends to (i) redeem, repay or otherwise retire or discharge at least $20,000,000 of aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 13% Notes (the “ 13% Notes Redemption ”) and (ii) convert all of the outstanding 6.50% Notes and 5.50% Notes into shares of Parent Common Stock (the “ Convertible Note Conversions ”);

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend to effectuate the Acquisition pursuant to the Plan to be filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”) in cases (the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) to be commenced for the Buyer and certain of its Affiliates (each a “ Debtor ,” and collectively, the “ Debtors ”) under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Debtors intend to seek entry of the Confirmation Order in form and substance materially consistent with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, substantially concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Iroko Pharmaceuticals, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Iroko Properties Inc., a British Virgin Islands company (both wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company), have entered into an Amended and Restated Nano-Reformulated Compound License Agreement with iCeutica Inc., a Delaware corporation, and iCeutica Pty Ltd., an Australian corporation, attached hereto as Exhibit N (the “ iCeutica License ”), which license shall be effective upon, and assigned to the Buyer (or its designated Affiliate) at, the Closing;

 

WHEREAS, substantially concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to the Buyer’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, (i) the Buyer and Athilio Pharma, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are executing and delivering a Master Services Agreement and (ii) the Buyer and 42 North, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are executing and delivering a Master Services Agreement,

 

1


 

the effectiveness of each of which is contingent upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of the Buyer and Buyer Parent have approved this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby including, without limitation, the Acquisition, the 13% Notes Redemption and the Convertible Note Conversions.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Buyer and the Company agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE TRANSFERRED ASSETS

 

1.1                                Purchase and Sale of Assets .  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to the Buyer (directly or through a designated Affiliate), and the Buyer (directly or through a designated Affiliate) shall purchase, acquire and accept from the Company and its Subsidiaries, all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in and to the Transferred Assets, free and clear of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens, it being understood that any such Permitted Liens shall be Excluded Liabilities).  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Transferred Assets ” means all of the properties, assets, claims, causes of action, contracts, rights, interests, privileges, expectations and business of every kind, character and description, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether held by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any other Person on its or their behalf, and wherever located, in each case, other than the Excluded Assets, and including, without limitation all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in and to the following (other than the Excluded Assets):

 

(a)                                  all regulatory filings, marketing authorizations, NDAs, master files, permits, licenses, registrations, regulatory clearances, approvals, concessions, qualifications, registrations, certifications and similar items (“ Regulatory Authorizations ”), including those related to market, pricing or reimbursement approval (the “ Transferred Regulatory Authorizations ”), including but not limited to the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) ;

 

(b)                                  all regulatory, scientific and technical documents that the personnel of the Company or its Subsidiaries responsible for regulatory compliance and the management of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ product operations maintain in the ordinary course of business with respect to applications for the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations and any renewals thereof and the manufacture, distribution and sale of the Products and the Naproxen Product,

 

2


 

including the list of the components of the Products and the Naproxen Product and the specifications therefor and quantities thereof;

 

(c)                                   all domain names controlled by the Company or its Subsidiaries (the “ Transferred Domain Names ”), including but not limited to the Transferred Domain Names set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) , but excluding the domain names set forth on Schedule 1.2(l)) ;

 

(d)                                  all trademarks, logos, brands, trade names and other source identifiers (“ Trademarks ”) owned by or used under license by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and all applications and registrations of the foregoing (the “ Transferred Trademarks ”), including but not limited to the Transferred Trademarks set forth on Schedule 1.1(d) , but excluding the trademarks set forth on Schedule 1.2(l) ;

 

(e)                                   all issued and pending patents and patent applications (collectively, “ Patents ”) owned by or used under license by, the Company or its Subsidiaries, and including any provisional, continuation, divisional, continuation in part application, substitution, reissue, renewal, reexamination, supplemental protection certificate, extension, registration and confirmation of any such patents and patent applications (collectively, the “ Transferred Patents ”), including but not limited to the Transferred Patents set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) , and all patent files, correspondence, opinions, studies, search results and documentation related to any of the foregoing;

 

(f)                                    all correspondence and reports submitted to or received from the FDA (including minutes and official contact reports relating to any communications with the FDA) and relevant supporting documents with respect thereto, including the product labeling, all medical letters, regulatory drug lists and complaint files, dossiers, reports, data and other written materials filed as a part of any applications for approvals or registrations relating to the Products and the Naproxen Product;

 

(g)                                   any and all information, books, records, documents, ideas, inventions, copyrights, data (including historical government pricing data), files, correspondence, plans, operating records, instructions, processes, formulas, formulation information, manufacturing technology, validations, package specifications, chemical specifications, chemical and finished goods analytical test methods, manufacturing records, sampling records, standard operating procedures, batch records, laboratory notebooks, stability data, product specifications, information with respect to expert opinion, drawings, formulae, reports and information (whether or not patented or patentable), technology, techniques, trade secrets, concepts, ideas, inventions, specifications, surveys, designs, engineering and other manuals, flow diagrams, chemical, pharmacological, toxicological, pharmaceutical, physical, analytical, safety, quality assurance, and quality control data, technical information, other confidential or proprietary information, systems or procedures, clinical, non-clinical, safety and Adverse Event report data and databases, and know-how relating to Transferred Regulatory Authorizations, Transferred Domain Names, Transferred Trademarks and Transferred Patents (collectively, the “ Transferred Other IP ”);

 

(h)                                  duplicate copies of personnel files of the Transferred Employees and other Employees who prior to Closing accept the Buyer’s offer of a consulting relationship pursuant to Section 4.15 ;

 

3


 

(i)                                      all marketing and sales assets, including, without limitation, all customer and supplier lists, cost and pricing information, sales training materials and prescriber lists, as well as the websites and content at the Transferred Domain Names;

 

(j)                                     all rights under the contracts set forth on Schedule 1.1(j)  and any other contracts approved in writing by the Buyer in accordance with Section 4.10(b)(1)(C)  (the “ Assumed Contracts ”);

 

(k)                                  the tangible assets set forth on Schedule 1.1(k)  and any other tangible assets primarily related to the Business;

 

(l)                                      the Transferred Inventory;

 

(m)                              all guaranties, warranties, indemnities and similar rights that have been made in favor of the Company, its Subsidiaries and any predecessors in title by any manufacturers, suppliers and other third parties, except to the extent relating to any Excluded Liabilities;

 

(n)                                  all files, correspondence and other documents relating to the Pending Actions;

 

(o)                                  all claims, counterclaims, defenses, causes of action, demands, judgments, rights of recovery, rights of set-off, rights of subrogation and all other rights of any kind against any third party related to the Business, except to the extent relating to any Excluded Liabilities;

 

(p)                                  all credits, prepaid expenses, deferred charges, advance payments, security deposits and prepaid items, except those that relate to any Excluded Liabilities;

 

(q)                                  all goodwill associated with the Business or the Transferred Assets; and

 

(r)                                     all other assets, rights and properties that are primarily related to the Business (other than Excluded Assets and any assets to the extent relating to Excluded Liabilities).

 

1.2                                Excluded Assets .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Transferred Assets shall not include any of the Excluded Assets.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Excluded Assets ” means the following assets, rights and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries:

 

(a)                                  all cash and cash equivalents, bank accounts and shares or securities of or in the Company and its Subsidiaries (including any and all issued and outstanding shares in each of the Subsidiaries);

 

(b)                                  all accounts receivable;

 

(c)                                   any Finished Product not included in the Transferred Inventory;

 

4


 

(d)                                  any of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ inventory other than the Transferred Inventory;

 

(e)                                   all Regulatory Authorizations exclusively relating to Development Products, along with all exclusively related regulatory, scientific and technical documents and all exclusively related correspondence and reports;

 

(f)                                    all employee-related files or records (other than duplicate copies of personnel files of the Transferred Employees or other Employees who prior to the Closing accept the Buyer’s offer of a consulting relationship pursuant to Section 4.15 ), all Company Benefit Plans and all contracts and assets relating to any Company Benefit Plan;

 

(g)                                   any right to any refund, rebate, abatement, credit or similar Tax benefits with respect to Taxes relating to any Tax period (or portions thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date and all Tax records of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including any Tax Returns of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company);

 

(h)                                  all rights in respect of real property, including leasehold interests;

 

(i)                                      all rights under any contracts not listed on Schedule 1.1(j)  (collectively, the “ Excluded Contracts ”);

 

(j)                                     any books, records, files and rights to the extent primarily relating to any Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities;

 

(k)                                  all rights under the state-level licenses and authorizations set forth on Schedule 1.2(k) ;

 

(l)                                      all Intellectual Property other than the Transferred Intellectual Property (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the patents, domain names and trademarks set forth on Schedule 1.2(l) );

 

(m)                              all insurance policies of the Company and all rights to applicable claims and proceeds thereunder; and

 

(n)                                  all rights under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

 

1.3                                Assumption of Liabilities .  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, except as set forth below, at the Closing, the Buyer shall assume and agree to perform, pay, satisfy or discharge when due, the Assumed Liabilities.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Assumed Liabilities ” means, without duplication, all liabilities and obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries:

 

(a)                                  arising from the manufacture, delivery or sale of any Finished Product, where such activities are performed on or after the Closing Date (including liabilities related to rebates, chargebacks, recall, withdrawal, post-sale warnings, wholesaler fees, copay buydowns, product returns, copay discounts or otherwise for Product sold on or after the Closing Date), (it being understood that any and all liabilities arising from the manufacture, delivery or sale of any

 

5


 

Finished Product where such activities are performed prior to the Closing Date shall be Excluded Liabilities such that, as an example, in the case of any Finished Product that is transferred to the Buyer at the Closing, liabilities arising from the manufacture of such Finished Product prior to the Closing Date shall be Excluded Liabilities and liabilities arising from the delivery or sale of any such Finished Product on or after the Closing Date shall be Assumed Liabilities);

 

(b)                                  arising out of user or other similar fees payable to FDA or other Governmental Entity to the extent such fees are payable or obligated to be paid on account of the operation of the Business on or after the Closing Date, subject to Section 4.24 to the extent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries paid any such fees prior to Closing Date;

 

(c)                                   under the Assumed Contracts relating to periods from and after the Closing, excluding any liabilities and obligations resulting from (i) any material breach or violation of any Assumed Contract occurring prior to the Closing or (ii) any act or omission occurring prior to the Closing that would have constituted a breach or violation upon notice or passage of time (or both) under any Assumed Contract; and

 

(d)                                  referenced on Schedule 1.3(d) .

 

1.4                                Excluded Liabilities .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Assumed Liabilities shall not include any of the Excluded Liabilities, and the Buyer does not hereby and shall not assume or in any way undertake to perform, pay, satisfy or discharge, and the Company or its Subsidiaries (as applicable) shall fully retain and be responsible for, any Excluded Liabilities.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Excluded Liabilities ” means all liabilities and obligations other than those specifically listed or described in the definition of Assumed Liabilities, including, but not limited to (in each case excluding those liabilities and obligations specifically listed or described in the definition of Assumed Liabilities), (i) any liabilities of the Company or its Subsidiaries which arise out of facts, circumstances, occurrences, conditions, acts or omissions occurring on or prior to Closing, (ii) any Taxes of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates and any Tax related to the Transferred Assets, in each case for any Tax periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) any liabilities arising from the manufacture, delivery or sale of any Finished Product where such activities were performed prior to the Closing Date (including liabilities related to rebates, chargebacks, recall, withdrawal, post-sale warnings, wholesaler fees, copay buydowns, product returns, copay discounts or otherwise arising from Product sold prior to the Closing Date), (iv) any royalty or milestone obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries accruing on or prior to the Closing, (v) any environmental liabilities of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (vi) any liabilities under or related to any Company Benefit Plan (or any contract or assets relating thereto), (vii) any liabilities with respect to employment, termination of employment, compensation, severance, vacation, sick leave and employee benefits of any nature owed to any current or former officer, manager, director, member, employee or independent contractor (or any of their respective dependents or beneficiaries) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates (including, without limitation, any Employee) that relate to such individual’s employment or service (or the termination thereof) with the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates or any of their respective predecessors, whether or not such current or former officer, manager, director, member, employee or independent contractor of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective

 

6


 

Affiliates becomes an employee of or other service provider to Buyer or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, any obligation to pay or provide any current or former officer, manager, director, member, employee or independent contractor (or any of their respective dependents or beneficiaries) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates, any severance or change in control payments, transaction bonuses, retiree benefits, salary, wages or commissions (including accrued vacation or paid time off), or statutory entitlements (including under the WARN Act), (viii) any liabilities to the extent relating to any Excluded Assets including, without limitation, the Excluded Contracts, (ix) any liabilities of the Company or its Subsidiaries related to any real property (whether leased or owned), (x) any regulatory fees or other similar fees due and payable to the FDA or any other Governmental Entity prior to the Closing, subject to the provisions of Section 4.24 , (xi) any Transfer Taxes payable by the Company or its Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 1.9 , (xii) any liabilities arising under the iCeutica Promissory Notes, (xiii) any liabilities arising from, relating to or resulting from the Company Redemption (including any related dissent or appraisal process) and (xiv) any liabilities arising from, relating to or resulting from the China License and Supply Agreement (it being understood that nothing herein shall preclude any Company Indemnified Party from making a claim against the Buyer under Section 6.2(b)  for a breach of Section 4.29 ).

 

1.5                                Purchase Price; Royalty .

 

(a)                                  Purchase Price . In consideration of the Acquisition, the Buyer (directly or through a designated Affiliate) agrees to purchase, acquire and accept from the Company and its Subsidiaries the Transferred Assets, and to assume the Assumed Liabilities, for the Equity Consideration, the Notes Consideration and the Royalty Consideration, as may be adjusted pursuant to Article VI .

 

(b)                                  Closing Payments . At the Closing, the Buyer Parent shall (directly or, with respect to the Equity Consideration only, through a designated Affiliate) pay, issue or otherwise deliver to the Company or its Permitted Designees: (i) the Equity Consideration, (ii) the Notes Consideration and (iii) the Interim Payments Note Consideration (collectively, the “ Closing Consideration ”).

 

(c)                                   Royalty Consideration .

 

(1)                                  Royalty Payments . In addition to the payments and other deliveries pursuant to Section 1.5(c) , following the Closing and during the Royalty Term, the Buyer shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 1.5(c) , pay or cause the payment to the Royalty Recipient additional payments as follows (the “ Royalty Payments ”): (x) with respect to Indocin Net Sales in excess of $20,000,000 following the Closing and during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, 15% of such excess Indocin Net Sales and (y) with respect to Indocin Net Sales in excess of $20,000,000 during any fiscal year ending after January 1, 2020, twenty percent (20%) of such excess Indocin Net Sales; provided , however , that if the Royalty Term begins after January 1, 2019, the $20,000,000 amount in clause (x) above shall be reduced and prorated by multiplying such amount by a fraction where (i) the numerator is the number of days between the start of the Royalty Term and December 31, 2019, and (ii) the denominator is 365; and

 

7


 

provided further , that in the final fiscal year of the Royalty Term, the $20,000,000 amount in clause (y) above shall be reduced and prorated by multiplying such amount by a fraction where (i) the numerator is the number of days between the start of such final fiscal year and the end of the Royalty Term, and (ii) the denominator is 365.

 

(2)                                  Royalty Statements . Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter (or ninety (90) days with respect to the fourth quarter of each fiscal year) during the Royalty Term beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2019, the Buyer shall deliver to the Royalty Recipient a report setting forth for such fiscal quarter (or such fiscal year with respect to the fourth quarter of such fiscal year) the following information: (a) the aggregate amount of Indocin Net Sales and (b) the Royalty Payments due pursuant to Section 1.5(c)(1)  for such sales (each, a “ Royalty Statement ”).  For the avoidance of doubt, no such reports shall be due in respect of any fiscal quarter occurring after the expiration of the Royalty Term.

 

(3)                                  Determination of Royalty Payments . Unless the Royalty Recipient disputes the Buyer’s calculations included in the Royalty Statement in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.5(c)(6)  within forty-five (45) days after delivery by the Buyer of such Royalty Statement (the “ Royalty Dispute Period ”), the Buyer’s determinations thereof shall be conclusive and binding upon the Royalty Recipient and the Buyer, subject to the Royalty Recipient’s subsequent right to dispute such calculations pursuant to Section 1.5(c)(5)  and subject also to the provisions of Section 1.5(c)(7) .  Each Royalty Payment, if any, will, be paid in cash by Buyer or its Affiliates within ten (10) days after the delivery by the Buyer of the corresponding Royalty Statement.  In the event of a dispute concerning amounts owed by the Buyer with respect to such Royalty Statement, pursuant to Section 1.5(c)(5)  or Section 1.5(c)(6) , any additional amounts determined to be due by the Buyer or its Affiliates shall be paid in cash by Buyer or its Affiliates within ten (10) days after the date of the final determination thereof pursuant to Section 1.5(c)(5) , Section 1.5(c)(6) , and/or Section 1.5(c)(7) .  Any payments payable by the Buyer or its Affiliates under this Section 1.5(c)  shall be deemed part of the Final Purchase Price.  It is understood and agreed that, to the extent that at any time there are pending claims made by Buyer Indemnified Parties for indemnification pursuant to and in accordance with Article VI , the Buyer and its Affiliates may hold back from paying a portion of any Royalty Payment in an amount equal to the amount at issue in such pending claims until the final resolution of such claim in accordance with this Agreement.  In addition, subject to the terms of Article VI , the Buyer and its Affiliates may recoup and/or set-off against all or a portion of any Royalty Payment any Agreed Amount or any amount finally determined (by a court of competent jurisdiction through a non-appealable order) to be owed to the Buyer Indemnified Parties under the indemnification obligations set forth in Article VI , provided , that the Buyer must notify the Royalty Recipient of its intent to set-off the amount of any Royalty Payment as promptly as possible after making such a determination, but in any event not less than five (5) Business Days in advance of such set-off.

 

8


 

(4)                                  Payment of Royalty Payments . After giving effect to any set-off in accordance with Section 1.5(c)(3) , the Buyer (or one of its Affiliates) shall pay the Royalty Payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated in writing by the Royalty Recipient at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such payment.

 

(5)                                  Audit of Royalty Payments . During the Royalty Term and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, no more than once in any twelve (12)-month period, the Royalty Recipient shall have the right to have an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Buyer inspect and audit the Buyer’s records for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of any Royalty Payments that were not the subject of a dispute pursuant to Section 1.5(c)(6)  or a prior audit pursuant to this Section 1.5(c)(5) .  The accountant shall keep confidential from third parties (other than the Royalty Recipient and its Representatives) any information obtained during such inspection and shall only report its calculation of the amounts of Indocin Net Sales and Royalty Payments corresponding to the time period under review.  If the Royalty Recipient wishes to dispute the amount of Royalty Payments due hereunder for any particular time period, the Royalty Recipient shall prepare and deliver to the Buyer a report setting forth the accountant’s calculation of the Indocin Net Sales and the corresponding Royalty Payments in respect of such time period (the “ Royalty Audit Statement ”).

 

(A)                                Unless the Buyer disputes the calculations set forth in the Royalty Audit Statement within forty-five (45) days following receipt of the Royalty Audit Statement, the findings set forth in the Royalty Audit Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon the Buyer and the Royalty Recipient.  In such case, if the Royalty Audit Statement indicates that additional amounts are owed by the Buyer or its Affiliates to the Royalty Recipient in respect of the relevant period under audit, the Buyer or its Affiliates shall pay the Royalty Recipient such additional amounts within sixty (60) days after delivery by the Royalty Recipient of the Royalty Audit Statement.  The professional fees charged by the accountant in connection with any such audit shall be borne by the Royalty Recipient unless the Royalty Audit Statement indicates there was an underpayment by the Buyer or its Affiliates for such period of more than the greater of (1) five (5) percent (5%) of the aggregate amount payable for the term of the audit, and (2) $50,000, in which case the Buyer shall pay the fees and expenses of the Royalty Recipient’s accountant within fifteen (15) days of the Royalty Recipient’s request therefor.

 

(B)                                In the event that the Buyer disputes the calculations set forth in any Royalty Audit Statement, the Buyer shall notify the Royalty Recipient in writing by delivery of a notice (an “ Audit Dispute Notice ”) within the forty-five (45) day period set forth in clause (A) above (the “ Audit Dispute Period ”), which Audit Dispute Notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such dispute, and the parties shall follow the

 

9


 

dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 1.5(c)(6) , mutatis mutandis (it being understood that the Audit Dispute Period shall serve as the Royalty Dispute Period, the Royalty Audit Statement shall serve as the Royalty Statement, and the Audit Dispute Notice shall serve as the Royalty Dispute Notice).

 

(6)                                  Disputes . In the event that the Company disputes the Buyer’s calculations included in any Royalty Statement, the Royalty Recipient shall notify the Buyer in writing by delivery of a notice (a “ Royalty Dispute Notice ”) within the Royalty Dispute Period, which Royalty Dispute Notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such dispute.  If the Royalty Recipient does not submit a Royalty Dispute Notice within the Royalty Dispute Period, then the calculations included in the applicable Royalty Statement shall become final and binding upon the parties and shall not be subject to further review, challenge or adjustment (other than pursuant to Section 1.5(c)(7) ).  If the Buyer and the Royalty Recipient cannot mutually agree upon the calculations of the Indocin Net Sales within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Royalty Dispute Notice, the Royalty Recipient and the Buyer shall jointly engage a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants selected by mutual agreement of the Company and the Buyer (the “ Settlement Accountants ”) to resolve such dispute.  The parties shall furnish the Settlement Accountants, at the time of such engagement, with a copy of the Royalty Dispute Notice (if any) and the Royalty Statement.  Each of the Royalty Recipient and the Buyer shall (i) furnish the Settlement Accountants with such other information and documents as the Settlement Accountants may reasonably request in order to resolve the dispute; and (ii) within ten (10) days of the date of joint engagement of the Settlement Accountants, provide the Settlement Accountants with a written notice (a “ Royalty Position Statement ”) describing in reasonable detail its position on the dispute (a copy of which will concurrently be delivered to the other party).  Each party shall, within ten (10) days following the submission of the other party’s Royalty Position Statement to the Settlement Accountants, have the opportunity and right to submit to the Settlement Accountants a written response to the other party’s Royalty Position Statement. Any information submitted to the Settlement Accountants by either party shall be in writing, with a copy sent concurrently to the other party. If either of the Royalty Recipient or the Buyer fails to timely deliver its Royalty Position Statement to the Settlement Accountants, the Settlement Accountants shall resolve the items in dispute solely upon the basis of the information otherwise timely provided to them.  The Settlement Accountants (A) shall be bound by all other matters and calculations as to which the parties are in accord, (B) shall not assign a value to any disputed matter greater than the greatest value for such matter claimed by either party or less than the smallest value claimed for such matter by either party, and (C) shall rely on the written submissions of the parties (and shall not conduct an independent investigation, discovery or ex parte communications).  The determination of the Settlement Accountants with respect to the Royalty Payment shall be in writing and shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall not be subject to further review, challenge or adjustment (other than pursuant to Section 1.5(c)(7) ).  The parties

 

10


 

shall instruct the Settlement Accountants to reach a determination not more than forty-five (45) days after the date of the joint engagement; provided , however , that any delay in delivering such determination shall not invalidate such determination or deprive the Settlement Accountants of jurisdiction to resolve the items in dispute.  Each of the Buyer and the Royalty Recipient shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Section 1.5(c)(6) .  The fees, costs and expenses of the services of the Settlement Accountants shall be initially borne by the Royalty Recipient, on the one hand, and the Buyer, on the other hand, fifty percent (50%) by the Royalty Recipient and fifty percent (50%) by the Buyer, provided that the fees, costs and expenses of the Settlement Accountants shall ultimately be borne by the Royalty Recipient and the Buyer based upon the percentage which the aggregate portion of the contested amount (based on the last proposed written offers from each such party for the settlement of the items in dispute, taken as a whole) not awarded to each party bears to the aggregate amount actually contested by the parties.

 

(7)                                  Year-End Adjustments . If there is any change to the amount of previously determined Indocin Net Sales for any fiscal quarter during any fiscal year as a result of the audit or any restatement of Buyer Parent’s consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year, the amount of such change shall be reported in the Royalty Statement for the fourth quarter of such fiscal year, and the Royalty Payment for such fourth quarter shall be increased or decreased, as applicable, by a corresponding amount determined, in each case, in accordance with this Section 1.5(c) .  For the avoidance of doubt, any such adjustments included in a Royalty Statement for the fourth quarter of a fiscal year shall be subject to Section 1.5(c)(5)  and Section 1.5(c)(6) .

 

(8)                                  Conduct of Business . During the Royalty Term, the Buyer shall, and shall cause the other Buyer Entities to, use Diligent Efforts to commercialize the Transferred Indocin Product (it being agreed that awareness that taking an action may reduce (or make less likely) Royalty Payments shall not, itself, be sufficient by itself to evidence the Buyer Entities’ objective in taking such action).  Without limiting the Buyer’s obligations under this Section 1.5 , the Royalty Recipient hereby acknowledges that any Royalty Payments are uncertain and it is therefore not assured that the Buyer will be required to pay (or cause to be paid) any Royalty Payments hereunder.

 

1.6                                Closing .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Dechert LLP, Three Bryant Park, 1095 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, or at such other place and time (including by electronic exchange of documents) as the Buyer and the Company mutually agree in writing, in each case, on the date that is no later than three (3) Business Days after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent to Closing specified in Article V (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such

 

11


 

conditions at the Closing), or at such other time, place and date as the Buyer and the Company mutually agree in writing (the “ Closing Date ”) .  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Closing Date shall occur on the same date as the effective date of the Plan, subject to the provisions of this Section 1.6 and Article V .

 

(b)                                  At the Closing, the Buyer shall:

 

(i)                   cause to be issued or transferred, as applicable, to the Company or its Permitted Designee(s) the Equity Consideration and the Notes Consideration;

 

(ii)                deliver to the Company the following documents duly executed by the Buyer and the Affiliates of the Buyer party thereto:

 

(1)                                  a Bill of Sale in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Bill of Sale ”);

 

(2)                                  (a) one or more Trademark Assignments in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (the “ Trademark Assignment ”) and (b) a Trademark Assignment relating to the Indocin US trademark in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 (the “ Indocin US Trademark Assignment ”);

 

(3)                                  a Transition Services Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”);

 

(4)                                  an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ”);

 

(5)                                  a copy of (i) the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture and (ii) the New Notes Royalty Agreement;

 

(6)                                  the Interim Payments Note;

 

(7)                                  a certificate, in the form required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(C) and reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and a notice in accordance with provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2), each duly executed by Buyer Parent and in form reasonably satisfactory the Company (the “ Buyer FIRPTA Certificate ”);

 

(8)                                  a Stockholders Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”);

 

(9)                                  a Registration Rights Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”);

 

(10)                           the officer’s certificate contemplated by Section 5.3(a)  and (b) , dated as of the Closing Date;

 

12


 

(11)                           letters from the Buyer to the FDA assuming responsibility for the applicable Transferred Regulatory Authorizations issued by the FDA, in the respective forms attached hereto as Exhibit G-1 (the “ Buyer FDA Letters ”); and

 

(12)                           a certified true, correct and complete copy of the Confirmation Order; and

 

(iii)             deliver to the Company notice of the effective date of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   At the Closing, the Company shall:

 

(i)                   deliver to the Buyer the following documents duly executed by the Company and the Affiliates of the Company party thereto:

 

(1)                                  the Bill of Sale;

 

(2)                                  the Trademark Assignment;

 

(3)                                  the Indocin US Trademark Assignment;

 

(4)                                  the Transition Services Agreement;

 

(5)                                  the Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

 

(6)                                  the Stockholders Agreement ( provided , that if any Equity Consideration is to be issued or delivered at the Closing to any Permitted Designee, the Company shall also cause such Permitted Designee to duly execute and deliver to the Buyer at the Closing, the Stockholders Agreement);

 

(7)                                  the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(8)                                  letters from the Company to the FDA transferring to the Buyer the rights to the applicable Transferred Regulatory Authorizations issued by the FDA, in the respective forms attached hereto as Exhibit G-2 (the “ Company FDA Letters ” and, together with the Bill of Sale, the Trademark Assignment, the Indocin US Trademark Assignment, the Transition Services Agreement, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture, the New Notes Royalty Agreement, the Interim Payments Note, the Buyer FIRPTA Certificate, the Company FIRPTA Certificate, the Stockholders Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Buyer FDA Letters, the “ Ancillary Agreements ”);

 

(9)                                  with respect to the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company that transfers to the Buyer hereunder a “United States real property interest” within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code, a properly executed certificate of non-foreign status in a form that complies with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2) and in form reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer (the “ Company FIRPTA Certificate ”);

 

(10)                           the officer’s certificates contemplated by Section 5.2(a)  and (b) , dated as of the Closing Date; and

 

13


 

(ii)                deliver to the Buyer (1) all of the Transferred Assets of a tangible nature (including instruments of transfer and conveyance and taking such actions as may be required by applicable Law to effect such transfer and control) and (2) copies of the Company Required Consents; and

 

(iii)             deliver to the Buyer the irrevocable assignment of the iCeutica License from the Company to the Buyer (or a designated Affiliate) duly executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties to the iCeutica License, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer.

 

1.7                                Plan of Reorganization . The Acquisition shall be effected as a principal component of the Plan.

 

1.8                                Transfer Taxes .  The Company, on the one hand, and the Buyer, on the other hand, shall equally bear any Transfer Taxes, fees or charges incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets and the payment of the Final Purchase Price therefor pursuant to this Agreement and not eliminated through the application of section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall timely file all Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to such Transfer Taxes.  All such Tax Returns related to Transfer Taxes shall be filed by the party required to file under applicable Law, and the non-filing party shall reimburse the filing party for its portion of any such Transfer Taxes.  The Company and the Buyer shall cooperate in taking all actions and in the preparation and filing of all forms and documentation necessary to mitigate or provide exemption from any Transfer Tax, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, including under section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

1.9                                Allocation of Purchase Price . On or prior to the forty-fifth (45th) day after the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver a schedule allocating the Final Purchase Price, the amount of the Assumed Liabilities (to the extent relevant in determining the purchase price for Tax purposes) and other relevant items (the “ Total Tax Consideration ”) among the Transferred Assets (the “ Allocation Schedule ”) in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code (and any similar provisions of state or local Law, as appropriate) and the schedule prepared by the Company in accordance with Section 4.2(a)(x) . The Allocation Schedule shall be deemed final unless the Buyer notifies the Company in writing that the Buyer objects to one or more items reflected in the Allocation Schedule as unreasonable within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Allocation Schedule to the Buyer. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any such dispute, and the Allocation Schedule shall be updated to reflect any such resolution. If the Company and the Buyer are unable to resolve a dispute with respect to the Allocation Schedule within thirty (30) days of Buyer making such objection, and the subject of  such unresolved dispute is the aggregate amount of the Total Tax Consideration, the Buyer shall be permitted to create a separate schedule allocating the Total Tax Consideration among the Transferred Assets utilizing its proposed amount of Total Tax Consideration in a manner that is otherwise substantially consistent with the Allocation Schedule and in accordance with the schedule prepared by the Company in accordance with Section 4.2(a)(x) , shall promptly send a copy of such separate schedule to the Company and shall be permitted to report the Tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in a manner consistent with such separate schedule.  Except as required by applicable Law or otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 1.9 , the Company and the Buyer shall report the Tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by

 

14


 

this Agreement in a manner consistent with the Allocation Schedule and shall not take any position inconsistent therewith in preparing any Tax Returns, IRS Form 8594 or any other Tax forms or filings.

 

1.10                         Withholding . The Buyer, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates, shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment under this Agreement any Taxes required to be deducted and withheld by the Buyer, the Company or such Affiliate under applicable Law relating to Taxes, and the Buyer, the Company or such Affiliate shall pay such amounts to the appropriate Taxing Authority, provided , that the Buyer or the Company, as the case may be, shall notify the other party of its intent to so withhold at least five (5) Business Days in advance of such withholding or as promptly as possible after such determination, provided , further , that the parties shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to determine a withholding obligation at least five (5) Business Days prior to making any such withholding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the Buyer designates an Affiliate that is not organized in the United States to purchase, acquire, and accept any or all of the Transferred Assets, or to assume any or all of the Assumed Liabilities, or to pay, issue, or otherwise deliver any or all of the Equity Consideration, the Notes Consideration, the Royalty Consideration, the Interim Payments Note Consideration or the amounts required in accordance with Section 4.26 , and (ii) any payment under this Agreement becomes subject to a deduction or withholding requirement that would otherwise not apply had the Buyer itself directly purchased, acquired, and accepted all of the Transferred Assets, assumed all of the Assumed Liabilities, and paid, issued, and otherwise delivered all of the Equity Consideration, the Notes Consideration, the Royalty Consideration, the Interim Payments Note Consideration and the amounts required in accordance with Section 4.26 , then the Buyer shall pay to the Person in respect of whom such deduction and withholding was made an amount, which after such deduction or withholding, is equal to the payment which would have been due if no such deduction or withholding had been required, reduced by any reduction in cash Tax liability of the Company or its Affiliates by reason of being permitted to claim a foreign tax credit in connection with such deduction or withholding.

 

1.11                         Taxes .  The Company and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Buyer and its Affiliates, on the other hand, agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate to minimize or mitigate any Taxes (including any Transfer Taxes) and to defer any Taxes under the “installment sale” rules of Section 453 of the Code, arising or resulting from any transaction effected pursuant to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer, except as set forth in the disclosure letter (referencing the appropriate section and paragraph numbers in this Article II ; provided, however, that any disclosure under one such section or paragraph number shall be deemed to have been disclosed for all purposes of this Agreement in respect of all such other sections and paragraph numbers of this Article II to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure to such other sections and paragraph numbers is reasonably apparent from the text of such disclosure) supplied by the Company to the Buyer on the date of this Agreement (the “ Company Disclosure Letter ”), as follows:

 

15


 

2.1                                Organization, Standing and Power; Subsidiaries .

 

(a)                                  The Company is a business company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.  The Company is duly qualified to do business and, where applicable as a legal concept, is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties it owns, operates or leases or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for such failures, individually or in the aggregate, that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each Subsidiary of the Company and its respective jurisdiction of formation or incorporation is set forth on Schedule 2.1(b)  of the Company Disclosure Letter. Each such Subsidiary is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.  Each such Subsidiary is duly qualified to do business and, where applicable as a legal concept, is in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties it owns, operates or leases or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for such failures, individually or in the aggregate, that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except for the Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 2.1(b)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any outstanding securities of or other equity-related interests in any other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other Person.

 

2.2                                Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents .

 

(a)                                  The Company has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company will be a party and, subject to the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the effective date under the Plan, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof, respectively.  The Company’s Subsidiaries will have, prior to the execution and delivery of the Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party, all requisite corporate or other power and authority to enter into each of the Ancillary Agreements to which such Subsidiaries will be a party and, subject to the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the effective date under the Plan, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof, respectively.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company entity will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by the Company has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.  The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Company’s Subsidiaries of the Ancillary Agreements to which such Subsidiary will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will be prior to the execution and delivery of such Ancillary Agreements duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Subsidiary.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company.  The Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party will be duly executed

 

16


 

and delivered by the Company.  The Ancillary Agreements to which the Company’s Subsidiaries are a party will be duly executed and delivered by such Subsidiaries.  This Agreement is, and each such Ancillary Agreement when so duly executed and delivered by the Company, its Subsidiaries and, if applicable, the Buyer, will be, subject to entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the effective date under the Plan, a valid and binding obligation of the Company and/or such Subsidiary, enforceable against the Company and/or such Subsidiary in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable principles, including those limiting the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies and those providing for equitable defenses (the “ Bankruptcy Exceptions ”).

 

(b)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(b)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and its Subsidiaries of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party, and the consummation by the Company and its Subsidiaries of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not, (i) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, any provision of the governing documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default (or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any material benefit) under, require a consent or waiver under, require the payment of a penalty under or result in the imposition of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on or with respect to any of the Transferred Assets or the Assumed Contracts, or (iii) conflict with or violate any permit, concession, franchise, license or Law applicable to the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, with respect to the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the Business or the Transferred Assets, taken as a whole, or materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(c)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, no consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration, notice or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required by or with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and its Subsidiaries of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreement to which it will be a party or the consummation by the Company and its Subsidiaries of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the Business or the Transferred Assets, taken as a whole, or materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

17


 

2.3                                Transferred Assets .

 

(a)                                  The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and valid title to the Transferred Assets, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens, and as of the Closing the Buyer will have good and valid title to the Transferred Assets, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens (which shall be Excluded Liabilities.)

 

(b)                                  Other than as set forth on Schedule 2.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Transferred Assets constitute, and will constitute as of the Closing, all of the Intellectual Property, manufacturing related equipment and Regulatory Authorizations used, held for use or necessary, and are sufficient, to allow the Buyer immediately after the Closing to Exploit the Products and the Naproxen Product in all material respects in the form and manner as Exploited by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and as such Exploitation is expected to be conducted and operated on the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   There are no material assets or properties related to the conduct or operation of the Business owned by any Person other than the Company or its Subsidiaries that are not currently leased or licensed to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries under valid, current lease or license arrangements and any such lease or license arrangements have been made available to the Buyer for review in the due diligence data room maintained by the Company at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The Transferred Assets (i) have been maintained in all material respects in accordance with normal industry practice, and (ii) are in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear consistent with the age of such assets).

 

2.4                                Financial Information; No Undisclosed Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  The Company has delivered to the Buyer true and complete copies of (collectively, the “ Consolidated Financial Statements ”): (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and (ii) interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 (the “ Balance Sheet Date ”), and a copy of the Consolidated Financial Statements is attached hereto as Schedule 2.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter.  The Consolidated Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and results of operations and cash flows for the dates or periods indicated thereon, in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except as disclosed therein and except, with respect to the interim unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the three and six month periods ended on the Balance Sheet Date, (i) for normal year-end audit adjustments, (ii) for the omission of footnote disclosures and statements of shareholders’ equity and cash flows as required by GAAP, and (iii) for the other matters set forth on Schedule 2.4(a)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, in each case, that are not material individually or in the aggregate.  The Consolidated Financial Statements, including the footnotes thereto, have been prepared from the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company’s auditors have not notified in writing (or to the Company’s Knowledge, orally) the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or employees of any material

 

18


 

liabilities, reserves, changes or issues that need to be addressed in the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The books of account and other financial records of the Company are complete and correct in all material respects and represent actual, bona fide transactions.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, known, unknown or otherwise), except for (i) the liabilities to the extent reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements, (ii) trade payables, accrued expenses and other similar liabilities incurred by the Company or its Subsidiaries since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business, (iii) executory contract obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iv) liabilities and obligations incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, (v) the liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries set forth in Schedule 2.4(b)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, and (vi) liabilities or obligations that are not, individually or in the aggregate material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the Business or the Transferred Assets, taken as a whole.

 

(c)                                   The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (iv) the recorded accountability for inventory is compared with existing inventory at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences and (v) the unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of such Person’s assets that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements is prevented or timely detected.

 

2.5                                Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  The Transferred Intellectual Property constitutes all Intellectual Property that is used or held for use by the Company or its Subsidiaries to conduct and operate the Business, which Transferred Intellectual Property is sufficient Intellectual Property to conduct and operate the Business in all material respects as currently conducted and (except as set forth in Schedule 2.5(a)  of the Company Disclosure Letter) as conducted during the twelve (12)-month period prior to the date of this Agreement.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.5(a)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is the sole and exclusive legal and beneficial owner of, and has good title to, all of the Transferred Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and free and clear of any requirement of any royalty payments or other payment obligations to third parties.  The Transferred Patents, the Transferred Trademarks and Transferred Domain Names owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are registered or applied for in the name of the Company or its Subsidiaries and except as set forth in Schedule 2.5(a)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, all assignments of Transferred Patents and Transferred Trademarks reflecting the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s ownership thereof have been duly filed or recorded (as applicable) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and all other foreign patent and trademark offices where the rights have been registered or applied for.

 

19


 

(b)                                  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.5(b)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Intellectual Property used in or related to the Business is licensed by the Company or its Subsidiaries from any third party (other than commercially available, off-the-shelf software and immaterial non-exclusive licenses obtained in the ordinary course of business).  None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has licensed or granted any rights under or to the Transferred Intellectual Property to any third party.  For purposes of greater certainty, the term “licensed” includes any license, sublicense, covenant, non-assert, consent, release or waiver. All registrations, issuances and applications for (i) the Transferred Patents are listed on Schedule 1.1(e) , (ii) the Transferred Trademarks are listed on Schedule 1.1(d)  and (iii) the Transferred Domain Names are listed on Schedule 1.1(c) , and, except as set forth in Schedule 2.5(b)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, all such registrations, issuances and applications owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries (A) have been duly filed or registered (as applicable) with the applicable Governmental Entity or domain name registration authority (as applicable) and properly maintained, including without limitation the timely submission of all necessary filings and payment of fees in accordance with the legal and administrative requirements in the appropriate jurisdictions, and (B) have not lapsed or expired.  There is no response to an office action, payment requirement or other requirement with respect to the Transferred Trademarks or Transferred Domain Names that will come due in the period between January 1, 2019 and March 31, 2019.

 

(c)                                   To the Company’s Knowledge, there is no fact with respect to any patent application or trademark application comprised within the Transferred Intellectual Property (i) required to be disclosed to the United States Patent and Trademark Office on or before the date of this Agreement that was not disclosed, that would reasonably be expected to preclude the issuance of an issued patent from such patent application or a registered trademark from such trademark application or (ii) that the Company reasonably believes would render any issued patent issuing from such patent application or registered trademark granted from such trademark application invalid or unenforceable.  The Company, its Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s Knowledge, its patent counsel has complied in all material respects with applicable requirements in the filing and prosecution of the patents and patent applications comprised within the Transferred Intellectual Property, including its duty of candor.

 

(d)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.5(d)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, to the Company’s Knowledge, no third party is infringing or violating or misappropriating, or has infringed, violated or misappropriated, any of the Transferred Intellectual Property.  None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has sent any notice to or asserted or threatened any action or claim against any Person involving or relating to any Transferred Intellectual Property.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable measures, consistent with industry practices, to maintain in confidence all material trade secrets and material confidential information comprising a part of the Transferred Intellectual Property.

 

(e)                                   The conduct and operation of the Business does not infringe or violate or constitute a misappropriation, and has not infringed, violated or constituted a misappropriation, of any Intellectual Property of any third party.  Since the Reference Date, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received any written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other claim or notice alleging any such infringement, violation or misappropriation.  There is no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, and there has been no, claim, interference, inter partes

 

20


 

proceeding, opposition or demand of any third party challenging the ownership, use, validity or scope of any Transferred Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to the Company’s Knowledge exclusively licensed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has been served with or provided written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other notice that any Transferred Intellectual Property is the subject of any Order, and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries is subject to any Order barring or limiting the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ use of any Transferred Intellectual Property.  None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party to any past, pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, action, lawsuit, or any other judicial, arbitral or administrative proceeding relating to any Transferred Intellectual Property, including involving any claim that the Company or its Subsidiaries infringed, misappropriated or violated the Intellectual Property rights of any third party.

 

(f)                                    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in the loss, forfeiture, termination, license, or impairment of, or give rise to any obligation to transfer or to create, change or abolish, or limit, terminate, or consent to the continued use by the Buyer of any rights in any Transferred Intellectual Property or any Intellectual Property licensed under the Assumed Contracts.

 

(g)                                   No current or former employee, officer, director, stockholder, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or its Subsidiaries has any right, title, claim or interest in, to or under any Transferred Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that has not been exclusively assigned and transferred to the Company or its Subsidiaries, and each current and former employee, officer, director, stockholder, consultant or independent contractor who is or was involved in the development of any Intellectual Property rights used in or related to the conduct or operation of the Business has executed a written assignment agreement with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries assigning, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable Law, all of such person’s right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property rights to the Company or such Subsidiary, which assignment includes a present tense assignment of all current and future Intellectual Property rights.

 

(h)                                  No Transferred Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was developed, in whole or in part, under contract with or using the facilities, funding or personnel of any Governmental Entity or university or other educational institution that would give any such authority, university or institution any rights to such Transferred Intellectual Property or entitle any such Governmental Entity, university or institution to royalties or other payments.

 

(i)                                      The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws, contractual commitments and published privacy policies relating to the privacy of patient medical records and all other personal information and data, including with respect to the collection, storage, use, sharing, transfer, disposition, protection and processing thereof.  None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received any notification or allegation from any competent authority (including any information or enforcement notice, or any transfer prohibition notice) alleging that the Company or its Subsidiaries has not complied in any material respect with applicable Laws relating to privacy and/or data protection. No

 

21


 

individual has successfully claimed, and t o the Company’s Knowledge, no grounds exist for an individual to claim, compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries for material breaches of applicable data protections law or for loss or unauthorized disclosure of personal information and data.

 

2.6                                      Contracts .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 1.1(j)  sets forth a true and complete list of all Assumed Contracts as of the date hereof. Correct and complete copies of each Assumed Contract (including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto) have been delivered to Buyer or its advisors (and with respect to Assumed Contracts that are in oral form, the Company has provided the Buyer with a written summary of the terms of such contract).

 

(b)                                  Each of the Assumed Contracts represents a valid and binding obligation of the Company and its Subsidiaries party thereto and, to the Company’s Knowledge, each other party thereto, and is enforceable against the Company and its Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s Knowledge, each other party thereto, in accordance with its terms, and is in full force and effect, subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions. Each of the Assumed Contracts shall continue to be in full force and effect and valid, binding and enforceable on substantially the same terms immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions.  None of the Company or its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other party thereto is in material breach or material violation of or material default under, or has provided or received any written notice of any intention to terminate, any of the Assumed Contracts, or has committed or failed to perform any act which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both would constitute a material breach or material violation of or material default under any of the Assumed Contracts.

 

2.7                                Litigation .  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.7 of the Company Disclosure Letter, there is no, and since January 1, 2016 (the “ Reference Date ”) there has not been any, action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration, litigation, or investigation, in each case, whether commenced by a Governmental Entity or any other third party (an “ Action ”), pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the Business or the Transferred Assets, taken as a whole, or materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.  As of the date hereof, there are no Court Orders (whether rendered by a court, an administrative agency or by an arbitrator) to which the Transferred Assets, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is subject that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the Business or the Transferred Assets, taken as a whole, or materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

2.8                                Compliance with Laws; Permits .  The Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ conduct and operation of the Business and ownership and use of the Transferred Assets are, and since the Reference Date have been, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws.  Since the Reference Date, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries have received any written notice of

 

22


 

any Action against it alleging any failure to comply in any material respect with any applicable Law.  No material investigation or audit by any Governmental Entity with respect to the conduct and operation of the Business or the Transferred Assets is pending or (t o the Company’s Knowledge) has been threatened, and since the Reference Date, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries have received any written notice of any such investigation or audit. The Company has made available to the Buyer complete and correct copies of all written notices received by the Company or its Subsidiaries alleging any material failure to comply under any applicable Law, or with respect to any investigation by any Governmental Entity, in each case, since the Reference Date. The Company or its Subsidiaries owns or possesses all right, title and interest in and to, and are and since the Reference Date, has been in compliance with, all Permits necessary or required in connection with the conduct and operation of the Business except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Business.  All such Permits that are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the Business, are set forth on Schedule 2.8 of the Company Disclosure Letter, each of which is valid and in full force and effect and none of which is (to the Company’s Knowledge) expected to be terminated, impaired or require amendment, or to become terminable, impaired or require amendment, in whole or in part, as a result of or in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Company has delivered to the Buyer true and complete copies of all such Permits. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received any written communication since the Reference Date from any Governmental Entity or other entity having jurisdiction over the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective licensees regarding (i) any actual or alleged material violation of any such Permit or any failure to comply with any term or requirement of any such Permit, or (ii) any actual, alleged or proposed revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination or modification of any such Permit, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there is no reasonable basis for the issuance of any such notice or the taking of any such action. There is no actual, nor to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened investigation, inquiry or administrative or judicial action, hearing or enforcement proceeding by any Governmental Entity against the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective licensees regarding any violation of any such Permit that if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries would be material to the Business. All fees and charges with respect to the Permits have been timely paid in full since the Reference Date, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Business.

 

2.9                                Regulatory Authorizations . The Company and its Subsidiaries have all Regulatory Authorizations necessary for the Company and its Subsidiaries to own, lease or operate the Transferred Assets and conduct and operate the Business in all material respects in the manner currently conducted or as conducted since May 23, 2018.  Schedule 1.1(a)  contains a true and complete listing of all such Regulatory Authorizations, which such Regulatory Authorizations constitute the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations.  The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Business and have not received any notices that it is in violation of any of the terms or conditions of such Transferred Regulatory Authorizations.  All such Transferred Regulatory Authorizations are in full force and effect and no action or claim is pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened to revoke, suspend, adversely modify or terminate any such Transferred Regulatory Authorizations or declare any such Transferred Regulatory Authorizations invalid in any

 

23


 

material respect. To the Company’s Knowledge, no event has occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in the suspension, limitation, revocation or rescission, cancellation, non-renewal, or adverse modification of any of the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations.

 

2.10                         Product Liability .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 2.10 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list of all Product Registrations as of the date hereof.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Product Registrations ” means all material marketing approvals, clearances or other authorizations necessary to conduct and operate the Business and granted to the Company, or its Subsidiaries by, or pending with, any Governmental Entity.

 

(b)                                  All Products sold under the Product Registrations are Exploited in accordance with the specifications and standards contained in such Product Registrations, except where the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Business or the Transferred Assets.

 

(c)                                   To the Company’s Knowledge, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Business, each Product is free of and does not contain any defect in the design or formulation, or any defect resulting from, arising from, or in connection with, the Exploitation of such Product.

 

(d)                                  Since the Reference Date, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Business, (i) there has not been, nor is there currently under consideration by the Company or its Subsidiaries, or to the Company’s Knowledge, any Governmental Entity, any product recall, market withdrawal, post-sale warning, or other corrective action in respect of the Products, and (ii) no Product distributed or sold prior to the date hereof has been discontinued (whether voluntarily or otherwise) by the Company or its Subsidiaries due to concerns over potential harm to human health or safety.

 

(e)                                   Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Business, no product liability claims have been received in writing by the Company or its Subsidiaries regarding the Products, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened claim against the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to the quality, merchantability, or safety of or defect in, or involving a breach of warranty which has not been fully resolved with respect to, or involving liability directly or indirectly caused by the Products that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s Knowledge, no such claims have been threatened against the Company or its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof. There is no Order outstanding against the Company or its Subsidiaries relating to product liability claims. To the Company’s Knowledge, there are no design, manufacturing or other defects, latent or otherwise, with respect to the Products.

 

2.11                         Regulatory Matters .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 2.11(a)  of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list as of the date hereof of all of the Products and the Naproxen Product, including the dosage form, active ingredient and strength of each such Product. In respect of the Products,

 

24


 

Schedule 2.11(a)  of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth (i) a description of the regulatory status thereof (as of the date hereof), including the pending or approved NDAs or Abbreviated New Drug Applications (“ ANDAs ”) that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has submitted to the FDA in respect of such Products (collectively, “ Filed NDAs ”); and (ii) whether the particular regulatory status has been presented to the FDA or any other Governmental Entity under the name of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or under the name of another Person. Copies of the Filed NDAs and any other material filings or submissions made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with the FDA or any other Governmental Entity (1) were reviewed before filing by an employee or other agent of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries who is knowledgeable about the contents of the filing and, were true and accurate in all material respects when filed (subject to correction, amendment or supplementation by subsequent filings as required by the FDA or other Governmental Entity), and were made in good faith upon the best information reasonably available to the Company and its Subsidiaries; and (2) have been placed in the due diligence data room maintained by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.11(b)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, the conduct and operation of the Business is, and at all times since the Reference Date has been, in compliance in all material respects with the FDC Act, and applicable regulations issued by the FDA and all other applicable Laws, including any regulatory Laws of any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction, and in all material respects with all reporting requirements under the FDC Act, the associated rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and all other applicable Laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries have obtained all material clearances, authorizations, licenses and registrations required by any Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, the FDA or any other Governmental Entity, domestic or foreign, performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA) to permit the conduct of the Business as currently conducted, (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries have filed with each applicable Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, the FDA or any other Governmental Entity, domestic or foreign, performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA) all material, required filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions, including but not limited to Adverse Event reports and all manufacturing changes to the Products, (iii) complete and correct copies of all such documents referred to in the immediately preceding clause (ii) have been delivered to the Buyer and (iv) all such filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions were in compliance in all material respects with applicable Laws when filed, or subsequently corrected, and no deficiencies have been asserted by any applicable Governmental Entity to the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to any such filings, declarations, listing, registrations, reports or submissions.

 

(c)                                   Each of the Products and the Naproxen Product is being, and has been for the past three (3) years, researched, developed, tested, manufactured, supplied, distributed, and stored by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries in compliance in all material respects with the FDC Act and applicable regulations issued by the FDA, including, as applicable, those requirements relating to the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices, Good Laboratory Practices and Good Clinical Practices, all filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions of the Company or its Subsidiaries to Governmental Entities relating to such Product or Naproxen Product (including with respect to all Product or Naproxen Product, as applicable, specifications), and all other applicable Laws, including any rules and regulations of

 

25


 

any other Governmental Entity, domestic or foreign, performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA.

 

(d)                                  All preclinical studies and clinical trials sponsored by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been conducted in material compliance with applicable Laws, rules and regulations and Good Clinical Practices, and federal and state Laws, rules and regulations, including, all applicable security laws and privacy standards restricting the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information.  Scientific reports of such investigations have been, or will be, drafted in all material respects according to applicable requirements and raw data adequately archived and available for inspection by the applicable Governmental Entities. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received any written notices or other correspondence from the FDA or any other foreign, federal, state or local Governmental Entity performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA with respect to (i) requiring the termination, suspension or material modification of ongoing clinical trials or pre-clinical studies, (ii) adverse inspection reports, (iii) notices of adverse findings, warning letters, untitled letters or (iv) other correspondence asserting that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may not be in compliance with applicable Laws or that the Products or Naproxen Product or any compounds contained in the Products or Naproxen Product may not be approvable.

 

(e)                                   Since the Reference Date, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been subject to any investigation related to the Products or the conduct and operation of the Business that is pending and of which the Company or its Subsidiaries has been notified in writing or which (to the Company’s Knowledge) has been threatened, in each case by any Governmental Entity pursuant to the Medicaid rebate law (42 U.S.C. § 1396r-8), the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, the Federal Healthcare Program Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(b), the Federal False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §3729) or any similar anti-kickback or false claims statutes applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Since the Reference Date, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has submitted any claim for payment to any government healthcare program in connection with any referrals related to the Products that violated in any material respect any applicable self-referral Law.  Since the Reference Date, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has submitted any claim for payment to any government healthcare program related to the Products in material violation of any Laws relating to false claim or fraud.

 

(f)                                    Since the Reference Date, neither the Company or any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any of the Representatives acting on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries has been under investigation for, nor has (i) made an untrue statement of material fact or fraudulent statement to any Governmental Entity, failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to any Governmental Entity, or committed an act, made a statement, or failed to make a statement, including with respect to any scientific data or information, that, at the time such disclosure was made or failure to disclose occurred, would reasonably be expected to provide a basis for the Governmental Entity to invoke the FDA policy respecting “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery and Illegal Gratuities,” set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991), in each case as related to the Products or the conduct or operation of the Business, (ii) been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which disqualification, exclusion or similar action is authorized by a Governmental Entity in relation to the development or approval of any pharmaceutical product, including for which debarment is

 

26


 

mandated by 21 U.S.C. § 335a(a) or authorized by 21 U.S.C. § 335a(b) or (iii) been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which such Person or entity could be excluded from participating in the Federal health care programs under Section 1128 of the Social Security Act of 1935, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Since the Reference Date, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries have voluntarily or involuntarily initiated, conducted or issued, or caused to be initiated, conducted or issued, any recall, field alerts, field corrections, market withdrawal, safety alert or warning, “dear doctor” letter, investigator notice or other material notice or action relating to an alleged lack of safety, efficacy or regulatory compliance of the Products.  None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has knowledge of any facts that are reasonably likely to cause (i) the recall, market withdrawal or replacement of any Product, (ii) a material change in the marketing classification or a material change in the labeling of any Product, or (iii) a termination or suspension of the marketing of any Product.  Since the Reference Date, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received any written notice that any Governmental Entity has: (1) commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action to request the recall of any Product; (2) commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action to enjoin the manufacture or distribution of any Product; (3) issued any demand letter, finding of material deficiency or non-compliance or adverse inspection report (including any FDA Form 483s, FDA Notices of Adverse Findings, Untitled Letters, or Warning Letters) in respect of any Product; or (4) commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action regarding inappropriate advertising or marketing of any Product, nor to the Company’s Knowledge do any conditions currently exist that reasonably could be expected to lead to any of the foregoing.

 

(h)                                  The Company has delivered to the Buyer complete and correct copies of all material scientific, CMC (including any supply chain risk assessments), preclinical, and clinical data of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all material non-clinical and safety risk assessments, and all material written correspondence with all Governmental Entities, in each case with respect to any Product or the Naproxen Product.

 

2.12                         Taxes .

 

(a)                                  There are no Liens, which such Liens would continue to be attached to the Transferred Assets after the Closing Date, with respect to Taxes upon any of the Transferred Assets.

 

(b)                                  The Company and its Subsidiaries have timely filed all federal and state income and all other material Tax Returns in respect of the Transferred Assets and the conduct or operation of the Business with respect to any period ending on or prior to the Closing Date that the Company or such Subsidiary was required to file.  All such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

(c)                                   The Company and its Subsidiaries have paid all income and other material Taxes in respect of the Transferred Assets and the conduct and operation of the Business.

 

(d)                                  The Company and its Subsidiaries have withheld and collected all material Taxes that it was or is required by applicable Law to withhold and collect in respect of the

 

27


 

Transferred Assets and the conduct and operation of the Business, and all such Taxes have been paid over to the proper Taxing Authority or, if not yet due, are being held by the Company or its Subsidiaries for payment.

 

(e)                                   No Tax audits or other legal proceedings are pending, or to Company’s Knowledge, threatened, in each case, with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of the Company or its Subsidiaries in respect of the Transferred Assets and the conduct and operation of the Business.  None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has requested or obtained any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return in respect of the Transferred Assets and the conduct and operation of the Business or in which any Tax may be assessed or collected by any Taxing Authority (other than any extension which is no longer in effect).

 

(f)                                    No Taxing Authority with which the Company and its Subsidiaries do not file a particular Tax Return in respect of the Transferred Assets and the conduct and operation of the Business has claimed that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be subject to taxation by that Taxing Authority. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries, in respect of the Transferred Assets and the conduct and operation of the Business, is engaged in (or is treated as engaged in due to prior activities) a trade or business through a “permanent establishment” within the meaning of an applicable income Tax treaty in any jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in which they are formed.

 

(g)                                   None of the Transferred Assets is (i) a United States Real Property Interest, as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, (ii) an equity interest in any person (or treated as any equity interest in any person for U.S. federal income tax purposes), or (iii) tax-exempt use property within the meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code.

 

(h)                                  The Company and its Subsidiaries have collected and remitted any material sales, use, value added and similar Taxes applicable in respect of the Transferred Assets and conduct and operation of the Business.

 

(i)                                      The Buyer Entities will not, in respect of the Transferred Assets and the conduct and operation of the Business, be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing, including as a result of prepaid amount received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing.

 

(j)                                     Neither the execution of, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or when combined with the occurrence of any other event, including without limitation, a termination of employment) will result in the receipt or retention by any person who is a “disqualified individual” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any payment or benefit from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is or could be characterized as a “parachute payment” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), determined without regard to the application of Code Section 280G(b)(5).

 

2.13                         Suppliers and Wholesalers Schedule 2.13 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth as of the date hereof (a) a true and complete list of the top suppliers of the Business for the

 

28


 

nine (9) months ended September 30, 2018 based on the total dollar value of purchases from each supplier (the “ Material Suppliers ”) and (b) a true and complete list of the top wholesalers of the Business for the nine (9) months ended September 30, 2018 based on the total dollar value of sales to each customer (the “ Material Wholesalers ”).  Except as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the Business or the Transferred Assets, taken as a whole, the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ relationships with the Material Suppliers and Material Wholesalers are good commercial working relationships and, with respect to such Material Suppliers and Material Wholesalers, (a) during the last twelve (12) months, none has, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened to cancel or otherwise terminate, or provided notice to any of the Company or its Subsidiaries that it intends to cancel or otherwise terminate, the relationship of such Person with the Company or its Subsidiaries and (b) none has, during the last twelve (12) months, decreased materially or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened to decrease or limit materially, or provided notice to any of the Company or its Subsidiaries that it intends to modify materially in an adverse manner its relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries, or provided notice to any of the Company or its Subsidiaries that it intends to decrease or limit materially its services or supplies to any of the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with the conduct and operation of the Business.

 

2.14                         Affiliate Transactions .  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.14 of the Company Disclosure Letter, within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date hereof no officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries, any immediate family member of any of the foregoing, CRG or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other current or former stockholder of the Company (a) is a party to or otherwise directly or indirectly interested in any Assumed Contract, (b) has any interest in any Transferred Asset (other than any indirectly through equity ownership in the Company), or (c) to the Company’s Knowledge has, directly or indirectly, any ownership, participation, royalty, or other interest in, or is an officer, director, employee or consultant or contractor of, any Person that competes with, does business with, or has any contractual arrangement with the Company or its Subsidiaries, except in the case of (a) and (b), salaries, expense reimbursement and employee benefits in respect of employment with, or service as an officer or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (in such Person’s capacity as such).

 

2.15                         Absence of Certain Developments .  Except as required or permitted by this Agreement or by any of the Ancillary Agreements or as set forth on Schedule 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Letter, since December 31, 2017, (a) the Company and its Subsidiaries have operated and conducted the Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and there has not occurred any event or events that, individually or in the aggregate, have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has taken any action that would require consent of the Buyer under Section 4.10 between the date hereof and the Closing.

 

2.16                         Environmental Matters . Except as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ conduct and operation of the Business are not in violation of any Laws applicable to protection of the environment or human health, including with respect to exposure to hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Hazardous Substances ”) worker

 

29


 

health and safety, (“ Environmental Laws ”).  Except as would not reasonably be expected individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its Subsidiaries have and are in material compliance with all Permits required pursuant to Environmental Laws with respect to the conduct and operation of the Business, each of which is valid and in full force and effect. With respect to the conduct and operation of the Business, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received any unresolved written notice from any Governmental Entity or any other Person (a) regarding any actual or alleged material violation of Environmental Laws, or any actual or potential material liabilities (including, for personal injury, property damage or investigatory or cleanup obligations) arising under Environmental Laws or (b) any written request for information, notice of claim, demand or notification that any of them may be potentially responsible for any material investigatory, corrective or remedial obligations with respect to any release of or exposure to Hazardous Substances under any Environmental Laws.

 

2.17                         Certain Business Practices .

 

(a)                                  None of the Company or its Subsidiaries, any of their respective officers, directors or employees, or to Company’s Knowledge, the Company’s and Subsidiaries’  respective Representatives acting on their behalf, have directly or indirectly made or authorized any offer, gift, payment, or transfer, or promise of, any money or anything else of value, or provided any benefit, to any Person, (i) for the purpose of (A) influencing any act or decision of that Person, (B) inducing that Person to omit to do any act in violation of any duty under Law, (C) securing any improper advantage, or (D) inducing that Person to use his or her influence with a Governmental Entity or public international organization, (1) to affect or influence any act or decision of any Governmental Entity or public international organization, or (2) to assist the Company or its Subsidiaries in obtaining or retaining business, or directing business to any Person, whether or not lawful, or (ii) which would otherwise constitute or have the purpose or effect of public or commercial bribery, acceptance of or acquiescence in extortion, kickbacks or other unlawful or improper means of obtaining business or any improper advantage.

 

(b)                                  The Company is familiar with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “ FCPA ”), and the Company, its Subsidiaries and, to Company’s Knowledge, each of the Company’s and Subsidiaries’ respective Representatives acting on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries, are in full compliance with the FCPA, and any other applicable Law of similar effect, including all Laws enacted to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Officials in International Business Transactions and the UK Bribery Act 2010 (collectively, the “ Anti-Corruption Laws ”), and to the Company’s Knowledge none of them have taken any action which would cause the Company or its Subsidiaries to be in violation of any Anti-Corruption Law.

 

(c)                                   No portion of any payments paid by the Buyer to the Company, its Permitted Designees or any Royalty Recipient will be used to fund payments in connection with securing government approvals or as a payment, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any government official, political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office for purposes of (i) influencing any act or decision of such government official in his official capacity, (ii) inducing such government official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such official, or (iii) securing any improper

 

30


 

advantage; or inducing such official to use his influence with a government or instrumentality thereof to affect or influence any act or decision of such government or instrumentality.

 

(d)                                  The Company and its Subsidiaries have at all times complied with, and are currently in compliance with, all applicable economic sanctions, export control, import, and other international trade laws and regulations (collectively, the “ International Trade Laws ”).

 

(e)                                   None of the Company, its Subsidiaries, any of their respective officers, directors, or employees, or to Company’s Knowledge, any of the Company’s and Subsidiaries’  respective Representatives acting on their behalf, have been investigated for, or charged by any Governmental Entity with a material violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or International Trade Laws, and there are not now, nor have there been in the past five (5) years, any claims, allegations, or inquiries pending or, to Company’s Knowledge, threatened against the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Representatives acting on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries concerning violations of any Anti-Corruption Laws or International Trade Laws.

 

(f)                                    The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed and access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles or any other criteria applicable to such statements and to maintain accountability for assets; and (iii) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

(g)                                   The term “government official,” as used in this Section 2.17 and Section 3.18 (and in all related definitions herein) shall mean any officer or employee of a foreign government or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, including government owned or controlled companies, or of a public international organization, or any Person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any such government or department, agency, or instrumentality, or for or on behalf of any such public international organization.

 

(h)                                  The term “Representatives,” as used in this Section 2.17 shall be deemed to include any distributor of Product in the Business.

 

2.18                         Inventory .  All Transferred Inventory consist of quality and quantity usable and, with respect to finished goods, salable, in the ordinary course of the Business, except for obsolete items and items of below-standard quality which have been written off or written down to fair market value.

 

2.19                         Brokers .  Other than as set forth in Schedule 2.19 of the Company Disclosure Letter, no agent, broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other firm or Person is or shall be entitled, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action, agreement or commitment of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates, to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

31


 

2.20                         Employees and Employment Matters .

 

(a)                                  The Company has provided Buyer with a true and complete list of all Employees as of the date hereof, which accurately sets forth each Employee’s (i) name, (ii) exempt/non-exempt status, (iii) the existence and terms of all written and oral employment agreements, if any, (iv) title and position, (v) date of hire, (vi) rate of compensation, including any bonus potential, if applicable, together with a statement of the full amount of all remuneration paid to each such Employee during the twelve (12)-month period ending on August 31, 2018, (vii) location of employment, and (viii) amount of accrued vacation and sick leave pay, if any.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or bound by, any collective bargaining or other contract with a labor union, labor organization, works council, or other similar employee representative body, and there are no labor unions, labor organizations, works councils, or other similar employee representative bodies representing, purporting to represent or, to the Company’s Knowledge, attempting to represent any Employee. There is not currently, nor since the Reference Date has there been, nor to the Company’s Knowledge has there been any threat since the Reference Date of, any strike, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout, concerted refusal to work overtime, union election petition, demand for recognition, or other similar labor activity or dispute, or unfair labor practice charge, complaint, labor grievance or labor arbitration, against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement require the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to provide any notification or consultation with any labor union, labor organization, works council or other similar employee representative body.

 

(c)                                   Copies of all written material employment agreements, consulting agreements and independent contractor agreements or arrangements have been provided to the Buyer.  To the Company’s Knowledge, the activities of the Employees with respect to the Business do not conflict with or constitute, and have not conflicted with or constituted, a breach of the terms of any employment agreement, consulting agreement, independent contractor agreement, intellectual property disclosure agreement, restrictive covenant agreement, or other agreement or obligation under which such Employee is bound or obligated, and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received or is aware of any allegation to such effect.

 

(d)                                  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.20(d)  of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no material Actions against the Company or its Subsidiaries pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened to be brought or filed, by or with any Governmental Entity or arbitrator in connection with the employment or engagement of any current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Business, including, without limitation, any material claim relating to unfair labor practices, employment discrimination, harassment, retaliation, equal pay, misclassification, wages and hours, or any other employment-related matter arising under applicable Laws.

 

(e)                                   Schedule 2.20(e)  of the Company Disclosure Letter lists each employee of the Company and its Subsidiaries who was terminated or laid off for any reason other than for cause, or whose hours were reduced by more than 50%, during the thirty (30) days preceding the

 

32


 

date of this Agreement, and for each such employee, sets forth: (i) the date of such termination, layoff or reduction in hours; and (ii) the location to which the employee was assigned.

 

(f)                                    Except as disclosed in the electronic mail sent by counsel to the Company to counsel to the Buyer on October 26, 2018 at 3:18 p.m., Eastern Time, (i) no Employee has any agreement as to length of notice or severance payment required to terminate his or her employment, and (ii) each Employee is employed at will and may be terminated at any time for any reason.

 

2.21                         Benefit Plans .

 

(a)                                  Set forth on Schedule 2.21(a)  of the Company Disclosure Letter is a true and complete list of each material Company Benefit Plan.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Company Benefit Plan ” means each (i) “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and (ii) other pension, retirement, deferred compensation, excess benefit, profit sharing, bonus, incentive, equity or equity-based, phantom equity, employment, consulting, severance, change-of-control, retention, health, life, disability, paid-time off, holiday, welfare and fringe benefit plan, program, contract, or arrangement (whether written or unwritten), in any case, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to, by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates for the benefit of any current or former employee, director, officer or consultant (who is a natural person) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any liability.

 

(b)                                  As applicable with respect to each material Company Benefit Plan, the Company has made available to Buyer, true and complete copies of (i) each material Company Benefit Plan, including all amendments thereto, and in the case of an unwritten material Company Benefit Plan, a written description thereof, (ii) the current summary plan description and (iii) the determination, opinion or advisory letter, if any, with respect to such Company Benefit Plan.

 

(c)                                   Each Company Benefit Plan has been maintained, operated and administered in compliance in all material respects with its terms and any related documents or agreements and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and all other Laws.

 

(d)                                  None of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates maintains, contributes to, is required to contribute to, or has any actual or contingent liability with respect to, (i) any “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, (ii) any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA), (iii) any “multiple employer plan” (within the meaning of Section 413 of the Code) or (iv) any “multiple employer welfare arrangement” (within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA).

 

(e)                                   No Company Benefit Plan provides death, medical, dental, vision or life insurance benefits beyond termination of service or retirement other than coverage mandated by applicable Law.

 

(f)                                    Neither the execution of, nor the performance of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement will either alone or in connection with any other event(s) (A)

 

33


 

result in any payment becoming due to any current or former employee, director, officer, or consultant (who is a natural person) of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (B) increase any amount of compensation or benefits otherwise payable under any Company Benefit Plan, (C) result in the acceleration of the time of payment, funding or vesting of any benefits under any Company Benefit Plan, or (D) require any contribution or payment to fund any obligation under any Company Benefit Plan.

 

2.22                         Securities Laws .

 

(a)                                  The Company is, or, as applicable, its Permitted Designees that are receiving the Closing Consideration (as applicable, the “ Investor(s) ”) are, receiving the shares of Parent Common Stock being issued as the Equity Consideration solely for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act. The Investor(s) acknowledge that the shares being issued as the Equity Consideration are not registered under the Securities Act, any applicable state securities Law or any applicable foreign securities Laws, and that such shares may not be transferred or sold except pursuant to the registration provisions of the Securities Act or applicable foreign securities Laws or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom and pursuant to state securities Laws as applicable. The Investor(s) have sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Parent Common Stock and is capable of bearing the economic risks of such investment.

 

(b)                                  The Investor(s) have had an opportunity to receive all information related to the Buyer and its Affiliates requested by it and to ask questions of and receive answers from the Buyer regarding the Buyer and its Affiliates, their respective businesses and the terms and conditions of the Equity Consideration and the Notes Consideration.  Each such Investor acknowledges receipt of copies of the Buyer Parent’s filings with the SEC.

 

(c)                                   The Investor(s) understand that the securities to be issued as the Equity Consideration and the Notes Consideration (other than the New Notes Royalty Rights) are characterized as “restricted securities” under the U.S. federal securities Laws inasmuch as they are being acquired in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. It is understood that, except as provided below, certificates evidencing such securities may bear the following or any similar legend: “The securities represented hereby have not been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or the securities commission of any state in reliance upon an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, accordingly, may not be transferred unless (i) such securities have been registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) such securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended, or (iii) the issuer has received an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to it that such transfer may lawfully be made without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided that no such opinion shall be required for any bona fide pledge of such securities or for an transfer to any affiliate of the holder.”

 

(d)                                  At the time any Investor was offered the securities compromising the Notes Consideration and the Equity Consideration, it was, and at the date hereof it is, an

 

34


 

“accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act. No Investor is a registered broker dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange Act, or a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker dealer.  Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to the Buyer on or prior to the date of this Agreement, no Investor is affiliated with any broker dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange Act, or a member of FINRA or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker dealer.

 

(e)                                   No Investor learned of the investment in the securities comprising the Notes Consideration or the Equity Consideration as a result of any general solicitation or general advertising.

 

2.23                         Buyer Representations .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company acknowledges and agrees the Buyer is not making any representations or warranties whatsoever, express or implied, beyond those expressly given by the Buyer in Article III .

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

 

The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Company, except as set forth in the Buyer SEC Documents or as set forth in the disclosure letter (such letter referencing the appropriate section and paragraph numbers in this Article III ; provided, however, that any disclosure under one such section or paragraph number shall be deemed to have been disclosed for all purposes of this Agreement in respect of all such other sections and paragraph numbers of this Article III to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure to such other sections and paragraph numbers is reasonably apparent from the text of such disclosure) supplied by the  Buyer to the Company on the date of this Agreement (the “ Buyer Disclosure Letter ”), as follows:

 

3.1                                Organization, Standing and Power .

 

(a)                                  Each of Buyer Parent and NewCo is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted and operated. Each of Buyer Parent and NewCo is duly qualified to do business and, where applicable as a legal concept, is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties it owns, operates or leases or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for such failures, individually or in the aggregate, that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of each of Buyer Parent and NewCo to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each Subsidiary of Buyer Parent and the respective jurisdictions of formation or incorporation of Buyer Parent and each such Subsidiary is set forth on Schedule 3.1(b)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter. Each of Buyer Parent and each such Subsidiary (collectively, including the Buyer, the “ Buyer Entities ”) is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and

 

35


 

has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.  Each of the Buyer Entities is duly qualified to do business and, where applicable as a legal concept, is in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties it owns, operates or leases or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for such failures, individually or in the aggregate, that would not reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. Except for the Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 3.1(b)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, Buyer Parent does not own, directly or indirectly, any outstanding securities of or other equity-related interests in any other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other Person.

 

3.2                                Capital Structure .

 

(a)                                  As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Buyer Parent consists of 275,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which, as of October 25, 2018, 56,772,101 shares of Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.

 

(b)                                  As of the Closing Date (and, for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to the 13% Notes Redemption, the Convertible Note Conversions, and the transactions contemplated by the Plan and the Confirmation Order), the authorized capital stock of the Buyer Parent will consist of 275,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

(c)                                   As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (and, for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to the 13% Notes Redemption, the Convertible Note Conversions, and the transactions contemplated by the Plan and the Confirmation Order):

 

(1)                                  All of the outstanding shares of Buyer Parent capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are not subject to any preemptive rights.  None of the outstanding shares of Buyer Parent capital stock were issued in violation of any Law;

 

(2)                                  there are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, redemption rights, repurchase rights, agreements, arrangements, calls, commitments or rights of any kind to which the Buyer Parent is a party or by which the Buyer Parent is bound that obligate the Buyer Parent to issue or sell any shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Buyer Parent or any securities or obligations convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for, or giving any Person a right to subscribe for or acquire, any shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Buyer Parent or outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness of the Buyer Parent having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) with the Buyer Parent’s stockholders on any matter, and no securities or obligations evidencing such rights are authorized, issued or outstanding.  There are no outstanding contracts to which the Buyer Parent is a party requiring the repurchase,

 

36


 

redemption, or other acquisition of any shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Buyer Parent;

 

(3)                                  other than the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, there are no stockholder agreements, registration rights agreements, voting trusts or other contracts to which the Buyer Parent is a party with respect to the voting or registration of the capital stock or other voting or equity interests of the Buyer Parent or any preemptive rights with respect thereto;

 

(4)                                  Except for the capital stock and other equity interests of the other Buyer Entities, the Buyer Parent does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock or other equity interests in any Person. The Buyer Parent has not entered into any commitment, arrangement or other contract, or is otherwise obligated, to contribute capital, loan money or otherwise provide funds or make any investment in any other Person.

 

3.3                                Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents .

 

(a)                                  Each of Buyer Parent and NewCo has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party and, subject to the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the effective date under the Plan, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by each of Buyer Parent and NewCo of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of Buyer Parent and NewCo.  This Agreement has been, and each such Ancillary Agreement will be, duly executed and delivered by each Buyer and this Agreement is, and each such Ancillary Agreement when so duly executed, subject to the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the effective date under the Plan, and delivered by such party and, if applicable, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, will be, the valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions.

 

(b)                                  The execution, delivery and performance by each of Buyer Parent and NewCo of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party, and the consummation by each of Buyer Parent and NewCo of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, shall not, (i) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, any provision of the governing documents of either Buyer Parent or NewCo, (ii) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default (or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any material benefit) under, require a consent or waiver under, constitute a change in control under, require the payment of a penalty under or result in the imposition of any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, on or with respect to the assets of either Buyer Parent or NewCo under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Buyer Material Contracts, or (iii) conflict with or violate any material permit, concession, franchise, license or Law applicable to the Buyer, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, with respect to the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material

 

37


 

to the Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the Buyer Business, or materially impair the ability of the Buyer to perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration, notice or filing with, any Governmental Entity (subject and after giving effect to any required approvals of the Bankruptcy Court (including, to the extent applicable, the Confirmation Order confirming the Plan) and the Plan) is required by or with respect to either Buyer Parent or NewCo in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by either Buyer Parent or NewCo of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party or the consummation by either Buyer Parent or NewCo of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the Buyer Business, or materially impair the ability of the Buyer to perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Buyer’s Assets; Transferability of Consideration .

 

(a)                                  The Buyer and its Subsidiaries have good and valid title to, or in the case of leased assets, valid leasehold interests in, all of its material assets, rights and properties (tangible and intangible), free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens,

 

(b)                                  Such assets constitute, and will at the Closing constitute, all of the assets, rights or properties (tangible or intangible) used, held for use or necessary, and are sufficient, to allow the Buyer Entities to conduct and operate the Buyer Business in all material respects in the form and manner as conducted and operated by the Buyer Entities on the date hereof and as the Buyer Business is expected to be conducted and operated on the Closing Date. There are no material assets or properties related to the conduct or operation of the Buyer Business owned by any Person other than the Buyer or the Buyer Entities that are not currently leased or licensed to the Buyer or one of the Buyer Entities under valid, current lease or license arrangements and any such lease or license arrangements have been made available to the Company for review in the due diligence data room maintained by the Buyer at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement. The Buyer’s assets (i) have been maintained in all material respects in accordance with normal industry practice, and (ii) are in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear consistent with the age of such assets).

 

(c)                                   At the Closing, good and valid title to the Equity Consideration and the Notes Consideration will be issued to the Company or its Permitted Designees free and clear of all Liens, and will be (including any rights to receive payments thereunder) freely transferable, subject to any applicable restrictions on transferability of the Equity Consideration and the Notes Consideration under applicable securities Laws.

 

3.5                                Financial Information; No Undisclosed Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  The Buyer has delivered to the Company true and complete copies of (collectively, the “ Buyer Consolidated Financial Statements ”): (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Buyer and its Subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017,

 

38


 

2016 and 2015, and (ii) interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Buyer and its Subsidiaries as of and for three and six months ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and a copy of the Buyer Consolidated Financial Statements is attached hereto as Schedule 3.5 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter.  The Buyer Consolidated Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Buyer and its Subsidiaries, and results of operations and cash flows for the dates or periods indicated thereon, in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except as disclosed therein and, except, with respect to the interim unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the three and six months period ended on the Balance Sheet Date, (i) for normal year-end audit adjustments, (ii) for the omission of footnote disclosures and statements of shareholders’ equity and cash flows as required by GAAP, and (iii) for the other matters set forth on Schedule 3.5(a)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, in each case, that are not material individually or in the aggregate.  The Buyer Consolidated Financial Statements, including the footnotes thereto, have been prepared from the books and records of the Buyer and its Subsidiaries. The Buyer’s auditors have not notified in writing (or to the Buyer’s Knowledge, orally) the Buyer, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or employees of any material liabilities, reserves, changes or issues that need to be addressed in the Buyer Consolidated Financial Statements.  The books of account and other financial records of the Buyer are complete and correct in all material respects and represent actual, bona fide transactions.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, known, unknown or otherwise), except for (i) the liabilities to the extent reflected in the Buyer Consolidated Financial Statements, (ii) trade payables, accrued expenses and other similar liabilities incurred by the Buyer or its Subsidiaries since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business, (iii) executory contract obligations incurred by the Buyer or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (iv) fees and expenses (including any amounts payable to the Office of the United States Trustee) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, or in the Chapter 11 Cases, (v) liabilities disclosed in the Plan and Disclosure Statement, (vi) the liabilities of the Buyer and its Subsidiaries set forth in Schedule 3.5(b)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, and (vii) liabilities or obligations that are not, individually or in the aggregate material to the Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the Buyer Business.

 

(c)                                   The Buyer and its Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (iv) the recorded accountability for inventory is compared with existing inventory at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences and (v) the unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of such Person’s assets that could have a material effect on the Buyer Consolidated Financial Statements is prevented or timely detected.

 

39


 

3.6                                Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  Each Buyer Entity owns or otherwise has the valid and legally enforceable rights to use all Buyer Intellectual Property, which Buyer Intellectual Property is sufficient Intellectual Property to conduct and operate the Buyer Business in all material respects as currently conducted and as conducted during the twelve (12)-month period prior to the date of this Agreement.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(a)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, one of the Buyer Entities is the sole and exclusive legal and beneficial owner of, and has good title to, all of the Buyer Intellectual Property owned by a Buyer Entity, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and free and clear of any requirement of any royalty payments or other payment obligations to third parties.  The Patents, Trademarks and domain names included in the Buyer Intellectual Property owned by a Buyer Entity are registered or applied for in the name of one of the Buyer Entities and, except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(a)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, all assignments of any such Patents and Trademarks reflecting such Buyer Entity’s ownership thereof have been duly filed or recorded (as applicable) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and all other foreign patent and trademark offices where the rights have been registered or applied for.

 

(b)                                  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(b)(i)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, no Intellectual Property used in or related to the Buyer Business is licensed by the Buyer Entities from any third party (other than commercially available, off-the-shelf software and immaterial non-exclusive licenses obtained in the ordinary course of business).  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(b)(ii)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, none of the Buyer Entities has licensed or granted any rights under or to the Buyer Intellectual Property to any third party.  For purposes of greater certainty, the term “licensed” includes any license, sublicense, covenant, non-assert, consent, release or waiver.  All registrations, issuances and applications for Patents, Trademarks and domain names included in the Buyer Intellectual Property are listed on Schedule 3.6(b)(iii)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(b)(iv)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, all registrations, issuances and applications owned by the Buyer Entities (A) have been duly filed or registered (as applicable) with the applicable Governmental Entity or domain name registration authority (as applicable) and properly maintained, including without limitation the timely submission of all necessary filings and payment of fees in accordance with the legal and administrative requirements in the appropriate jurisdictions, and (B) have not lapsed or expired.  There is no response to an office action, payment requirement or other requirement with respect to the Patents, Trademarks or domain names included in the Buyer Intellectual Property that will come due in the period between January 1, 2019 and March 31, 2019.

 

(c)                                   To the Buyer’s Knowledge, there is no fact with respect to any patent application or trademark application comprised within the Buyer Intellectual Property (i) required to be disclosed to the United States Patent and Trademark Office on or before the date of this Agreement that was not disclosed, that would reasonably be expected to preclude the issuance of an issued patent from such patent application or a registered trademark from such trademark application or (ii) that the Buyer reasonably believes would render any issued patent issuing from such patent application or registered trademark granted from such trademark application invalid or unenforceable.  The Buyer Entities and, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, its patent counsel has complied in all material respects with applicable requirements in the filing

 

40


 

and prosecution of the patents and patent applications comprised within the Buyer Intellectual Property, including its duty of candor.

 

(d)                                  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(d)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, no third party is infringing or violating or misappropriating, or has infringed, violated or misappropriated, any of the Buyer Intellectual Property. None of the Buyer Entities has sent any notice to or asserted or threatened any action or claim against any Person involving or relating to any Buyer Intellectual Property.  The Buyer Entities have taken commercially reasonable measures, consistent with industry practices, to maintain in confidence all material trade secrets and material confidential information comprising a part of the Buyer Intellectual Property.

 

(e)                                   The conduct and operation of the Buyer Business does not infringe or violate or constitute a misappropriation, and has not infringed, violated or constituted a misappropriation, of any Intellectual Property of any third party.  Since the Reference Date, none of the Buyer Entities has received any written or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, other claim or notice alleging any such infringement, violation or misappropriation.  There is no pending or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened, and there has been no, claim, interference, inter partes proceeding, opposition or demand of any third party challenging the ownership, use, validity or scope of any Buyer Intellectual Property owned by any Buyer Entity or to the Buyer’s Knowledge exclusively licensed to a Buyer Entity.  None of the Buyer Entities has been served with or provided written or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, other notice that any Buyer Intellectual Property is the subject of any Order, and none of the Buyer Entities is subject to any Order barring or limiting the Buyer Entities’ use of any Buyer Intellectual Property.  None of the Buyer Entities is a party to any past, pending or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened, action, lawsuit, or any other judicial, arbitral or administrative proceeding relating to any Buyer Intellectual Property, including involving any claim that the any of the Buyer Entities infringed, misappropriated or violated the Intellectual Property rights of any third party.

 

(f)                                    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in the loss, forfeiture, termination, license, or impairment of, or give rise to any obligation to transfer or to create, change or abolish, or limit, terminate, or consent to the continued use by the Buyer Entities of any rights in any Buyer Intellectual Property.

 

(g)                                   No current or former employee, officer, director, stockholder, consultant or independent contractor of the Buyer Entities has any right, title, claim or interest in, to or under any Buyer Intellectual Property owned by any Buyer Entity that has not been exclusively assigned and transferred to one of the Buyer Entities, and each current and former employee, officer, director, stockholder, consultant or independent contractor who is or was involved in the development of any Intellectual Property rights used in or related to the conduct or operation of the Buyer Business has executed a written assignment agreement with one of the Buyer Entities assigning, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable Law, all of such person’s right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property rights to such Buyer Entity, which assignment includes a present tense assignment of all current and future Intellectual Property rights.

 

41


 

(h)                                  No Buyer Intellectual Property owned by a Buyer Entity was developed, in whole or in part, under contract with or using the facilities, funding or personnel of any Governmental Entity or university or other educational institution that would give any such authority, university or institution any rights to such Buyer Intellectual Property or entitle any such Governmental Entity, university or institution to royalties or other payments.

 

(i)                                      The Buyer Entities are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws, contractual commitments and published privacy policies relating to the privacy of patient medical records and all other personal information and data, including with respect to the collection, storage, use, sharing, transfer, disposition, protection and processing thereof.  None of the Buyer Entities has received any notification or allegation from any competent authority (including any information or enforcement notice, or any transfer prohibition notice) alleging that the Buyer Entities have not complied in any material respect with applicable Laws relating to privacy and/or data protection. No individual has successfully claimed, and (to the Buyer’s Knowledge) no grounds exist for an individual to claim, compensation from the Buyer Entities for material breaches of applicable data protections law or for loss or unauthorized disclosure of personal information and data.

 

3.7                                      Contracts .

 

(a)                                  The Buyer SEC Documents list all material contracts as of the date hereof to which each Buyer Entity is a party or by which each Buyer Entity or any of their respective material properties or assets is bound or affected, in any case, other than the Buyer Benefit Plans (the “ Buyer Material Contracts ”).

 

(b)                                  Correct and complete copies of each Buyer Material Contract (including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto) have been delivered to the Company or its advisors (and with respect to Buyer Material Contracts that are in oral form, the Buyer has provided the Company with a written summary of the terms of such contract).

 

(c)                                   Each of the Buyer Material Contracts represents a valid and binding obligation of the Buyer Entities party thereto and, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, each other party thereto, and is enforceable against the Buyer Entities and, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, each other party thereto, in accordance with its terms, and is in full force and effect, subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions. Each of the Buyer Material Contracts shall continue to be in full force and effect and valid, binding and enforceable on substantially the same terms immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions.  None of the Buyer Entities or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, any other party thereto is in material breach or material violation of or material default under, or has provided or received any written notice of any intention to terminate, any of the Buyer Material Contracts, or has committed or failed to perform any act which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both would constitute a material breach or material violation of or material default under any of the Buyer Material Contracts.

 

3.8                                Litigation .  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.8 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, there is no Action pending against the Buyer Entities and, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, no Action has been threatened against the Buyer Entities that would, individually or in the aggregate,

 

42


 

reasonably be expected to be material to the Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or Buyer Business, or materially impair the ability of the Buyer to perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.  As of the date hereof, there are no Court Orders (whether rendered by a court, an administrative agency or by an arbitrator) to which the Buyer Entities or their assets are subject that are material to the Buyer Entities, taken as a whole that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the Buyer Business, or materially impair the ability of the Buyer to perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

3.9                                Compliance with Laws; Permits . The Buyer Entities’ conduct and operation of the Buyer Business and ownership and use of their assets are, and since the Reference Date have been, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws.  Since the Reference Date, none of the Buyer Entities have received any written notice of any Action against it alleging any failure to comply in any material respect with any applicable Law.  No material investigation or audit by any Governmental Entity with respect to the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business or the Buyer Entities’ assets is pending or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, has been threatened, and since the Reference Date, none of the Buyer Entities have received any written notice of any such investigation or audit. The Buyer has made available to the Company complete and correct copies of all written notices received by the Buyer Entities alleging any material failure to comply under any applicable Law, or with respect to any investigation by any Governmental Entity, in each case, since the Reference Date. The Buyer Entities own or possess all right, title and interest in and to, and are and since the Reference Date, has been in compliance with, all Permits necessary or required in connection with the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Buyer Business. All such Permits that are material to the Buyer Entities, taken as a whole, or the Buyer Business are set forth on Schedule 3.9 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, each of which is valid and in full force and effect and none of such Permits is (to the Buyer’s Knowledge) expected to be terminated, impaired or require amendment, or to become terminable, impaired or require amendment, in whole or in part, as a result of or in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Buyer has delivered to the Company true and complete copies of all such Permits. None of the Buyer Entities have received any written communication since the Reference Date from any Governmental Entity or other entity having jurisdiction over the Buyer Entities or their respective licensees regarding (i) any actual or alleged material violation of any such Permit or any failure to comply with any term or requirement of any such Permit, or (ii) any actual, alleged or proposed revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination or modification of any such Permit, and, to the  Buyer’s Knowledge, there is no reasonable basis for the issuance of any such notice or the taking of any such action. There is no actual, nor to the Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened investigation, inquiry or administrative or judicial action, hearing or enforcement proceeding by any Governmental Entity against the Buyer Entities or their respective licensees regarding any violation of any such Permit that if determined adversely to any Buyer Entity would be material to the Buyer Business. All fees and charges with respect to the Permits have been timely paid in full since the Reference Date, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Buyer Business.

 

43


 

3.10                         Regulatory Authorizations .  The Buyer Entities have all Regulatory Authorizations necessary for the Buyer Entities to conduct and operate the Buyer Business in all material respects in the manner currently conducted (the “ Buyer Regulatory Authorizations ”).  The Buyer Entities are in compliance with the terms of the Buyer Regulatory Authorizations, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Buyer Business, and have not received any notices that it is in violation of any of the terms or conditions of such Buyer Regulatory Authorizations.  All such Buyer Regulatory Authorizations are in full force and effect and no action or claim is pending or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened to revoke, suspend, adversely modify or terminate any such Buyer Regulatory Authorizations or declare any such Buyer Regulatory Authorizations invalid in any material respect. To the Buyer’s Knowledge, no event has occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in the suspension, limitation, revocation or rescission, cancellation, non-renewal, or adverse modification of any of the Buyer Regulatory Authorizations.

 

3.11                         Product Liability .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 3.11 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list of all Buyer Product Registrations as of the date hereof.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Buyer Product Registrations ” means all material marketing approvals, clearances or other authorizations necessary to conduct and operate the Buyer Business and granted to any of the Buyer Entities by, or pending with, any Governmental Entity.

 

(b)                                  All Buyer Products sold under the Buyer Product Registrations are Exploited in accordance with the specifications and standards contained in such Buyer Product Registrations, except where the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Buyer Business.

 

(c)                                   To the Buyer’s Knowledge, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Buyer Business, each Buyer Product is free of and does not contain any defect in the design or formulation, or any defect resulting from, arising from, or in connection with, the Exploitation of such Buyer Product.

 

(d)                                  Since the Reference Date, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Buyer Business, (i) there has not been, nor is there currently under consideration by the Buyer Entities, or to the Buyer’s Knowledge, any Governmental Entity, any product recall, market withdrawal, post-sale warning, or other corrective action in respect of the Buyer Products, and (ii) no Buyer Product distributed or sold prior to the date hereof has been discontinued (whether voluntarily or otherwise) by the Buyer Entities due to concerns over potential harm to human health or safety.

 

(e)                                   Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the Buyer Business, no product liability claims have been received in writing by the Buyer Entities regarding the Buyer Products, and there is no pending or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened claim against the Buyer Entities with respect to the quality, merchantability, or safety of or defect in, or involving a breach of warranty which has not been fully resolved with respect to, or involving liability directly or indirectly caused by

 

44


 

the Buyer Products that would reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. To the Buyer’s Knowledge, no such claims have been threatened against the Buyer Entities as of the date hereof. As of the date hereof, there is no Order outstanding against the Buyer Entities relating to product liability claims. To the Buyer’s Knowledge, there are no design, manufacturing or other defects, latent or otherwise, with respect to the Buyer Products.

 

3.12                         Regulatory Matters .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 3.12(a)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list as of the date hereof of all of the Buyer Products, including the dosage form, active ingredient and strength of each such Buyer Product. In respect of the Buyer Products, Schedule 3.12(a)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter sets forth (i) a description of the regulatory status thereof (as of the date hereof), including the pending or approved NDAs or ANDAs that any of the Buyer Entities has submitted to the FDA in respect of such Buyer Products (collectively, “ Buyer Filed NDAs ”); and (ii) whether the particular regulatory status has been presented to the FDA or any other Governmental Entity under the name of one of the Buyer Entities, or under the name of another Person. Copies of the Buyer Filed NDAs and any other material filings or submissions made by the Buyer Entities with the FDA or any other Governmental Entity (1) were reviewed before filing by an employee or other agent of one of the Buyer Entities who is knowledgeable about the contents of the filing and, were true and accurate in all material respects when filed (subject to correction, amendment or supplementation by subsequent filings as required by the FDA or other Governmental Entity), and were made in good faith upon the best information reasonably available to the Buyer Entities; and (2) have been made available to the Company upon its request.

 

(b)                                  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12(b)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business is, and at all times since the Reference Date has been, in compliance in all material respects with the FDC Act, and applicable regulations issued by the FDA and all other applicable Laws, including any regulatory Laws of any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction, and in all material respects with all reporting requirements under the FDC Act, the Controlled Substances Act, as amended, the associated rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and all other applicable Laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as set forth in Schedule 3.12(b)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, (i) the Buyer Entities have obtained all material clearances, authorizations, licenses and registrations required by any Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, the FDA, DEA or any other Governmental Entity, domestic or foreign, performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA or DEA) to permit the conduct of the Buyer Business as currently conducted, (ii) the Buyer Entities have filed with each applicable Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, the FDA, DEA or any other Governmental Entity, domestic or foreign, performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA or DEA) all material, required filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions, including but not limited to Adverse Event reports and all manufacturing changes to the Buyer Products, (iii) complete and correct copies of all such documents referred to in the immediately preceding clause (ii) have been delivered to the Company and (iv) all such filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions were in compliance in all material respects with applicable Laws when filed, or subsequently corrected, and no deficiencies have been asserted by any applicable Governmental Entity to the

 

45


 

Buyer Entities with respect to any such filings, declarations, listing, registrations, reports or submissions.

 

(c)                                   Each Buyer Product is being, and has been for the past three (3) years, researched, developed, tested, manufactured, supplied, distributed, and stored by or on behalf of the Buyer Entities in compliance in all material respects with the FDC Act, the Controlled Substances Act, as amended, and the associated rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including, as applicable, those requirements relating to the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices, Good Laboratory Practices and Good Clinical Practices, all filings, declarations, listings, registrations, reports or submissions of the Buyer or its Subsidiaries to Governmental Entities relating to such Buyer Product (including with respect to all Buyer Product specifications), and all other applicable Laws, including any rules and regulations of any other Governmental Entity, domestic or foreign, performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA or DEA.

 

(d)                                  All preclinical studies and clinical trials sponsored by the Buyer Entities have been conducted in material compliance with applicable Laws, rules and regulations and Good Clinical Practices, and federal and state Laws, rules and regulations, including, all applicable security laws and privacy standards restricting the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information.  Scientific reports of such investigations have been, or will be, drafted in all material respects according to applicable requirements and raw data adequately archived and available for inspection by the applicable Governmental Entities. None of the Buyer Entities has received any written notices or other correspondence from the FDA or any other foreign, federal, state or local Governmental Entity performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA with respect to (i) requiring the termination, suspension or material modification of ongoing clinical trials or pre-clinical studies, (ii) adverse inspection reports, (iii) notices of adverse findings, warning letters, untitled letters or (iv) other correspondence asserting that the Buyer Entities may not be in compliance with applicable Laws or that the Buyer Products or any compounds contained in the Buyer Products may not be approvable.

 

(e)                                   Since the Reference Date, none of the Buyer Entities has been subject to any investigation related to the Buyer Products or the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business that is pending and of which the Buyer Entities has been notified in writing or which (to the Buyer’s Knowledge) has been threatened, in each case by any Governmental Entity pursuant to the Medicaid rebate law (42 U.S.C. § 1396r-8), the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, the Federal Healthcare Program Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(b), the Federal False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §3729) or any similar anti-kickback or false claims statutes applicable to the Buyer Entities.  Since the Reference Date, none of the Buyer Entities has submitted any claim for payment to any government healthcare program in connection with any referrals related to the Buyer Products that violated in any material respect any applicable self-referral Law.  Since the Reference Date, none of the Buyer Entities has submitted any claim for payment to any government healthcare program related to the Buyer Products in material violation of any Laws relating to false claim or fraud.

 

(f)                                    Since the Reference Date, neither the Buyer Entities nor, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, any of the Representatives acting on behalf of the Buyer Entities has been under investigation for, nor has (i) made an untrue statement of material fact or fraudulent statement to

 

46


 

any Governmental Entity, failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to any Governmental Entity, or committed an act, made a statement, or failed to make a statement, including with respect to any scientific data or information, that, at the time such disclosure was made or failure to disclose occurred, would reasonably be expected to provide a basis for the Governmental Entity to invoke the FDA policy respecting “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery and Illegal Gratuities,” set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991), in each case as related to the Buyer Products or the conduct or operation of the Buyer Business, (ii) been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which disqualification, exclusion or similar action is authorized by a Governmental Entity in relation to the development or approval of any pharmaceutical product, including for which debarment is mandated by 21 U.S.C. § 335a(a) or authorized by 21 U.S.C. § 335a(b) or (iii) been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which such Person or entity could be excluded from participating in the Federal health care programs under Section 1128 of the Social Security Act of 1935, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Since the Reference Date, none of the Buyer Entities have voluntarily or involuntarily initiated, conducted or issued, or caused to be initiated, conducted or issued, any recall, field alerts, field corrections, market withdrawal, safety alert or warning, “dear doctor” letter, investigator notice or other material notice or action relating to an alleged lack of safety, efficacy or regulatory compliance of the Buyer Products.  None of the Buyer Entities has knowledge of any facts that are reasonably likely to cause (i) the recall, market withdrawal or replacement of any Buyer Product, (ii) a material change in the marketing classification or a material change in the labeling of any Buyer Product, or (iii) a termination or suspension of the marketing of any Buyer Product.  Since the Reference Date, none of the Buyer Entities has received any written notice that any Governmental Entity has: (1) commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action to request the recall of any Buyer Product; (2) commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action to enjoin the manufacture or distribution of any Buyer Product; (3) issued any demand letter, finding of material deficiency or non-compliance or adverse inspection report (including any FDA Form 483s, FDA Notices of Adverse Findings, Untitled Letters, or Warning Letters) in respect of any Buyer Product; or (4) commenced, or threatened to initiate, any action regarding inappropriate advertising or marketing of any Buyer Product, nor to the Buyer’s Knowledge do any conditions currently exist that reasonably could be expected to lead to any of the foregoing.

 

(h)                                  The Buyer has delivered to the Company complete and correct copies of all material scientific, CMC (including any supply chain risk assessments), preclinical, and clinical data of the Buyer Entities, all material non-clinical and safety risk assessments, and all material written correspondence with all Governmental Entities, in each case with respect to any Buyer Product.

 

3.13                         Taxes .

 

(a)                                  There are no Liens with respect to Taxes upon any of the assets of the Buyer Entities other than Permitted Liens.

 

(b)                                  The Buyer Entities have timely filed all federal and state income and all other material Tax Returns in respect of the assets of the Buyer Entities and the conduct or operation of the Buyer Business with respect to any period ending on or prior to the Closing Date

 

47


 

that such Buyer Entity was required to file.  All such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

(c)                                   The Buyer Entities have paid all income and other material Taxes in respect of the assets of the Buyer Entities and the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business.

 

(d)                                  The Buyer Entities have withheld and collected all material Taxes that any Buyer Entity was or is required by applicable Law to withhold and collect in respect of the assets of the Buyer Entities and the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business, and all such Taxes have been paid over to the proper Taxing Authority or, if not yet due, are being held by the Buyer Entities for payment.

 

(e)                                   No Tax audits or other legal proceedings are pending, or to Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened, in each case, with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of the Buyer Entities in respect of the assets of the Buyer Entities and the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business.  None of the Buyer Entities has requested or obtained any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return in respect of the assets of the Buyer Entities and the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business or in which any Tax may be assessed or collected by any Taxing Authority (other than any extension which is no longer in effect).

 

(f)                                    No Taxing Authority with which the Buyer Entities do not file a particular Tax Return in respect of the assets of the Buyer Entities and the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business has claimed that any of the Buyer Entities is or may be subject to taxation by that Taxing Authority. None of the Buyer Entities, in respect of the assets of the Buyer Entities and the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business, is engaged in (or is treated as engaged in due to prior activities) a trade or business through a “permanent establishment” within the meaning of an applicable income Tax treaty in any jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in which they are formed.

 

(g)                                   None of the Buyer Entities is a United States a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

 

(h)                                  None of the assets of the Buyer Entities is (i) an equity interest in any person (or treated as any equity interest in any person for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or (ii) tax-exempt use property within the meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code.

 

(i)                                      The Buyer Entities have collected and remitted any material sales, use, value added and similar Taxes applicable in connection with the assets of the Buyer Entities and the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business.

 

(j)                                     The Company and its Subsidiaries will not be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing, including as a result of any (A) change in method of accounting or use of an improper method of accounting, in each case, by the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) prepaid amount received by the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing or (C) an installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

48


 

(k)                                  No Buyer Entity has made an election under Section 965(h) of the Code.

 

(l)                                      Neither the execution of, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or when combined with the occurrence of any other event, including without limitation, a termination of employment) will result in the receipt or retention by any person who is a “disqualified individual” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G) of the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries of any payment or benefit from the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries that is or could be characterized as a “parachute payment” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), determined without regard to the application of Code Section 280G(b)(5).

 

3.14                         Suppliers and Wholesalers Schedule 3.14 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter sets forth as of the date hereof (a) a true and complete list of the top suppliers of the Buyer Business for the nine (9) months ended September 30, 2018 based on the total dollar value of purchases from each supplier (the “ Buyer Material Suppliers ”) and (b) a true and complete list of the top wholesalers of the Buyer Business for the nine (9) months ended September 30, 2018 based on the total dollar value of sales to each customer (the “ Buyer Material Wholesalers ”).  Except as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to be material to the Buyer Entities, taken as a whole, the Buyer Entities’ relationships with the Buyer Material Suppliers and Buyer Material Wholesalers are good commercial working relationships and, with respect to such Buyer Material Suppliers and Buyer Material Wholesalers, (a) during the last twelve (12) months, none has, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened to cancel or otherwise terminate, or provided notice to any of the Buyer Entities that it intends to cancel or otherwise terminate, the relationship of such Person with the Buyer Entities and (b) none has, during the last twelve (12) months, decreased materially or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened to decrease or limit materially, or provided notice to any of the Buyer Entities that it intends to modify materially in an adverse manner its relationship with the Buyer Entities, or provided notice to any of the Buyer Entities that it intends to decrease or limit materially its services or supplies to any of the Buyer Entities in connection with the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business.

 

3.15                         Affiliate Transactions .  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date hereof, no officer or director of any Buyer Entity, any immediate family member of any of the foregoing, or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, current or former stockholder of Buyer Parent: (a) is a party to or otherwise directly or indirectly interested in any Buyer Material Contract, (b) has any interest in any of the Buyer Entities’ assets (other than any indirectly through equity ownership in Buyer Parent), or (c) to the Buyer’s Knowledge, has, directly or indirectly, any ownership, participation, royalty, or other interest in, or is an officer, director, employee or consultant or contractor of, any Person that competes with, does business with, or has any contractual arrangement with the Buyer Entities, except in the case of (a) and (b), salaries, expense reimbursement and employee benefits in respect of employment with, or service as an officer or director of a Buyer Entity (in such Person’s capacity as such).

 

3.16                         Absence of Certain Developments .  Except as required or permitted by this Agreement or by any of the Ancillary Agreements or as set forth on Schedule 3.16 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, since December 31, 2017, (a) the Buyer Entities have operated and conducted the Buyer Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and there has

 

49


 

not occurred any event or events that, individually or in the aggregate, have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect; and (b) none of the Buyer Entities has taken any action that would require consent of the Company under Section 4.10 between the date hereof and the Closing.

 

3.17                         Environmental Matters . Except as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, the Buyer Entities’ conduct and operation of the Buyer Business are not in violation of any Environmental Laws.  Except as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, the Buyer Entities have and are in material compliance with all Permits required pursuant to Environmental Laws with respect to the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business, each of which is valid and in full force and effect. With respect to the conduct and operation of the Buyer Business, none of the Buyer Entities has received any unresolved written notice from any Governmental Entity or any other Person (a) regarding any actual or alleged material violation of Environmental Laws, or any actual or potential material liabilities (including, for personal injury, property damage or investigatory or cleanup obligations) arising under Environmental Laws or (b) any written request for information, notice of claim, demand or notification that any of them may be potentially responsible for any material investigatory, corrective or remedial obligations with respect to any release of or exposure to Hazardous Substances under any Environmental Laws.

 

3.18                         Certain Business Practices .

 

(a)                                  None of the Buyer Entities or any of their respective officers, directors or employees or to Buyer’s Knowledge, the Buyer Entities’ respective Representatives acting on their behalf, have directly or indirectly made or authorized any offer, gift, payment, or transfer, or promise of, any money or anything else of value, or provided any benefit, to any Person, (i) for the purpose of (A) influencing any act or decision of that Person, (B) inducing that Person to omit to do any act in violation of any duty under Law, (C) securing any improper advantage, or (D) inducing that Person to use his or her influence with a Governmental Entity or public international organization, (1) to affect or influence any act or decision of any Governmental Entity or public international organization, or (2) to assist the Buyer Entities in obtaining or retaining business, or directing business to any Person, whether or not lawful, or (ii) which would otherwise constitute or have the purpose or effect of public or commercial bribery, acceptance of or acquiescence in extortion, kickbacks or other unlawful or improper means of obtaining business or any improper advantage.

 

(b)                                  The Buyer is familiar with the FCPA, and the Buyer Entities and, to Buyer’s Knowledge, each of their respective Representatives acting on behalf of any Buyer Entity, are in full compliance with the FCPA, and any other applicable Law of similar effect, including all Anti-Corruption Laws, and to the Buyer’s Knowledge none of them have taken any action which would cause the Buyer Entities to be in violation of any Anti-Corruption Law.

 

(c)                                   No portion of any assets transferred or payments paid by the Company to the Buyer (or its designees) will be used to fund payments in connection with securing government approvals or as a payment, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any government official, political party or official thereof or any candidate

 

50


 

for foreign political office for purposes of (i) influencing any act or decision of such government official in his official capacity, (ii) inducing such government official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such official, or (iii) securing any improper advantage; or inducing such official to use his influence with a government or instrumentality thereof to affect or influence any act or decision of such government or instrumentality.

 

(d)                                  The Buyer Entities have at all times complied with, and are currently in compliance with, all applicable International Trade Laws.

 

(e)                                   None of the Buyer Entities, any of their respective officers, directors or employees, or to the Buyer’s Knowledge, any of the Buyer Entities’ respective Representatives acting on their behalf, have been investigated for, or charged by any Governmental Entity with a material violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or International Trade Laws, and there are not now, nor have there been in the past five (5) years, any claims, allegations, or inquiries pending or, to Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened against the Buyer Entities or any of their respective Representatives acting on behalf of the Buyer Entities concerning violations of any Anti-Corruption Laws or International Trade Laws.

 

(f)                                    The Buyer Entities maintain a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed and access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles or any other criteria applicable to such statements and to maintain accountability for assets; and (iii) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

(g)                                   The term “Representatives,” as used in this Section 3.18 shall be deemed to include any distributor of Buyer Product in the Buyer Business.

 

3.19                         Brokers .  Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.19 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, no agent, broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other firm or Person is or shall be entitled, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action, agreement or commitment of the Buyer Entities or any of their respective Affiliates, to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.20                         Employees and Employment Matters .

 

(a)                                  None of the Buyer Entities is a party to, or bound by, any collective bargaining or other contract with a labor union, labor organization, works council, or other similar employee representative body, and there are no labor unions, labor organizations, works councils, or other similar employee representative bodies representing, purporting to represent or, to the Buyer’s Knowledge, attempting to represent any Buyer Employee. There is not currently, nor since the Reference Date has there been, nor to the Buyer’s Knowledge has there been any threat since the Reference Date of, any strike, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout, concerted refusal to work overtime, union election petition, demand for recognition, or other

 

51


 

similar labor activity or dispute, or unfair labor practice charge, complaint, labor grievance or labor arbitration, against the Buyer Entities.  None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement require any Buyer Entity to provide any notification or consultation with any labor union, labor organization, works council or other similar employee representative body.

 

(b)                                  Copies of all written material employment agreements, consulting agreements and independent contractor agreements or arrangements have been provided to the Company (to the extent not included in the Buyer SEC Documents).  To the Buyer’s Knowledge, the activities of the Buyer Employees with respect to the Buyer Business do not conflict with or constitute, and have not conflicted with or constituted, a breach of the terms of any employment agreement, consulting agreement, independent contractor agreement, intellectual property disclosure agreement, restrictive covenant agreement, or other agreement or obligation under which such Buyer Employee is bound or obligated, and none of the Buyer Entities has received or is aware of any allegation to such effect.

 

(c)                                   Except as set forth in Schedule 3.20(c)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, there are no material Actions against the Buyer Entities pending, or to the Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened to be brought or filed, by or with any Governmental Entity or arbitrator in connection with the employment or engagement of any current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Buyer Business, including, without limitation, any material claim relating to unfair labor practices, employment discrimination, harassment, retaliation, equal pay, misclassification, wages and hours, or any other employment-related matter arising under applicable Laws.

 

3.21                         Buyer Benefit Plans .

 

(a)                                  Set forth on Schedule 3.21(a) of the Buyer Disclosure Letter is a true and complete list of each material “Buyer Benefit Plan”.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Buyer Benefit Plan ” means each (i) “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and (ii) other pension, retirement, deferred compensation, excess benefit, profit sharing, bonus, incentive, equity or equity-based, phantom equity, employment, consulting, severance, change-of-control, retention, health, life, disability, paid-time off, holiday, welfare and fringe benefit plan, program, contract, or arrangement (whether written or unwritten), in any case, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to, by the Buyer Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates for the benefit of any current or former employee, director, officer or consultant (who is a natural person) of the Buyer Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to which the Buyer Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has any liability.

 

(b)                                  As applicable with respect to each material Buyer Benefit Plan, the Buyer has made available to the Company, true and complete copies of (i) each material Buyer Benefit Plan, including all amendments thereto, and in the case of an unwritten material Buyer Benefit Plan, a written description thereof, (ii) the current summary plan description and (iii) the determination, opinion or advisory letter, if any, with respect to such Buyer Benefit Plan.

 

(c)                                   Each Buyer Benefit Plan has been maintained, operated and administered in compliance in all material respects with its terms and any related documents or agreements and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and all other Laws.

 

52


 

(d)                                  None of the Buyer Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates maintains, contributes to, is required to contribute to, or has any actual or contingent liability with respect to, (i) any “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, (ii) any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA), (iii) any “multiple employer plan” (within the meaning of Section 413 of the Code) or (iv) any “multiple employer welfare arrangement” (within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA).

 

(e)                                   No Buyer Benefit Plan provides death, medical, dental, vision or life insurance benefits beyond termination of service or retirement other than coverage mandated by applicable Law.

 

(f)                                    Neither the execution of, nor the performance of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement will either alone or in connection with any other event(s) (A) result in any payment becoming due to any current or former employee, director, officer, or consultant (who is a natural person) of the Buyer Entities, (B) increase any amount of compensation or benefits otherwise payable under any Buyer Benefit Plan, (C) result in the acceleration of the time of payment, funding or vesting of any benefits under any Buyer Benefit Plan, or (D) require any contribution or payment to fund any obligation under any Buyer Benefit Plan.

 

3.22                         Inventory .  All of the Buyer Entities’ inventory consist of quality and quantity usable and, with respect to finished goods, salable, in the ordinary course of the Buyer Business, except for obsolete items and items of below-standard quality which have been written off or written down to fair market value.

 

3.23                         Company Representations .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Buyer acknowledges and agrees the Company is not making any representations or warranties whatsoever, express or implied, beyond those expressly given by the Company in Article II .

 

ARTICLE IV
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

4.1                                Confidentiality; Public Announcements .

 

(a)                                  From and after the Closing Date, the Company, on the one hand, and the Buyer, on the other hand, shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries and Representatives to, treat and hold as confidential, and not use or disclose any non-public or confidential information relating to their respective business operations (with respect to each party, the “ Confidential Information ”) to any Person (including any Affiliates), except that the party in receipt (such party, the “ Receiving Party ”) of Confidential Information of the other party (such party, the “ Disclosing Party ”) shall not be bound by the confidentiality requirements of this Section 4.1 with respect to information or documents which (i) are or become generally known to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Receiving Party, such Receiving Party’s Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives, (ii) to the extent required to be disclosed by applicable Law or in any legal proceeding, interrogatory, subpoena, civil

 

53


 

investigative demand or similar process or to the extent required by Law including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and related regulations and interpretations thereof or (iii) to the extent necessary for the Receiving Party (x) to pursue its rights under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or (y) to defend itself in any action involving the Business, the Transferred Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the transactions contemplated therein; provided ; however , that, in the event that the Receiving Party or its Subsidiaries or Representatives are required to disclose any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party pursuant to clause (ii) above, such Confidential Information shall not be used for any other purpose and the Receiving Party will (x) first notify the Disclosing Party promptly of such requirement, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, so that the Disclosing Party may seek, at its expense, an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.1 , (y) inform the Disclosing Party of all relevant facts relating to such a disclosure and shall provide such opportunity as is reasonable in the circumstances for the Disclosing Party to object to, or limit, such disclosure and will provide reasonable assistance to the Disclosing Party (at the Disclosing Party’s expense) in seeking to prevent or limit such disclosure (provided that no such act by the Disclosing Party to object to or limit, or assistance of the Receiving Party or its Subsidiaries requested by the Disclosing Party, shall interfere with, delay or hinder the Receiving Party’s obligations under applicable Law) and (z) only disclose such portion of such Confidential Information as is required, in the opinion of counsel (including internal counsel), to be disclosed pursuant to applicable Law.  If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Receiving Party or one of its Subsidiaries is compelled to disclose any Confidential Information or else stand liable for contempt, such Persons may disclose the Confidential Information; provided , however , that the Receiving Party and its Subsidiaries shall (x) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, at the request, and at the expense of the Disclosing Party, an order or other assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information required to be disclosed as the Disclosing Party shall designate and (y) only disclose such portion of such Confidential Information as is required, in the opinion of counsel (including internal counsel), to be disclosed pursuant to applicable Law.  For clarity, any non-public or confidential information with respect to the Business, the Transferred Assets or the Assumed Liabilities shall be deemed to be Confidential Information of the Buyer and not of the Company.

 

4.2                                Access to Information .

 

(a)                                  From the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article VII (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”), the parties shall, and shall cause their Subsidiaries, and each of their respective Representatives to, (i) provide one another and each of their respective Representatives (such Persons, collectively, the “ Inspecting Party ”) reasonable access, during normal business hours and without undue interruption of their respective businesses, to the offices, and all of the properties, facilities, assets, contracts, data, books and records (other than records relating to attorney-client privileged communications, and, for the avoidance of doubt, other than where access to such information is prohibited by applicable Law or would reasonably be expected to jeopardize a legal privilege or third party contract as in effect as of the date hereof; provided , that, in the case of any restriction to access of the foregoing information, the party restricting such access shall give notice to the Inspecting Party of any such information being withheld, and thereafter the party restricting such access shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such

 

54


 

information to be provided to the Inspecting Party in a manner that would not reasonably be expected to jeopardize such privilege or violate such Law or contract), and will furnish the Inspecting Party during such period all such information as such other party may reasonably request, (ii) permit the Inspecting Party to make such inspections thereof as such other party may from time to time reasonably request, (iii) furnish the Inspecting Party such financial and operating data and any other information as such the Inspecting Party may reasonably request and (iv) cooperate in good faith with one another, and provide one another with reasonable access to their respective Representatives and Subsidiaries.  The Inspecting Party will hold in confidence all information so obtained in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 4.1 .  At least fifteen (15) days prior to the Closing Date, (x) the Company shall provide the Buyer with a schedule showing which of the Company and its Subsidiaries will receive the Closing Consideration and the Royalty Consideration at the Closing and in which proportions, and which of the Company and its Subsidiaries will be transferring the specified Transferred Assets and Assumed Liabilities at the Closing and (y) the Buyer shall provide the Company with a schedule showing which of the Buyer Entities will receive the specified Transferred Assets and assume the specified Assumed Liabilities at the Closing and which of the Buyer Entities will pay the Closing Consideration and the Royalty Consideration to the Company and its Subsidiaries at Closing and in which proportions.  The Parties agree to use reasonable best efforts to cooperate to minimize or mitigate any Taxes in connection with the transfers of Transferred Assets and Assumed Liabilities and payments of Closing Consideration, Royalty Consideration and the amounts required in accordance with Section 4.26 contemplated by this Agreement.  The Parties further agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate (i) to ensure that each of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement does not qualify as an exchange under Section 351 of the Code; and (ii) to ensure that the Company and its Subsidiaries are permitted to defer Tax that arises by reason of the transfers of Transferred Assets and Assumed Liabilities and payments of Closing Consideration, Royalty Consideration and the amounts required in accordance with Section 4.26 contemplated by this Agreement to the maximum extent possible under the “installment sale” rules of Section 453 of the Code.

 

(b)                                  For six (6) years after the Closing Date, the Company and its Representatives shall have, during normal business hours, without undue interruption of the business of the Buyer, and on at least two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice, reasonable access to those books and records of the Buyer Entities to the extent related to the Business to enable the Company to prepare financial statements or Tax Returns or comply with Tax audits, regulatory proceedings or to perform any other obligations of the Company related to the Business.  In addition, if the Buyer (or any of its Subsidiaries) decides to dispose of any such books and records and other records prior to the expiration of such six (6)-year period, the Buyer shall, prior to such disposition, give the Company a reasonable opportunity, at the Company’s expense, to segregate and remove such books and records as the Company may select.

 

(c)                                   For six (6) years after the Closing Date, the Buyer and its Representatives shall have, during normal business hours, without undue interruption of the business of the Company, and on at least two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice, reasonable access to those books and records of the Company or its Subsidiaries to the extent related to the Business to enable the Buyer to prepare financial statements or Tax Returns or comply with Tax audits, regulatory proceedings or to perform any other obligations of the Buyer related to the Business.  In addition, if the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) decides to dispose of any such books and

 

55


 

records and other records prior to the expiration of such six (6)-year period, the Company shall, prior to such disposition, give the Buyer a reasonable opportunity, at the Buyer’s expense, to segregate and remove such books and records as the Buyer may select.

 

(d)                                  In addition to the foregoing, during the Royalty Term and for one (1) year thereafter, the Buyer shall maintain, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and use reasonable best efforts to cause its sublicensees to maintain, complete and accurate records in all material respects with respect to the commercialization of the Indocin Product to the extent required to permit the Royalty Recipient to confirm the accuracy of the Royalty Statements submitted by the Buyer hereunder.  The  Buyer shall provide the Royalty Recipient and its Representatives reasonable access to such records during normal business hours during the Royalty Term and for a period of one (1) year thereafter for the purpose of reviewing the accuracy of the Royalty Statements submitted by the Buyer hereunder.

 

(e)                                   Any party permitted access pursuant to Sections 4.2(b)  through 4.2(d)  shall be subject to the same restrictions and qualifications on such access as an Inspecting Party pursuant to Section 4.2(a) , mutatis mutandis .

 

4.3                                Further Assurances; Filings; Efforts; Cooperation

 

(a)                                  In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto shall (i) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain as promptly as practicable any consents, approvals, waivers and authorizations of, actions or non-actions by, and make, as promptly as reasonably practicable, all necessary filings and submissions with, or deliver any notices to, any Governmental Entity or other third party, in each case which are required to be obtained, made or sent by the Company or the Buyer or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation, obtaining the Company Required Consents; provided that in no event shall (A) the Company be required to pay or agree to pay any fee, penalty or other consideration (other than payment of any applicable HSR Act filing fee triggered by its proposed acquisition of the Equity Consideration, Notes Consideration and Royalty Consideration under this Agreement), or modify any Assumed Contract, to obtain any consent, approval, clearance, order, waiver or authorization in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under any Assumed Contract in each case, that is not otherwise required to be made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any such Assumed Contract, or (B) the Buyer be required to pay or agree to pay any fee, penalty or other consideration (other than payment of any applicable HSR Act filing fee triggered by its proposed acquisition of the Transferred Assets under this Agreement), or modify any Assumed Contract, to obtain any consent, approval, clearance, order, waiver or authorization in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under any Assumed Contract in each case, that is not otherwise required to be made pursuant to the terms of any such Assumed Contract, (ii) cooperate with each other in (A) determining which filings are required to be made prior to the Closing with, and which material consents, approvals, permits, notices or authorizations are required to be obtained prior to the Closing from, Governmental Entities or third parties in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and (B) making all such filings and timely seeking all such consents, approvals, permits, notices or

 

56


 

authorizations, (iii) use reasonable best efforts to cause the conditions to the Closing set forth in Article V to be satisfied as promptly as reasonably practicable, and (iv) use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and do, or cause to be done, and cooperate with each other in order to do, all other things reasonably necessary or appropriate to cause the Closing to occur and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby as soon as practicable; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, none of the parties hereto shall be obligated or required by this Section 4.3 to waive a condition to Closing set forth in Article V .

 

(b)                                  Without limiting the generality of Section 4.3(a) , and subject to Section 4.3(c) , the Buyer and the Company shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries and other Affiliates to (i) as soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement, each prepare and file any pre-acquisition notification required under the HSR Act to be filed with the Federal Trade Commission (the “ FTC ”) and the U.S. Department of Justice (the “ DOJ ”) and (ii) promptly provide any supplemental information requested or required by the FTC and DOJ in connection with such notification in substantial compliance with the HSR Act and other applicable Laws.  The parties shall jointly develop, and each of the parties shall consult and cooperate in all respects with one another, and consider in good faith the views of one another, in connection with the form and content of any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, opinions, and proposals made or submitted by or on behalf of any party, hereto in connection with proceedings under or relating to the HSR Act prior to their submission.  In connection with the foregoing, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, (w) the parties agree to provide the other (or its outside counsel, where appropriate), with any information that may be necessary or advisable to make such applications, notices, and/or filings, including, upon request by the other, all information concerning itself, its subsidiaries, directors, officers, and stockholders, and copies of any material correspondence, filing or communication (or oral summaries or memoranda setting forth the substance thereof) between such party or any of its Representatives, on the one hand, and any Governmental Entity or members of their respective staffs, on the other hand, (x) each party will keep the other apprised of the status of matters relating to completion of the transactions contemplated herein; (y) prior to submitting or making any such correspondence, filing or communication to any such Governmental Entity or members of their respective staffs, the parties shall first provide the other party with a copy of such correspondence, filing or communication in draft form, and incorporate all reasonable comments timely made by the other party with respect thereto; and (z) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, each of the parties shall not agree to participate in any meeting or discussion with any such Governmental Entity in respect of any filing, investigation, or inquiry concerning this Agreement unless, to the extent reasonably practicable, it consults with the other party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Entity, gives the other party the opportunity to attend and participate therein.  The parties hereto agree that they will consult with each other with respect to the obtaining of all permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of all third parties and Governmental Entities necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Without limiting the foregoing in this Section 4.3 , the Buyer and the Company shall not extend any waiting period or comparable period under the HSR Act or other Competition Laws or enter into any agreement with any Governmental Entity not to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, except with the prior written consent of the other party  In addition, each of parties agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take promptly any

 

57


 

and all actions necessary to vacate or lift any order relating to antitrust or competition that would have the effect of making any of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibiting, preventing, or delaying their consummation.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it is expressly understood and agreed that: (i) no party shall have any obligation to litigate or contest any administrative or judicial action or proceeding or any decree, judgment, injunction or other order, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent; and (ii) no party shall be under any obligation to make proposals, execute or carry out agreements, enter into consent decrees or submit to orders providing for (A) the sale, divestiture, license or other disposition or holding separate (through the establishment of a trust or otherwise) of any assets or categories of assets of the Buyer or any of its Affiliates or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) the imposition of any limitation or regulation on the ability of such party or any of its Affiliates to freely conduct their business or own such assets, or (C) the holding separate of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any limitation or regulation on the ability of the Buyer or any of its Affiliates to exercise full rights of ownership of the Business or any of the Transferred Assets.

 

(e)                                   The Buyer acknowledges that (i) pursuant to the Company Term Loan Agreement, the Company Lenders (or affiliates thereof) have made available to the Company and its Subsidiaries term loans (together with any amendments thereto, the “ Company Term Loan ”) secured by collateral comprised in part of the Transferred Assets and (ii) this Agreement and all consideration received in connection therewith (including the Equity Consideration, the Notes Consideration and the Royalty Consideration) will constitute proceeds of the Transferred Assets and will become (and be required to become) subject to such security interests under the Company Term Loan Agreement upon receipt thereof by the Company and its Subsidiaries.  The Buyer hereby agrees that it will not object to or interfere with the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, the Collateral Agent or any Company Lender, as the case may be, (i) executing any pledge or security documents in respect of the Equity Consideration, the Notes Consideration or the Royalty Payments, (ii) performing any and all actions that the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, the Collateral Agent or any Company Lender deems reasonably necessary or desirable to perfect the security interest in respect of the foregoing, and (iii) enforcing any remedies that the Collateral Agent or any Company Lender has under the Company Term Loan Agreement or any related loan, pledge or security documents, in the case of clauses (i) through (iii), to the extent that any of the foregoing activities do not result in any material out of pocket expenses for any Buyer Entity.  The Buyer hereby further agrees that, following a valid Transfer of the Royalty Consideration or any portion of the Equity Consideration or the Notes Consideration, including any rights thereunder, to any Company Lender in accordance with Section 8.4 , it shall comply with any reasonable instructions from the Company to pay all or any portion of any amounts due and payable under the Notes Consideration, the Equity Consideration or the Royalty Payments to such Company Lender, and to transfer on the Buyer’s books the record ownership of all or any portion of the Notes Consideration or the Equity Consideration to the Collateral Agent or any Company Lender or its designee or assignee(s) to the extent so validly Transferred to any such Person.

 

(f)                                    The Company acknowledges and agrees that no Buyer Entity nor any of such Buyer Entity’s Affiliates or Representatives shall have any responsibility for, or incur any liability to any Person as a result of the execution of pledge or security documents in respect of

 

58


 

the Equity Consideration, the Notes Consideration or the Royalty Payments, the perfection of a security interest thereon or the enforcement of remedies under the Company Term Loan Agreement or any related loan, pledge or security documents or compliance with Company instructions, in each case as described in Section 4.3(e)  (except to the extent of a Buyer breach of Section 4.3 ) and that the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer Entities, their respective Affiliates and Representatives from and against any Damages suffered or incurred by any of them as a result of their activities performed in accordance with in Section 4.3(e) .

 

(g)                                   To the extent reasonably requested by the Company, for a period of two (2) years after the Closing, the Buyer shall use reasonable best efforts to assist the Company and its Subsidiaries in collecting accounts receivables that constitute Excluded Assets and thereafter the Buyer shall cooperate with the Company and its Subsidiaries in good faith in connection with their efforts to collect such accounts receivable, provided that, in each case, no Buyer Entity shall be required to pay or agree to pay any material out of pocket fees, costs or expenses, to grant or provide any other consideration to any third party (including granting any accommodation, waiving any right or foregoing any benefit), or to initiate any claim, action, suit or other proceeding against any third party, in each case in connection with such assistance.

 

4.4                                Public Disclosure .  Except as required to be disclosed by applicable Law including, without limitation, applicable securities Laws or other stock market regulations or in connection with filings or other communications made by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases, from and after the date hereof, the Buyer and the Company shall not, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries and other Affiliates not to, issue any press release or other public statement or communication with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement unless approved in advance in writing by the Buyer and the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , that the party seeking disclosure shall provide the other party with at least two (2) Business Days written notice, or. if shorter, such written notice as promptly as reasonably practicable under the circumstances, of the proposed release, statement or communication.  Any subsequent disclosure that solely contains information included in a prior public statement, news release or other similar public announcement made in accordance with this Section 4.4 shall be deemed consented to by the Buyer and the Company.

 

4.5                                Noncompetition .

 

(a)                                  Non-Competition .  The Company, on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates, hereby acknowledges that the Company is familiar with trade secrets with respect to the conduct and operation of the Business and with other Confidential Information of the Buyer. The Company, on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates, acknowledges and agrees that the Business would be irreparably damaged if the Company, its Subsidiaries and/or its other Affiliates were to provide services, including manufacturing, testing, developing, distributing, marketing, using, selling, supplying or otherwise dealing with any products that compete, directly or indirectly, with the Business and that any such competition by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates would result in a significant loss of goodwill related to the Business. The Company, on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates, further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 4.5 are a material inducement to the Buyer to

 

59


 

enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and that the Buyer would not obtain the benefit of the bargain set forth in this Agreement as specifically negotiated by the parties hereto if the Company, its Subsidiaries and/or its other Affiliates breached the provisions of this Section 4.5 .  Therefore, the Company, on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates, agree, in further consideration of the amounts to be paid hereunder for the Transferred Assets sold by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates, that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates not to) directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in (whether as an officer, director, employee, partner, agent, representative or otherwise), consult with, render services for, or in any other manner engage anywhere in any business which manufactures, tests, develops, distributes, markets, uses, sells, supplies, or otherwise deals with any products that compete, directly or indirectly, with (i) in the case of any Indocin Product, for a period of time from the Closing Date until the expiration of eighteen (18) calendar months following the Closing Date and (ii) in the case of any other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory Product, for a period of time from the Closing Date until the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , that nothing herein shall prohibit the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates from being a passive owner of not more than two percent (2%) of the outstanding securities of any class of a company or business which is publicly traded so long as none of such Persons has any active participation in the business of such company or business.

 

(b)                                  Employee and Contractor Non-Solicit . From the Closing Date until the first (1st) anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not, and shall cause their respective Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly through another Person, (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee or contractor involved in the conduct or operation of the Business to leave the employ or the engagement with any Buyer Entity, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any Buyer Entity and any employee or contractor thereof; or (ii) hire any individual who is or was, within six (6) months of such Person’s termination of employment or services with any Buyer Entity, an employee or contractor involved in the conduct or operation of the Business; provided , however , this clause (b) shall not prohibit the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates from soliciting or hiring any such current or former employee or contractor who responds to a general advertisement or solicitation, including but not limited to advertisements or solicitations through any general advertising medium, including but not limited to newspapers, trade publications, periodicals, radio or internet database, or efforts by any recruiting or employment agencies, not specifically directed at such current or former employees or contractors.

 

(c)                                   Customer Non-Solicit . From the Closing Date until the first (1st) anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not, and shall cause their respective Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly through another Person, induce or attempt to induce any customer of the Business to cease doing business with any Buyer Entity, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer and any Buyer Entity (including making any negative public statements or communications about the Business or any Product).

 

(d)                                  Supplier and Business Relation Non-Solicit . From the Closing Date until the first (1st) anniversary  of the Closing Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not, and shall cause their respective Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly through another Person, induce or attempt to induce any strategic partner, supplier, vendor, licensee, licensor or other business

 

60


 

relation of the Business to cease doing business with any Buyer Entity, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such strategic partner, supplier, vendor, licensee or business relation and any Buyer Entity (including making any negative public statements or communications about the Business or any Product).

 

(e)                                   Non-Disparagement . The Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Buyer, on the other hand, agree that they shall cause their respective officers not to (i) make any negative statement or communication regarding, in the case of the Company, the Buyer, the Buyer Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates, the Business or any Product, any of the foregoing’s respective directors, officers or employees, and, in the case of the Buyer, the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Company Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates, or any of the foregoing’s respective directors, officers or employees, or (ii) make any derogatory or disparaging statement or communication regarding, in the case of the Company, the Buyer, the Buyer Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates, the Business or any Product or any of the foregoing’s respective directors, officers or employees, and in the case of the Buyer, the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Company Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates, any of the foregoing’s respective directors, officers or employees. Nothing in this Section 4.5(e)  shall limit any party, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates’ ability to make true and accurate statements or communications in connection with any disclosure such Person reasonably believes is required pursuant to applicable Law, to any Governmental Entity or in connection with any dispute, litigation or other proceeding related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(f)                                    Enforcement . If, at the time of enforcement of the covenants contained in this Section 4.5 (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”), a court shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed and directed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by Law.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have consulted with legal counsel regarding the Restrictive Covenants and based on such consultation has determined and hereby acknowledges that the Restrictive Covenants are reasonable in terms of duration, scope and area restrictions and are necessary to protect the goodwill of the Business, the substantial investment in the Transferred Assets made by the Buyer in this Agreement, and other legitimate business interests of the Buyer. The Company further acknowledges and agrees (including on behalf of its Subsidiaries) that the Restrictive Covenants are being entered into by it in connection with the sale by the Company of the Transferred Assets. If the Company, or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Restrictive Covenants, the Buyer shall have the right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of proving actual damage or posting bond or other security, it being agreed that any breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants would cause irreparable injury to the Buyer and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to the Buyer, and which right and remedies shall be independent of any others and severally enforceable, and each of which is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Buyer or any of its Affiliates at Law or in equity.  Any claim the Company, or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, may have against the Buyer or its Affiliates, or any Representative, under this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the

 

61


 

enforcement of the Restrictive Covenants. The Company agrees that the Buyer’s Affiliates are a beneficiary of the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.5 and may enforce the obligations in this Section 4.5 .

 

(g)                                   Tolling .  The Company and the Buyer agree and intend that the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ and other Affiliates’ obligations under this Section 4.5 (to the extent not perpetual) be tolled during any period that the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates are in breach of any of the Restrictive Covenants, so that the Buyer and its Affiliates are provided with the full benefit of the restrictive periods set forth herein.

 

(h)                                  Affiliates .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of Section 4.5 , none of Todd Smith, Benjamin Bove or any of their respective Affiliates, including Athilio Pharma, LLC and 42 North, LLC, shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates.

 

4.6                                Regulatory Matters .

 

(a)                                  At least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer and the Company shall (or shall cause their applicable Subsidiary or Affiliate to) deliver to the other party the Buyer FDA Letters and the Company FDA Letters, respectively.

 

(b)                                  Promptly following the Closing, each party shall take all other actions reasonably necessary to notify the FDA and any other applicable Governmental Entities that the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations have been transferred to the Buyer.  Transfer of title to the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations shall be effective as of the Closing.

 

(c)                                   Following the Closing Date, the Buyer shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, list with the FDA its own NDC numbers with respect to each Product and to have in place as soon as reasonably practicable all resources such that manufacturing and sales can be accomplished under the NDC numbers of the Buyer.  The Buyer shall be permitted (i) to manufacture and label each Product using the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ NDC numbers for a period of no more than twelve (12) months following the Closing Date and (ii) to sell and distribute each Product using the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ NDC numbers for a period of no more than twenty four (24) months following the Closing Date.

 

(d)                                  From the Closing Date until six (6) months after the Closing Date, the Company shall notify the Buyer of any information provided to it by any third party and not generally available to the public concerning any Adverse Event with respect to any Product whether or not determined to be attributable to such Product, no later than five (5) Business Days after receipt of the information.

 

4.7                                Consents; Wrong Pockets; Payments .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute the assignment or transfer any Assumed Contract or any other Transferred Asset that is not assignable or transferable without the consent of any third party and to the extent that such consent shall not have been obtained prior to the Closing shall be deemed deferred and any such purported Transfer or Assumption shall be null and void until such time as

 

62


 

such consent has been obtained ; provided , however , that the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates to, at the Company’s sole cost and expense, use, prior to the Closing Date, commercially reasonable efforts to obtain as promptly as possible, and the Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist and cooperate with the Company in connection therewith, all necessary consents to the assignment and transfer thereof; provided , further , that none of the Company, the Buyer or any of their Affiliates shall be required to pay money to any Person (other than the costs and expenses referenced above), commence or participate in any litigation or offer or grant any accommodation (financial or otherwise) to any Person in connection with such efforts.  With respect to any Assumed Contract or any other Transferred Asset that is not assigned or transferred to the Buyer at the Closing by reason of this Section 4.7 (a “ Nonassigned Asset ”), following the Closing the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates, to continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents to the assignment and transfer of such Nonassigned Assets, and until the time such requisite consent is obtained and the foregoing is transferred and assigned to the Buyer, (x) the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to the Buyer the maximum allowable use of the Nonassigned Assets (which shall include, at a minimum, the economic benefits of such Nonassigned Assets), including by establishing an agency type or other similar arrangement reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer under which the Buyer would obtain, to the fullest extent practicable, the claims, rights and benefits and assume the corresponding liabilities and obligations thereunder from and after the Closing in accordance with this Agreement (including by means of any subcontracting, sublicensing or subleasing arrangement) and (y) to the extent permitted by Law, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates to, exercise, enforce and exploit, only at the direction of and for the benefit of the Buyer and its Affiliates, any and all claims, rights and benefits of the Company or its applicable Subsidiary or Affiliate arising in connection with such Nonassigned Asset, including the right to seek any available remedies or to elect to terminate in accordance with the terms thereof at the direction of the Buyer, in each case, without any further consideration.  During such period and without further consideration, (i) the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates to, promptly pay, assign and remit to the Buyer when received all monies and other consideration relating to the period after the Closing Date received by it under any such Nonassigned Asset not transferred pursuant to this Section 4.7 and (ii) the Buyer shall perform, at the direction of the Company, the obligations of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates thereunder solely to the extent such obligations constitute Assumed Liabilities hereunder.

 

(b)                                  If either the Buyer, on the one hand, or the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, becomes aware that any of the Transferred Assets has not been transferred to the Buyer or that any of the Excluded Assets (including any payments due on the accounts receivable that are part of the Excluded Assets) has been transferred to the Buyer or paid to any Buyer Entity by a third party, as the case may be, the Buyer or the Company, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other and the parties shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, ensure that such property is transferred, subject to Section 4.7(a) , with any necessary prior third party consent or notice, to (i) the Buyer, in the case of any Transferred Asset which was not transferred to the Buyer at the Closing; or (ii) the Company, in the case of any Excluded Asset which was transferred to the Buyer at the Closing or any payments made to any Buyer Entity by a third party in respect of the Excluded Assets.

 

63


 

(c)                                   If the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates receives any deposit or payment (whether before or after Closing) that relates to obligations under any Assumed Contract to be performed or satisfied in whole or in part after the Closing, then the Company shall pay to the Buyer, promptly but no later than five (5) Business Days following the later of the Closing Date and the date such Company or its Subsidiary or Affiliate receives such deposit or payment, an amount equal to the portion of such deposit or payment that relates to such obligations to be performed or satisfied after the Closing. If the Buyer or any of its Affiliates receives any deposit or payment that relates to obligations under any Assumed Contract performed or satisfied in whole or in part prior to the Closing (including, but not limited to, in payment of any accounts receivable that are part of the Excluded Assets), then the Buyer shall pay to the Company, promptly but no later than five (5) Business Days following the date the Buyer or its Affiliate receives such deposit or payment, an amount equal to the portion of such deposit or payment that relates to such obligations performed or satisfied prior to the Closing notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.  If the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates receives any good or service prior to the Closing under any Assumed Contract which is billed to the Buyer after the Closing, upon request and presentation of reasonable supporting documentation, the Company shall reimburse the Buyer for the amount of such payment promptly following the date of such request, but no later than five (5) Business Days thereafter, provided that the Buyer shall have obtained the Company’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) before making any such payment.

 

(d)                                  If at any time after Closing it is established that any asset, which was not included in the Transferred Assets but should have been a Transferred Asset or that is otherwise related to the conduct or operation of the Business, is held or received by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates, the Company shall or shall cause its Affiliate to, subject to Section 4.7(a) , without further consideration: (A) execute all instruments, agreements or documents as may be reasonably necessary for the purpose of transferring the relevant interests in the assets (or part thereof) to the Buyer (or its designee as the Buyer shall nominate in writing), (B) do all such further acts or things as may be reasonably necessary to validly effect the transfer and vest the relevant interest in such assets (or part thereof) in the Buyer (or its designee), (C) ensure that the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates hold the asset (or part thereof), and any monies, goods or other benefits arising after the Closing by virtue of it, as agent of and trustee for the Buyer and allow the Buyer to have maximum enjoyment and use of such asset, and (D) ensure that the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates shall promptly on receipt pay or deliver such monies, goods or other benefits to the Buyer (or its designee).

 

4.8                                Financial Statement Preparation .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Buyer, Buyer Parent and their accounting advisors in order to enable Buyer Parent to reasonably promptly determine whether it is or would be required to include audited, unaudited and/or pro forma financial statements related to the Transferred Assets and the Business for any periods prior to Closing in the reports to be filed by Buyer Parent with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, in a registration statement filed by Buyer Parent with the SEC under the Securities Act in accordance with Regulation S-X (“ Regulation S-X ”) promulgated by the SEC or in the Plan or

 

64


 

any other document related thereto (the “ Required Financial Statements ”).  For purposes of clarification, if financial statements covering different periods could constitute the Required Financial Statements under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, then Buyer Parent shall determine which such periods will constitute the Required Financial Statements for purposes of this Agreement. Such commercially reasonable efforts of the Company shall include providing to Buyer, Buyer Parent and their accounting advisors reasonably promptly such financial information available to the Company related to the Transferred Assets as Buyer Parent may reasonably request (the “ Financial Information ”).

 

(b)                                  If Buyer determines to obtain permission from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance, Office of the Chief Accountant (“ OCA ”) for the use of “Abbreviated Financial Statements” as described in Section 2065.4 through 2065.12 of the Division of Corporation Finance Financial Reporting Manual, the Company shall cooperate with Buyer Parent’s efforts to obtain such permission at the same level as described in Section 4.8(a)  above.

 

(c)                                   If Buyer Parent determines that it is required to file with the SEC the Required Financial Statements, then Buyer or Buyer Parent shall retain, at the Buyer’s expense, a public accounting firm to prepare the Required Financial Statements, subject to the approval of the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (the accounting firm preparing the Required Financial Statements, the “ Preparing Firm ”).

 

(d)                                  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall provide to the Preparing Firm the Financial Information as is reasonably necessary to enable the Preparing Firm to prepare the Required Financial Statements and for the auditing firm engaged by Buyer Parent to audit the applicable Required Financial Statements at Buyer or Buyer Parent’s sole expense (the “ Auditing Firm ”).  Additionally, from and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall provide to the Preparing Firm and the Auditing Firm reasonable access to the records of the Company regarding the Financial Information subject to reasonable advance notice and agreed scheduling during normal business hours, and the Company shall make its accounting staff reasonably available to address any questions of the Preparing Firm or the Auditing Firm pertaining to the Financial Information or the Required Financial Statements. The Company’s commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate shall include providing the auditor retained by Buyer or Buyer Parent with reasonable and customary representation letters in connection with the Required Financial Statements to the extent such letters are reasonably requested by such auditor in connection with reviewing or auditing, as applicable, the Required Financial Statements.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall, at the Company’s sole expense, cause the accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 (or such other accounting firm as the Buyer shall reasonably approve in writing) to complete an audit for the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 (the “ 2018 Financial Statements ”), as soon as practicable following December 31, 2018 (and in no event later than sixty (60) days thereafter).  In performance of the audit, the Company shall cause the auditing firm to conduct the examination of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards.  Upon completion of the audit, the Company shall deliver a true and complete copy of the audited

 

65


 

financial statements to the Buyer, together with the audit opinion thereon.  The Company shall keep the Buyer reasonably informed as to the status and any material developments with respect to the audit.

 

4.9                                [ Reserved]

 

4.10                         Conduct of Business Prior to Closing .

 

(a)                                  During the Pre-Closing Period, the parties shall each, and shall each cause their respective Subsidiaries and other Affiliates to, conduct their respective business operations in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and in accordance with applicable Law, and to (i) maintain in effect and take all other appropriate actions as necessary to prevent the abandonment, loss or impairment of all applications and registrations for, in the case of the Company, any Intellectual Property included in the Transferred Assets, and, in the case of the Buyer, the Buyer Intellectual Property, and (ii) use reasonable best efforts to preserve intact their respective business operations, including their respective existing assets, organizations, operations, rights, permits and goodwill, and business relationships with key customers, suppliers and manufacturers and other Persons with whom the parties, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates have significant business relationships.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10 , the Company acknowledges that the Buyer and certain of its Affiliates will be debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases and neither the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases nor the taking of any actions required by the Plan or required by the Bankruptcy Court or the Bankruptcy Code shall be construed as a breach of this Section 4.10 by the Buyer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

(b)                                  Without limiting the foregoing, during the Pre-Closing Period, except as set forth on Schedule 4.10(b)  or as expressly required by this Agreement:

 

(1)                                  The Company shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of the Buyer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), do any of the following:

 

(A)                                mortgage, lease, pledge or otherwise encumber any Transferred Assets or sell, transfer, grant any license, abandon, permit to lapse or otherwise dispose of any Transferred Assets except sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(B)                                acquire, lease or license-in any right or other asset that would constitute a Transferred Asset from any other Person for an aggregate value in excess of $500,000;

 

(C)                                enter into any contract that would constitute an Assumed Contract, or terminate any Assumed Contract, or make any material amendment or modification to, or, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, renew or extend or waive any material right under any Assumed Contract;

 

66


 

(D)                                (i) transfer, assign or grant any license or sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Intellectual Property included in the Transferred Assets or (ii) abandon, lapse or allow to lapse, or fail to take any action necessary to maintain the validity and enforceability of, any rights with respect to any Intellectual Property included in the Transferred Assets, other than, with respect to clause (ii), in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(E)                                 waive any material claims or rights of material value with respect to the Business, any Transferred Asset or any Assumed Liability;

 

(F)                                  settle, compromise, pay, discharge, waive, or release any Action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding with respect to the Business, any Transferred Asset or any Assumed Liability;

 

(G)                                vary any inventory or sales practices (including, without limitation, with respect to the collection of accounts receivable or payments of accounts payable) with respect to any Product in a manner inconsistent with the ordinary course of business (other than increases in pricing charged by the Company or its Subsidiaries for any Products) or fail to produce and maintain inventory levels and amounts consistent with the ordinary course of business and past practice;

 

(H)                               make any change in its accounting methods, principles or practices, other than as required by GAAP or applicable Law;

 

(I)                                    fail to maintain in full force and effect insurance coverage substantially comparable in all material respects to that in effect on the date hereof with respect to the Business or the Transferred Assets;

 

(J)                                    grant any refunds, credits, rebates or other allowances to any supplier, vendor or distributor with respect to the Business, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(K)                                make any changes to the policies and practices of collecting accounts receivable with respect to the Business, including accelerating the due date of any such payments;

 

(L)                                 permit or allow any of the Transferred Assets to be subjected to any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, and Liens existing on the date hereof;

 

(M)                             (i) enter into, terminate, adopt or amend any material Company Benefit Plan or any similar arrangement that would be a material Company Benefit Plan if it were in effect on the date hereof; (ii) grant any increase in compensation or benefits, or make any award or

 

67


 

grant under any Company Benefit Plan, to any current or former director, consultant, officer or employee, in each case, except (A) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, provided that such increases, grants and awards are not in the aggregate material to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) as required by Law or by the terms of any Company Benefit Plan as in effect immediately prior to the date hereof; or (iii) hire or terminate (except for cause) the employment of (A) any officer or (B) any non-officer employee whose annual compensation is (or is expected to be) at least $200,000; or

 

(N)                                agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

(2)                                  The Buyer shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of the Company  (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), do any of the following:

 

(A)                                mortgage, lease, pledge or otherwise encumber any material assets or sell, transfer, grant any license, abandon, permit to lapse or otherwise dispose of any material assets except sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(B)                                acquire, lease or license-in any right or other asset from any other Person for an aggregate value in excess of $500,000;

 

(C)                                enter into any contract that would constitute a Buyer Material Contract if entered into prior to the date of this Agreement, or terminate any such contract or any Buyer Material Contract, or make any material amendment or modification to (other than increases in pricing charged by the Buyer Entities for any Buyer Products), or, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, renew or extend or waive any material right under any such contract or any Buyer Material Contract;

 

(D)                                (i) transfer, assign or grant any license or sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Buyer Intellectual Property or (ii) abandon, lapse or allow to lapse, or fail to take any action necessary to maintain the validity and enforceability of, any rights with respect to any Buyer Intellectual Property, other than, with respect to clause (ii), in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(E)                                 waive any material claims or rights of material value with respect to the Buyer Business or any of the Buyer’s assets or liabilities;

 

(F)                                  settle, compromise, pay, discharge, waive, or release any Action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding (other than the

 

68


 

Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the Plan) with respect to the Buyer Business or any of the Buyer’s assets or liabilities;

 

(G)                                vary any inventory or sales practices (including, without limitation, with respect to the collection of accounts receivable or payments of accounts payable) with respect to any Buyer Product in a manner inconsistent with the ordinary course of business (other than increases in pricing charged by the Buyer Entities for any Buyer Products) or fail to produce and maintain inventory levels and amounts consistent with the ordinary course of business and past practice;

 

(H)                               make any change in its accounting methods, principles or practices, other than as required by GAAP or applicable Law;

 

(I)                                    fail to maintain in full force and effect insurance coverage substantially comparable in all material respects to that in effect on the date hereof with respect to the Buyer Business or the assets of the Buyer;

 

(J)                                    grant any refunds, credits, rebates or other allowances to any supplier, vendor or distributor with respect to the Buyer Business, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(K)                                make any changes to the policies and practices of collecting accounts receivable with respect to the Buyer Business, including accelerating the due date of any such payments;

 

(L)                                 permit or allow any of the properties, rights or assets of the Buyer Entities to be subjected to any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, Liens existing on the date hereof and Liens arising in accordance with the Plan;

 

(M)                             except as contemplated by the Management Incentive Plan approved in accordance with the Plan, (i) enter into, terminate, adopt or amend any material Buyer Benefit Plan or any similar arrangement that would be a material Buyer Benefit Plan if it were in effect on the date hereof; (ii) grant any increase in compensation or benefits, or make any award or grant under any Buyer Benefit Plan, to any current or former director, consultant, officer or employee, in each case, except (A) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, provided that such increases, grants and awards are not in the aggregate material to the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) as required by Law or by the terms of any Buyer Benefit Plan as in effect immediately prior to the date hereof; or (iii) hire or terminate (except for cause) the employment of (A) any officer or (B) any non-officer employee whose annual compensation is (or is expected to be) at least $200,000; or

 

69


 

(N)                                agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

(3)                                  Each party shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and other Affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of the other parties (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), do any of the following:

 

(A)                                except as contemplated by the Plan, adopt a plan of liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or pass any resolution for voluntary winding-up;

 

(B)                                acquire or agree to acquire, by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any equity or voting interest in or a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any Person or division thereof;

 

(C)                                in each case with respect to the party’s respective assets or in the conduct and operation of its or its Subsidiaries’ and other Affiliates’ businesses or with respect to the party (Buyer Parent, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand) and each of its respective Subsidiaries, and except as would not have a material adverse impact on the other party in a period beginning after the Closing Date, (i) make, modify or revoke any Tax election, (ii) change its method of Tax accounting, (iii) amend any Tax Return, (iv) settle or compromise any Tax liability or claim that would create or otherwise cause any Tax liability that would exist or become due after the Closing Date, (v) enter into any Tax sharing agreement, (vi) surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes or (vii) consent to any extension or waiver of the limitations period (other than an extension or waiver resulting from obtaining a valid extension of time to file Tax Returns in the ordinary course of business) applicable to any Tax claim or assessment relating to any Buyer Entity, the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of the Transferred Assets; or

 

(D)                                agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

4.11                         Trade Notification .  From the date hereof through the Closing, the Company and the Buyer shall (and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to) cooperate in good faith to mutually agree in writing on the method and content of the notifications to customers and suppliers of the sale of the Transferred Assets and the Business to the Buyer hereunder.

 

4.12                         Exclusivity .  During the Pre-Closing Period, except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each party will, and will cause its Subsidiaries, its other Affiliates and their respective Representatives not to, directly or indirectly, solicit, initiate, facilitate, encourage, cooperate or provide any information to, enter into or continue any negotiation, discussion, contract, agreement, instrument, arrangement or understanding with any Person other than the other parties hereto or such other parties’ Affiliates (including by way of furnishing information regarding their respective businesses and operations, this Agreement or

 

70


 

the transactions contemplated hereby), with respect to any acquisition of all or a material portion of the assets, capital stock, debt, rights or properties of such party or its Subsidiaries, whether by sale, merger, consolidation, combination, refinancing, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar transaction, or any license, sublicense, sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (each, a “ Competing Transaction ”).  The parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries and other Affiliates and their and their Subsidiaries’ and other Affiliates’ respective Representatives to, immediately cease and cause to be terminated, all discussions or negotiations with any Persons (other than the other parties hereto or any of such other parties’ Affiliates) conducted heretofore with respect to a Competing Transaction and terminate any access of any such Persons to any data room or other document depository maintained by it, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates and issue instructions to such Persons (in accordance, if applicable, with the terms and conditions of any confidentiality agreement between it, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and such Person, on the other hand) to promptly return or destroy any of its, its Subsidiaries’ or their respective Affiliates’ Confidential Information.  In the event that a party, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates and Representatives receives any written communication involving the matters set forth in this Section 4.12 , such party shall promptly, but in any event within 24 hours, (i) advise the other parties in writing of the receipt, directly or indirectly, of any such communication (including the specific terms thereof and the identity of the other individual or entity or individuals or entities involved), (ii) promptly furnish to such other party a copy of any such written communication in addition to a copy of any information provided to or by any third Person relating thereto, and (iii) advise the sender of such communication that it, its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates are subject to the obligations set forth in this Section 4.12 .  The Company and the Buyer recognize and agree that immediate irreparable damages for which there is not adequate remedy at law would occur in the event that the provisions of this Section 4.12 are not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or are otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that in the event of a failure by a party to perform its obligations under this Section 4.12 , the non-breaching party shall be entitled to seek specific performance through injunctive relief to prevent breaches of the provisions and to enforce specifically the provisions of this Section 4.12 in addition to any other remedy to which such party may be entitled, at Law or in equity. Any breach of the terms of this Section 4.12 by any Affiliate or Representative of a party, such party’s Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates (as if it were a party hereto) shall be deemed a breach by such party.

 

4.13                         Bulk Sales Laws . The parties hereby waive compliance with the provisions of any bulk sales, bulk transfer or similar Laws of any jurisdiction that may otherwise be applicable with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, provided that the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer from any liability resulting from such non-compliance.

 

4.14                         Issuance of Equity Consideration; Registration .  Buyer shall, and shall cause Buyer Parent to, take any reasonable action required to be taken under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with the issuance of the Equity Consideration; provided , however , that the parties agree and acknowledge that (a) the shares of Parent Common Stock issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement are intended to be issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act by reason of Section 4(a)(2) thereof and/or Regulation D promulgated

 

71


 

under the Securities Act and (b) Buyer Parent will not be required to register the issuance of the shares of Parent Common Stock issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement on a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or otherwise prior to the Closing. The Company shall furnish all information concerning the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates as Buyer may be reasonably requested in connection with any such action..

 

4.15                         Employees and Employee Benefits .

 

(a)                                  The Buyer or one of its Affiliates will offer employment to, or will offer to enter into a consulting relationship with, all Employees (x) listed on Schedule 4.15(a)  of the Company Disclosure Letter or (y) proposed by the Buyer to the Company in writing within forty-five (45) days after the date hereof, who remain actively employed by the Company immediately prior to the Closing (the “ Identified Employees ”) on terms and conditions determined by the Buyer or such Affiliate.  All Identified Employees who accept such offer of employment (other than those Identified Employees who are offered a consulting relationship) are herein referred to as the “ Transferred Employees .”  Neither the Buyer nor any of its Affiliates will have any obligation to any Employee who is not an Identified Employee or to any Identified Employee who does not become a Transferred Employee (or who does not become a consultant to Buyer or one of its Affiliates as contemplated by this Section 4.15(a) ).  An Identified Employee who is offered a consulting relationship with Buyer or any of its Affiliates as contemplated by this Section 4.15(a)  shall not be treated as a Transferred Employee.

 

(b)                                  Each Transferred Employee’s active participation in the Company Benefit Plans shall cease as of the Closing or as otherwise provided under the terms of such Company Benefit Plan or applicable Law.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of vesting, eligibility to participate, and solely with respect to severance and paid time off plans, level of benefits under the employee benefit plans of the Buyer providing benefits to any Transferred Employees after the Closing (the “ New Plans ”), each Transferred Employee shall be credited with his or her years of service with the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective predecessors before the Closing, to the same extent as such Transferred Employee was entitled, before the Closing, to credit for such service under any similar benefit plan in which such Transferred Employee participated, or was eligible to participate, immediately prior to the Closing; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to the extent that its application would result in a duplication of benefits.

 

(d)                                  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon any Transferred Employee or other Employee any right with respect to employment by the Buyer or its Affiliates, nor shall anything herein interfere with the right of the Buyer or its Affiliates, following the Closing, to terminate the employment of any such Transferred Employee or other Person at any time, with or without cause, or restrict the Buyer or its Affiliates in the exercise of their independent business judgment in modifying any of the terms and conditions of the employment or engagement of any such Transferred Employee or other Person.  The Buyer shall have no obligation with respect to any severance obligation arising out of or in connection with any Employee’s relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries, and any such obligation shall be the obligation of the Company or such Subsidiary; provided , however , that if an Employee’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries is terminated and such Employee is

 

72


 

subsequently hired by (or becomes a consultant to) Buyer or one of its Affiliates within ninety (90) days following Closing, then Buyer shall reimburse the Company for all cash severance costs incurred by the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with such Employee’s termination of employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries to the extent consistent in all respects with the severance arrangement covering such Employee as of immediately prior to the date hereof, as set forth on Section 4.15(d)  of the Company Disclosure Letter (and disregarding any amendments that would increase such cash severance that are made on or after the date hereof) (for the avoidance of doubt, any such reimbursement shall not include any liabilities or losses under the WARN Act).

 

(e)                                   The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the parties to this Agreement only and shall not be construed to grant any rights, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, to any Person who is not a party to this Agreement, nor shall any provision of this Agreement be deemed to be the adoption of, or an amendment to, any employee benefit plan or arrangement or otherwise limit the right of the Buyer or any of its Affiliates to amend, modify or terminate any employee benefit plan or arrangement at any time and for any reason.

 

4.16                         Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases; Approval of Plan; Confirmation Order .  Unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Buyer shall, and shall cause each of the other Debtors to:

 

(a)                                  within five (5) Business Days of the execution of this Agreement, commence the Chapter 11 Cases by filing voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the date of such filing, the “ Petition Date ”);

 

(b)                                  on the Petition Date, file with the Bankruptcy Court (i) the Plan and (ii) the Disclosure Statement;

 

(c)                                   file with the Bankruptcy Court (i) a motion seeking to approve the Disclosure Statement and schedule the confirmation hearing and (ii) a form of confirmation order reasonably acceptable to the Company;

 

(d)                                  subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, diligently pursue confirmation and consummation of the Plan;

 

(e)                                   reasonably cooperate with the Company and its counsel in connection with any discovery and hearings in connection with this Agreement, the Disclosure Statement or the Plan and any transactions contemplated by such documents;

 

(f)                                    promptly provide to the Company copies of communications from or sent to creditors or other parties in interest, or summaries of such communications, relating to requests by such creditors or other parties in interest for material modifications or amendments to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan Related Documents;

 

(g)                                   without duplication or limitation of the foregoing, provide drafts of any proposed modifications, amendments, or changes to the Plan or the Disclosure Statement to the Company and its counsel as soon as reasonably practicable prior to the date on which the

 

73


 

Debtors intend to file such documents with the Bankruptcy Court (provided that the Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide to Company the draft of any such document no later than two (2) Business Days before making the contemplated filing of such document) or such other time period agreed to by the Company;

 

(h)                                  without duplication or limitation of the foregoing, provide drafts of all of the Plan Related Documents to the Company and its counsel as soon as reasonably practicable prior to the date on which the Debtors intend to file such documents with the Bankruptcy Court (provided that the Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide the draft of any such document to the Company no later than two (2) Business Days before making the contemplated filing of such document) or such other time period agreed to by the Company;

 

(i)                                      timely file a formal objection and prosecute in good faith such objection to any motion filed with the Bankruptcy Court seeking the entry of an order (A) modifying or terminating the Debtors’ exclusive right to file and/or solicit acceptances of a plan of reorganization, (B) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee, (C) converting the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) dismissing the Chapter 11 Cases; and

 

(j)                                     within ten (10) Business Days after the Petition Date (but, in any event, no later than required for the motion referenced in this subsection to be heard contemporaneously with the approval of the Disclosure Statement), file with the Bankruptcy Court a motion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, seeking approval of the reimbursement obligation of the Buyer referenced in Section 8.13 of this Agreement as an administrative expense of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and diligently pursue such motion.

 

4.17                         Amendments to the Plan, Disclosure Statement, Confirmation Order and Related Documents .  The Buyer shall not amend or modify the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any of the Plan Related Documents without the Company’s prior written consent for amendments or modifications (which consent may be provided in the form of electronic mail pursuant to the terms of Section 8.1 below and such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, it being agreed that it would not be reasonable for the Company to object to any such modification, amendment, or change that is consistent with the terms of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the form of confirmation order filed pursuant to Section 4.16(c) , as applicable, and the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is agreed that it shall be reasonable for the Company to object to any amendment, modification, or change if such amendment, modification, or change itself, or when taken together with any other amendments, modifications, or changes, adversely affects the Company or impacts the capital structure (either equity or debt) of the Buyer Parent as set forth in the Plan, Disclosure Statement or relevant Plan Related Document).  For the avoidance of doubt, the Buyer Parent shall not amend or modify its Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other governing documents without the Company’s prior written consent in accordance with this Section 4.17 ; provided that, prior to the Closing, the Buyer shall be permitted to amend its governing documents to declassify Buyer Parent’s board of directors and to satisfy the condition to the Closing set forth in Section 5.3(h) ; provided further that, the Buyer shall provide the Company with a copy of any such amendments or modifications at least three (3) Business Days before they are proposed to be implemented.

 

74


 

4.18                         Cooperation from the Company .  Upon request of the Buyer, the Company agrees to (and to cause its Subsidiaries to) use reasonable efforts to (x) assist and cooperate with the Debtors in the Plan solicitation process and/or (y) assist the Debtors in obtaining entry of the Confirmation Order.

 

4.19                         Sale of Inventory .  Within thirty (30) days after the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date and every six (6) months thereafter until and including the thirty six (36) month anniversary of the Closing Date, the Buyer shall deliver to the Company a report (the “ Inventory Sales Report ”) indicating (i) the amount of each Product sold in the six (6) month period to which such Inventory Sales Report pertains and (ii) with respect to the Transferred Inventory, the amount of inventory of each Product included in the Transferred Inventory that remains to be sold as of the end of such six (6) month period.

 

4.20                         Notice Regarding Changes .

 

(a)                                  During the Pre-Closing Period, each party shall promptly inform the other in writing of (i) any change in facts and circumstances that could reasonably be expected to render any of the representations or warranties made herein by such party inaccurate or misleading in any material respect at or prior to the Closing (including any Material Adverse Effect or Buyer Material Adverse Effect, as the case may be), (ii) any material correspondence with any Governmental Entity or any customer, supplier or manufacturer not in the ordinary course of business (it being understood that the Buyer’s compliance with Section 4.16 shall satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.20(a)(ii)  with respect to the Chapter 11 Cases), or (iii) any written notice or other written communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 4.17 shall not (x) cure any inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or (y) limit or otherwise affect any remedies available to any Indemnified Party contained in this Agreement (including for purposes of determining whether conditions to Closing have been satisfied or in respect of indemnification rights).

 

4.21                         Buyer Transaction Expenses .  At least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer shall provide to the Company a statement setting forth the Buyer’s good faith estimate of the Buyer Transaction Expenses as of the Closing Date, together with reasonable supporting documentation thereof.

 

4.22                         Supplemental Disclosure .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall, prior to the Closing Date, deliver to the Buyer, updates in writing to: (a) the list of Regulatory Authorizations set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) , (b) the list of Transferred Domain Names set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) , (c) the list of Transferred Trademarks set forth on Schedule 1.1(d) , (d) the list of Transferred Patents set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) , (e) the list of Assumed Contracts set forth on Schedule 1.1(j) , (f) the list of Permits set forth on Schedule 2.8 of the Company Disclosure Letter, (g) the list of Product Registrations set forth on Schedule 2.10 of the Company Disclosure Letter, (h) the list of

 

75


 

Products set forth on Schedule 2.11 of the Company Disclosure Letter, and (i) the list of Material Suppliers and Material Wholesalers set forth on Schedule 2.13 of the Company Disclosure Letter, in the case of each of (a) through (i), to the extent required to disclose or take into account facts, matters or circumstances which arise or occur between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date and where the underlying matter disclosed is required, permitted or contemplated by this Agreement (it being understood that no Assumed Contract may be removed from Schedule 1.1(j)  without the Company’s prior written consent).

 

(b)                                  The Buyer shall, prior to the Closing Date, deliver to the Company, updates in writing to: (a) the list of Buyer Material Contracts set forth on Schedule 3.6 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, (b) the list of Product Registrations set forth on Schedule 3.11 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, (c) the list of Buyer Filed NDAs set forth on Schedule 3.12 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter and (d) the list of Buyer Material Suppliers and Buyer Material Wholesalers set for on Schedule 3.14 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter, in the case of each of (a) through (d), to the extent required to disclose or take into account facts, matters or circumstances which arise or occur between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date and where the underlying matter disclosed is required, permitted or contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   No updated information provided to the Buyer in accordance with Section 4.22(a)  or to the Company in accordance with Section 4.22(b)  shall be deemed to cure any breach or inaccuracy of any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Agreement.  If any written update (i) to the Company Disclosure Letter is provided to the Buyer or (ii) to the Buyer Disclosure Letter is provided to the Company, in each case fewer than three (3) Business Days prior to the scheduled Closing Date, then the party receiving such written update may elect to defer the Closing Date up to the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date that such update is provided to provide the receiving party with sufficient time to evaluate such information.

 

4.23                         License to Use the Seller Names and Marks .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.23 , the Company, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, grants to the Buyer a limited, non-transferable, non-exclusive, fully-paid up, royalty-free license to use the Iroko Marks solely for the purpose of using up Transferred Inventory and any product literature, displays and similar materials related to such Transferred Inventory within twenty four (24) months following the Closing Date in conjunction with the obligations specified in Section 4.23(b) .

 

(b)                                  As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, and in any event within twenty four (24) months following the Closing Date, the Buyer will (i) remove the Iroko Mark from any internet domain names or other electronic communications vehicles and from the content of any internet websites within the Transferred Assets, and remove all links to any internet domains of the Company from any of the foregoing and (ii) remove or irreversibly cover or modify the Iroko Marks from or destroy any (x) Transferred Inventory and any other inventory, product literature, displays and similar materials bearing the Iroko Marks that are in the possession of the Buyer and (y) any other public facing materials bearing the Iroko Marks (e.g., signage, business cards and stationery) in the possession of the Buyer.

 

76


 

4.24                         FDA Fees and Inventory .

 

(a)                                  Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall pay to the FDA the fees payable to the FDA under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act described on Schedule 4.24(a)  of the Company Disclosure Letter (the “ Pre-Paid PDUFA Fees ”).  Promptly after making such payment and, in any event, prior to the Closing, the Company shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer that such payment has been made.

 

(b)                                  On the Closing Date, subject to satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under Section 4.24(a)  and delivery of the Transferred Inventory, the Buyer shall issue to the Company an unsecured promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $4,500,000, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit M (the “ Interim Payments Note ”), as reimbursement for (i) a portion of the Pre-Paid PDUFA Fees paid by the Company in accordance with Section 4.24(a)  and (ii) the costs incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries to manufacture a portion of the Transferred Inventory.

 

4.25                         Transition Services .  Each party hereto agrees that, from the date hereof through the Closing, it shall cooperate fully and negotiate in good faith with the other parties in finalizing the schedules to, and services to be provided under (and fees therefor), the Transition Services Agreement.

 

4.26                         Naproxen, Tivorbex and Zorvolex Matters .  From and after the Closing Date:

 

(a)                                  Buyer shall (or shall cause one of its Affiliates to) pay to the Company (or a designated Subsidiary of the Company) on a quarterly basis, for so long as there are any payments or proceeds whatsoever arising from a Naproxen Product, a Tivorbex Product and/or a Zorvolex Product, (i) five percent (5%) of the Net Sales; plus (ii) in the event of a Sublicense, or at the election of Buyer, either (A) fifty percent (50%) of the minimum royalties and all other royalty revenues from the Sublicense(s) or (B) $5,000,000 plus five percent (5%) of minimum royalties and all other royalty revenues from the Sublicense(s).

 

(b)                                  On or prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following the last day of each calendar quarter with respect to which a payment is due pursuant to Section 4.26(a) , Buyer shall deliver to the Company (or a designated Subsidiary of the Company) a written notice, certified by an executive officer of the Buyer, setting forth the Net Sales arising from Naproxen Product, Tivorbex Product and/or Zorvolex Product as of the end of such quarter and Buyer’s determination of the amount of the applicable payment due, together with the payment determined by the Buyer to the Company (or to a designated Subsidiary of the Company); provided that, with respect to the first calendar quarter following the Closing, the certificate shall be limited to the period from and after the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   Buyer shall permit independent auditors, identified by the Company (or a designated Subsidiary of the Company), no more than once during any calendar year, upon no less than one (1) weeks’ advance notice and at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Company shall request, an opportunity to examine and have access to the books, records, personnel and workpapers of Buyer in respect of matters relating to royalty

 

77


 

payments made pursuant to this Section 4.26 , for purposes of verifying such payments.  Buyer shall keep, and shall require its Affiliates to keep, for three (3) years from the date of each royalty payment made pursuant to this Section 4.26 , complete and accurate records to allow the royalty payment to be determined accurately.

 

(d)                                  In the event there is a dispute regarding the royalty payment calculation, Buyer and the Company shall cooperate in good faith to resolve such dispute as promptly as practicable.  If Buyer and the Company are unable to resolve any such dispute within twenty (20) days (or longer if Buyer and the Company shall mutually agree in writing) of Buyer’s receipt of written notice of such dispute from the Company, such dispute shall be resolved by an internationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Company, with input from Buyer, and such determination shall be final and binding on the parties.  Any expenses relating to the efforts of the independent certified public accountants shall be borne by the party that is decided against in the dispute.  The accountants shall be instructed to use reasonable best efforts to deliver to Buyer and the Company a written report setting forth the resolution of each disputed matter within sixty (60) days of submission of the applicable dispute to it and, in any case, as promptly as practicable after such submission.  Any expenses related to the engagement of the accountants in respect of its services pursuant to this Section 4.26(d)  with respect to each dispute matter shall be borne by the party that is decided against in the dispute.

 

(e)                                   Buyer shall use commercially reasonable diligence to develop, commercialize, market and sell the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product and the Zorvolex Product in accordance with the iCeutica License.

 

(f)                                    All overdue royalty payments pursuant to this section shall be paid as soon as possible by Buyer, plus a late charge equal to two percent (2%) per annum above the LIBOR Rate on the last Business Day of the quarter on which such payments were to be made.  Interest shall be calculated from the last day on which such royalty was payable.  Any portion of such payments that are being contested in accordance with Section 4.26(d)  shall not be considered overdue.

 

(g)                                   Upon reasonable written notice, Buyer shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Company (or a designated Subsidiary of the Company), during normal business hours, such information and assistance relating to the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product and/or Zorvolex Product as is reasonably requested and necessary for financial reporting, legal, regulatory, and accounting matters, in preparation and filing of any tax returns or the defense of any tax claim or assessment.

 

(h)                                  The Buyer shall inform the Company promptly of any infringement claims of which the Buyer has knowledge relating to the Naproxen Product, Tivorbex Product and/or Zorvolex Product.  To the extent permitted under the iCeutica License, the Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue all reasonable infringement claims, or cause such commercially reasonable efforts to be pursued, to non-appealable final judgment. To the extent that Buyer is successful in prosecuting any such infringement claim for the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product and/or Zorvolex Product, any recoveries arising from such infringement claim(s) shall be included in the calculation of Net Sales and Buyer shall pay, or cause to be

 

78


 

paid, to the Company (or a designated Subsidiary of the Company) a royalty payment, calculated in accordance with Sections 4.26(a)  and (b)  on the date of resolution by a final decision of a governmental entity of competent jurisdiction from which no further appeal is possible, after the reimbursement of out-of-pocket legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with such infringement claim.

 

(i)                                      The Buyer and the Company acknowledge and agree that the Buyer’s payments under this Section 4.26 are intended to compensate the Company for royalty payments due and payable by the Company for the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product and/or the Zorvolex Product, and that if these royalty obligations are terminated or discharged in any manner, then the Company shall provide the Buyer with prompt written notice thereof and the Buyer’s obligations under this Section 4.26 shall be accordingly terminated or discharged, as applicable.  To the extent of any payment received by the Company under Section 4.26 , the Company shall, in accordance with its obligations under the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product and/or the Zorvolex Product, forward such payment to the party owed such payment and provide prompt written notice to the Buyer that payment has been made.  The Company shall within two (2) Business Days of receipt (or sending, as applicable) of a written communication with any counterparty regarding the royalty obligations under the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product and/or the Zorvolex Product provide the Buyer with a copy of such communication.

 

4.27                         CRG Contribution .  The Company acknowledges that CRG has agreed following the date of this Agreement to contribute, lend or advance to, or otherwise invest in, the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company, an aggregate amount of $7,500,000 in cash (the “ Contribution ”).

 

4.28                         Current Litigation .  The parties acknowledge and agree that, promptly following the Closing, the Buyer shall assume control and all costs of the pending actions listed on Schedule 4.28 , which relate to the Transferred Assets (the “ Pending Actions ”) to the same extent then controlled and funded by the Company.  Accordingly, Buyer and the Company share a common interest in the successful prosecution of the Pending Actions at least as of the date of this Agreement. Prior to the Closing, the parties shall use reasonable efforts to ensure an orderly transition of the Pending Actions from the Company to the Buyer, including by the Company providing copies of files and correspondence relating to the Pending Actions as well as access to legal counsel representing the Company in the Pending Actions. Based on their common interest in the outcome of the Pending Actions, the parties, their counsel and their consultants, agents and representatives desire to share privileged communications without waiving the attorney-client privilege, work product protection or any other applicable privilege or protection. The parties agree immediately following the Closing to notify the relevant courts in the Pending Actions regarding the termination of the iCeutica license agreement with the Company, the transition of control of the Pending Actions to the Buyer and the Company’s withdrawal from the Pending Actions.

 

4.29                         China Product Supply .

 

(a)                                  From and after the Closing, during the term of the China License and Supply Agreement:

 

79


 

(i)                   upon receipt by the Buyer of one or more written purchase requests from the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or Sichuan Credit Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. in accordance with the China License and Supply Agreement, Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to supply the Company or such Subsidiary with Zorvolex Product in accordance with the requirements of the China License and Supply Agreement; provided , the Company shall reimburse the Buyer for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Buyer Entity in supplying the Zorvolex Product in accordance with this Section 4.29(a)(i) .

 

(ii)                the Buyer shall not grant rights to any other party to market, distribute or package the Zorvolex Product in China (PRC), Hong Kong or Macau during the term of the China License and Supply Agreement and may only market, distribute and/or package the Zorvolex Product in China (PRC), Hong Kong or Macau, directly or indirectly, through Sichuan Credit Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. and in accordance with the terms of the China License and Supply Agreement.

 

(b)                                  All amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.29(a)(i)  shall be payable in arrears by wire transfer of immediately available funds within fifteen (15) Business Days following delivery of a billing statement or invoice reasonably detailing the costs and expenses incurred. Should the Company dispute any portion of any such invoice, the Company shall pay in full all amounts not in dispute and notify the Buyer in writing of the nature and basis of the dispute.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not amend or renew, or permit the amendment or renewal of, the China License and Supply Agreement without the Buyer’s prior written consent, which shall not be  unreasonably witheld.

 

ARTICLE V
CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASE AND SALE

 

5.1                                Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Closing .  The respective obligations of each party to this Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Governmental Approvals .  All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of, or declarations or filings with, or expirations of waiting periods imposed by, any Governmental Entity in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall have been filed, been obtained or occurred, including, without limitation, the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act.

 

(b)                                  No Injunctions .  No Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any order, executive order, stay, decree, judgment or injunction (preliminary or permanent) or statute, rule or regulation which is in effect and which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   FDA Letters .  The Buyer and the Company shall, on the Closing Date, have filed, or caused to be filed, through the electronic gateway, the Buyer FDA Letters and the Company FDA Letters, respectively, with the FDA.

 

80


 

(d)                                  Plan and Confirmation Order . The Plan shall have been confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order, the Confirmation Order shall be in full force and effect and shall not have been stayed, modified or vacated, and the effective date of the Plan shall have occurred on the same date as the Closing Date.

 

5.2                                Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer . The obligations of the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following additional conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by the Buyer:

 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement that are qualified by any reference to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall each be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent that any representation or warranty is limited by its terms to a specific date or range of dates (in which case such representation and warranty need only be true and correct on the date or during the range of dates so specified)) and all other representations and warranties of the Company shall each be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent that any representation or warranty is limited by its terms to a specific date or range of dates (in which case such representation and warranty need only be true and correct on the date or during the range of dates so specified)) and the Buyer shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer of the Company to such effect.

 

(b)                                  Performance of Obligations of the Company .  The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by the Company or its Subsidiaries under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date and the Buyer shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer of the Company to such effect.

 

(c)                                   Release of Liens .  All Liens (except Permitted Liens) on the Transferred Assets shall have been released and the Buyer shall have received satisfactory evidence thereof.

 

(d)                                  Regulatory .  With respect to each Product, no voluntary drug recall shall have been initiated or agreed to by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and no drug recall shall have been requested or mandated by any Governmental Entity.

 

(e)                                   Consents .  All of the consents set forth in Schedule 5.2(e)  (the “ Company Required Consents ”) shall have been obtained by the Company and shall be in full force and effect, and the Buyer shall have been furnished with written evidence of the granting of such consents.

 

(f)                                    Deliverables .  The Buyer shall have received from the Company the items to be delivered pursuant to Section 1.6(c)(i) .

 

(g)                                   Material Adverse Effect .  Since the date of this Agreement, there has not occurred any event that, individually or in the aggregate with other events, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

81


 

(h)                                  Employees . The Company or its applicable Subsidiary shall have terminated the employment of the Transferred Employees effective the day immediately prior to Closing.

 

(i)                                      Contribution .  The Company shall have received the Contribution and the Buyer shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence thereof.

 

(j)                                     Redemption .  The Company Redemption shall have been completed and the Buyer shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence thereof.

 

(k)                                  iCeutica License .  All of the conditions to effectiveness contained in Section 2.2 of the iCeutica License other than the Closing under this Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived in writing by iCeutica.

 

5.3                                Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company .  The obligation of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following additional conditions, either of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by the Company:

 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in this Agreement that are qualified by any reference to materiality or Buyer Material Adverse Effect shall each be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent that any representation or warranty is limited by its terms to a specific date or range of dates (in which case such representation and warranty need only be true and correct on the date or during the range of dates so specified)) and all other representations and warranties of the Buyer shall each be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent that any representation or warranty is limited by its terms to a specific date or range of dates (in which case such representation and warranty need only be true and correct on the date or during the range of dates so specified)) and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Buyer by an authorized officer of the Buyer to such effect.

 

(b)                                  Performance of Obligations of the Buyer .  The Buyer shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Buyer by an authorized officer of the Buyer to such effect.

 

(c)                                   Regulatory .  With respect to each of the Buyer Products, no voluntary drug recall shall have been initiated or agreed to by any Buyer Entity and no drug recall shall have been requested or mandated by any Governmental Entity.

 

(d)                                  [Reserved]

 

(e)                                   Deliverables .  The Company shall have received from the Buyer the items to be delivered pursuant to Section 1.6(b) .

 

82


 

(f)                                    Material Adverse Effect .  Since the date of this Agreement, there has not occurred any event that, individually or in the aggregate with other events, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)                                   Plan, Confirmation Order and Related Documents . The Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Related Documents, and the Confirmation Order shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company (such acceptance not to be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld, it being agreed that it would not be reasonable for the Company to object to (i) any plan that is in form and substance materially consistent with the form of plan attached hereto as Exhibit H (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement) and with the terms of this Agreement, (ii) any disclosure statement that is in form and substance materially consistent with the form of disclosure statement attached hereto as Exhibit I (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement) and with the terms of this Agreement, (iii) any confirmation order that is in form and substance materially consistent with the form of confirmation order filed pursuant to Section 4.16(c)  and with the terms of this Agreement, or (iv) any Plan Related Document that is consistent with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, and no such documents shall have been amended or modified except in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Buyer Governing Documents . At Closing, Buyer’s Certificate of Incorporation shall include the following terms: (i) the board of directors of the Buyer Parent shall consist of no more than seven (7) directors and (ii) following the Closing Date, directors shall be elected to the board of directors of the Buyer Parent by plurality vote of the stockholders of Buyer Parent.  At Closing, the directors of the Buyer Parent shall be as set forth in Section 8(b) of the Stockholders Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E .

 

(i)                                      Buyer Parent Cash Balance; Buyer Current Liabilities . The Company shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that (i) the aggregate amount of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of Buyer Parent and its Subsidiaries (the “ Buyer Parent Cash Balance ”) is equal to at least $10,200,000, minus a buffer of fifteen percent (15%) of that amount, as of the Closing Date and (ii) the Buyer Current Liabilities will be equal to or less than the Current Liabilities Target, as of the Closing Date, in each case after giving effect to the Plan.  For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Buyer Parent Cash Balance, any cash held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account (as defined in the Plan) to be funded in accordance with the Plan or any cash to be distributed pursuant to the Plan (whether or not such cash is distributed on the Closing Date) shall be excluded from the Buyer Parent Cash Balance.

 

(j)                                     Buyer Parent Indebtedness .  The Company shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that, after giving effect to the Plan, Buyer Parent shall have no outstanding Indebtedness other than (1) the aggregate principal amount of $95,000,000 of New Senior Secured Notes and (2) the Interim Payments Note.

 

83


 

ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION

 

6.1                                Indemnification by the Company .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article VI , from and after the Closing, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer, its Affiliates and their respective successors and permitted assigns (the “ Buyer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against, and pay as incurred on behalf of (or reimburse), any and all losses, including diminution in value, damages, obligations, liabilities, Taxes, fines, fees, costs, expenses, penalties, interest, awards, judgments, claims, demands, actions, suits and settlements of any kind, including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses and other reasonable legal costs and expenses incurred in the prosecution, investigation, remediation, defense or settlement (collectively, “ Damages ”) ( provided , that an Indemnified Party shall only be entitled to Damages for diminution of value with respect to any matter properly subject to indemnification under this Article VI to the extent such Indemnified Party demonstrates that the matter was a direct cause of, or directly resulted in, the diminution in value), resulting from, based on or arising out of:

 

(a)                                  the inaccuracy or any breach of any of the representations or warranties of the Company contained in Article II of this Agreement as of the date hereof or as if such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing Date (unless another date is specified in such representation or warranties, in which case any inaccuracy or breach of such representation and warranty as of such date);

 

(b)                                  any breach or failure to perform by the Company of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   any Excluded Liabilities;

 

(d)                                  any Excluded Assets; or

 

(e)                                   the enforcement of the Buyer Indemnified Parties’ rights hereunder.

 

6.2                                Indemnification by the Buyer .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article VI , from and after the Closing, the Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its stockholders, its Affiliates and their respective successors and permitted assigns (the “ Company Indemnified Parties ”) from and against, and pay as incurred on behalf of (or reimburse), any and all Damages resulting from, based on or arising out of:

 

(a)                                  the inaccuracy or any breach of any of the representations or warranties of the Buyer contained in Article III of this Agreement as of the date hereof or as if such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing Date (unless another date is specified in such representation or warranties, in which case any inaccuracy or breach of such representation and warranty as of such date);

 

(b)                                  any breach or failure to perform by the Buyer of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   any Assumed Liabilities;

 

84


 

(d)                                  any liabilities arising from the conduct or operation of the Business by the Buyer following the Closing, other than liabilities arising from any Excluded Liability;

 

(e)                                   any liabilities arising from third party claims in the Chapter 11 Cases alleging any misstatement or omission in the Disclosure Statement or challenging the consummation of the Plan or the transactions contemplated thereby, including any fees and expenses incurred in connection with any discovery sought from or motions or adversarial proceedings filed against any Company Indemnified Party or any objection to the motion seeking approval of the reimbursement obligation of the Buyer referenced in Section 8.13 of this Agreement (but excluding costs incurred by any Company Indemnified Party to participate in or monitor, the Chapter 11 Cases (including attending any hearings for the purpose of monitoring or filing any pleadings unrelated to any such third party claim)); or

 

(f)                                    the enforcement of the Company Indemnified Parties’ rights hereunder.

 

6.3                                Claims for Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Third Party Claims .  All claims for indemnification made under this Agreement resulting from, related to or arising out of a third-party claim against an Indemnified Party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) shall be made in accordance with the following procedures.  A Person entitled to indemnification under this Article VI (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give prompt written notification to the Indemnifying Party (a “ Third Party Claim Notice ”) of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding relating to a third party claim for which indemnification may be sought or, if earlier, upon the assertion of any such claim by a third party in any written claim or demand; provided , that the failure to timely deliver a Third Party Claim Notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party shall have been actually and materially prejudiced by such failure.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Indemnifying Party ” means (i) in the case of a claim for indemnification by the Buyer, the Company and (ii) in the case of a claim for indemnification by the Company, the Buyer.  Within ten (10) Business Days after delivery of such Third Party Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party may, upon written notice thereof to the Indemnified Party, assume control of the defense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to defend any Third Party Claim (a) that seeks remedies other than money damages without the written agreement of the Indemnified Party, or if defense of such Third Party Claim could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates, other than as a result of monetary damages for which it would be entitled to relief under this Agreement, (b) involving criminal actions or allegations of criminal conduct, or claims reasonably expected to result in claims for specific performance, injunction or other equitable or non-monetary relief, (c) unless the Indemnifying Party conducts the defense of the Third Party Claim in a commercially reasonable and diligent manner, or (d) that relates to Taxes or is brought by a Governmental Entity.  If the Indemnifying Party assumes such defense, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel separate from the counsel employed by the Indemnifying party, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall control such defense, and the Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to indemnification for legal expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof unless incurred at the request of the Indemnifying Party; provided , that, subject to the limitations in this Article VI , the

 

85


 

Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification for the fees and expenses of counsel employed by the Indemnified Party for any period following the ten (10) Business Day period referenced above during which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense thereof (or otherwise has not conducted such defense actively and diligently). If the Indemnifying Party does not assume control of such defense, the Indemnified Party shall control such defense at the Indemnifying Party’s sole expense (to the extent indemnifiable under this Article VI and subject to the limitations contained herein) and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Party solely in connection therewith shall be considered “Damages” for purposes of this Agreement. In no event shall the Indemnifying Party be responsible for the fees and expenses of more than one (1) counsel for the Indemnified Party (in addition to one (1) local counsel).  The party controlling such defense shall keep the other party advised of the status of such action, suit, proceeding or claim and the defense thereof and shall consider in good faith recommendations made by the other party with respect thereto.  The Indemnified Party shall not agree to any settlement of such action, suit, proceeding or claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party.  Except with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which may be withheld in the Indemnified Party’s sole discretion, the Indemnifying Party shall not agree to any settlement of such action, suit, proceeding or claim that (i) does not include a complete release of the Indemnified Party from all liability with respect thereto, (ii) imposes any liability or obligation on the Indemnified Party, (iii) would impose a consent order, injunction or decree that would restrict the future activity or conduct of the Indemnified Party or (iv) would result in a finding or admission of a violation of Law by the Indemnified Party that would have an adverse effect on the Indemnified Party.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Indemnifying Party may agree to any settlement that satisfies clauses (i) through (iv) of the preceding sentence without the Indemnified Party’s consent.  The amount of any Third Party Claim resolved pursuant to this Section 6.3(a)  shall, to the extent indemnifiable under this Article VI and subject to the limitations contained herein, be payable by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

 

(b)                                  Procedure for Claims Not Involving Third Parties .  An Indemnified Party wishing to assert a claim for indemnification under this Article VI that does not involve a Third Party Claim shall deliver to the Indemnifying Party a written notice (a “ Claim Notice ”) which contains a description in reasonable detail of such claim and the amount (the “ Claim Amount ”) of any Damages that the Indemnified Party has sustained or reasonably anticipates that it will sustain and; provided , that the failure to timely deliver a Claim Notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party shall have been prejudiced by such failure.  Within thirty (30) days after delivery of a Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party shall deliver to the Indemnified Party a written response in which the Indemnifying Party shall (A) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive the Claim Amount (in which case such response shall be accompanied by a payment to the Indemnified Party of the Claim Amount by the Indemnifying Party by wire transfer of immediately available funds), (B) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive part, but not all, of the Claim Amount (the amount so agreed in (A) or (B), the “ Agreed Amount ”) (in which case such response shall be accompanied by a payment to the Indemnified Party of the Agreed Amount by the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds) or (C) contest that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive any of the Claim Amount.  If such dispute is not resolved within thirty (30) days following the delivery by the Indemnifying Party of such response, the

 

86


 

Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall each have the right to submit such dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.11 .

 

6.4                                Survival .

 

(a)                                  The representations and warranties of the Company and the Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and continue until eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date, at which time they shall expire, other than (i) the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2.1 (Organization, Standing and Power), Section 2.2 (Authority; No Conflict), Sections 2.3(a)  (Transferred Assets), Section 2.12 (Taxes) and Section 2.19 (Brokers) (the “ Company Fundamental Representations ”), which shall survive indefinitely, except for the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2.12 (Taxes), which shall survive until ninety (90) days following the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to the underlying matters covered by such provision, and (ii) the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Section 3.1 (Organization, Standing and Power), Section 3.2 (Capital Structure), Section 3.3 (Authority; No Conflict), Section 3.4(a)  and (c)  (Buyer’s Assets; Transferability of Consideration), Section 3.13 (Taxes), and Section 3.19 (Brokers) (the “ Buyer Fundamental Representations ”), which shall survive indefinitely, except for the representations and warranties of the Buyer contained in Section 3.13 (Taxes), which shall survive until ninety (90) days following the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to the underlying matters covered by such provision. The covenants and agreements of the Company and the Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby until they are satisfied in accordance with their terms.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, claims for fraud may be asserted at any time following the Closing and shall survive indefinitely.  The parties specifically and unambiguously intend that the survival periods that are set forth in this Section 6.4 replace any statute of limitations that would otherwise be applicable.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the representations and warranties hereunder shall survive to the extent an indemnification claim is asserted prior to the expiration as provided in Section 6.4(a)  until such time as any claim so asserted has been finally resolved, but only for the purpose of the resolution of such claims.

 

6.5                                Limitations .

 

(a)                                  The amount of Damages recoverable by an Indemnified Party under this Article VI with respect to an indemnity claim shall be reduced by the amount of any insurance payment actually received by such Indemnified Party (or an Affiliate thereof) with respect to such indemnity claim, net of the amount of any reasonably projected increase in insurance premiums directly attributable to such indemnity claim (net of any expenses (including any Taxes) associated with claiming or receiving such insurance recovery)) (the “ Insurance Recovery ”).  If an Indemnified Party (or an Affiliate) receives any Insurance Recovery in connection with any claim for Damages for which it has already received an indemnification payment from the Indemnifying Party, it shall pay to the Indemnifying Party, within 60 days of receiving such Insurance Recovery, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the amount previously received by the Indemnified Party from the Indemnifying Party under this Article  VI

 

87


 

with respect to such claim plus the amount of any Insurance Recovery with respect to such claim over (y) the amount of Damages with respect to such claim; provided , that, (i) no Indemnified Party shall be subject to any obligation to bring an Action against its insurance company in order to pursue recovery in respect of any indemnifiable Damages under any such insurance policy and (ii) no indemnification payment payable hereunder shall be conditioned, withheld, or delayed as a result of any Indemnified Party not having sought, realized or received any insurance proceeds.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall not be obligated to pay any amounts for indemnification in respect of claims under Section 6.1(a)  until the aggregate amount of such indemnification obligations hereunder exceeds $400,000 (the “ Buyer Deductible ”), whereupon the Company shall be liable for all indemnifiable Damages incurred by the Buyer in excess of the Buyer Deductible; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to claims for breach or inaccuracy of the Company Fundamental Representations or the representations and warranties in Section 2.3(b)  or claims for fraud.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to pay any amounts of Damages in respect of any claim under Section 6.1(a)  unless such Damages in respect of such claim (or aggregated Damages in respect of claims arising out of or resulting from the same or substantially similar facts, events or circumstances) exceed $50,000; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to claims for breach or inaccuracy of the Company Fundamental Representations or the representations and warranties in Section 2.3(b)  or claims for fraud.

 

(c)                                   The Buyer shall not be obligated to pay any amounts for indemnification in respect of claims under Section 6.2(a)  until the aggregate amount of such indemnification obligations hereunder exceeds $400,000 (the “ Company Deductible ”), whereupon the Buyer shall be liable for all indemnifiable Damages incurred by the Company in excess of the Company Deductible; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to claims for breach or inaccuracy of Buyer Fundamental Representations or claims for fraud.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Buyer shall not be obligated to pay any amounts of Damages in respect of any claim under Section 6.2(a)  unless such Damages in respect of such claim (or aggregated Damages in respect of claims arising out of or resulting from the same or substantially similar facts, events or circumstances) exceed $50,000; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to claims for breach or inaccuracy of Buyer Fundamental Representations or claims for fraud.

 

(d)                                  The aggregate liability of an Indemnifying Party under this Article VI shall not exceed (i) in respect of claims for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.1(a)  (other than with respect to the Company Fundamental Representations, the representations and warranties in Section 2.3(b)  or fraud) or in respect of claims for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.2(a)  (other than with respect to the Buyer Fundamental Representations or fraud), $5,000,000 (the “ Cap ”), (ii) in respect of any other claims for indemnification (other than with respect to the Authority Representations, the representations and warranties in Section 2.3(b) , or fraud), $30,000,000, (iii) in respect of claims for indemnification with respect to representations and warranties in Section 2.3(b) , $10,000,000, and (iv) in respect of claims for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.1(a)  (with respect to the Company’s Authority Representations) or Section 6.2(b)  (with respect to the Buyer’s Authority Representations), $80,000,000; provided , that nothing in this Section 6.5(d)  shall apply to any Damages arising from any fraud.

 

88


 

(e)                                   For purposes of determining Damages incurred in connection with any breach or inaccuracy of any representation and warranty (but not the existence of such breach or inaccuracy), any and all references to “material,” “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or other correlative terms shall be disregarded; provided , that, reference to “Material Adverse Effect” in Section 2.15(a)  and “Buyer Material Adverse Effect” in Section 3.16(a)  shall not be so disregarded.

 

(f)                                    Except for such Damages as are expressly included in the definition thereof, no party hereto shall be entitled to indemnification for any consequential damages that are not reasonably foreseeable or punitive damages, in each case, except if and to the extent any such damages are payable by an Indemnified Party pursuant to a Third Party Claim, and except in the case of fraud.

 

(g)                                   Except with respect to claims related to fraud, for equitable relief or arising under the Ancillary Agreements, the rights of the Indemnified Parties under this Article VI shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of the Indemnified Parties with respect to claims under, or otherwise relating to the transactions that are the subject of, this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Other than with respect to fraud, no Indemnifying Party shall have any liability under this Article VI for any inaccuracy in or breach of a representation or warranty by such Indemnifying Party in this Agreement to the extent that: (a) with respect to the Company as the Indemnifying Party, any of Robert Radie, Stan Musial, Mark Strobeck, Barbara Carlin or Megan Timmins had actual knowledge prior to the date of the Agreement of all material facts related to such matter and understood prior to the date of the Agreement that such facts constituted a breach or inaccuracy of such representation or warranty and that the Company did not have actual Knowledge of all such material facts related to such matter (it being understood that materials included in the Company’s due diligence data room prior to the date of the Agreement shall be deemed to be within the actual Knowledge of the Company for purposes of this clause (a)) and (b) with respect to the Buyer as the Indemnifying Party, either of Todd Smith or Ben Bove had actual knowledge prior to the date of the Agreement of all material facts related to such matter and understood prior to the date of the Agreement that such facts constituted a breach or inaccuracy of such representation or warranty and that the Buyer did not have actual Knowledge of all such material facts related to such matter (it being understood that materials included in the Buyer’s due diligence data room prior to the date of the Agreement shall be deemed to be within the actual Knowledge of the Buyer for purposes of this clause (b)).  The right to indemnification under this Article VI shall not be affected by any investigation conducted by any Indemnified Party after the date hereof or Knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) after the date hereof by the Indemnified Party or any other Person.

 

(i)                                      For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances will any party be entitled to recover for the same Damages more than once under this Agreement or under more than one provision of this Agreement.

 

6.6                                Right to Set-Off .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 6.6(b) , the Buyer and its Affiliates shall have the right to recoup and/or set off amounts owed under the Notes Consideration (including any amounts

 

89


 

payable on the New Senior Secured Notes and any amounts payable under the New Notes Royalty Agreement), the Royalty Payments and the Interim Payments Note Consideration against any Agreed Amount or Damages as finally resolved pursuant to the terms of this Agreement which may be owed to the Buyer Indemnified Parties; provided , however , that in the first twelve (12) month period following the Closing, such right of recoupment and/or set off shall be limited to eighty percent (80%) of the total amount owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that prior to the expiration of the eighteen (18) month period following the Closing, the Company shall reimburse the Buyer in cash for the remaining twenty percent (20%) of such total amount to the extent such amount may not be recouped and/or set off in such twelve (12) month period after taking into account the recoupment and/or set off of the aggregate Agreed Amount and Damages owed to the Buyer Indemnified Parties for such twelve (12) month period.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the recoupment and/or set off limitation in the foregoing proviso shall be solely for the benefit of the Company and not to any Transferee of all or any portion of any Notes Consideration.

 

(b)                                  Any recoupment and/or set off that is exercised by Buyer in accordance with Section 1.5(c)(3) , Section 6.6(a)  or Section 6.9 against any Person shall be applied (to the extent available at the time of application): (i) first, against any amounts then owing by the Buyer Entities under the Royalty Payments, (ii) second, against any amounts then owing by the Buyer Entities under the New Notes Royalty Agreement, (iii) third, against interest then accrued on the New Senior Secured Notes, (iv) fourth, against interest then accrued on the Interim Payments Note, (v) fifth, against outstanding principal under the Interim Payments Note (including any principal amount then payable) and (vi) six, against the outstanding principal under the New Senior Secured Notes (including any principal amount then payable).  For the avoidance of doubt, in each case, Buyer shall be required to exhaust the amounts set forth on one step of the waterfall described in this Section 6.6(b)  before proceeding to any subsequent step.  The right of set-off set forth in this Section 6.6 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect, (i) with respect to the New Senior Secured Notes, on the Business Day immediately following the maturity date of the New Senior Secured Notes in accordance with the terms of the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture, (ii) with respect to the New Notes Royalty Agreement, on the Business Day immediately following the expiration of the term of the royalty under the New Notes Royalty Agreement, (iii) with respect to the Interim Payments Note, on the Business Day immediately following the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Closing Date and (iv) with respect to the Royalty Payments, on the Business Day immediately following the expiration of the Royalty Term. It is understood and agreed that, notwithstanding any such termination date, to the extent that at any time there are pending claims made by Buyer Indemnified Parties for indemnification pursuant to and in accordance with Article VI , the Buyer and its Affiliates may hold back from paying a portion of any payment due under the New Senior Secured Notes, New Notes Royalty Agreement, and Interim Payments Note or any Royalty Payment in an amount equal to the amount at issue in such pending claims until the final resolution of such claim in accordance with this Agreement and, to the extent indemnifiable under this Article VI , the Buyer and its Affiliates may set-off against any such payment in accordance with the foregoing waterfall in this Section 6.6(b) .

 

(c)                                   The Company acknowledges and agrees, and shall not dispute, and any Permitted Transferee, by execution of a Note Transfer Joinder or a Royalty Consideration Transfer Joinder, as applicable, shall be deemed to have agreed, and shall not dispute, that the

 

90


 

exercise of any recoupment by the Buyer in accordance with this Agreement shall not be a violation of the automatic stay of section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code (and the Company and any Permitted Transferee hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the applicability of the automatic stay to the exercise by the Buyer of any such recoupment and/or set off).

 

6.7                                Indemnification Payments .  All indemnification payments made hereunder shall be treated by all parties as adjustments to the Final Purchase Price for Tax purposes unless otherwise required by Law.

 

6.8                                No Claims Against Buyer Lenders, Company Lenders and Collateral Agent .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) the Buyer agrees, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates (including the Buyer Entities) and each Representative thereof, that it and its Affiliates and each Representative thereof shall not have any rights or claims against any of the Company Lenders in their capacity as such or the Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement, the Company Term Loan or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and (b) the Company agrees, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates and each Representative thereof, that it and its Affiliates and each Representative thereof shall not have any rights or claims against any of the Buyer Lenders that are not Buyer Entities in connection with this Agreement, the Company Term Loan or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided however , that nothing in this Section 6.8 shall be construed to preclude, limit or restrict the enforcement of any right or claim (including any right of set off or recoupment, to the extent set forth in Section 6.6 and Section 6.9 ) that the Buyer or its Affiliates (including the Buyer Entities) has against an assignee or transferee of (i) all or any portion of any Closing Consideration or (ii) any rights or obligations under this Agreement (including with respect to Royalty Payments).

 

6.9                                Recoupment .  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree, and any Permitted Transferee, by execution of a Note Transfer Joinder or a Royalty Consideration Transfer Joinder, as applicable, shall be deemed to have agreed, that (i) the defense of recoupment applies to the obligations under this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement and that the Buyer and its Affiliates shall reduce dollar for dollar the amounts owed under the Notes Consideration (including any amounts payable on the New Senior Secured Notes and any amounts payable under the New Notes Royalty Agreement), the Royalty Payments or the Interim Payments Note Consideration by any Agreed Amount or Damages as finally resolved pursuant to the terms of this Agreement which may be owed to the Buyer Indemnified Parties and (ii) the entry into this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements constitutes a single transaction and occurrence.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 6.6(b)  shall apply to any recoupment exercised by Buyer in accordance with this Section 6.9 .  This Agreement (including the schedules and exhibits hereto and the documents and instruments referred to herein that are to be delivered at the Closing) and the Ancillary Agreements shall constitute a “single integrated agreement,” and the transactions contemplated thereby shall constitute a “single integrated transaction,” in each case for purposes of recoupment.  The right of recoupment set forth in this Section 6.9 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect, (i) with respect to the New Senior Secured Notes, on the Business Day immediately following the maturity date of the New Senior Secured Notes in accordance with the terms of the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture, (ii) with respect to the New Notes Royalty Agreement, on the Business Day immediately following the expiration of the term of the royalty under the New Notes Royalty Agreement, (iii) with respect to the Interim Payments Note, on the Business Day immediately following the eighteen (18) month anniversary

 

91


 

of the Closing Date and (iv) with respect to the Royalty Payments, on the Business Day immediately following the expiration of the Royalty Term. It is understood and agreed that, notwithstanding any such termination date, to the extent that at any time there are pending claims made by Buyer Indemnified Parties for indemnification pursuant to and in accordance with Article VI , the Buyer and its Affiliates may hold back from paying a portion of any payment due under the New Senior Secured Notes, New Notes Royalty Agreement, and Interim Payments Note or any Royalty Payment in an amount equal to the amount at issue in such pending claims until the final resolution of such claim in accordance with this Agreement and, to the extent indemnifiable under this Article VI , the Buyer and its Affiliates may recoup against any such payment in accordance with the waterfall in Section 6.6(b) .

 

ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION

 

7.1                                Termination .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(1)                                  by mutual written consent of the Company and the Buyer;

 

(2)                                  by the Buyer, if a breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or failure to comply with or perform any covenant or agreement on the part of the Company or its Subsidiaries set forth in this Agreement shall have occurred that would, if continuing on the Closing Date, cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 not to be satisfied, and such breach, inaccuracy, or failure to comply or perform is not cured within thirty (30) days following the Buyer’s delivery of written notice to the Company of such breach, inaccuracy, or failure to comply or perform (it being understood and agreed that there shall be no ability to cure any failure to comply with or satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 5.2(g) ); provided that the Buyer may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(a)(2)  only if, at the time of such valid termination, the Buyer is not in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement;

 

(3)                                  by the Company, if a breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or failure to comply with or perform any covenant or agreement on the part of the Buyer Entities set forth in this Agreement shall have occurred that would, if continuing on the Closing Date, cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 or Section 5.3 not to be satisfied, and such breach, inaccuracy, or failure to comply or perform is not cured within thirty (30) days following the Company’s delivery of written notice to the Buyer of such breach, inaccuracy, or failure to comply or perform (it being understood and agreed that there shall be no ability to cure any failure to comply with or satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 5.3(f) ); provided that the Company may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(a)(3)  only if, at the time of

 

92


 

such valid termination, the Company is not in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement; or

 

(4)                                  by either the Company or the Buyer, if any Governmental Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Bankruptcy Court) shall have issued a Court Order (a) enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee, (c) converting any of the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or (d) dismissing any of the Chapter 11 Cases and, in any case of (a) through (d), such Court Order shall have become final and non-appealable; provided , that (x) no termination may be made under this Section 7.1(a)(4)  by the Buyer if the Buyer’s material breach or violation of this Agreement is the primary cause of the issuance of such final and non-appealable Court Order, and (y) no termination may be made under this Section 7.1(a)(4)  by the Company if the Company’s material breach or violation of this Agreement is the primary cause of the issuance of such final and non-appealable Court Order.

 

(b)                                  In the event of termination by a party pursuant to Section 7.1(a) , written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the Buyer (in the case of termination by the Company) or the Company (in the case of termination by the Buyer), in each case, subject to any limitations on notice set forth in Section 7.1(a) , and this Agreement shall be terminated, subject in all respects to Section 7.2 , without further action by the Company, the Buyer or any other party.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, including Section 7.1(a) , this Agreement shall automatically terminate without any further notice or action by the Buyer, the Company, or any other party, on the earliest to occur of the following dates:  (i) the date that is five (5) days after the date of this Agreement unless the Petition Date shall have occurred; (ii) the date that is 120 days after the Petition Date unless the Plan has been confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order and the Confirmation Order is in full force and effect and has not been stayed, modified or vacated; and (iii) January 31, 2019; provided that the Buyer and the Company may mutually agree in writing, each in its sole discretion, to extend any deadlines or milestones referenced in this Section 7.1(c) .

 

7.2                                Effect of Termination .  In the event of the valid termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 7.1 , any obligation to complete the Closing or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall terminate and this Agreement forthwith shall become null and void and have no further force or effect, and there shall be no liability on the part of the Company, the Buyer or any other Person, except that, subject in all respect to this Section 7.2 , the provisions of this Section 7.2 , Section 4.4 (Public Disclosure), Sections 4.5(e) through (g)  (Non-Disparagement), Article VIII (Miscellaneous), in each case, shall survive in accordance with their respective terms and conditions; provided , that nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for any knowing and willful breach of this Agreement by such party, occurring prior to such valid termination (including, without limitation, the failure by the Company or the Buyer to consummate the Closing pursuant to its obligations under this Agreement), or such party’s fraud prior to such valid termination.

 

93


 

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1                                Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly delivered (i) four (4) Business Days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (ii) one (1) Business Day after being sent for next Business Day delivery, fees prepaid, via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service or (iii) on the date of confirmation of receipt (or, the first Business Day following such receipt if the date of such receipt is not a Business Day) of transmission by electronic mail, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

(a)                                  if to the Company, to

 

Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc.
c/o CR Group LP
1050 Walnut St., Suite 201
Boulder, CO 80302
Attn: Iroko directors
E-mail: gmonroe@crglp.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Baker & McKenzie LLP
815 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006-4078
Attn: Marc R. Paul
E-mail: marc.paul@bakermckenzie.com

 

(b)                                  if to the Buyer, to

 

Egalet Corporation

600 Lee Rd #100

Wayne, PA 19087
Attn: Robert Radie, Chief Executive Officer
E-mail: rradie@egalet.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Dechert LLP

Three Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036
Attn:  David Rosenthal
E-mail: david.rosenthal@dechert.com

 

Any party to this Agreement may give any notice or other communication hereunder using any other means (including personal delivery, messenger service, ordinary mail or facsimile), but no such notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the party for whom it is intended.  Any party to this

 

94


 

Agreement may change the address to which notices and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties to this Agreement notice in the manner herein set forth.

 

8.2                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and the documents and instruments referred to herein that are to be delivered at the Closing) and the Ancillary Agreements constitute the entire agreement between the parties to this Agreement and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the parties hereto, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

8.3                                No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is not intended, and shall not be deemed, to confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, to create any agreement of employment with any Person or to otherwise create any third party beneficiary hereto, except that (i) the Buyer Indemnified Parties and the Company Indemnified Parties are intended beneficiaries of, and shall have the right to enforce, Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereof, respectively, (ii) the Buyer’s Affiliates are intended beneficiaries of, and shall have the right to enforce, Section 4.5 , (iii) the Collateral Agent and the Company Lenders are intended beneficiaries of, and shall have the right to enforce, Sections 4.3(e) , 6.8 and 8.4, and (iv) the Buyer Lenders are intended beneficiaries of, and shall have the right to enforce, Section  6.8.

 

8.4                                Assignment .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise by either of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, and any such assignment without such prior written consent shall be null and void, except that (i) the Buyer may transfer or assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, from time to time to one (1) or more of its Affiliates; provided that such transfer or assignment shall not relieve the Buyer of its primary liability for its obligations hereunder or enlarge, alter or change any obligation of any other party hereto; (ii) nothing herein shall prohibit in any manner the grant by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries of a security interest in all of their respective rights, title and interest in, to and under this Agreement, the Closing Consideration and the Royalty Consideration to any secured creditor or the Collateral Agent under the Company Term Loan Agreement, provided that no such security interest, grant or pledge permitted pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder (it being understood that the grant of such security interest shall not by itself entitle the Collateral Agent or any lender under the Company Term Loan to exercise the rights of the Company under this Agreement or any Closing Consideration); (iii) nothing herein shall prohibit in any manner the Transfer of any of the Closing Consideration or the Royalty Consideration to a Permitted Transferee, subject to the provisions of applicable Laws; provided that the rights and obligations of a Royalty Recipient may only be Transferred in whole and not in part.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company may not Transfer any Notes Consideration or Royalty Consideration without the prior written consent of the Buyer, other than to a Permitted Transferee, subject to the provisions of applicable Laws, and any such Transfer that is made to a Person other than a Permitted Transferee without the prior written consent of the Buyer shall be null and void ab initio .

 

95


 

8.5                                Specific Performance .  The parties agree that (a) irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity, without proof of damages and without posting a bond, prior to the valid termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1 , this being in addition to any other remedy to which such other parties are entitled under this Agreement and (b) the right to obtain an injunction, specific performance, or other equitable relief is an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and without that right, none of the parties would have entered into this Agreement.  Each party agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the other parties have an adequate remedy at Law.

 

8.6                                Severability .  Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.  If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified.  In the event such court does not exercise the power granted to it in the prior sentence, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term.

 

8.7                                Counterparts and Signature .  This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that the parties hereto need not sign the same counterpart.  This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or .pdf transmission.

 

8.8                                Interpretation .  When reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, a Section, an Exhibit or a Schedule, such reference shall be to an Article, a Section, an Exhibit or a Schedule of this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated.  The table of contents, table of defined terms and headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.  Any reference to any federal, state or local Law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.  Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  The words “hereof,”

 

96


 

“herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The words “party” or “parties” shall refer to parties to this Agreement.  The word “or” shall be disjunctive but not exclusive.

 

8.9                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of Law provision or rule that would cause the application of Laws of any jurisdiction other than those of the State of Delaware.

 

8.10                         Amendment; Remedies .  This Agreement may be amended, or any provision of this Agreement may be waived upon the written approval of the Buyer and the Company; provided , that Section 4.3(e) , Section 6.8 , Section 8.3 , Section 8.4 , Section 8.9 and this Section 8.10 may not be modified, waived or terminated in a manner that adversely impacts a Company Lender or the Collateral Agent without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent; and provided , further , that Section 4.3(e) , Section 6.8 , Section 8.9 and this Section 8.10 may not be modified, waived or terminated in a manner that adversely impacts any Buyer Lender without the prior written consent of such Buyer Lender.  No course of dealing between or among the parties hereto shall be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any such party or such holder under or by reason of this Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one (1) remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

 

8.11                         Submission to Jurisdiction .  Each of the parties to this Agreement (a) with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, consents to submit itself to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of (i) if such action or proceeding is initiated prior to the Petition Date, the Delaware Court of Chancery (or, only if the Delaware Court of Chancery declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware) or any appellate court thereof (the “ Delaware Courts ”), (ii) if such action or proceeding is initiated during the period from and after the Petition Date and prior to the effective date of the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court and (iii) if such action or proceeding is initiated on or after the effective date of the Plan, the Delaware Courts, to in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) agrees that it shall not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (d) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any other court.  Each of the parties hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto.  Any party hereto may make service on another party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the party to be served at the address and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 8.1 .  Nothing in this Section 8.11 , however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

97


 

8.12                         WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (a) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (b) SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (c) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (d) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

8.13                         Fees and Expenses .  Except as otherwise provided herein, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such fees and expenses, whether or not the Closing occurs; provided , that, (i) at the Closing or (ii) promptly following the termination of this Agreement under Section 7.1(c)  or by the Company as a result of the failure of the Buyer to obtain any required consent of its board of directors, stockholders or debtholders required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Buyer shall reimburse the Company for such fees and expenses of the Company up to an aggregate amount of $1,500,000.

 

8.14                         Definitions .

 

(a)                                  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(i)                   Adverse Event ” means, with respect to a product, any undesirable, untoward or noxious event or experience associated with the use, or occurring during or following administration, of such product in humans, occurring at any dose, whether or not expected and whether or not considered related to or caused by such product, including such an event or experience as occurs in the course of the use of such product in professional practice, in a clinical trial, from overdose, whether accidental or intentional, from abuse, from withdrawal or from a failure of expected pharmacological or biological therapeutic action of such product, and including those events or experiences that are required to be reported to the FDA under 21 C.F.R. sections 312.32 or 314.80, as applicable, or to foreign Governmental Entities under corresponding applicable Law outside the United States.

 

(ii)                Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and the term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement (x) none of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ stockholders or debtholders or any

 

98


 

of such stockholders’ or debtholders’ respective Affiliates (other than the Company’s Subsidiaries), portfolio companies (i.e., those that have received investments from such stockholders, debtholders or their Affiliates in the form of debt and/or equity), general partners or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or members shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Company, (y) none of the Buyer Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ stockholders or debtholders or any of such stockholders’ or debtholders’ respective Affiliates (other than the Buyer Entities) shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Buyer or the Buyer Parent and (z) the Company, its Subsidiaries, their stockholders and debtholders, and their stockholders’ and debtholders’ respective Affiliates, shall not be deemed an Affiliate of the Buyer Parent or any of the Buyer Entities.

 

(iii)             Authority Representations ” means (A) with respect to the Company, the representations and warranties in (1) the first sentence of Section 2.1(a)  and (2)  Section 2.2(a)  (solely as it applies to the Company and not to the Company’s Subsidiaries) and (B) with respect to the Buyer, the representations and warranties in (1) the first sentence of Section 3.1(a)  and (2)  Section 3.3(a) .

 

(iv)            Business ” means the business operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as conducted on the date hereof or as have been conducted since May 23, 2018, including, without limitation, the Exploitation of the Products and the Naproxen Product, but excluding any portion of such business operations related exclusively to the Excluded Assets.

 

(v)               Business Day ” means any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) a day on which banking institutions located in New York, New York are permitted or required by Law, executive order or governmental decree to remain closed.

 

(vi)            Buyer Accounting Principles ” shall mean the accounting methods, practices, principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methodologies that were used in the preparation of the Buyer Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(vii)         Buyer Business ” means the business operations of Buyer Parent and its Subsidiaries (including the Buyer) as conducted on the date hereof or has been conducted during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Exploitation of the Buyer Products.

 

(viii)      Buyer Current Liabilities ” means the Buyer’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated current liabilities calculated in accordance with the Buyer Accounting Principles and using only the line items set forth in Schedule 5.3(i) ; provided that, such line items shall include substantially the same categories of liabilities, including, without limitation, accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities as are reflected in Schedule 5.3(i) .

 

(ix)            Buyer Intellectual Property ” means all Intellectual Property that is owned or used or held for use by Buyer Parent or its Subsidiaries (including the Buyer).

 

99


 

(x)               Buyer’s Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge of Robert Radie, Stan Musial, Mark Strobeck, Barbara Carlin and Megan Timmins after due inquiry of the individuals with supervisory responsibility or expertise over or in the matter in question.

 

(xi)            Buyer Lenders ” means, collectively, the holders of the 13% Notes, the 6.50% notes and the 5.50% Notes.

 

(xii)         Buyer Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, state of facts, circumstance, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, is materially adverse to, (A) the financial condition, properties, assets, liabilities, obligations (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise), businesses or results of operations of the Buyer Entities (taken as a whole) or the Buyer Business and/or (B) the ability of the Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided , however , that, solely with respect to clause (A), any change, state of facts, circumstance, event or effect to the extent arising from or related to (i) conditions generally affecting the United States economy or generally affecting one or more industries in which the Buyer Entities operate, (ii) national or international political or social conditions, including terrorism or the engagement by the United States in hostilities or acts of war, (iii) changes in Law or in GAAP or other accounting requirements after the date of this Agreement, (iv) any action taken or failed to be taken as expressly and specifically required or permitted in accordance with this Agreement or at the express and specific request of, or expressly and specifically consented to by, the Company ( provided , it is understood and agreed that actions taken by the Buyer in accordance with Section 4.10(a)  to conduct (or cause the conduct) of its business operations in the ordinary course consistent with past practice shall not be excluded in determining whether a Buyer Material Adverse Effect has occurred), or (v) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the public announcement or other publicity with respect to any of the foregoing, in each case, shall not be taken into account in determining whether a Buyer Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur; provided , that, if such change, state of facts, circumstance, event or effect referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this definition have a disproportionately adverse effect on the Buyer Entities (taken as a whole) or the Buyer Business, as compared to other Persons in the industries in which the Buyer Entities operate, then the incremental disproportionate effect of such change, state of facts, circumstance, event or effect shall be taken into account in determining whether a Buyer Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur.  For the avoidance of doubt, neither the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases nor the taking of any actions required by the Plan shall be construed as a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xiii)      Buyer Product ” means any of (a) the ARYMO ER™ (whether marketed under such name or any other name), (b) the product referred to as SPRIX® (ketorolac tromethamine) Nasal Spray (whether marketed under such name or any other name), (c) the product referred to as OXAYDO® (whether marketed under such name or any other name) or (d) any and all product improvements, additional claims, line extensions, dosage changes and alternate delivery systems in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

(xiv)     Buyer SEC Documents ” means all publicly available reports, schedules, forms, registration statements and other documents required to be filed by Parent with the SEC, together with any documents furnished during such period by Parent to the SEC on a

 

100


 

voluntary basis on Current Reports on Form 8-K and any reports, schedules, forms, registration statements and other documents filed with the SEC between January 1, 2018 and the date hereof.

 

(xv)        Buyer Transaction Expenses ” means the fees and expenses incurred by the Buyer and its Affiliates in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby including, without limitation, the Acquisition, the 13% Notes Redemption, the Convertible Note Conversion, the other transactions contemplated by the Plan and any portion of the fees and expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries payable by the Buyer pursuant to Section 8.12 or otherwise.

 

(xvi)      China License and Supply Agreement ” means that certain License and Supply Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2017, by and between Iroko Properties Inc. and Sichuan Credit Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd (including the related Safety Data Exchange Agreement, dated January 24, 2017, by and between the same parties and attached as Schedule 3 thereto), as amended by the First Addendum between the same parties, dated May 6, 2018, each as in effect on the date of this Agreement and made available to the Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement in the Company’s due diligence data room.

 

(xvii)   CMC ” means chemistry, manufacturing, and controls.

 

(xviii)  Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(xix)     Company’s Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge of Todd Smith, Stuart Maron, George Donato and Mark Murphy, in each case after due inquiry of the individuals with supervisory responsibility or expertise over or in the matter in question.

 

(xx)        Competition Laws ” means all other Laws that are designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions or transactions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade or lessening of competition through merger or acquisition or effectuating foreign investment, including the HSR Act (and any similar Law enforced by any Governmental Entity regarding preacquisition notifications for the purpose of competition reviews).

 

(xxi)     Company Redemption ” means the mandatory redemption of outstanding shares of the Company held by shareholders in the Company other than CRG under Section 176 of the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 and in accordance with applicable Law, following which CRG shall hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company (provided that such definition shall not include any related dissent or appraisal process.)

 

(xxii) “ Company Term Loan Agreement ” means that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2016, as amended from time to time, among Iroko Pharmaceuticals, LLC, the Company, the other Subsidiaries party thereto, CRG Servicing LLC, as administrative and collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”), and the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Company Lenders ”).

 

(xxiii)  Confirmation Order ” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan and approving the Acquisition and other transactions contemplated by this

 

101


 

Agreement, and the authorization of the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company (such acceptance not to be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld); it being agreed that it would not be reasonable for the Company to object to any confirmation order that is in form and substance materially consistent with the form of confirmation order filed in accordance with Section 4.16(c) .

 

(xxiv)  Court Order ” means any judgment, decision, decree, stipulation, award, consent decree, writ, injunction (whether temporary, permanent or preliminary), ruling, order or other legally binding agreement of any Governmental Entity that is binding on any Person or its property under applicable Laws.

 

(xxv)   CRG ” means, collectively, CRG Partners III L.P., CRG Partners III — Parallel Fund “A” L.P., CRG Partners III (Cayman) Lev AIV I L.P., CRG Partners III (Cayman) Unlev AIV I L.P., and CRG Partners III Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.

 

(xxvi) “ Current Liabilities Target ” means an amount equal to $40,930,000 plus a buffer of 7.5% of that amount.

 

(xxvii) “ DEA ” means United States Drug Enforcement Administration.

 

(xxviii) “ Development Products ” means pharmaceutical products that are not currently approved for commercial sale in any market, other than the Naproxen Product.

 

(xxix)  “ Diligent Efforts ” means such level of efforts that would be used by a similarly situated company in commercializing pharmaceutical products to which it has rights, taking into account product labeling, anticipated labeling, safety and efficacy, market potential, medical and clinical considerations, regulatory environment and competitive market conditions, the nature and extent of market exclusivity (whether provided by Intellectual Property coverage, regulatory exclusivity or otherwise), financial return on such product and other relevant considerations, all of which may be evaluated for each particular market.  It is understood that such factors may change from time to time.  The exercise of diligence by the Buyer and its Affiliates is to be determined by judging the Buyer’s diligent efforts at the time taken as a whole.

 

(xxx)   Disclosure Statement ” means solicitation materials relating to the Plan in compliance with applicable Law in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement), or otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company (such acceptance not to be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld, it being agreed that it would not be reasonable for the Company to object to any disclosure statement that is in form and substance materially consistent with the form of disclosure statement attached hereto as Exhibit I (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement) and with the terms of this Agreement).

 

(xxxi) “ Employees ” mean those Persons employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with conduct and operation of the Business immediately prior to the Closing.

 

102


 

(xxxii)  “ Equity Consideration ” means (x) a number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the 49.0% of the Parent Closing Shares Outstanding, and (y) New Warrants to purchase a number of shares of Parent Common Stock which, when combined with the number of shares to be issued pursuant to clause (x) hereof, will be equal to 49.0% of the Parent Fully Diluted Shares Outstanding; provided however , that the number of shares of Parent Common Stock in clause (y) hereof shall be the minimum required in order to allow each of the three stockholders of Buyer Parent holding the largest number of shares of Buyer Parent Common Stock (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) to hold no more than 9.99% of the aggregate number of shares of Parent Common Stock issued and outstanding at the Closing Date, or such other percentage ownership threshold that may be requested by such stockholders subject to the Company’s consent in its sole discretion.

 

(xxxiii) “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(xxxiv) “ ERISA Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is treated with such Person or any of its Subsidiaries as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code.

 

(xxxv) “ Excess Inventory ” means the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ inventory of Finished Product as of the Closing Date that exceeds the amount of such Finished Product necessary in order to satisfy the Company’s projected sales of such Finished Product from the Closing Date until the date of expiration of each such Finished Product, based on the average sales of such Finished Product to third-party customers through Cardinal Health 105, Inc. during the six month period immediately preceding the Closing Date.

 

(xxxvi) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(xxxvii)  Exploitation ”, and related terms such as “ Exploit ”, means, any research, development, manufacturing, testing, import, export, commercialization, distribution, advertising, marketing, use, storage, transport, promotion, license, disposition or sale activities, including any outsourcing thereof.

 

(xxxviii) “ FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration.

 

(xxxix) “ FDC Act ” means the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as amended.

 

(xl)            Final Purchase Price ” means, in the aggregate at the time of calculation, (i) Closing Consideration, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of any Royalty Payments paid to the Royalty Recipient, plus (iii) the Interim Payments Note Consideration, plus (iv) the amount of any adjustments (which may be a negative number) related to indemnification payments pursuant to Article VI .

 

(xli)         Finished Product ” means, with respect to each Product, such Product in its final dosage form containing the active pharmaceutical ingredients (or “ API ”) in

 

103


 

primary and secondary packaging and applying the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ trade dress.

 

(xlii)      GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles for financial reporting in the United States, as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

 

(xliii)   Good Clinical Practices ” or “ GCP ” means the ethical and scientific quality standards for designing, conducting, recording, and reporting trials that involve the participation of human subjects as are required by applicable regulatory Governmental Entity or Law in the relevant jurisdiction, and which in the United States, shall be based on Good Clinical Practices established through FDA guidance (including Guideline for Good Clinical Practice — ICH Harmonized Tripartite Guideline (ICH E6)), and, outside the United States, shall be based on Guideline for Good Clinical Practice — ICH Harmonized Tripartite Guideline (ICH E6).

 

(xliv)  Good Laboratory Practices ” means the then-current good laboratory practice standards promulgated or endorsed by the FDA, as defined in U.S. 21 C.F.R. Part 58 (or such other comparable regulatory standards in jurisdictions outside the United States, as they may be updated from time to time).

 

(xlv)     Good Manufacturing Practices ” means all applicable standards relating to manufacturing practices for fine chemicals, intermediates, bulk products and/or finished pharmaceutical products, including (a) all applicable requirements detailed in the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices regulations, U.S. 21 C.F.R. Parts 210 and 211 and “The Rules Governing Medicinal Products in the European Community, Volume IV, Good Manufacturing Practice for Medicinal Products”, as each may be amended from time to time, and (b) all applicable Laws promulgated by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the manufacture of any pharmaceutical product.

 

(xlvi) “ Governmental Entity ” means any United States or foreign federal, state, provincial or local or municipal government or other political subdivision thereof, any entity, authority, governmental department, agency, commission, bureau, official, minister, court, board, tribunal, or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, Taxing or administrative functions of any such government or political subdivision, and any supranational organization of sovereign states exercising such functions for such sovereign states.

 

(xlvii) “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under all (A) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and (B) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices or to otherwise manage interest rate risk or currency exchange risk.

 

(xlviii) “ HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

 

(xlix)  “ iCeutica Promissory Notes ” means, collectively, (A) the Promissory Note, dated November 13, 2013, by and between Iroko Properties Inc. (“ IPI ”), a

 

104


 

company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and iCeutica Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ iCeutica ”), as amended, pursuant to that certain license agreement between IPI and iCeutica for diclofenac, (B) the Promissory Note, dated November 13, 2013, by and between IPI and iCeutica, as amended, pursuant to that certain license agreement between IPI and iCeutica for meloxicam, and (C) any other promissory note or similar instrument entered into between the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and iCeutica or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand.

 

(l)                   Indebtedness ” means with respect to any Person, (1) the principal of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar trade obligation incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of capitalized lease obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and solely to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; (2) to the extent not otherwise included under clause (1) above and without duplication, any guarantee of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on any such Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and (3) to the extent not otherwise included under clause (1) above and without duplication, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include: (1) contingent obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; (4) any earn-out obligations, contingent consideration, purchase price adjustments, deferred purchase money amounts, milestone and/or bonus payments (whether performance or time-based), and royalty, licensing, revenue and/or profit sharing arrangements, in each case, characterized as such and arising expressly out of purchase and sale contracts, development arrangements or licensing arrangements; (5) deferred compensation; (6) accrued expenses; or (7) obligations in respect of preferred stock that is not Disqualified Stock (as defined in the indenture governing the 13% Notes).

 

(li)                Indocin Net Sales ” means, with respect to any Indocin Product, the gross amount invoiced for sales in the United States of such Indocin Product in arm’s length sales by the Buyer, any of its Affiliates or the Buyer’s licensees, sublicensees, assignees, transferees or other commercial partners or co-promoters (or any of their respective Affiliates) to independent, unrelated third parties, less the following deductions from such gross amounts that are actually incurred, allowed, accrued or specifically allocated: (i) credits, price adjustments or allowances for damaged products (to the extent not covered by insurance), defective goods, returns or rejections of such Indocin Product; (ii) normal and customary trade, cash and quantity discounts, allowances and credits (other than price discounts granted at the time of invoicing that

 

105


 

have been already reflected in the gross amount invoiced); (iii) chargeback payments, rebates and similar allowances (or the equivalent thereof) granted to group purchasing organizations, managed health care organizations, distributors or wholesalers or to federal, state/provincial, local and other governments, including their agencies, or to trade customers; (iv) any fees paid to any third party logistics providers, wholesalers and distributors; (v) any freight, postage, shipping, insurance and other transportation charges incurred by the selling Person in connection with shipping such Indocin Product to third party logistics providers, wholesalers and distributors and to customers; (vi) adjustments for billing errors or recalls; (vii) sales, value-added (to the extent not refundable in accordance with applicable law), and excise taxes, tariffs and duties, and other taxes (including annual fees due under Section 9008 of the United States Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (Pub. L. No. 111-48) and other comparable laws), levied on, absorbed, determined or imposed with respect to such sale (but not including taxes assessed against the income derived from such sale); and (viii) amounts written off by reason of uncollectible debt, provided that if the debt is thereafter paid, the corresponding amount shall be added to the Indocin Net Sales of the period during which it is paid.  Indocin Net Sales, as set forth in this definition, shall be calculated applying, in accordance with GAAP, the standard accounting practices the selling Person customarily applies to other branded products sold by it or its Affiliates under similar trade terms and conditions.  For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no deduction for any royalty or similar payments due in respect of the Indocin Products to any third parties, whether due under any existing or future agreement.

 

(lii)             Indocin Product ” means any pharmaceutical product, other than those currently marketed by the Company, its Affiliates, or their respective sublicensees under the brand TIVORBEX, that is: (i) currently marketed by the Company, its Affiliates, or their respective sublicensees that includes indomethacin as an API, or any successor pharmaceutical product thereof (including any pharmaceutical product whose development is based upon, incorporates or is otherwise derived from or dependent upon any data, information or rights underlying or comprising such currently marketed pharmaceutical products) (“ Transferred Indocin Product ”); (ii) marketed during the Royalty Term by the Buyer, its Affiliates or their respective sublicensees that includes indomethacin as an API; or (iii) marketed during the Royalty Term by the Buyer or its Affiliates or their respective sublicensees that is or would be competitive with the revenue from any pharmaceutical product referenced in subsections (i) and (ii) hereof.

 

(liii)          Intellectual Property ” means any and all intellectual property rights and other similar proprietary rights in any jurisdiction, whether registered or unregistered, whether owned or held for use under license, including all rights and interests pertaining to or deriving from (A) patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, designs and trade secrets, (B) applications for and registrations of such patents, including reexaminations, extensions and counterparts claiming priority therefrom, inventions, invention disclosures, discoveries and improvements, whether or not patentable, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights and designs, (C) proprietary or confidential processes, formulae, methods, schematics, technology, know-how and computer software programs and applications, including data files, source code, object code and software-related specifications and documentation, and (D) other tangible or intangible proprietary or confidential information and materials, including proprietary databases and data compilations, in each case,

 

106


 

including any registrations of, applications to register, and renewals and extensions of, any of the foregoing with or by any Governmental Entity in any jurisdiction.

 

(liv)         Interim Payments Note Consideration ” means amounts owed by Buyer under the Interim Payments Note.

 

(lv)            Iroko Marks ” means any references to Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ trademarks, names, trade dress, logos or other source or business identifiers, including the rights set out in Schedule 1.2(l) .

 

(lvi)         Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, convention, official standard, requirement or obligations under Permits, code, edict, decree, rule, Court Order, regulation, ruling, notice, treaty, requirement or other binding directive issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect or enforced by or under the authority of any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction with respect to such Person.

 

(lvii)      LIBOR Rate ” means, as of a given date the rate per annum appearing on page LIBOR01 of Reuters (or any successor or substitute page thereof) as the one (1) month LIBOR rate for U.S. Dollars on such date (or if adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for the respective period, the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, on such date).

 

(lviii)   Liens ” means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, lien, charge or encumbrance.

 

(lix)         Management Incentive Plan ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Plan.

 

(lx)            Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, state of facts, circumstance, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, is materially adverse to, (A) the financial condition, properties, assets, liabilities, obligations (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise), businesses or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), the Transferred Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the Business and/or (B) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided , however , that, solely with respect to clause (A), any change, state of facts, circumstance, event or effect to the extent arising from or related to (i) conditions generally affecting the United States economy or generally affecting one or more industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate, (ii) national or international political or social conditions, including terrorism or the engagement by the United States in hostilities or acts of war, (iii) changes in Law or in GAAP or other accounting requirements after the date of this Agreement, (iv) any action taken or failed to be taken as expressly and specifically required or permitted in accordance with this Agreement or at the express and specific request of, or expressly and specifically consented to by, the Buyer (provided, it is understood and agreed that actions taken by the Company in accordance with Section 4.10(a)  to conduct (or cause the conduct) of its business operations in the ordinary course consistent with past practice shall not be excluded in determining whether a Material Adverse

 

107


 

Effect has occurred), or (v) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the public announcement or other publicity with respect to any of the foregoing, in each case, shall not be taken into account in determining whether a “Material Adverse Effect” has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur; provided, that, if such change, state of facts, circumstance, event or effect referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this definition have a disproportionately adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), the Transferred Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the Business, as compared to other Persons in the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate, then the incremental disproportionate effect of such change, state of facts, circumstance, event or effect shall be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

 

(lxi)         Naproxen Product ” means the development stage pharmaceutical product candidate covered by the Investigational New Drug application number 103890 for SoluMatrix® Naproxen capsules, including any modifications thereto.

 

(lxii)      Net Sales ” means the gross revenues (whether in cash, securities or other consideration) from the sale or disposition of Naproxen Product, Tivorbex Product and/or the Zorvolex Product by Buyer or any of its respective Affiliates (or successors, assigns, or licensees), it being understood that sales shall not give any effect to discounts to the price of the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product and/or the Zorvolex Product for bundled sales of the products with any other product sold by the applicable person. Net Sales for a specified period are less reasonable and customary deductions for the following amounts (to the extent not already deducted in calculating sales) with respect to the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product and/or the Zorvolex Product, all determined in accordance with Buyer’s established internal accounting practices consistently applied: (a) payments made or credits allowed for promotional purposes; (b) customary allowances, rebates and trade, quantity, or cash discounts, including discounts, rebates or other payments required under Medicaid, Medicare or other governmental medical assistance programs, to the extent allowed and taken; (c) amounts repaid for returns or rejections; and (d) to the extent separately stated on invoices, taxes and other governmental charges levied on the production, sale, transportation, delivery, or use of the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product and/or the Zorvolex Product, paid by or on behalf of Buyer or its Affiliates. Net Sales will be determined on a GAAP basis and reported in U.S. dollars

 

(lxiii) “ NDA ” means a New Drug Application as defined in the FDC Act.

 

(lxiv) “ New Notes Royalty Agreement ” means the royalty rights agreement entered into between the Buyer Parent and the holders of the New Senior Secured Notes in connection with the New Senior Secured Notes, to be agreed by the parties on the same terms as the Royalty Right Agreement, dated January 18, 2017, except as set forth on the Term Sheet for the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture attached hereto as Exhibit J or as otherwise agreed to by Buyer and the Company; provided that any material change in the final New Notes Royalty Agreement to be executed and delivered at the Closing from the terms of the Royalty Right Agreement, dated January 18, 2017 or from the Term Sheet for the New Senior Secured Notes shall be subject to approval by the Company in writing.

 

108


 

(lxv)     New Notes Royalty Rights ” means the rights to payment and other rights under the New Notes Royalty Agreement.

 

(lxvi) “ New Senior Secured Notes ” means the 13% Senior Secured Notes of Buyer Parent issued pursuant to the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture as Series A-2 Notes, on which interest will be payable semi-annually starting on the earlier of (i) May 1, 2019 or (ii) the first interest payment date following the Closing Date.

 

(lxvii) “ New Senior Secured Notes Indenture ” means the indenture, which will govern the New Senior Secured Notes, to be agreed by the parties on substantially the same terms as the indenture governing the 13% Notes, except as set forth on the Term Sheet for the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture attached hereto as Exhibit J or as otherwise agreed to by Buyer and the Company; provided that any material change in the final New Senior Secured Notes Indenture to be issued at the Closing from the terms of the indenture governing the 13% Notes or from the Term Sheet for the New Senior Secured Notes shall be subject to approval by the Company in writing.

 

(lxviii) “ New Warrants ” means a perpetual warrant issued by Buyer Parent, with a nominal exercise price, to purchase a number of shares of Parent Common Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of which will provide that it will not be exercisable unless such exercise otherwise complies with applicable law and the form of which warrant is reasonably acceptable the Company and the Buyer.

 

(lxix) “ Notes Consideration ” means (a) $45,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of New Senior Secured Notes to be issued pursuant to and on the terms set forth in the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture and (b) the New Notes Royalty Rights.

 

(lxx)     Order ” means any judicial, administrative or arbitral order, award, decree, injunction, lawsuit, proceeding or stipulation.

 

(lxxi) “ Parent Common Stock ” means Buyer Parent’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

(lxxii) “ Parent Closing Shares Outstanding ” means, as of immediately following the Closing and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby, by the Plan, and by the Ancillary Agreements (including, without limitation, the Convertible Note Conversions) the aggregate number of shares of Parent Common Stock then issued and outstanding; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, no securities issued or issuable under the Management Incentive Plan shall be deemed to be issued and outstanding in determining the Parent Closing Shares Outstanding.

 

(lxxiii) “ Parent Fully Diluted Shares Outstanding ” means, as of immediately following the Closing and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby, by the Plan, and by the Ancillary Agreements (including, without limitation, the Convertible Note Conversions), (x) the aggregate number of shares of Parent Common Stock issued and outstanding plus (y) the aggregate number of shares of Parent Common Stock issuable upon the exercise or conversion of any other issued and outstanding securities of Buyer Parent pursuant to the terms of such securities (including the New Warrants, but excluding the

 

109


 

securities issued or issuable pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan approved in accordance with the Plan, which securities as of the Closing Date constitute no more than 10% of the Parent Common Stock then outstanding).

 

(i)                   Permits ” means, with respect to a Person, all material certifications (including those of standards-setting organizations), licenses, permits, franchises, approvals, authorizations or exemptions, from, or notices to, consents or orders of, or filings with, any trade association, any standards-setting organization, or any Governmental Entity, necessary or reasonably required for the conduct and operation of the business of such Person.

 

(ii)                Permitted Designee ” means (i) any Subsidiary of Company that the Company has designated to the Buyer prior to the Closing to receive the Equity Consideration, the Notes Consideration or the Royalty Consideration, provided that such Subsidiary fulfills the requirements of a Permitted Transferee as set forth in that definition and (ii) any Permitted Transferee that the Company has designated in writing to the Buyer at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date to receive the Equity Consideration or the Notes Consideration and which the Buyer has specifically approved in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

(iii)             Permitted Liens ” means, (i) liens for current Taxes and assessments not yet due and payable, (ii) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, landlord’s, laborer’s, carrier’s, workmen’s, repairmen’s, warehousemen’s, supplier’s, vendor’s and similar liens and (iii) any such matters of record, Liens and other imperfections of title that do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the continued ownership and use of the Transferred Assets.

 

(iv)            Permitted Transferee ” means (i) with respect to any Transfer of the Equity Consideration, any Transferee, subject to the Transferor’s compliance with the Stockholders Agreement, (ii) with respect to any Transfer of the Notes Consideration, any Transferee that has duly executed and delivered to the Buyer and is bound by a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K (a “ Note Transfer Joinder ”) and (iii) with respect to any Transfer of the Royalty Consideration, any Transferee that has duly executed and delivered to the Buyer and is bound by a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L (a “ Royalty Consideration Transfer Joinder ”); provided that, in each case, each Company Lender (or any of its Affiliates) will be considered a Permitted Transferee subject to such Person’s compliance with clauses (i) through (iii) in this definition, to the extent applicable to the Transfer.

 

(v)               Person ” means an individual, corporation, association, limited liability company (including a series thereof), limited liability partnership, partnership, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, government agency or political subdivision thereof, and other legal entity and its heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and assigns where the context requires.

 

(vi)            Plan ” means the chapter 11 plan of reorganization in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement), or otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company (such acceptance not to be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld, it being

 

110


 

agreed that it would not be reasonable for the Company to object to any plan that is in form and substance materially consistent with the form of plan attached hereto as Exhibit H (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement) and with the terms of this Agreement).

 

(vii)         Plan Related Documents ” means, collectively, supplements, schedules, exhibits and other documents related to the Plan or the Disclosure Statement or their terms and conditions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any documents included as part of, or in any way related to, the Plan Supplement (as defined in the Plan), (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement) reasonably acceptable to the Company (such acceptance not to be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld, it being agreed that it would not be reasonable for the Company to object to any Plan Related Document that is consistent with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement).

 

(viii)      Product ” means each of the pharmaceutical products currently sold under the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations, including those branded as INDOCIN, TIVORBEX, VIVLODEX and ZORVOLEX.

 

(ix)            Representatives ” means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s officers, directors, employees, attorneys, investment bankers, financial advisers, accountants, appraisers, agents, consultants or other representatives of such Person and each of its and their respective predecessors, successors and permitted assigns.

 

(x)               Royalty Consideration ” means the Royalty Payments, all rights of the Royalty Recipient under Section 1.5 , and any rights of the Royalty Recipient to receive Confidential Information in respect thereof pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2(d) , but subject to the Company’s obligations under Section 4.1 in respect of the Buyer’s Confidential Information and to the Buyer’s rights of set-off under Section 1.5(c)(3)  and Section 6.6 .

 

(xi)            Royalty Recipient ” means the Company, any Permitted Designee or, to the extent validly Transferred in accordance with this Agreement, the Permitted Transferee of all (but not any portion) of the Royalty Consideration, and upon such Transfer, the Company or subsequent Transferor shall no longer be the Royalty Recipient.

 

(xii)         Royalty Term ” means the period (A) beginning on the later of (a) January 1, 2019 or (b) the Closing Date and (B) ending on the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

(xiii)      SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(xiv)     Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(xv)        Short-Dated Inventory ” means any of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ inventory of Finished Product, any API included in any Product and any other inventory not otherwise contained or used in the Finished Product, each with an expiration date that is within 10 months immediately following the Closing Date.

 

111


 

(xvi)                        Sublicense ” means any sublicense of the Buyer or its Affiliates with a non-Affiliate permitting the commercial exploitation of any of the Naproxen Product, the Tivorbex Product or the Zorvolex Product which is licensed to the Buyer or its Affiliates and sublicensed by the Buyer or its Affiliates for the manufacture, use or sale of such product(s).

 

(xvii)                     Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint venture, or other legal entity of which the specified Person (either alone and/or through and/or together with any other Subsidiary) owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity or partnership interests the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such legal entity or of which the specified Person controls the management.

 

(xviii)                  Taxes ” means (A) all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other similar assessments or liabilities in the nature of a tax, including income, gross receipts, net proceeds, alternative or add-on minimum, ad valorem, turnover, premium, value-added, excise, stamp, leasing, lease, real property, personal property (tangible or intangible), sales, use, service, transfer, fuel, excess profits, profits, windfall profits, withholding (including employee’s income withholding), unemployment or other social security, occupational, employment, severance, disability, payroll, registration, environmental, capital stock, capital duty, gains, wealth, welfare, franchise, customs, estimated, duties (including customs duties) and escheat or unclaimed property taxes, in each case imposed by any Taxing Authority; (B) any interest, fines, penalties, assessments or additions to tax resulting from, attributable to or incurred in connection with any tax described in clause (A) or any contest or dispute thereof; and (C) any liability for the payment of amounts described in clauses (A) or (B) as a result of any Tax sharing, Tax indemnity or Tax allocation agreement or any other express or implied agreement to pay or indemnify any other Person whether by contract or otherwise.

 

(xix)                        Taxing Authority ” means the Internal Revenue Service and any similar Governmental Entity.

 

(xx)                           Tax Returns ” means all reports, returns, declarations, statements or other information returns or statements required to be supplied to any Taxing Authority in connection with Taxes (including any attachments thereto or amendments thereof).

 

(xxi)                        Tivorbex Product ” means the pharmaceutical product currently sold under the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations and branded as TIVORBEX including any modifications thereto.

 

(xxii)                     Transfer ” means the making of any sale, exchange, assignment, hypothecation, gift, security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, or any contract therefor, or any other transfer or disposition whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary.  “ Transferee ” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

(xxiii)                  Transfer Taxes ” means any sales/use Taxes, transfer Taxes, excise Taxes, tariffs, stamp Taxes, conveyance Taxes, mortgage Taxes, intangible Taxes, documentary recording taxes, license and registration fees, value added taxes and recording fees

 

112


 

imposed by any Governmental Entity, imposed upon the transfer of the Transferred Assets hereunder.

 

(xxiv)                 Transferred Intellectual Property ” means the Transferred Patents, the Transferred Trademarks, Transferred Domain Names and Transferred Other IP.

 

(xxv)                    Transferred Inventory ” means all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ inventory of Finished Product, any API included in any Product and any other inventory not otherwise contained or used in the Finished Product, except for the Excess Inventory and the Short-Dated Inventory; provided that the Transferred Inventory as a whole shall be valued by the Company as having an aggregate value of no less than $5,000,000, as of the Closing Date, such valuation to be conducted in accordance with the Company’s standard business practices currently in effect on the date hereof.

 

(xxvi)                 WARN Act ” means the federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, and similar state, local and foreign laws related to plant closings, relocations, mass layoffs and employment losses.

 

(xxvii)              Zorvolex Product ” means the pharmaceutical product currently sold under the Transferred Regulatory Authorizations and branded as ZORVOLEX including any modifications thereto.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth in the Sections indicated:

 

Term

 

Section

 

 

 

2018 Financial Statements

 

Section 4.8(e)

 

 

 

5.50% Notes

 

Recitals

 

 

 

6.50% Notes

 

Recitals

 

 

 

13% Notes

 

Recitals

 

 

 

13% Notes Redemption

 

Recitals

 

 

 

Acquisition

 

Recitals

 

 

 

Action

 

Section 2.7

 

 

 

Agreed Amount

 

Section 6.3(b)

 

 

 

Agreement

 

Preamble

 

 

 

Allocation Schedule

 

Section 1.9

 

 

 

Ancillary Agreements

 

Section 1.6(c)

 

113


 

ANDAs

 

Section 2.11(a)

 

 

 

Anti-Corruption Laws

 

Section 2.17(b)

 

 

 

API

 

Section 8.14(a)(xl)

 

 

 

Assignment and Assumption Agreement

 

Section 1.6(b)

 

 

 

Assumed Contracts

 

Section 1.1(j)

 

 

 

Assumed Liabilities

 

Section 1.3

 

 

 

Audit Dispute Notice

 

Section 1.5(c)

 

 

 

Audit Dispute Period

 

Section 1.5(c)

 

 

 

Auditing Firm

 

Section 4.8(d)

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Date

 

Section 2.4(a)

 

 

 

Bankruptcy Code

 

Recitals

 

 

 

Bankruptcy Court

 

Recitals

 

 

 

Bankruptcy Exceptions

 

Section 2.2(a)

 

 

 

Bill of Sale

 

Section 1.6(b)

 

 

 

Buyer

 

Preamble

 

 

 

Buyer Benefit Plan

 

Section 3.21(a)

 

 

 

Buyer Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Section 3.5(a)

 

 

 

Buyer Deductible

 

Section 6.5(b)

 

 

 

Buyer Disclosure Letter

 

Article III

 

 

 

Buyer Entities

 

Section 3.1(b)

 

 

 

Buyer FDA Letters

 

Section 1.6(b)

 

 

 

Buyer Filed NDAs

 

Section 3.12(a)

 

 

 

Buyer FIRPTA Certificate

 

Section 1.6(b)

 

 

 

Buyer Fundamental Representations

 

Section 6.4(a)

 

 

 

Buyer Indemnified Parties

 

Section 6.1

 

114


 

Buyer Material Contracts

 

Section 3.7(a)

 

 

 

Buyer Material Suppliers

 

Section 3.14

 

 

 

Buyer Material Wholesalers

 

Section 3.14

 

 

 

Buyer Parent

 

Preamble

 

 

 

Buyer Parent Cash Balance

 

Section 5.3(i)

 

 

 

Buyer Product Registrations

 

Section 3.11(a)

 

 

 

Buyer Regulatory Authorizations

 

Section 3.10

 

 

 

Cap

 

Section 6.5(d)

 

 

 

Chapter 11 Cases

 

Recitals

 

 

 

Claim Amount

 

Section 6.3(b)

 

 

 

Claim Notice

 

Section 6.3(b)

 

 

 

Closing

 

Section 1.6(a)

 

 

 

Closing Date

 

Section 1.6(a)

 

 

 

Closing Consideration

 

Section 1.5(b)

 

 

 

Collateral Agent

 

Section 8.14(a)(xxi)

 

 

 

Company

 

Preamble

 

 

 

Company Benefit Plan

 

Section 2.21(a)

 

 

 

Company Deductible

 

Section 6.5(c)

 

 

 

Company Disclosure Letter

 

Article II

 

 

 

Company FIRPTA Certificate

 

Section 1.6(c)

 

 

 

Company Fundamental Representations

 

Section 6.4(a)

 

 

 

Company Indemnified Parties

 

Section 6.2

 

 

 

Company Lenders

 

Section 8.14(a)(xxi)

 

 

 

Company FDA Letters

 

Section 1.6(c)

 

 

 

Company Required Consents

 

Section 5.2(e)

 

115


 

Company Term Loan

 

Section 4.3(e)

 

 

 

Competing Transaction

 

Section 4.12

 

 

 

Confidential Information

 

Section 4.1(a)

 

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Section 2.4(a)

 

 

 

Convertible Note Conversions

 

Recitals

 

 

 

Damages

 

Section 6.1

 

 

 

Debtor

 

Recitals

 

 

 

Debtors

 

Recitals

 

 

 

Delaware Courts

 

Section 8.11

 

 

 

Disclosing Party

 

Section 4.1(a)

 

 

 

DOJ

 

Section 4.3(b)

 

 

 

Environmental Laws

 

Section 2.16

 

 

 

Excluded Assets

 

Section 1.2

 

 

 

Excluded Contracts

 

Section 1.2(i)

 

 

 

Excluded Liabilities

 

Section 1.4

 

 

 

FCPA

 

Section 2.17(b)

 

 

 

Filed NDA

 

Section 2.11(a)

 

 

 

Financial Information

 

Section 4.8(a)

 

 

 

FINRA

 

Section 2.22(d)

 

 

 

FTC

 

Section 4.3(b)

 

 

 

Hazardous Substances

 

Section 2.16

 

 

 

iCeutica License

 

Recitals

 

 

 

Identified Employees

 

Section 4.15(a)

 

 

 

Indemnified Party

 

Section 6.3(a)

 

 

 

Indemnifying Party

 

Section 6.3(a)

 

116


 

Indocin US Trademark Assignment

 

Section 1.6(b)

 

 

 

Inspecting Party

 

Section 4.2(a)

 

 

 

Insurance Recovery

 

Section 6.5(a)

 

 

 

Interim Payments Note

 

Section 4.24(b)

 

 

 

International Trade Laws

 

Section 2.17(d)

 

 

 

Inventory Sales Report

 

Section 4.19

 

 

 

Investor(s)

 

Section 2.22(a)

 

 

 

Material Suppliers

 

Section 2.13

 

 

 

Material Wholesalers

 

Section 2.13

 

 

 

New Plans

 

Section 4.15(c)

 

 

 

NewCo

 

Preamble

 

 

 

Nonassigned Asset

 

Section 4.7(a)

 

 

 

OCA

 

Section 4.8(b)

 

 

 

Patents

 

Section 1.1(e)

 

 

 

Pending Actions

 

Section 4.28

 

 

 

Petition Date

 

Section 4.16(a)

 

 

 

Pre-Closing Period

 

Section 4.2(a)

 

 

 

Pre-Paid PDUFA Fees

 

Section 4.24(a)

 

 

 

Preparing Firm

 

Section 4.8(c)

 

 

 

Product Registrations

 

Section 2.10(a)

 

 

 

Receiving Party

 

Section 4.1(a)

 

 

 

Reference Date

 

Section 2.7

 

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

Section 1.6(b)

 

 

 

Regulation S-X

 

Section 4.8(a)

 

 

 

Regulatory Authorizations

 

Section 1.1(a)

 

117


 

Required Financial Statements

 

Section 4.8(a)

 

 

 

Restrictive Covenants

 

Section 4.5(f)

 

 

 

Royalty Audit Statement

 

Section 1.5(c)

 

 

 

Royalty Dispute Notice

 

Section 1.5(c)

 

 

 

Royalty Dispute Period

 

Section 1.5(c)

 

 

 

Royalty Payments

 

Section 1.5(c)

 

 

 

Royalty Position Statement

 

Section 1.5(c)

 

 

 

Royalty Statement

 

Section 1.5(c)

 

 

 

Settlement Accountants

 

Section 1.5(c)(6)

 

 

 

Stockholders Agreement

 

Section 1.6(b)

 

 

 

Third Party Claim

 

Section 6.3(a)

 

 

 

Third Party Claim Notice

 

Section 6.3(a)

 

 

 

Total Tax Consideration

 

Section 1.9

 

 

 

Trademark Assignment

 

Section 1.6(b)

 

 

 

Trademarks

 

Section 1.1(d)

 

 

 

Transferred Assets

 

Section 1.1

 

 

 

Transferred Domain Names

 

Section 1.1(c)

 

 

 

Transferred Employees

 

Section 4.15(a)

 

 

 

Transferred Indocin Product

 

Section 8.14(a)(liii)

 

 

 

Transferred Other IP

 

Section 1.1(g)

 

 

 

Transferred Patents

 

Section 1.1(e)

 

 

 

Transferred Regulatory Authorizations

 

Section 1.1(a)

 

 

 

Transferred Trademarks

 

Section 1.1(d)

 

 

 

Transition Services Agreement

 

Section 1.6(b)

 

118


 

[ Signature page follows ]

 

119


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, NewCo and the Buyer Parent have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

 

IROKO PHARMACEUTICALS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Todd Smith

 

Name:

Todd Smith

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

EGALET US INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Radie

 

Name:

Robert S. Radie

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

EGALET CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Radie

 

Name:

Robert S. Radie

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 


 

Baker Draft — October 30, 2018

 CONFIDENTIAL

DISCUSSION DRAFT

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [  ], 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”), is by and among Egalet Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and each of the Stockholders (as defined below) signatory hereto.

 

WHEREAS , the Corporation, Egalet US Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (“ Newco ” and, together with the Corporation, the “ Buyer ”) and Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc., a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (registered number 1732699) (the “ Seller ”), have entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2018 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), providing for, among other things, the purchase of all of the assets and rights of the Seller and its subsidiaries, other than the Excluded Assets (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), from the Seller and its subsidiaries by the Buyer (the “ Acquisition ”);

 

WHEREAS , as partial consideration for the Acquisition and as a condition to the closing of the Acquisition, the Corporation will issue to the Stockholders, on the Effective Date, an aggregate of [  ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Closing Shares ”) and New Warrants to acquire [  ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Warrant Shares ”) in the amounts set forth opposite each Stockholder’s name on Schedule A ; and

 

WHEREAS , it is a condition to the closing of the Acquisition that the Corporation and each of the Stockholders has executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and of the mutual consents and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                            Definitions; Interpretation .

 

(a)                                  Definitions .  As used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Affiliate ” means as to any Person, any other Person or entity who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. As used in this definition, the term “control,” including the correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or any partnership or other ownership interest, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

 

Business Day ” means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions in the city to which the notice or communication is to be sent are not required to be open.

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation and any stock into which such Common Stock may hereafter be reclassified or converted, substituted or for which such Common Stock may be exchanged, and shall also include any Common Stock of the Corporation of any class hereafter authorized.

 


 

Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

Disqualifying Event ” means, with respect to any member of or nominee for election to the Board, any of the “bad actor” disqualifying events described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) under the Securities Act.

 

Equity Consideration Shares ” means the Closing Shares and the Warrant Shares; for the avoidance of doubt, references to outstanding Equity Consideration Shares shall refer solely to Closing Shares and Warrant Shares actually issued and outstanding at the relevant time.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fully Diluted Shares Outstanding ” means, as of time of calculation, (x) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding plus (y) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise or conversion of any other issued and outstanding Derivative Securities (including the New Warrants, but excluding the securities issued or issuable pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) approved in accordance with the Plan).

 

Governance Documents ” means the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation, in each case as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

 

Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act.

 

Hedging Transaction ” means any short sale (whether or not against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from the Restriction Shares or any other agreement that Transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Restriction Shares.

 

Lock-Up Period ” means a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the earliest of (i) date that is ninety (90) days immediately following the Effective Date and (ii) such other date and time designated by mutual agreement of the Corporation and the Stockholders.

 

Nasdaq ” means The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

 

Nasdaq Listing Rules ” means the listing rules and standards of Nasdaq.

 

New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Corporation, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities, other than securities issued (i) pursuant to an option plan, equity plan, employment agreement, compensation or similar arrangement or otherwise to managers, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (including any exercise or conversion of any derivative securities issued thereunder), (ii) in connection with any capital reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split or stock dividend (including dividends on preferred stock whether in the form of shares of Common Stock or preferred stock) paid on a proportionate basis to all holders of the affected class of capital stock, (iii) as consideration in any direct or indirect acquisition (of stock or assets) or business combination by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, whether by merger, asset purchase, stock purchase or other reorganization, (iv) in connection with the issuance of Common

 

2


 

Stock upon conversion of the Corporation’s or any of its subsidiaries’ notes, debentures or other indebtedness (whether or not existing on the date hereof) in accordance with the terms of such notes, debentures or other indebtedness or (v) to financiers in connection with transactions that are primarily debt financing transactions to which the Corporation and an unaffiliated third party may be a party and which are approved by the Board.

 

New Warrants ” means a perpetual warrant issued by the Corporation, with a nominal exercise price, to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement and the Plan, the terms of which will provide that it will not be exercisable unless such exercise otherwise complies with applicable law and the form of which warrant is reasonably acceptable to the Stockholders and the Corporation.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm, association, trust, government, governmental agency or other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

 

Plan ” means the Joint Plan of Reorganization of Egalet Corporation and its Subsidiaries dated [ · ], 2018, as amended or modified and as confirmed by that certain order of the Bankruptcy Court (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), dated [ · ], 2018 [Doc. [ · ]].

 

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement filed or to be filed with the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Restriction Shares ” means, with respect to each Stockholder, (i) fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Closing Shares received by such Stockholder as part of the Equity Consideration Shares set forth opposite such Stockholder’s name on Schedule A and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of any Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of any New Warrant set forth opposite such Stockholder’s name on Schedule A , to the extent such New Warrant has been exercised at the time of determination.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor governmental agency.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Standstill Period ” means a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the earliest of (i) the date which is eighteen (18) months immediately following the Effective Date and (ii) such other date and time designated by mutual agreement of the Corporation and the Stockholders.

 

Stockholders ” means, collectively, any stockholder signatory hereto, as well as any of their respective Affiliates or such other Persons to which such Person may transfer or distribute any securities after the date hereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (and each, individually, a “ Stockholder ”).

 

3


 

Transfer ” means, with respect to securities of the Corporation, any transfer, sale, gift, exchange, assignment, pledge, grant of any option to purchase, hypothecation or other disposition by a holder of securities of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Rules of Construction .  For all purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided:

 

(i)                                      “own,” “ownership,” “held” and “holding” refer to ownership or holding as record holder or record owner;

 

(ii)                                   the headings and captions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define, limit or otherwise affect any of the terms hereof; and

 

(iii)                                whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, and the number of all words shall include the singular and plural.

 

Section 2.                                            Market Stand-Off .

 

(a)                                  In addition to the restrictions set forth in Section 7 , during the Lock-Up Period, no Stockholder shall Transfer (except as may be specifically required by court order or by operation of law) any of such Stockholder’s Restriction Shares, enter into any Hedging Transaction, or make any offer or enter into any agreement or binding arrangement or commitment providing for any of the foregoing, or publicly disclose the intention to take any of the foregoing actions.(1)

 

(b)                                  The restrictions set forth in Section 2(a)  shall not apply to:

 

(i)                                      Transfers by a Stockholder which is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other entity to its stockholders, partners, members or other equity holders or trust beneficiaries as part of a distribution, or Transfers to any Affiliate of such Stockholder;

 

(ii)                                   pledges in a bona fide transaction to a lender to such Stockholder, including any Company Lender (as defined in the Purchase Agreement);

 

(iii)                                any Restriction Shares sold pursuant to an underwritten public offering; and

 

(iv)                               Transfers to or from any investment fund or other entity controlled by such Stockholder in a transaction not involving a disposition for value;

 

provided , that , with respect to Transfers pursuant to Sections 2(b)(i) , 2(b)(ii)  and 2(b)(iv) , it shall be a condition to the Transfer that any such transferee shall hold such Restriction Shares subject to the same restrictions applicable hereunder to its transferor and, prior to such Transfer shall become a party to, and agree in writing to be bound by, the terms of this Agreement; provided , further , that the restrictions in this Section 2 shall be applicable to the Stockholders only if the Corporation uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, keep in place and enforce a lock-up agreement for the Lock-Up Period and on substantially similar terms to this Section 2 from each of the

 


(1)                                  Note to Draft : Egalet to provide draft of lockup to be signed by other stockholders. Section 2 subject to review of lockups to be signed by other stockholders.

 

4


 

Corporation’s stockholders owning (together with all of its Affiliates) more than three percent (3%) of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock (each a “ Lock-Up Agreement ”).

 

Section 3.                                            Standstill

 

(a)                                  Each Stockholder agrees that, during the Standstill Period, unless specifically authorized in writing by a majority of the Board or otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement, neither such Stockholder nor any of its Affiliates will, directly or indirectly, in any manner:

 

(i)                                      purchase or otherwise acquire (except by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or similar event with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Corporation held by such Stockholder, or pursuant to any rights offering to existing holders of the capital stock of the Corporation, in each case, in which all holders of Common Stock are treated on a proportionate basis) beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Corporation; provided , that , the restrictions in this Section 3(a)  shall not apply to any (i) transaction effected pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) , Section 2(b)(ii) , or Section 2(b)(iv) , (ii) securities offered to any Stockholder pursuant to Section 4; (iii) transaction specifically required by court order or by operation of law or (iv) exercise of New Warrants that results in the Stockholders beneficially owning (individually or as a group with other Stockholders or other Persons), in the aggregate, no more than forty nine percent (49%) of the Fully Diluted Shares Outstanding;

 

(ii)                                   knowingly take any action resulting in, or that would reasonably be expected to result in, such Stockholder forming or taking any action in any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act) with respect to the Common Stock, except for any such group consisting solely of the Stockholder and its Affiliates on the Effective Date and/or any such group with which the Stockholder is a party on the Effective Date;

 

(iii)                                exercise any New Warrant that would result in the Stockholders beneficially owning (individually or as a group with other Stockholders or other Persons), in the aggregate, more than forty nine percent (49%) of the Fully Diluted Shares Outstanding at the time; or

 

(iv)                               publicly disclose any intention, plan or arrangement inconsistent with any provision of this Section 3(a) .

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the restrictions in Section 3(a)  shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect if and upon the first to occur of:

 

(i)                                      failure of the Corporation to enter into Lock-Up Agreements for the Lock-Up Period and on substantially similar terms to Section 2 with holders of the 13% Notes (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that receive, in the aggregate, at least seventy five (75%) of the shares of Common Stock (assuming, for the purpose of such calculation, the exercise of all New Warrants) received by all holders of 13% Notes pursuant to the Plan, and to keep in place and enforce any such Lock-Up Agreements in accordance with their terms;

 

(ii)                                   a material breach by the Corporation of this Agreement and such breach remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business Days from the date that the Corporation receives a written notice of such breach from any Stockholder;

 

5


 

(iii)                                a material breach by the Buyer of any of its obligations under the Purchase Agreement; or

 

(iv)                               a default by the Buyer under the terms and conditions of the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

(c)                                   The Corporation shall provide written notice to the Stockholders (i) within five (5) days of the exercise of any warrants by any stockholder of the Corporation (ii) from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Stockholders.  Each warrant issued by the Corporation on the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) shall include a blackout period of no less than twenty-five (25) days prior to the record date of any vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.  In the event that any warrant not held by a Stockholder is exercised within ten (10) days before the beginning of such blackout period (a “ Pre-Blackout Exercise ”), the Stockholders will be given the opportunity during such blackout period to exercise that portion of their New Warrants necessary for them to hold, in the aggregate, up to forty nine (49%) of the Fully Diluted Shares Outstanding.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall, upon receipt of reasonable notice, provide the Stockholders with such information as the Stockholders may reasonably require in order to calculate such Stockholder’s percentage ownership of Common Stock and the number and ownership of any then outstanding Derivative Securities.

 

Section 4.                                            Preemptive Right

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4 and applicable securities laws, for so long as the Stockholders hold, in the aggregate, at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Equity Consideration Shares acquired pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement (as adjusted for any reverse split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or similar event with respect to the Common Stock, or any rights offering to existing holders of the capital stock of the Corporation), if the Corporation proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Corporation shall first offer such New Securities to each Stockholder.  A Stockholder shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among itself and its Affiliates; provided that , each such Affiliate agrees to enter into a joinder to this Agreement as a “Stockholder” hereunder.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any such offering or sale:

 

(i)                                      The Corporation shall give written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Stockholder, stating (1) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (2) the number of such New Securities to be offered and the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding equity securities such issuance would represent, and (3) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), to the extent known to the Corporation at the time such Offer Notice is given; provided , that , if the information in clauses (2) or (3) is not known to the Corporation at such time, the Offer Notice will include such information as is then available to the Corporation and the Corporation will provide the information required by clauses (2) and (3) to the Stockholders as soon as reasonably possible thereafter and, in any case, no later than the time at which such information is provided to any other investor or proposed investor in such offering (as defined below.)

 

(ii)                                   By notification to the Corporation within five (5) Business Days after the Offer Notice is received (or such shorter period as the managing underwriter may designate in the case of an underwritten public offering) (the “ Exercise Period ”), each Stockholder may elect to

 

6


 

purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice (or, in the case of a public offering of securities, at the price and on the terms offered to the public), up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that (x) the Common Stock then held by such Stockholder (including any and all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of any Derivative Securities then held by such Stockholder (including the New Warrants)) bears to (y) the total Common Stock of the Corporation then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Derivative Securities then outstanding (including the New Warrants)).

 

(iii)                                The closing of any sale pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii)  shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days after the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4(b)(iv) ; provided , however , that the closing of any purchase of New Securities by any Stockholder may be extended beyond the closing of the transaction in the Offer Notice to the extent necessary to (1) obtain required government approvals and other required third party approvals or consents (and the Corporation and the Stockholders shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such approvals) and (2) permit the Stockholders purchasing New Securities to complete their internal capital call process following the Exercise Period; provided , that the extension pursuant to this clause (2) shall not exceed thirty (30) days.

 

(iv)                               If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4(b)(ii) , the Corporation may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4(b)(ii)  and Section 4(b)(iii)  offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice (or, with respect to any public offering, at the price and on the terms offered to the public).  If the Corporation does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days after the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Stockholders in accordance with this Section 4 .

 

(v)                                  In the event the Stockholders elect to participate in any offering of pursuant to this Section 4 during the Standstill Period and all or any portion of the New Securities to be offered and sold by the Corporation are Common Stock, each Stockholder will receive its Warrant Percentage of such shares in the form of warrants substantially in the form of the New Warrants (any such warrants, “ Pre-Emptive Rights Warrants ”).  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Warrant Percentage ” shall mean, as of the time of determination, a number (1) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of any New Warrants or Pre-Emptive Rights Warrants then held by the Stockholder (collectively, the “ Total Warrant Shares ”) and (2) the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock then held by the Stockholder plus the Total Warrant Shares.

 

Section 5.                                            Representations, Warranties and Covenants of each Stockholder .  Each Stockholder hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Corporation, severally and not jointly, as follows:

 

(a)                                  Such Stockholder is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization.

 

7


 

(b)                                  Such Stockholder has all requisite power, capacity and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Stockholder and the consummation by such Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action, if any, on the part of such Stockholder (including its board of directors or similar governing body, as applicable), and no other actions or proceedings on the part of such Stockholder are necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by such Stockholder of this Agreement and the consummation by such Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Stockholder and, assuming due power and authority of, and due execution and delivery by, the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable against such Stockholder in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the availability of equitable remedies (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(c)                                   The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance by such Stockholder of his, her or its agreements, covenants, and obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, result in a breach or violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), or require notice to or the consent of any Person under, any provisions of the organizational documents of such Stockholder (if applicable), or any agreement, commitment, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree to which such Stockholder is a party or by which such Stockholder is, or any of its assets are, bound, except for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, prevent or delay consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise prevent or delay such Stockholder from performing his, her or its agreements, covenants or obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.                                            Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Corporation .  The Corporation hereby represents, warrants and covenants to each Stockholder as follows:

 

(a)                                  The Corporation is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

(b)                                  The Corporation has all requisite power, capacity and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by the Corporation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action, if any, on the part of the Corporation (including its board of directors), and no other actions or proceedings on the part of the Corporation are necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by the Corporation of this Agreement and the consummation by the Corporation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Corporation and, assuming due power and authority of, and due execution and delivery by, the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Corporation, enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the availability of equitable remedies (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(c)                                   The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance by the Corporation of its agreements, covenants, and obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, result in a breach or violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), or require notice to or the consent of any Person under, any provisions of the organizational documents of the Corporation (if applicable), or any agreement, commitment, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or

 

8


 

decree to which the Corporation is a party or by which the Corporation is, or any of its assets are, bound, except for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, prevent or delay consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise prevent or delay the Corporation from performing its agreements, covenants or obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 7.                                            Securities Laws .

 

(a)                                  In addition to the restrictions set forth in Section 2 , during the Lock-Up Period, no Equity Consideration Shares or New Warrants held or beneficially owned by a Stockholder may be Transferred except upon the conditions specified in this Section 7 , which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                  Except as otherwise expressly provided by Section 7(c)  and Section 7(d) , certificated shares of Common Stock and New Warrants covered by this Agreement shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the form provided in Section 9(a)  and, upon the issuance or Transfer of any book-entry shares of Common Stock and New Warrants covered by this Agreement, a legend in substantially the form provided in Section 9(a)  shall be included in a notice to the record holder of such shares in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)                                   During the Lock-Up Period, each Stockholder shall, prior to any Transfer of any Equity Consideration Shares or New Warrants (other than a Transfer in accordance with Section 2(b) ), give written notice to the Corporation of such Stockholder’s intention to effect such Transfer and to comply in all other respects with the provisions of this Section 7 .  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed Transfer.  No Stockholder shall Transfer any shares of Common Stock held by it unless: (1) such shares of Common Stock are sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act or (2) the holder of such shares of Common Stock has met the requirements for Transfer of such shares pursuant to an exemption from any applicable registration requirements under the Securities Act (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 or Section 4(a)(7) of the Securities Act).

 

(d)                                  Whenever the restrictions imposed by this Section 7 shall terminate, the holder of any shares of Common Stock represented by certificates as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation, at the Corporation’s expense, a new certificate (or, at such Stockholder’s election, book-entry shares) not bearing the restrictive legend set forth in Section 9(a)  and not containing any other reference to the restrictions imposed by this Section 7 ; provided , however , that so long as the restrictions on Transfer and ownership under Section 2 of this Agreement remain in effect, any such certificates relating to the shares covered by such restrictions shall contain a restrictive legend in the form set forth in Section 9(a), except that such legend may omit the first two sentences thereof.

 

Section 8.                                            Board of Directors .

 

(a)                                  Prior to or on the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended and restated to include the following terms: (i) the Board shall consist of no more than seven (7) directors and (ii) directors shall be elected to the Board by plurality vote of the stockholders of the Corporation (the “ A&R Certificate ”).  Without the prior written consent of the Stockholders holding a majority of the Equity Consideration Shares held by Stockholders at the time of any such determination, the Corporation shall not take any action designed to amend the A&R Certificate, or influence or support any other Person to take any such action, that would have the effect of modifying the terms set forth in this Section 8(a) .

 

9


 

(b)                                  Immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Board shall consist of seven (7) directors, of which:

 

(i) two (2) have been designated for nomination by the Stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding Equity Consideration Shares, which directors will be, immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, [  ] and [  ] (collectively with their respective successors and replacements, the “ Stockholder Directors ”);

 

(ii) one (1) has been designated for nomination by the members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee (as defined in the Plan) after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, which director will be, immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, [  ], and is an “independent director” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and other applicable securities laws;

 

(iii) one (1) has been designated for nomination by the members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee (as defined in the Plan) after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, which director will be, immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, [  ], and is an “independent director” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and other applicable securities laws;

 

(iv) one (1) has been designated for nomination jointly by mutual agreement of the members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee (as defined in the Plan), the members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee (as defined in the Plan) and the Stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding Equity Consideration Shares after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, which director will be, immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, [  ], and is an “independent director” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and other applicable securities laws;

 

(v) one (1) is the current chairman of the Board (who, for the avoidance of doubt, is an “independent director” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and other applicable securities laws), which director will be, immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, [  ]; and

 

(vi) one (1) is the current Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, which director will, immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, Robert S. Radie.

 

(c)                                   Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders or until such director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity.  Upon the expiration of the term of each Stockholder Director, the Stockholders shall have the right to nominate a successor director to fill the resulting vacancy on the Board, and the Board and the Corporation shall take all necessary action (subject to applicable law) to nominate such successor director for election to the Board in accordance with the Governance Documents of the Corporation and shall fully support the election of such nominees by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(d)                                  The Stockholders shall have the right, by vote of the Stockholders holding a majority of the total shares of Common Stock held by the Stockholders at such time, to remove from

 

10


 

the Board, at any time and with or without cause, any Stockholder Director nominated for election to the Board by the Stockholders.  In the event that any individual previously designated or nominated by the Stockholders to serve on the Board under Section 8(b)  is removed or resigns pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise ceases to serve as a member of the Board during such director’s term of office (including pursuant to Section 8(h) ), then the Stockholders holding a majority of the total shares of Common Stock held by the Stockholders at such time shall have the right to nominate a successor director to fill the resulting vacancy on the Board, and the Board and the Corporation shall take all necessary action (subject to applicable law) to appoint or elect such nominee as a member of the Board during the period of such vacancy in accordance with the Governance Documents of the Corporation, until the next meeting (including any adjournment or postponement thereof), or pursuant to any action by written consent, for the election of a director or directors. For the avoidance of doubt, the successor-nominee to be designated pursuant to Section 8(b)(iv)  hereof shall be selected by joint approval of the Board and the Stockholders holding a majority of the total shares of Common Stock held by the Stockholders at such time prior to filling the resulting vacancy.

 

(e)                                   Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.  The Corporation shall reimburse the directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Corporation’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board.  The Corporation shall maintain an audit and compensation committee, and any such other committee as required by and in accordance with applicable securities laws and the Nasdaq Listing Rules.

 

(f)                                    The Stockholder Directors shall be entitled to indemnification by the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and shall enter into a director indemnification agreement with each Stockholder Director in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . If the Corporation or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, the Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide that the successors and assignees of the Corporation assume the obligations of the Corporation with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Corporation’s Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, an indemnification agreement or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

(g)                                   The Corporation hereby acknowledges that the Stockholder Directors may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Stockholders and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “ Stockholder Indemnitors ”).  The Corporation hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Stockholder Director are primary and any obligation of the Stockholder Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Stockholder Director are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Stockholder Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Stockholder Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (or any agreement between the Corporation and such Stockholder Director), without regard to any rights such Stockholder Director may have against the Stockholder Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Stockholder Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Stockholder Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Stockholder Indemnitors on behalf of any such Stockholder Director with respect to any claim for which such Stockholder Director has sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the

 

11


 

Stockholder Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Stockholder Director against the Corporation.  The Stockholder Directors and the Stockholder Indemnitors are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8(g)  and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Section 8(g)  as though they were a party to this Agreement.

 

(h)                      As a condition to the appointment of any Stockholder’s designee to the Board in accordance with this Section 8 , (x) such Person shall provide, and the Stockholders shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Person to provide, any information that the Corporation reasonably requires of all designees and nominees to the Board, including without limitation information required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing under applicable law, stock exchange rules or listing standards, information in connection with assessing eligibility, independence and other criteria applicable to directors or satisfying compliance and legal obligations, (y) such Person shall consent, and the Stockholders shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Person to consent, to reasonable and customary background checks, and (z) such Person shall execute and deliver to the Corporation in accordance with Section 141(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the Stockholders shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Person to so execute and deliver, such Person’s written resignation as a director, which resignation shall be irrevocable and shall provide that it becomes effective immediately upon the delivery of a Resignation Request validly given in accordance with this Section 8(h) .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if at any time (including without limitation, following such Person’s nomination or designation but prior to his or her appointment or election to the Board), the Corporation learns of a Disqualifying Event, then (i) the Board and the Stockholders, in their respective sole discretion, shall not be required to take any of the actions otherwise required by Section 8(c) , as applicable, (and the Corporation shall have no corresponding obligations with respect to such Person pursuant to this Section 8 for actions or omissions after the delivery of such Resignation Request), and (ii) the Board or the Stockholders may, by notice delivered to the Corporation, request that such Person resign from the Board and any committees thereof (a “ Resignation Request ”).  If for any reason any such Person’s resignation shall not have become effective immediately upon and by virtue of the delivery of a Resignation Request validly delivered in accordance with this Section 8(h) , then immediately following the delivery thereof, such Person shall, and the Stockholders shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Person to, take any and all actions to resign from the Board and any committees thereof which shall be effective immediately.

 

(i)                                      The obligations of the Corporation and each Stockholder under this Section 8 shall terminate upon the first to occur of (i) with respect to each Stockholder on a Stockholder-by-Stockholder basis, the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9(b)(ii)  with respect to such Stockholder, (ii) with respect to all Stockholders and the Corporation, the failure of the Stockholders to hold, in the aggregate, shares of Common Stock and/or New Warrants representing twenty-five percent (25%) of the Equity Consideration Shares acquired pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement (as adjusted for any reverse split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or similar event with respect to the Common Stock, or any rights offering to existing holders of the capital stock of the Corporation), or (iii) with respect to all Stockholders and the Corporation, the dissolution of the Corporation in accordance with Section 9(b)(i) .

 

12


 

Section 9.                                            Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Legend on Stock Certificates .  Each certificate representing shares of Common Stock owned by any Stockholder (or notice sent upon the issuance or Transfer of any book-entry shares of Common Stock owned by any Stockholder) shall bear the following legend as and to the extent required under Section 7 :

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT OR LAWS.  THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO A STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF               , 2018, AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES AND THE OTHER PARTIES NAMED THEREIN.  THE TERMS OF SUCH STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT INCLUDE, AMONG OTHER THINGS, RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.  A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF EGALET CORPORATION.

 

(b)                                  Termination; Survival .  This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the dissolution of the Corporation (unless the Corporation continues to exist after such dissolution as a limited liability company or in another form, whether incorporated in Delaware or another jurisdiction), (ii) with respect to any Stockholder, such Stockholder disposing of and ceasing to beneficially own any shares of Common Stock covered by this Agreement, in which event such Stockholder shall be relieved and have no further liability arising hereunder for events occurring from and after the date of such Transfer and (iii) with respect to the Corporation, the failure of the Stockholders to hold, in the aggregate, shares of Common Stock and/or New Warrants representing twenty-five percent (25%) of the Equity Consideration Shares acquired pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement (as adjusted for any reverse split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or similar event with respect to the Common Stock, or any rights offering to existing holders of the capital stock of the Corporation). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of this Agreement with respect to any Stockholder shall not affect the rights of any other Stockholder, and the termination of this Agreement with respect to the Corporation shall not affect the rights which any Stockholder may have by operation of law as a stockholder of the Corporation. The provisions of this Section 9(b) , Sections 9(e) , 9 (h) , 9 (i) , 9 (j) , 9 (k) , and 9 (m)  and the last sentence of Section 9(g)  shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Specific Performance .  Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party hereto may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for, and obtain from any such court, specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement and shall not be required to prove irreparable

 

13


 

injury to such party or that such party does not have an adequate remedy at law with respect to any breach of this Agreement (each of which elements the parties admit). The parties hereto further agree and acknowledge that each and every obligation applicable to it contained in this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable against it and hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of their respective obligations hereunder. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Severability .  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.  Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

(e)                                   Governing Law; Jurisdiction .

 

(i)                                      This Agreement, and any and all transactions or actions related to or arising out of this Agreement, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed entirely within that State.

 

(ii)                                   Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder, and any and all transactions or actions related to or arising out of this Agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder brought by the other party hereto or its successors or assigns, shall be brought and determined exclusively in the Delaware Court of Chancery and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Delaware (or, if the Delaware Court of Chancery declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware).  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, to the personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (i) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve in accordance with this Section 8(e) , (ii) any claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from the jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by the applicable law, any claim that (x) the suit, action or proceeding in such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (y) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper or (z) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably agrees that notice to such party in accordance with Section 8(h)  hereof shall constitute effective service of process on such party in any such action or proceeding.

 

14


 

(iii)                                JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(f)                                    Stock Dividends, Etc .  The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to any and all shares of capital stock of the Corporation or any successor or assignee of the Corporation (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution for the Equity Consideration Shares, by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise in such a manner, and with such appropriate adjustments as to reflect the intent and meaning of the provisions hereof and so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the Equity Consideration Shares as so changed.

 

(g)                                   Benefits of Agreement .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Corporation and its successors and assigns and each Stockholder and each of their respective permitted assigns, legal representatives, heirs and beneficiaries. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Person not a party to this Agreement, as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise, shall be entitled to enforce any rights or remedies under this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Notices .  All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if (1) personally delivered or sent by electronic mail in portable document (or similar) format, (2) sent by nationally recognized overnight courier or (3) sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

(i)                                      If to the Corporation, to:

 

Egalet Corporation

600 Lee Road, Suite 100

Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

E-mail: rradie@egalet.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Dechert LLP

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Attention: David Rosenthal

E-mail:  david.rosenthal@dechert.com

 

 

(ii)                                   If to any Stockholder, to such Stockholder’s address set forth on such Stockholder’s signature page hereto.

 

Any such communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) when delivered, if personally delivered or sent by electronic mail (with confirmation of transmission), if delivered during normal business hours of the recipient and on the next Business Day if delivered after normal

 

15


 

business hours of the recipient, (b) the next Business Day after delivery, if sent by nationally recognized, overnight courier and (c) on the third (3rd) Business Day following the date on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted, if sent by first-class mail.

 

(i)                                      Modification; Waiver .  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written instrument duly executed by the Corporation and the Stockholders holding a majority of the Common Stock then outstanding held by Stockholders in the aggregate.  No course of dealing between the Corporation and any Stockholder or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver of any rights of any party to this Agreement.  The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

(j)                                     Entire Agreement .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings of the parties in connection therewith.  Unless otherwise provided herein, any consent required by the Corporation may be withheld by the Corporation in its sole discretion. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that such party has undertaken its own due diligence and, in entering into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, has not relied on any representation or warranty from any party hereto or any other person other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement, and each party hereto expressly disclaims reliance on any such representation or warranty.

 

(k)                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement) and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties. The failure of any Stockholder to execute this Agreement does not make it invalid as against any other Stockholder.

 

(l)                                      Further Assurances .  Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and other documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(m)                              Sophisticated Parties; Advice of Counsel . Each of the parties to this Agreement specifically acknowledges that he, she or it (i) is a knowledgeable, informed, sophisticated Person capable of understanding and evaluating the provisions set forth in this Agreement, (ii)  has been fully advised and represented by legal counsel of his, her or its own independent selection and has relied wholly upon his, her or its independent judgment and the advice of such counsel in negotiating and entering into this Agreement, (iii) has carefully read and fully understands all of the terms of this Agreement, and (iv) is under no disability or impairment that affects its, his or her decision to sign this Agreement and he, she or it knowingly and voluntarily intends to be legally bound by this Agreement. Each Stockholder agrees it will not bring, commence, institute, maintain, prosecute, participate in or voluntarily aid any action, claim, suit or cause of action, in law or in equity, in any court or before any governmental entity, that challenges the validity of or seeks to enjoin the operation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

*                                          *                                          *                                          *

 

16


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

CORPORATION:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

STOCKHOLDER:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

[       ]

[       ]

[       ]

Attention: [       ]

E-mail: [       ]

 

 

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

 

[       ]

 

[       ]

 

[       ]

 

Attention: [       ]

 

E-mail: [       ]

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

[       ]

 

[       ]

 

[       ]

 

Attention: [       ]

 

E-mail: [       ]

 

 


 

SCHEDULE A

 

Stockholders

 

Name

 

Number of Shares

 

Number of Warrant Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

Director Indemnification Agreement

 

[Attached.]

 


 

EXHIBIT F

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

RECITALS

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of           , 201  , by and among Egalet Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc., a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (registration number 1732699) (the “ Stockholder ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Stockholder are parties to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October    , 2018 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Company and the Stockholder to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce the Stockholder to sell substantially all of its assets to the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Stockholder and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Stockholder to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issued to the Stockholder, and shall govern certain other matters, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises set forth above and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1                                      Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer, director or trustee of such Person, or any venture capital fund or registered investment company now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners, managing members or investment adviser of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person, and “ control ” for these purposes means the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of another Person, whether by operation of law or regulation, through ownership of securities, as trustee or executor or in any other manner.

 

1.2                                      Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

1.3                                      Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

1.4                                      Damages ” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or

 


 

any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

1.5                                      Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.6                                      Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale, issue or grant of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, equity incentive or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to a transaction under Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

1.7                                      Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

1.8                                      Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits forward incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

1.9                                      Holder ” means the Stockholder, any Permitted Designee (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and any Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), in each case, that holds Registrable Securities.

 

1.10                               Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

1.11                               Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

1.12                               New Senior Secured Notes ” means the 13% Senior Secured Notes of the Company issued pursuant to the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

1.13                               Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

2


 

1.14                               Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Equity Consideration issued to the Stockholder or any Permitted Designee pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; (ii) any Common Stock acquired by the Stockholder, any Permitted Designee (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or any Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) after the date hereof; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above; excluding in all cases, however, (x) any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 4.1 , and (y) any Registrable Securities sold pursuant to a registration statement covering such securities which has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which all registration rights have terminated pursuant to this Agreement.

 

1.15                               Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the sum of (i) the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

1.16                               SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.17                               SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.18                               Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.19                               Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6 .

 

2.                                       Registration Rights.   The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1                                      Demand Registration.

 

(a)                                  Form S-1 Demand .  If at any time after the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days following the date that any equity securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates are accepted for listing on any national securities exchange (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include OTC) (the “ Uplift Event ”), the Company receives a written request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $10 million), then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is received, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in

 

3


 

any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c)  and 2.3 . The rights to demand registration provided to the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)  may not be exercised more than four (4) times during the term of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Form S-3 Demand .  If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a written request from Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $5 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c)  and 2.3 . The rights to demand registration provided to the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.1(b)  may not be exercised more than four (4) times during the term of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either be filed or become effective, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than sixty (60) days (“ Deferral Period ”) after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than twice in any eighteen (18) month period, or more than once in any eighteen (18) month period in which it has invoked a Blackout Period right under Section 2.7 ; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of any other stockholder during such sixty (60) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a)  (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected four (4) registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may at such time be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to

 

4


 

take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b)  (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b)  within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request.   A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d)  until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) ; provided , that if such withdrawal is during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Subsection 2.1(c) , then the Initiating Holders may withdraw their request for registration and such registration will not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) .

 

2.2                                      Company Registration .  If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3(b) , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.  The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6 .

 

2.3                                      Underwriting Requirements .

 

(a)                                  If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice.  The underwriter(s) will be selected by a majority in interest (based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders) of the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the

 

5


 

number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not adversely affect the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company for its own account) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not adversely affect the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering.  If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be offered by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of Subsection 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3 (a) , fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

 

2.4                                      Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as promptly as reasonably possible:

 

6


 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration[, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to ninety (90) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

(f)                                    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                   provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

(h)                                  promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the

 

7


 

selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent , in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 

(i)                                      notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed;

 

(j)                                     after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus;

 

(k)                                  to the extent reasonably practicable, make available executive officers of the Company for participation in a reasonable number of “road show” and other investor presentations requested by the selling Holders, their counsel and any underwriters;

 

(l)                                      use commercially reasonable efforts to otherwise facilitate the public offering of the Registrable Securities (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, such commercially reasonable efforts shall not require the Company to pay any expenses of such offering other than in accordance with Section 2.6 ); and

 

(m)                              during the period when the prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

2.5                                      Holder Obligations. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required or requested to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, including but not limited to the information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities act or any successor rule thereto. Each Holder covenants and agrees that, in the event the Company informs the Holders in writing that it does not satisfy the conditions specified in Rule 172 promulgated under the Securities Act and, as a result thereof, such Holder is required to deliver a prospectus in connection with any disposition of Registrable Securities, such Holder will comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as applicable to it (unless an exemption therefrom is available) in connection with sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement, and

 

8


 

shall sell the Registrable Securities only in accordance with a method of distribution described in the Registration Statement. The Holders shall not effect sales of any securities covered by a registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement (i) prior to the withdrawal of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the registration or qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction where such shares had previously been registered or qualified or (ii) after receipt of facsimile or other written notice from the Company instructing the Holder to suspend sales to permit the Company to correct or update such registration statement or prospectus until the Holder receives copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus that corrects any such misstatement(s) or omission(s) and receives notice that any required post-effective amendment has become effective. Each Holder agrees that it will promptly discontinue offers and sales of Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement until such Holder receives copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus that corrects any such misstatement(s) or omission(s) and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to provide to each Holder supplemented or amended prospectuses referenced in the foregoing two sentences as promptly as practicable.

 

2.6                                      Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed (i) $100,000 in the aggregate for all registration pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) $25,000 with respect to any single registration pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a)  or 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a)  or 2.1(b) .  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

 

2.7                                      Delay of Registration; Suspension of Registration Statement .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall have the right to suspend the use of any registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement for a period of not greater than thirty (30) consecutive

 

9


 

days and for not more than sixty (60) days in any eighteen (18) month period (“ Blackout Period ”), if, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, after consultation with counsel, material, nonpublic information exists, including, without limitation, the proposed acquisition or divestiture of assets by the Company, a strategic alliance or a financing transaction involving the Company or the existence of pending material corporate developments, the public disclosure of which would be necessary to cause the Registration Statement to be materially true and to contain no material misstatements or omissions, and in each such case, where, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, such disclosure would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company or on the proposed transaction; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right in any eighteen (18) month period in which it has invoked two Deferral Period rights under Section 2.1(c) . The Company must give the Holders notice promptly upon knowledge that a Blackout Period (without indicating the nature of such Blackout Period) may occur and prompt written notice if a Blackout Period will occur. Upon the conclusion of a Blackout Period, the Company shall provide the Holders written notice that such registration statement is again available for use.

 

2.8                                      Indemnification .  If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages (including any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred); provided , however , that this Subsection 2.8 (a)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person for use in connection with such registration.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its directors and officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder for use in connection with such registration (including any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred); provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8 (b)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of

 

10


 

any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8 (b)  and 2.8(c)  exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of written notice of the commencement of any action, threat or proceeding (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is made or intended to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8 , give the indemnifying party written notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties. Each indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within a reasonable period of time or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and the indemnified party has been advised by counsel that either (x) representation of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, as determined in the reasonable judgment of any party or (y) there may be one or more legal defenses available to the indemnified party which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, it being understood, however that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for each group of similar indemnified parties (e.g., the Holders, as contrasted with executive officers and directors of the Company). In any of such cases, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as incurred. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall not relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 , except to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement entered into without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of each indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such indemnified party is a party and indemnity has been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, that (i) does not include a complete release of such indemnified party from all liability with respect thereto, (ii) imposes any liability or obligation on such indemnified party, (iii) would impose a consent order, injunction or decree that would restrict the future activity or conduct of such indemnified party or (iv) would result in a finding or admission of a violation of law by such indemnified party that would have an adverse effect on such indemnified party.  For the avoidance of doubt, such indemnifying party may agree to any settlement that satisfies clauses (i) through (iv) of the preceding sentence without such indemnified party’s consent.

 

11


 

(d)                                  To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8 , or (iii) the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 from the indemnifying party is otherwise unavailable to an indemnified party hereunder, or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Damages (including any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result) referred to herein, then, and in each such case, such parties will severally and not jointly contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, Damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, Damages, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement (net of Selling Expenses), and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided, further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(b) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder).

 

(e)                                   The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2. 8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.9                                      Reports Under Exchange Act .  The Company shall:

 

(a)                                  make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144;

 

(b)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

12


 

(c)                                   furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

2.10                               Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would provide to such holder or prospective holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than either a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Securities or on a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include.

 

2.11                               “Market Stand-off” Agreement .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Managing Underwriter (as defined below), during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to any registration by the Company for its own behalf of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) of any such offering (such period not to exceed ninety (90) days), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than five percent (5%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion of any securities convertible into Common Stock). The Managing Underwriter and any other underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further

 

13


 

effect thereto.  Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Company stockholders that are subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements .

 

3.                                       [RESERVED]

 

4.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

4.1                                Successors and Assigns .  The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least ten percent (10%) of Registrable Securities then outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided , however , that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11 .  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall, as a condition to the applicable transfer, establish a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

4.2                                Registration Rights Joinder .  All Permitted Designees and all Permitted Transferees (as such terms are defined in the Purchase Agreement, respectively), shall be required to duly execute and deliver to the Company and shall be bound by a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (a “ Registration Rights Joinder ”).

 

4.3                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

 

4.4                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g. , www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

14


 

4.5                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

4.6                                Notices .

 

(a)                                  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the Holders at their addresses as set forth on their respective signature pages hereto and all communications shall be sent to the Company at its the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 4.6 .  If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to:

 

Dechert LLP, Three Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Attn:  David Rosenthal

E-mail: david.rosenthal@dechert.com

 

and if notice is given to the Stockholder, a copy shall also be given to:

 

Baker & McKenzie LLP

815 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.

Washington, DC 20006-4078

Attn: Marc R. Paul

E-mail: marc.paul@bakermckenzie.com

 

4.7                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Holder without the written consent of such Holder, unless such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver applies to all Holders in the same fashion.  The Company shall give prompt notice of any

 

15


 

amendment, modification or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver.  Any amendment, modification, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 4.7 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto.  No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

4.8                                Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

4.9                                Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

 

4.10                         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

 

4.11                         Dispute Resolution .  The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery (or, only if the Delaware Court of Chancery declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware) or any appellate court thereof (the “ Delaware Courts ”) for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the Delaware Courts, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS.  THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL

 

16


 

NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

 

The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.  Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to personal jurisdiction for any equitable action sought in the Delaware Courts or any court of the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction.

 

4.12                         Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

4.13                         Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1 shall terminate upon the seventh anniversary of the Uplift Event.

 

4.14                         MNPI .

 

(a)                                  Each Holder acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement that require communications by the Company or other Holders to such Holder may result in such Holder and its Representatives (as defined below) acquiring material non-public information (“ MNPI ”) (which may include, solely by way of illustration, the fact that an offering of the Company’s securities is pending or the number of Company securities or the identity of the selling Holders) (any such MNPI resulting from communications required under this Agreement, the “ Covered MNPI ”).

 

(b)                                  Each Holder agrees that it will maintain the confidentiality of the Covered MNPI and, to the extent such Holder is not a natural Person, such confidential treatment shall be in accordance with procedures adopted by it in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Holder (“ Policies ”).

 

(c)                                   Each Holder, by its execution of a counterpart to this agreement [or of a Joinder], hereby acknowledges that it is aware that the U.S. securities laws prohibit any Person who has MNPI about a company from purchasing or selling, directly or indirectly, securities of such company (including entering into hedge transactions involving such securities), or from communicating such information to any other Person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such Person is likely to purchase or sell such securities.

 

17


 

(d)                                  Each Holder shall have the right, at any time and from time to time (including after receiving information regarding any potential public offering), to elect not to receive any notice that the Company or any other Holders otherwise are required to deliver pursuant to this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written statement signed by such Holder that it does not want to receive any notices or any other Covered MNPI hereunder (an “ Opt-Out Request ”); in which case and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and other Holders shall not be required to, and shall not, deliver any notice or other information required to be provided to Holders hereunder to the extent that the Company or such other Holders reasonably expect would result in a Holder acquiring Covered MNPI. An Opt-Out Request may state a date on which it expires or, if no such date is specified, shall remain in effect indefinitely; provided, that a Holder who previously has given the Company an Opt-Out Request may revoke such request at any time by providing written notice of such revocation to the Company, and there shall be no limit on the ability of a Holder to issue and revoke subsequent Opt-Out Requests.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

18


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EGALET CORPORATION:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

IROKO PHARMACEUTICALS INC.:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

Exhibit A

 

Registration Rights Joinder

 


 

EXECUTION VERSION

PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

SUBJECT TO FRE 408

 

Reorganized Egalet Corporation 13% Senior Secured Notes (the “New Notes”)

Indicative Term Sheet

 

Issuer:

 

Egalet Corporation (the “Issuer”).

 

 

 

Guarantors:

 

All guarantors of the Issuer’s existing 13% Senior Secured Notes (the “Existing Notes”) and all other domestic subsidiaries of the Issuer (unless such subsidiary engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable) (collectively, the “Guarantors”).

 

 

 

Size:

 

$95 million.

 

 

 

Maturity:

 

5 years from issuance.

 

 

 

Series:

 

The New Notes will be issued as two series of notes: “Series A-1 Notes,” to be issued to all initial holders of New Notes other than Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“Iroko”) and its affiliates, and “Series A-2 Notes,” to be issued to Iroko and its affiliates (the holders of the Series A-1 Notes and/or Series A-2 Notes are referred to herein as the “Holders”).

The Series A-1 Notes and the Series A-2 Notes will be identical in all respects except (i) the Series A-2 Notes will be subject to the right to set-off and recoupment described in Sections 6.6 and 6.9 of the Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) by and among the Issuer, Egalet US Inc. and Iroko, (ii) as set forth under “Coupon” below and (iii) the Series A-1 Notes and Series A-2 Notes will be assigned different CUSIP numbers.

 

 

 

Coupon:

 

13% per annum payable in cash semi-annually on each May 1 and November 1 commencing May 1, 2020 for the Series A-1 Notes and May 1, 2019 for the Series A-2 Notes; provided that interest shall not begin to accrue on the Series A-1 Notes until the one year anniversary of the Issuer’s filing of the Chapter 11 Cases (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no interest will be payable on the Series A-1 Notes on May 1, 2019 or November 1, 2019 and (ii) no principal will be payable on the Series A-1 Notes on May 1, 2019 or November 1, 2019 unless the Applicable Percentage of Net Sales exceeds the amount of interest that would otherwise be payable with respect to the Series A-1 Notes on such date without giving effect to the one year interest holiday.

 


 

Amortization:

 

None; provided that to the extent that the Applicable Percentage of Net Sales of the Products for the two consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to an interest payment date exceeds interest paid on such interest payment date, such excess amount shall be paid in cash as a principal payment.

“Applicable Percentage”, “Net Sales” and “Products” are to be defined in a manner consistent with such definitions in the indenture governing the Existing Notes (the “Existing Notes Indenture”), except that, in each case, such definitions shall be revised as appropriate so as to apply to the Buyer Products and the Products (in each case, as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

 

 

Call Protection:

 

Year 1: Callable only upon payment of make-whole; Year 2: 103.0%; Year 3 and after: par (100.0%).

For the avoidance of doubt, any calculation of the make-whole premium in year 1 will give effect to the interest holiday described under “Coupon” above.

 

 

 

Mandatory Redemption:

 

Change of Control: Holder put right at 101% and otherwise on the terms set forth in the Existing Notes Indenture, subject to certain additional exceptions related to transactions by “Permitted Holders,” the definition of which shall be agreed by the parties and shall include (i) Iroko, (ii) CR Group L.P. and its affiliates and managed funds (including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent and the Company Lenders (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement)), the holders of the Existing Notes that are party to the restructuring support agreement with the Issuer and certain of their respective affiliates, and (iv) may include certain holders of the Issuer’s existing convertible notes.

Asset Sales: Subject to same conditions and exceptions as Existing Notes, including 365 day reinvestment right and that the Issuer must make offer to repurchase at par.

 

 

 

Ranking:

 

Senior indebtedness, equal in right of payment with any existing and future pari passu indebtedness of Issuer, and senior to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of Issuer.

 

 

 

Security:

 

Secured by substantially all assets of the Issuer and Guarantors (including assets acquired pursuant to the Purchase Agreement), subject to the exceptions set forth in the Existing Notes Indenture. To rank (i) junior in lien priority to any asset-based facility on receivables, inventory and related assets and (ii) senior in lien priority to any asset-based facility on all other assets, in each case, by virtue of a customary intercreditor agreement on terms identical to the terms of the Existing Notes Indenture in all material respects.

 


 

Affiliate Transactions :

 

Section 4.07(b) of the Existing Notes Indenture will be amended to (a) remove the phrase “(or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction)” and sub-clause (B) from clause (i) thereof, (b) remove the phrase “and Permitted Investments (without giving effect to clause (13) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”) from clause (ii) thereof and (c) removing clause (xiii) thereof.

In addition, clause (13) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” in the Existing Notes Indenture will be amended to except therefrom, in addition to the exceptions currently set forth therein, transactions described in clauses (x), (xiii), (xiv) and (xv) of Section 4.07(b).

 

 

 

Contribution Indebtedness:

 

The definition of “Contribution Indebtedness” in the Existing Notes Indenture will be amended as follows: “Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor and Preferred Stock of any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date; provided that (1) such cash contributions have not been used to make a Restricted Payment or a Permitted Investment in any Person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor; and (2) such Contribution Indebtedness is Incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and is designated as Contribution Indebtedness.

 

 

 

Senior Indebtedness:

 

Section 4.03(b) of the Existing Notes Indenture will be amended to add a new clause (xxvii) as follows:

(xxvii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor not otherwise permitted under this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when taken together with the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to clauses (i) and (xvi), does not exceed $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

The definition of “Permitted Liens” of the Existing Notes Indenture will be amended to add a new clause (37) as follows:

(37) Liens on Notes Collateral of the Issuer or any Guarantor securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xxvii), which Liens may rank senior, pari passu with or junior to the Liens thereon securing the Obligations with respect to the Securities, pursuant to a customary intercreditor agreement (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Issuer).

 


 

Financial Maintenance Covenant:

 

To be agreed.

 

 

 

Observer Rights:

 

As long as Iroko, its Permitted Designees and its Permitted Transferees (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) hold any New Notes, and to the extent that no Stockholder Director (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement)) that is an Affiliate of Iroko is on the Board of Directors of the Company at such time, the Company shall invite a representative of Iroko to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company in a non-voting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if necessary to preserve attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

 

 

Other Covenants:

 

The “Cumulative Credit” basket shall build from the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter after the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and shall not give effect to any addbacks for fresh start accounting.

All financial measures, financial definitions and financial ratios reflecting the results of operations or cash flows of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without giving effect to any gains, losses, charges, expenses, write-ups, write-downs, write-offs or other adjustments directly related to or arising from the Chapter 11 Cases and the emergence therefrom (including any litigation or other expenses incurred in connection therewith, any gains, losses or charges resulting from “fresh-start” accounting adjustments or any cancellation of indebtedness income) occurring at or prior to the emergence date, it being understood that the Issuer’s statement of operations data shall reflect the depreciation, amortization, recognition or expensing of any assets or liabilities whose carrying values have been adjusted in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases based on such adjusted carrying values.

The indenture governing the New Notes (the “New Notes Indenture”) shall not include provisions for unrestricted subsidiaries.

The Use of Proceeds covenant shall be deleted in its entirety.

 


 

 

 

The obligations in respect of the Interim Payments Note (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) shall be included as permitted indebtedness.

All other covenants shall be consistent with the terms of the Existing Notes Indenture in all material respects, including limitations on asset sales, indebtedness, investments, liens, affiliate transactions and restricted payments (subject, in each case, to exceptions and limitations substantially similar with the Existing Notes) and in any event no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the holders of the New Notes than such covenants in the Existing Notes Indenture are to holders of the Existing Notes unless otherwise agreed to by Iroko.

 

 

 

Disclosure:

 

Customary quarterly lender calls and unaudited and annual audited reports with management discussion and analysis.

 

 

 

Voting:

 

Amendments to require a majority of the principal amount of all outstanding notes voting as a single class. Notes held by affiliates of the Issuer shall not be disregarded for voting purposes.

 

 

 

Trust Indenture Act:

 

The New Notes Indenture will be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

 

 

Other Terms:

 

All other terms of the New Notes Indenture will be identical to the terms of the Existing Notes Indenture in all material respects.

 

 

 

Royalty Rights Agreements:

 

Substantially concurrent with entering into the New Notes Indenture, the Issuer will enter into royalty rights agreements with each of the Holders pursuant which the Holders will be entitled to receive their respective pro rata portion of an aggregate 1.5% royalty on Net Sales of the Products (each as defined in the New Notes Indenture); provided, that with respect to Holders of Series A-1 Notes, such Holders existing royalty rights agreements will be assumed, amended and restated on such terms in accordance with the Plan (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the “Amended Royalty Rights Agreements”). The royalty rights shall be paid with respect to Net Sales of the Products that are made from the closing date of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement to December 31, 2022, and the royalty rights agreements shall otherwise be on terms identical to the terms of the royalty rights agreements entered into in connection with the Existing Notes Indenture in all material respects; provided, that, the Amended Royalty Rights Agreements will also provide for the payment of amounts owed under the existing royalty rights agreements through the Effective Date (as defined in the Plan).

 


 

EXHIBIT K

 

FORM OF NOTES TRANSFER JOINDER

 

This Joinder (this “ Joinder ”), dated as of [ date ], is made by [ undersigned ], a [  ][corporation] (the “ Investor ”), for the benefit of the Buyer (defined below) pursuant to and in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of [  ], 2018 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among [IMPALA], a [  ] corporation (the “ Company ”), [EAGLE], a Delaware corporation (“ NewCo ”), and Egalet Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with NewCo, the “ Buyer ”). Capitalized terms used in this Joinder and not defined in this Joinder shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Purchase Agreement, [  ] is Transferring to the Investor $[  ] in aggregate principal amount of New Senior Secured Notes (the “ Transferred Consideration ”) and, as a condition precedent to the Transfer, the Investor is required to execute and deliver to the Buyer this Joinder;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, this Joinder is made in consideration of the premises, warranties and mutual covenants set forth herein; and the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Joinders . In connection with the proposed Transfer of the Transferred Consideration to the Investor, the Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  the Investor’s rights to receive any amounts owed by the Buyer with respect to the Transferred Consideration shall be subject to the Buyer’s rights of recoupment and/or set-off in Section 6.9 (Recoupment) and Section 6.6 (Right to Set-Off) of the Purchase Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  the Investor is subject to the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 8.4 (Assignment) of the Purchase Agreement with respect to the Transferred Consideration and, as a condition precedent to any Transfer by the Investor, the Investor shall comply with the obligations set forth in such Section 8.4 (including, without limitation, requiring the proposed Transferee to execute and deliver to the Buyer a joinder agreement in the form of this Joinder).

 

2.                                       Representations and Warranties .  The Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that:

 

(a)                                  The Investor is a [corporation] duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

 

(b)                                  The Investor has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to enter into this Joinder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to the terms hereof.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Investor and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Investor have been duly authorized by all necessary [corporate] action on the part of the undersigned. This Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the Investor, and this Joinder is a valid and binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions.

 

(c)                                   The Investor is receiving the Transferred Consideration solely for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act. The Investor(s) acknowledge that the Transferred Consideration is not registered under the Securities Act, any applicable state securities Law or any applicable foreign securities Laws, and that such shares may not be transferred or sold except pursuant to the registration provisions of the Securities Act or applicable foreign securities Laws or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom and pursuant

 


 

to state securities Laws as applicable. The Investor has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Transferred Consideration and is capable of bearing the economic risks of such investment.

 

(d)                                  The Investor has received a copy of the Purchase Agreement.  The Investor has had an opportunity to receive all information related to the Buyer and its Affiliates requested by the Investor and to ask questions of and receive answers from the Buyer regarding the Buyer and its Affiliates, their respective businesses and the terms and conditions of the Transferred Consideration.  Each such Investor acknowledges receipt of copies of the Buyer Parent’s filings with the SEC.

 

(e)                                   The Investor understands that the securities comprising the Transferred Consideration are characterized as “restricted securities” under the U.S. federal securities Laws inasmuch as they are being acquired in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. It is understood that, except as provided below, certificates evidencing such securities may bear the following or any similar legend: “The securities represented hereby have not been registered with the SEC or the securities commission of any state in reliance upon an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and, accordingly, may not be transferred unless (i) such securities have been registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act, (ii) such securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, or (iii) the issuer has received an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to it that such transfer may lawfully be made without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided that no such opinion shall be required for any bona fide pledge of such securities or for an transfer to any affiliate of the holder.”

 

(f)                                    At the time the Investor was offered the Transferred Consideration, it was, and at the date hereof it is, an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act. The Investor is not a registered broker dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange Act, or a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker dealer.  Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to the Buyer on or prior to the date of this Joinder, the Investor is not affiliated with any broker dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange Act, or a member of FINRA or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker dealer.

 

(g)                                   The Investor did not learn of the investment in the Transferred Consideration as a result of any general solicitation or general advertising.

 

3.                                       Severability . Any term or provision of this Joinder that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.  If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified. In the event such court does not exercise the power granted to it in the prior sentence, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term.

 

4.                                       Entire Agreement .  This Joinder and the Purchase Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties to this Joinder and supersede any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the parties hereto, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 


 

5.                                       Miscellaneous .  The provisions of Section 8.7 (Counterparts and Signature), Section 8.9 (Governing Law), Section 8.10 (Amendment; Remedies), Section 8.11 (Submission to Jurisdiction) and Section 8.12 (WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL) of the Purchase Agreement are hereby incorporated into, and made a part of, this Joinder, in each case, mutatis mutandis .

 

[Signature page follows]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Joinder as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

 

 

[EAGLE]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[EAGLE CORPORATION]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT L

 

FORM OF ROYALTY CONSIDERATION TRANSFER JOINDER

 

This Joinder (this “ Joinder ”), dated as of [ date ], is made by [ undersigned ], a [  ][corporation] (the “ Investor ”), for the benefit of the Buyer (defined below) pursuant to and in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of [  ], 2018 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among [IMPALA], a [  ] corporation (the “ Company ”), [EAGLE], a Delaware corporation (“ NewCo ”), and Egalet Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with NewCo, the “ Buyer ”). Capitalized terms used in this Joinder and not defined in this Joinder shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Purchase Agreement, [  ] is Transferring to the Investor the Royalty Consideration (in whole and not in part) (the “ Transferred Consideration ”) and, as a condition precedent to the Transfer, the Investor is required to execute and deliver to the Buyer this Joinder;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, this Joinder is made in consideration of the premises, warranties and mutual covenants set forth herein; and the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Joinders . In connection with the proposed Transfer of the Transferred Consideration to the Investor, the Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  the Investor’s rights to receive any amounts owed by the Buyer with respect to the Transferred Consideration shall be subject to the Buyer’s rights of recoupment and/or set off in Section 6.9 (Recoupment), Section 6.6 (Right to Set-Off) and Section 1.5 (Determination of Royalty Payments) of the Purchase Agreement;

 

(b)                                  the Investor shall be bound by, and subject to, the obligations to the Buyer set forth in Section 4.1 (Confidentiality) of the Purchase Agreement as if it were “the Company”; and

 

(c)                                   the Investor is subject to the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 8.4 (Assignment) of the Purchase Agreement with respect to the Transferred Consideration and, as a condition precedent to any Transfer by the Investor, the Investor shall comply with the obligations set forth in such Section 8.4 (including, without limitation, requiring the proposed Transferee to execute and deliver to the Buyer a joinder agreement in the form of this Joinder).

 

2.                                       Royalty Recipient .  The Investor shall be entitled to the rights of, and be subject to the liabilities and obligations of, the “Royalty Recipient” under the Purchase Agreement.

 

3.                                       Representations and Warranties .  The Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that:

 

(a)                                  The Investor is a [corporation] duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

 

(b)                                  The Investor has all requisite [corporate] or other power and authority to enter into this Joinder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to the terms hereof.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Investor and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Investor have been duly authorized by all necessary [corporate] action on the part of the undersigned. This Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the Investor, and this Joinder is a valid and binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions.

 


 

(c)                                   The Investor has received a copy of the Purchase Agreement.  The Investor has had an opportunity to receive all information related to the Buyer and its Affiliates requested by the Investor and to ask questions of and receive answers from the Buyer regarding the Buyer and its Affiliates, their respective businesses and the terms and conditions of the Transferred Consideration.  Each such Investor acknowledges receipt of copies of the Buyer Parent’s filings with the SEC.

 

(d)                                  At the time the Investor was offered the Transferred Consideration, it was, and at the date hereof it is, an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act. The Investor is not a registered broker dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange Act, or a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker dealer.  Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to the Buyer on or prior to the date of this Joinder, the Investor is not affiliated with any broker dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange Act, or a member of FINRA or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker dealer.

 

(e)                                   The Investor did not learn of the investment in the Transferred Consideration as a result of any general solicitation or general advertising.

 

4.                                       Severability . Any term or provision of this Joinder that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.  If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified. In the event such court does not exercise the power granted to it in the prior sentence, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term.

 

5.                                       Entire Agreement .  This Joinder and the Purchase Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties to this Joinder and supersede any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the parties hereto, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .  The provisions of Section 8.7 (Counterparts and Signature), Section 8.9 (Governing Law), Section 8.10 (Amendment; Remedies), Section 8.11 (Submission to Jurisdiction) and Section 8.12 (WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL) of the Purchase Agreement are hereby incorporated into, and made a part of, this Joinder, in each case, mutatis mutandis .

 

[Signature page follows]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Joinder as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 


 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

 

 

[EAGLE]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[EAGLE CORPORATION]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT M

 

THIS PROMISSORY NOTE (THIS “ NOTE ”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION THEREUNDER OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

US$4,500,000

[ · ], 2019

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, EGALET CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby promises, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to pay to the order of [IROKO](1) (together with any successors and/or assigns, the “ Holder ”), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of US$4,500,000 (such amount, or such lesser or greater principal amount owed from time to time, the “ Principal Amount ”), plus all interest on the unpaid Principal Amount hereof pursuant to Section 1 .  This Note is being issued by Company to the Holder on behalf of the Buyer pursuant to the terms of that certain Asset Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of October [   ], 2018, by and among the Company and Iroko Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (“ Iroko ”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not defined in this Note shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

1.                                       Payments and Interest

 

(a)                                  Payments .  The Principal Amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the dates set forth and in accordance with Schedule A hereto.  For the avoidance of doubt, the outstanding Principal Amount, plus any Principal Increases (defined below), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, shall be due and payable on [ · ], 2020 (the “ Maturity Date ”).(2) All payments hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds without notice or demand for the account of the Holder to an account designated in writing by the Holder at least five (5) business days prior to the applicable payment date.

 

(b)                                  Interest .  Interest shall accrue on the Principal Amount and on any Principal Increases at a rate per annum equal to 8.0% from the date hereof until the repayment in full of the Principal Amount plus any Principal Increases plus any additional accrued and unpaid interest which shall be payable by increasing the principal amount of this Note at the Maturity Date.  Interest on this Note shall be calculated based on a 360-day year and shall be paid semi-annually on June 30 and December 31 of each year by increasing the Principal Amount of this Note (any such increase, a “ Principal Increase ”) by an amount equal to the interest accrued on the Principal Amount during such semi-annual period.

 


(1)  NTD:  To be confirmed which Iroko entity will be the Holder.

(2)  NTD:  The maturity date will be 18 months following the Closing Date.

 


 

(c)                                   Prepayment .  This Note may be prepaid at any time in whole or in part without premium or penalty.

 

2.                                       Existence .  The Company agrees for the benefit of the Holder that it will maintain and preserve its existence until its obligations under this Note have been paid in full; provided that the Company may merge with any of its subsidiaries or any entity owning its equity securities so long as the Company is the surviving entity of such merger.

 

3.                                       Events of Default .

 

(a)                                  The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Note:

 

(i)                                      the Company defaults in the payment of any principal of, or interest on, this Note when the same becomes due and payable, upon acceleration, or otherwise;

 

(ii)                                   the Company fails generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any proceeding is instituted by or against the Company seeking to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and in the case of any such proceeding instituted against the Company such proceeding shall not be stayed or dismissed within sixty (60) days from the date of institution thereof; or

 

(iii)                                an event of default has occurred and is continuing under any other material indebtedness of the Company and such event of default has resulted in the acceleration of such other material indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  Acceleration .  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (unless such Event of Default has been waived by the Holder), the Holder,  shall be entitled to do any of the following:

 

(i)                                      by written notice to the Company (an “ Acceleration Notice ”), declare the entire unpaid principal of and accrued interest on this Note to be immediately due and payable (and the same shall forthwith become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind other than the Acceleration Notice, all of which the Company hereby expressly waives to the extent permitted by applicable law);

 

(ii)                                   upon written notice to the Company, set off all or any portion of the unpaid principal under this Note against any indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company; and

 

(iii)                                exercise any right or combination of rights which may be available to the Holder at law or in equity or to which the Holder is entitled under this Note.

 

2


 

provided , that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 4(a)(ii)  occurs, all outstanding principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Holder.

 

(c)                                   Remedies Cumulative .  A delay or omission by the Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy.  After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the rights, remedies and powers of the Holder, as provided in this Note, are cumulative and concurrent, and may be pursued singly, successively or together against the Company to secure the repayment hereof, all at the sole discretion of the Holder.

 

4.                                       Maximum Rate .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company’s obligations to the Holder with respect to the payment of interest hereunder are subject to the limitation that payments of interest and late charges to Holder shall not be required to the extent that receipt of any such payment by the Holder would be contrary to provisions of applicable law limiting the maximum rate of interest that may be charged or collected by the Holder.  The portion of any such payment received by the Holder that is in excess of the maximum interest permitted by applicable law shall be credited against the then outstanding amount of the principal of this Note, or if such excess portion exceeds the then outstanding amount of the principal of this Note, then such excess portion shall be refunded to the Company.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by Holder exceeds such maximum rate, Holder may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the obligations hereunder.

 

5.                                       Automatic Cancellation .  In the event that the outstanding principal amount due hereunder has been reduced to zero dollars ($0.00), whether by prepayment, set-off or otherwise, then this Note shall automatically be canceled and of no further force and/or effect.

 

6.                                       Set-off .  Except as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Note to the contrary, the Company shall not be entitled to set off any amounts due hereunder, and all payments by the Company under this Note shall be made without set-off, recoupment, deduction or counterclaim other than pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and be without any deduction or withholding for any taxes or fees of any nature, unless the obligation to make such deduction or withholding is imposed by law.

 

7.                                       Tax Treatment .  The parties agree that the rights of the Holder to payments under this Note are intended to be treated as deferred purchase price received by the Holder in connection with the Purchase Agreement, which is eligible for installment sale treatment under Section 453 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and any corresponding provision of foreign, state or local law, as appropriate; provided , that, the parties agree that payments of interest on this Note shall be treated as interest for all income tax purposes.

 

8.                                       Legend .  THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

 

3


 

(“OID”) FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES.  THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO THE [TREASURER] OF THE COMPANY AT [ADDRESS].

 

9.                                       Registered Form .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Note, the parties intend that this Note be issued in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f) and 881(c)(2)(B) of the Code.  Any transfer by Holder of an interest in this Note shall be accomplished only through (a) the surrender of this Note to Company and (b) either the reissuance by Company of this Note to Holder’s transferee or the issuance by Company of one or more substitute notes, to Holder and/or one or more of its transferees, as the case may be.

 

10.                                Amendment and Waiver .

 

(a)                                  Consent Required .  This Note may be amended and compliance hereunder waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), upon the agreement of (i) the Company and (ii) the Holder, which agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

(b)                                  Effect of Amendment or Waiver .  Any amendment or waiver shall be binding upon the Holder, upon each future holder of this Note and upon the Company, whether or not this Note shall have been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver shall extend to or affect any obligation not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

11.                                Company’s Right of Set-Off .  By accepting and holding this Note (or any beneficial interest in this Note), the Holder accepts, agrees and acknowledges that all payments required to be made by the Company pursuant to this Note (collectively, “ Subject Payments ”) are subject in all respects to the recoupment and/or set off rights and obligations set forth in Section 6.6 (Right to Set-Off) and Section 6.9 (Recoupment) (collectively, the “ Setoff Rights ”) of the Purchase Agreement.  The foregoing Setoff Rights shall expire on the Business Day immediately following the Maturity Date in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.  Solely for purposes of the Setoff Rights until the Business Day immediately following the Maturity Date, this Note, the Purchase Agreement (including the schedules and exhibits hereto and the documents and instruments referred to therein that are to be delivered at the Closing) and the Ancillary Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) shall constitute a “single integrated agreement,” and the transactions contemplated thereby shall constitute a “single integrated transaction,” in each case for purposes of recoupment.

 

12.                                Replacement Notes .  If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Company or if the Holder presents evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that this Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue a replacement note of like tenor if the requirements of the Company for such transactions are met.  An indemnity agreement may be required that is sufficient in the reasonable judgment of the Company to protect the Company from any loss which it may suffer.

 

13.                                Severability .  Any provision of this Note which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Note or

 

4


 

affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.                                Notices .  All notices, consents, and waivers provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered or certified first-class mail, electronic mail or reputable courier guaranteeing overnight delivery to the other party at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by any party to the others):

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Egalet Corporation

600 Lee Road, Suite 100

Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

Attention: [ · ]

E-mail:  [ · ]

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Dechert LLP

Three Bryant Park

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Attention:  David S. Rosenthal, Esq.
E-mail:  david.rosenthal@dechert.com

 

If to the Holder, to:

 

[ · ]

[ · ]

[ · ]

Attention: [ · ]

E-mail:  [ · ]

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

[ · ]

[ · ]

[ · ]

Attention:  [ · ]
E-mail:  [ · ]

 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; four business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and on the next business day, if timely delivered to a reputable courier guaranteeing overnight delivery or sent via electronic mail.

 

5


 

15.                                Successors; Assignment .

 

(a)                                  This Note shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder and the Company and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  No party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer this Note or any of such party’s rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party hereto, and any attempt to do so will be null and void ab initio; provided , that (i) the Company may assign its rights hereunder to its financing sources as collateral; and (ii) the Holder may (x) assign this Note to any of its Affiliates, (y) assign this Note to any Company Lender, as collateral, and (z) assign this Note in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Holder (with the written consent of Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, it being understood and agreed that withholding consent in respect of any such assignment to any Person that is directly engaged in substantially similar business operations as the Company or its subsidiaries is reasonable).

 

(b)                                  In order to effect a transfer of this Note permitted hereunder, the Holder shall surrender such Note at the principal office of the Company for transfer or exchange, whereupon, and without expense to the Holder, except for any transfer or similar tax which may be imposed on the transfer or exchange, the Company shall issue in exchange therefor another note or notes for the same aggregate principal amount as the unpaid principal amount of this Note (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any interest added to the then outstanding principal amount of this Note in accordance with the terms herein), having the same maturity and rate of interest, containing the same provisions and subject to the same terms and conditions as the Note so surrendered.  Each new Note shall be made payable to the order of such Person or Persons, or transferees, as the holder of such surrendered Note may designate in accordance with the terms hereof, and such transfer or exchange shall be made in such a manner that no gain or loss of principal or interest shall result therefrom.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may elect not to permit a transfer of this Note if it has not obtained satisfactory assurance that such transfer: (a) is exempt from the registration requirements of, or covered by an effective registration statement under, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder and (b) is in compliance with all applicable state securities and “blue-sky” laws, including, without limitation, receipt of an opinion of counsel, which opinion shall be satisfactory to the Company.  Any transfer or attempted transfer of this Note in violation of any provision of this Note shall be void, and the Company shall not have any obligation to treat any such purported transferee of this Note as the owner or the holder of this Note for any purpose.

 

16.                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  THE PARTIES HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTIES MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUIT OR ACTION ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE OTHER PARTY NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT IT WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL.  FURTHER, EACH OF THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE OTHER PARTY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL AS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO THIS NOTE.

 

6


 

17.                                Costs of Enforcement .  The Company is obligated to pay the costs of enforcement of this Note (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by or on behalf of the Holder.

 

18.                                Waiver of Notice, etc .  The Company hereby waives presentment, notice of dishonor or acceleration (except with respect to the Acceleration Notice), protest and notice of protest, and any and all other notices or demands in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note.

 

19.                                Headings; Rules of Construction .  The section headings of this Note are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Note or any provision hereof. The terms “including” and “include” shall mean “including, without limitation”.  All references to (a) laws include all related regulations, interpretations, supplements, amendments and successor provisions, (b) any document, instrument or agreement includes any amendments, restatements, supplements, amendment and restatements, waivers, refundings, and other modifications, extensions, replacements and renewals thereof (to the extent permitted by the terms hereof), and (c) a Person shall include his/her/its respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

20.                                GOVERNING LAW .  THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED A CONTRACT UNDER, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS OR ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR RULE THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

 

21.                                JURISDICTION . THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE DELAWARE COURT OF CHANCERY (AND IF SUCH COURT SHALL BE UNAVAILABLE, ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE) AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY MAY BE LITIGATED ONLY IN SUCH COURTS.  THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed, and the Holder has caused this Note to be duly acknowledged, as of the date set forth below.

 

 

EGALET CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

   Name:

 

 

  Title:

 

 

Accepted by the Holder as of

 

the date first written above:

 

 

 

[IROKO]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 


 

Schedule A

 

Amortization Schedule(3)

 

Date

 

Payment Amount

[ · ], 2020

 

$375,000

[ · ], 2020

 

$375,000

[ · ], 2020

 

$375,000

[ · ], 2020

 

$375,000

[ · ], 2020

 

$375,000

[ · ], 2020

 

$375,000

[ · ], 2020

 

outstanding Principal Amount plus any Principal Increases plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon

 


(3)                                  NTD: The Note will begin to amortize in month 12 after the Closing Date after which monthly payments will be made until the Maturity Date.  Maturity Date of the Note will be 18 months following the Closing Date.

 


Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

THIS RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE (NOR SHALL IT BE CONSTRUED AS) AN OFFER WITH RESPECT TO ANY SECURITIES OR A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS AS TO ANY PLAN OF REORGANIZATION, IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT SUCH A SOLICITATION, IF ANY, ONLY WILL BE MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF SECURITIES, BANKRUPTCY, AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT

 

This RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT (together with all exhibits, schedules and attachments hereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 30, 2018, is made and entered into by and among (1) Egalet Corporation (“ Egalet ”), a Delaware corporation, and its direct and indirect subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto (each, a “ Company Party ,” and collectively, the “ Company ”), and (2) the undersigned beneficial holders (or investment advisors or managers executing and delivering this Agreement for such beneficial holders) of Egalet Claims (as defined below) (together with their respective successors and permitted assigns, and any holder of Egalet Claims that becomes a party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof, each, a “ Supporting Noteholder ,” and collectively, the “ Supporting Noteholders ”).

 

Each of the Company, the Supporting Noteholders, and any Person that subsequently becomes a party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof is referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan (as defined below) attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

WHEREAS:

 

A.                                     Egalet is party to that certain Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Existing First Lien Notes Indenture ”) by and among Egalet, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, pursuant to which Egalet issued the 13% Senior Secured Notes (the “ Existing First Lien Notes ”);

 

B.                                     Egalet is party to that certain Indenture, dated as of April 7, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Existing 5.50% Notes Indenture ”), among Egalet, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, pursuant to which Egalet issued the 5.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Existing 5.50% Convertible Notes ”);

 

C.                                     Egalet is party to that certain Indenture, dated as of December 27, 2017 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Existing 6.50% Notes Indenture ,” and together with the Existing First Lien Notes Indenture and the Existing 5.50% Notes Indenture, collectively, the “ Indentures ”), among Egalet, the Guarantors from time to time party

 


 

thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, pursuant to which Egalet issued the 6.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Existing 6.50% Convertible Notes ”);

 

D.                                     The Parties have negotiated in good faith and at arm’s length and have agreed to undertake a financial restructuring of the existing debt and other obligations and equity interests of the Company and to consummate the Iroko Acquisition (collectively, the “ Restructuring ”), to be implemented pursuant to a pre-arranged chapter 11 plan of reorganization (as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and including all exhibits thereto, the “ Plan ”), to be filed in voluntary cases commenced by the Company (collectively, the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”), all in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement, the Plan and the other Definitive Documents (as defined below); and

 

E.                                      Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Supporting Noteholders have agreed to support (i) the commencement and conduct of the Chapter 11 Cases to implement this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and the Restructuring and (ii) confirmation of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Party, intending to be legally bound hereby, agrees as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following definitions:

 

Corporate Governance Documents ” means any corporate governance documents of any of the reorganized Company Parties, including the articles of incorporation or certificates of formation, by-laws, stockholders’ agreements and/or company agreements, to be executed in connection with the Restructuring.

 

Egalet Claims ” means any and all Claims against any of the Company Parties, including the First Lien Secured Notes Claims, the 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and the 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims.

 

Event ” means any event, change, effect, occurrence, development, circumstance, condition, result, state of fact or change of fact.

 

Governmental Unit ” has the meaning of “governmental unit” set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Iroko Reverse Break-Up Fee Approval Motion ” means that motion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Iroko and the Supporting Noteholders, seeking approval of the reimbursement obligation of the Company referenced in Section 8.13 of the Purchase Agreement as an administrative expense of the Chapter 11 Cases under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, which the Company is required to file and diligently pursue, in accordance with the Purchase Agreement.

 

2


 

Outside Date ” means the date that is ninety five (95) days after the Petition Date.

 

2.                                       Exhibits Incorporated by Reference .  Each of the exhibits attached hereto is expressly incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement, and all references to this Agreement shall include the exhibits.  Unless otherwise provided herein, in the event the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement are inconsistent, the terms and conditions contained in the Plan shall govern.

 

3.                                       Effectiveness .  This Agreement shall become effective and binding upon each of the Parties upon execution and delivery by (a) each of the Company Parties, (b) beneficial holders (or investment advisors or managers executing and delivering this Agreement for such beneficial holders) of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the aggregate principal amount of First Lien Secured Notes Claims, (c) beneficial holders (or investment advisors or managers executing and delivering this Agreement for such beneficial holders) of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims, and (d) beneficial holders (or investment advisors or managers executing and delivering this Agreement for such beneficial holders) of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims, of duly executed signature pages for this Agreement to counsel to each other Party (such date, the “ Agreement Effective Date ”).  With respect to any Supporting Noteholder that becomes a Party by executing and delivering a Transferee Joinder Agreement (as defined below) after the Agreement Effective Date, this Agreement shall become effective and binding upon such Supporting Noteholder at the time such Transferee Joinder Agreement is executed and delivered to counsel to the Company, the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee.

 

4.                                       Definitive Documents .  The “ Definitive Documents ” (in each case, as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof) shall include, without limitation: (a) all documents implementing, achieving, contemplated by or relating to the Restructuring, including, without limitation, (i) the Plan, (ii) the Disclosure Statement, (iii) the plan supplement and its exhibits, ballots and other solicitation materials in respect of the Plan (the “ Solicitation Materials ”), (iv) the New Secured Notes Indenture, which shall contain the terms set forth on the term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit B , the collateral and security agreements creating, evidencing or perfecting the liens on and security interests in the collateral securing the New Secured Notes, and any other definitive documentation with respect to the New Secured Notes (collectively, the “ New Secured Notes Documents ”), (v) the definitive documentation with respect to the Iroko Acquisition, including the Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C and transition services agreement (if any) with respect thereto, (vi) the definitive documentation with respect to the Rights Offering (if applicable), including the Backstop Commitment Agreement, (vii) other commitment agreements, exit financing agreements or collateral or other financing documents with respect to any indebtedness incurred by any Company Party under the Plan or otherwise in connection with the Restructuring, (viii) the organizational documents of any Company Party (including, without limitation, any Corporate Governance Documents), (ix) the shareholder agreements and registration rights agreements with respect to the New Egalet Common Stock, (x) the New Royalty Rights Agreements, and (xi) other transactional or corporate documents (including, without limitation, any agreements and documents described in the Plan and the exhibits thereto); (b) all motions,

 

3


 

pleadings, orders or other documents filed in the Chapter 11 Cases by any Company Party seeking approval, ratification or confirmation of any of the documents implementing, achieving, contemplated by or relating to the Restructuring, including, without limitation, (i) the motion or motions to (A) approve the Disclosure Statement, (B) confirm the Plan, (C) authorize the use of cash collateral, (D) approve the Solicitation Materials, and (E) grant any “first-day” relief requested by the Company, and (ii) the order or orders (A) authorizing the use of cash collateral on an interim and final basis (respectively, the “ Interim Cash Collateral Order ” and the “ Final Cash Collateral Order ” and, together, the “ Cash Collateral Orders ”), (B) approving the Disclosure Statement and the solicitation procedures (the “ Disclosure Statement Order ”), (C) confirming the Plan (the “ Confirmation Order ”), and (D) granting any “first-day” relief requested by the Company; and (c) all definitive documentation with respect to the Management Incentive Plan.  The Definitive Documents remain subject to negotiation and completion and shall, upon completion, contain terms, conditions, representations, warranties, and covenants consistent in all material respects with the terms of this Agreement, and otherwise be in form and substance acceptable to the Company and reasonably acceptable the Required Supporting Noteholders; provided , that any amendments, modifications, waivers of or supplements to the Definitive Documents, whether filed with the Bankruptcy Court or otherwise finalized, shall (w) not be made without the prior written consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders (including via email), (x) be consistent in all material respects with this Agreement, and (y) otherwise be in form and substance acceptable to the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders; provided , further , that if any change, modification or amendment to the Definitive Documents is non-substantive and would not adversely affect the legal rights or economic recoveries of any Supporting Noteholder, the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders shall not be required; provided , further , that the foregoing exception shall not apply to the Plan, Confirmation Order, or New Secured Notes Documents.

 

5.                                       Commitments of Supporting Noteholders .

 

(a)                                  Voting, Support .  Commencing on the Agreement Effective Date until the Agreement Termination Date (as defined below), each Supporting Noteholder (severally and not jointly) agrees that it shall, subject to the terms and conditions hereof:

 

(i)                                      (A) use its commercially reasonable efforts to support and consummate the Restructuring (including the Iroko Reverse Break-Up Fee Approval Motion) in a timely manner in accordance with this Agreement, including the good faith negotiation, preparation and filing of any Definitive Documents within the time frame provided herein or therein; (B) execute and deliver any other documents to which it is a party that may be required to effectuate and consummate the Restructuring; and (C) take any and all commercially reasonable and appropriate actions in furtherance of the Restructuring, as contemplated under this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   subject to the receipt by such Supporting Noteholder of the Disclosure Statement and Solicitation Materials, in each case as approved by the Bankruptcy Court, timely vote all Egalet Claims held by such Supporting Noteholder (or over which such Supporting Noteholder now or hereafter has voting control) to accept the Plan, by delivering its duly executed and completed ballots accepting the Plan on a timely basis

 

4


 

following the commencement of the solicitation pursuant to the Solicitation Materials and to the extent it is permitted to elect whether to opt out of the releases set forth in the Plan, not “opt out” of any releases under the Plan by timely delivering its duly executed and completed ballot or ballots indicating such election;

 

(iii)                                not (A) take, or direct any collateral agent or indenture trustee (as applicable) to take, any action inconsistent with such Supporting Noteholder’s obligations under this Agreement and, if any applicable collateral agent or indenture trustee takes any action inconsistent with such Supporting Noteholder’s obligations under this Agreement, such Supporting Noteholder shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to direct and request that such collateral agent or indenture trustee (as applicable) cease and refrain from taking any such action ( provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require any Supporting Noteholder to sue or to indemnify any administrative agent, collateral agent or indenture trustee for any reason, or to incur any expense, liability or obligation), (B) exercise any right or remedy for the enforcement, collection or recovery of any Claim against the Company except in a manner consistent with this Agreement and the Definitive Documents, or (C) unless this Agreement or any Definitive Document has been amended, modified or supplemented in a manner not in compliance with this Agreement, amend, change or withdraw (or cause to be amended, changed or withdrawn) its vote to accept the Plan; and

 

(iv)                               not (A) object to, delay, impede or take any other action directly or indirectly that is inconsistent with, or that is intended or reasonably likely to interfere with, delay, impede, prevent or postpone acceptance, confirmation or implementation of, the Restructuring, (B) directly or indirectly seek, solicit, encourage, assist, consent to, propose, file, support, participate in the formulation of or vote for, any restructuring, liquidation, offer of dissolution, winding up, consensual or nonconsensual foreclosure, sale of assets (including pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code), merger, consolidation, business combination, workout or plan of reorganization for any Company Party other than the Plan (each, an “ Alternative Proposal ”) or (C) publicly announce its intention not to pursue the Restructuring.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, nothing herein and neither a vote to accept the Plan by a Supporting Noteholder nor the acceptance of the Plan by any class of creditors shall in any way be deemed to impair or waive the rights of a Supporting Noteholder to assert or raise any objection or otherwise appear as a party-in-interest in the Chapter 11 Cases so long as, from the Agreement Effective Date until the Agreement Termination Date, such appearance and the positions advocated in connection therewith either:  (i) seek to enforce rights, remedies or obligations under this Agreement; or (ii) are not materially inconsistent with this Agreement and are not for the primary purpose of hindering, delaying, or preventing the consummation of the Restructuring.  Except as expressly set forth herein or in the Definitive Documents, no Supporting Noteholder shall be required to incur, assume, become liable in respect of, or suffer to exist any material expenses, liabilities or other obligations, or agree to or become bound by any commitments, undertakings, concessions, indemnities or other arrangements that could result in material expenses, liabilities or other obligations to such Supporting Noteholder.  For the avoidance of doubt, each Party acknowledges and agrees that this

 

5


 

Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any “Default” or “Event of Default” under the Indentures (as such terms are defined under each applicable Indenture).

 

(c)                                   Transfers .

 

(i)                                      Each Supporting Noteholder agrees that, commencing on the Agreement Effective Date and ending on the Agreement Termination Date, such Supporting Noteholder shall not (A) directly or indirectly sell, use, transfer, assign, pledge, grant a participation interest in or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, its right, title or interest in respect of any Egalet Claims, as applicable, in whole or in part, or (B) deposit any of such Egalet Claims against any Company Party, as applicable, into a voting trust, or grant any proxies, or enter into a voting agreement with respect to any such Egalet Claims (the actions described in clauses (A) and (B) are collectively referred to herein as a “ Transfer ” and the Supporting Noteholder making such Transfer is referred to herein as the “ Transferor ”), unless the transferee thereof (the “ Transferee ”) is another Supporting Noteholder or agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Supporting Noteholders by executing a Transferee Joinder Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Transferee Joinder Agreement ”) and delivering an executed copy thereof within three (3) Business Days of such Transfer to counsel to the Company, the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee in accordance with Section 21 hereof.  Upon compliance with the foregoing, the Transferor shall be deemed to relinquish its rights (and be released from its obligations, except for any claim for breach of this Agreement that occurs prior to such Transfer) under this Agreement to the extent of such transferred Egalet Claims and the Transferor shall have no liability arising from or related to the failure of the Transferee to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Any Transfer made in violation of this Section 5(c)(i)  shall be deemed null and void ab initio and of no force or effect, regardless of any prior notice provided to the Company and/or any Supporting Noteholder, and shall not create any obligation or liability of any Company Party or any other Supporting Noteholder to the purported Transferee.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and for the avoidance of doubt, if any Party executes and becomes bound by this Agreement solely as to a specific business unit or division, no affiliate of such Party or other business unit or division within any such Party shall be subject to this Agreement unless they separately execute this Agreement or a Transferee Joinder Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5(c)(i), a Supporting Noteholder may (A) settle or deliver any Egalet Claims to settle any confirmed transaction pending as of the date of such Supporting Noteholder’s entry into this Agreement, or (B) Transfer any Egalet Claims to an entity that is acting in its capacity as a Qualified Marketmaker (as defined herein) (a “ Qualified Transfer ”) without the requirement that the Qualified Marketmaker be or become a Supporting Noteholder or otherwise be or become bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such Qualified Transfer shall only be valid if the Qualified Marketmaker subsequently Transfers all right, title and interest in such Egalet Claims within ten (10) Business Days of its acquisition to a Transferee that is a Supporting Noteholder (or becomes a Supporting Noteholder at the

 

6


 

time of the Transfer pursuant to a Transferee Joinder Agreement).  For purposes hereof, a “ Qualified Marketmaker ” shall mean an entity that (A) holds itself out to the market as standing ready in the ordinary course of its business to purchase from customers and sell to customers Egalet Claims (including debt securities or other debt) or enter with customers into long and short positions in claims against the Company (including debt securities or other debt), in its capacity as a dealer or market maker in such claims and (B) is in fact regularly in the business of making a market in claims against issuers or borrowers (including debt securities or other debt).

 

(d)                                  Additional Claims .  This Agreement shall in no way be construed to preclude the Supporting Noteholders from acquiring additional Egalet Claims, and each Supporting Noteholder agrees that if it acquires additional Egalet Claims then such Egalet Claims shall automatically be subject to all of the terms of this Agreement (including the obligations of the Supporting Noteholders under this Section 5 ).

 

6.                                       Commitments of the Company .  Commencing on the Agreement Effective Date until the Agreement Termination Date, each Company Party, jointly and severally, agrees, that such Company Party shall, subject to the terms and conditions hereof:

 

(a)                                  (i)  support and take all actions that are necessary and appropriate or are reasonably requested by the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders or the Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders to obtain orders of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent applicable, in furtherance of the solicitation, confirmation, and consummation of the Plan and the Restructuring, including using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain entry of the Cash Collateral Orders, Disclosure Statement Order and Confirmation Order, each in accordance with, and within the time frames contemplated by, this Agreement (including within the deadlines set forth in Section 7(a) ); (ii) timely file a formal written response in opposition to any objection filed with the Bankruptcy Court by any Person with respect to entry of Cash Collateral Orders, the Disclosure Statement Order or the Confirmation Order or any relief related thereto; (iii) support and consummate the Restructuring in a timely manner in accordance with this Agreement, including the good faith negotiation, preparation and filing of any Definitive Documents within the time frame provided herein or therein; (iv) execute and deliver any other documents that may be required to effectuate and consummate the Restructuring; (v) take any and all commercially reasonable and appropriate actions in furtherance of the Restructuring, as contemplated under this Agreement; and (vi) operate its business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with past practice (other than any changes in operations (i) resulting from or relating to the filing or prosecution of the Chapter 11 Cases or (ii) imposed by the Bankruptcy Court);

 

(b)                                  provide reasonably prompt written notice (in accordance with Section 21 hereof, and in any event which notice shall be provided within two (2) Business Days after such Company Party has actual knowledge of the circumstance giving rise to the notice obligation set forth in this clause (b) ) to the Supporting Noteholders of (i) the receipt by such Company Party of an unsolicited proposal or expression of interest with respect to an Alternative Proposal, which notice shall include the material terms of such Alternative Proposal and the identity of the Person(s) involved, (ii) any Event that causes or would reasonably be expected to cause (A) any covenant of any Company Party contained in this Agreement not to be satisfied, or (B) any

 

7


 

condition precedent contained in the Plan not to timely be satisfied or become incapable of being satisfied, (iii) receipt of any notice from any third party alleging that the consent of such party is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring, (iv) receipt of any material notice from any Governmental Unit with respect to this Agreement or the Restructuring, (v) receipt of any notice of any complaints, litigations, investigations, hearings or proceedings commenced other than as filed with the Bankruptcy Court, or threatened against the Company, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring, (vi) any failure of the Company to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder, (vii)  any acquisition or divestiture or business combination made by the Company outside of the ordinary course of business; and (viii) any material discussions or negotiations regarding any of the foregoing;

 

(c)                                   use reasonable best efforts to satisfy the milestones set forth in Section 7(a)  of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  not (i) waive, amend or modify, or file a pleading seeking authority to waive, amend or modify, any Definitive Document or the Restructuring without the Required Supporting Noteholders’ prior written consent (including via email), or (ii) execute or file any Definitive Document that, in whole or in part, is not consistent with this Agreement, or is not in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders;

 

(e)                                   to the extent applicable, timely file a formal objection to any motion filed with the Bankruptcy Court seeking the entry of an order modifying or terminating the Company’s exclusive right to file and/or solicit acceptances of a plan of reorganization, directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee, converting the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, dismissing the Chapter 11 Cases or for relief that (i) is inconsistent with this Agreement in any material respect, or (ii) would, or would reasonably be expected to, frustrate the purposes of this Agreement, including by preventing the consummation of the Restructuring;

 

(f)                                    use reasonable best efforts to obtain, file, submit or register any and all required Governmental Unit, regulatory and third-party approvals of the Restructuring;

 

(g)                                   maintain good standing and legal existence under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction in which such Company Party is incorporated, organized or formed;

 

(h)                                  not (i) object to, delay, impede or take any other action that is inconsistent with, or that is intended or reasonably likely to interfere with, delay, impede, prevent or postpone acceptance, confirmation or implementation of, the Restructuring, (ii) seek, solicit, encourage, assist, consent to, propose, file, support, participate in the formulation of, or enter or participate in any discussion or enter into any agreement, with any Person, regarding the negotiation or formulation of any Alternative Proposal, or (iii) publicly announce its intention not to pursue the Restructuring;

 

(i)                                      (i) provide draft copies of all Definitive Documents, and all material motions or applications and other documents that any Company Party intends to file with the Bankruptcy Court, to counsel to the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and the Ad Hoc

 

8


 

Convertible Noteholder Committee as soon as reasonably practicable (but no less than twenty four (24) hours) prior to the date when the applicable Company Party intends to execute or file any such pleading or other document (provided that the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide to counsel to the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee the draft of any such document no later than two (2) Business Days before making such contemplated filing of such document) or such other time period agreed to by such counsel, (ii) consult in good faith with such counsel regarding the form and substance of any such proposed filing with the Bankruptcy Court, and (iii) not file any document with the Bankruptcy Court that, in whole or in part, is not consistent with this Agreement, or is not in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders;

 

(j)                                     except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement and except for changes resulting from or relating to the filing and prosecution of the Chapter 11 Cases or imposed by the Bankruptcy Court, (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the relationships with current customers, distributors, suppliers, vendors, employees and others having business dealings with the Company, including but not limited to the performance of all material obligations under any executory contracts which have not been rejected and compliance with historical billing practices, (ii) maintain and insure their physical assets, properties and facilities in the current working order, condition and repair as of the date hereof (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and maintain all existing insurance on the foregoing consistent with past practices, (iii) not take any action, or omit to take any action, the intent of which is to cause the termination of its current executive officers (other than for cause), and (iv) maintain the Company’s books and records on a basis consistent with prior practice, including prior billing and collection practices;

 

(k)                                  provide the Supporting Noteholders and their advisors with, and direct its employees, officers, directors, consultants, attorneys, accountants and other advisors and representatives to provide the Supporting Noteholders and their advisors (in each case subject to any applicable confidentiality agreements) with, (i) timely responses to reasonable information requests from such Supporting Noteholders or their advisors, (ii) reasonable access to the Company’s (A) facilities, properties, assets, contracts, books, records and any other information concerning the business and operations of the Company and (B) officers, management, employees, advisors and representatives regarding the Company’s liquidity, assets, liabilities, business, finances, strategies, prospects, the Chapter 11 Cases, and the general status of ongoing operations, in each case during normal business hours and at other reasonable times in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the normal business operations of the Company, and (iii) updates regarding any material developments regarding the Company’s liquidity, assets, liabilities, business, finances, strategies, prospects and operations, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Iroko Acquisition;

 

(l)                                      not (i) seek discovery in connection with, prepare or commence any legal proceeding that challenges the amount, validity, enforceability or priority of the Egalet Claims of any Supporting Noteholder, or (ii) otherwise seek to restrict any rights of any of the Supporting Noteholders; and

 

(m)                              not increase in any manner the compensation or benefits (including severance, and retention and incentive bonuses) of any director, officer or employee of any

 

9


 

Company Party in an amount that exceeds $100,000 for any individual director, officer or employee.

 

7.                                       Termination .

 

(a)                                  Supporting Noteholder Termination .  This Agreement shall automatically terminate, or otherwise terminate as provided below, upon the delivery of written notice from the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders or the Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders, as applicable, to the Company (in accordance with Section 21) , at any time after the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i)                                      the Petition Date shall not have occurred on or before October 31, 2018;

 

(ii)                                   the Company shall have failed to file the Plan and the Disclosure Statement on the Petition Date;

 

(iii)                                the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered the Interim Cash Collateral Order on or before the date that is five (5) days after the Petition Date;

 

(iv)                               the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered the Disclosure Statement Order, the Final Cash Collateral Order on or before the date that is forty (40) days after the Petition Date;

 

(v)                                  the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered the Confirmation Order on or before the date that is eighty (80) days after the Petition Date;

 

(vi)                               the Effective Date shall not have occurred by the Outside Date;

 

(vii)                            the termination of the Purchase Agreement in connection with the Iroko Acquisition;

 

(viii)                         (A) any Definitive Document is not consistent with this Agreement or is otherwise not in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders or the Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders, or (B) any of the terms or conditions of any Definitive Document is waived, amended or modified, or any Company Party files a pleading seeking authority to waive, amend or modify, any Definitive Document, without the Required Supporting Noteholders’ prior written consent (including via email), in each case which remains uncured for five (5) Business Days after the receipt by the Company of written notice delivered in accordance herewith;

 

(ix)                               the Company shall have withdrawn the Plan without the consent of the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders or the Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders;

 

(x)                                  any Company Party files, propounds or otherwise seeks, solicits, proposes or supports, directly or indirectly, any Alternative Proposal or publicly announces its intention to pursue an Alternative Proposal;

 

10


 

(xi)                               any Company Party files any motion or application seeking authority to sell all or a material portion of its assets;

 

(xii)                            the termination of the consensual use of cash collateral as provided in the Cash Collateral Orders;

 

(xiii)                         the filing by any Company Party of any motion or other request for relief seeking (A) dismissal of any of the Chapter 11 Cases, (B) conversion of any of the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (C) appointment of a trustee or an examiner with expanded powers pursuant to section 1104 of the Bankruptcy Code in any of the Chapter 11 Cases;

 

(xiv)                        the entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court or any other court with appropriate jurisdiction (A) dismissing any of the Chapter 11 Cases, (B) converting any of the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (C) appointing a trustee or an examiner with expanded powers pursuant to section 1104 of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any of the Chapter 11 Cases, (D) making a finding of fraud, dishonesty, or material misconduct by any officer or director of the Company or (E) that would have the effect of restricting, preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Restructuring or adversely impacting the legal or economic rights of any Supporting Noteholder;

 

(xv)                           the entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court or any other court with appropriate jurisdiction avoiding, invalidating disallowing, subordinating or recharacterizing any Egalet Claims held by any Supporting Noteholder;

 

(xvi)                        the breach in any material respect by any Company Party of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, or warranties contained in this Agreement, and any such breach (a) remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business Days from the date the breaching Company Party receives a written notice of such breach from the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders or the Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders, and (b) could reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability to consummate the Restructuring in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(xvii)                     any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent Governmental Unit or regulatory authority shall have issued any ruling, judgment, or order making illegal or otherwise restricting, preventing, enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Restructuring or adversely impacting the legal or economic rights of any Supporting Noteholder in a manner that cannot be reasonably remedied in a timely manner by the Company or the Supporting Noteholder;

 

(xviii)                  the exclusive right of any Company Party to file and solicit a chapter 11 plan pursuant to section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code shall have terminated;

 

(xix)                        the filing of any motion or pleading by any Company Party in the Chapter 11 Cases that is not consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the

 

11


 

Definitive Documents in a manner that is reasonably not acceptable to the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders or the Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders; or

 

(xx)                           the Bankruptcy Court grants relief terminating, annulling, or modifying the automatic stay (as set forth in section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code) with regard to any material assets of the Company that would have an adverse impact on the Restructuring.

 

(b)                                  Company Termination .  This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the delivery of written notice from the Company to the Supporting Noteholders (in accordance with Section 21 ), at any time after the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i)                                      solely with respect to the Supporting Noteholders with First Lien Secured Note Claims, the breach in any material respect by any such Supporting Noteholder of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, or warranties contained in this Agreement that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the timely consummation of the Restructuring that (a) (to the extent curable) remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business Days from the date such breaching Supporting Noteholder receives a written notice of such breach from the Company, and (b) could reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability to consummate the Restructuring in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided , however , that the Company may not seek to terminate this Agreement based upon a breach of this Agreement by such Supporting Noteholder arising primarily out of the Company’s own actions in breach of this Agreement; and provided , further , that so long as non-breaching Supporting Noteholders with First Lien Secured Note Claims party hereto continue to hold at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding First Lien Secured Note Claims, such termination shall be effective only with respect to such breaching Supporting Noteholder;

 

(ii)                                   solely with respect to the Supporting Noteholders with 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims or 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims, the breach in any material respect by any such Supporting Noteholder of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, or warranties contained in this Agreement that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the timely consummation of the Restructuring that (a) (to the extent curable) remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business Days from the date such breaching Supporting Noteholder receives a written notice of such breach from the Company, and (b) could reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability to consummate the Restructuring in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided , however , that the Company may not seek to terminate this Agreement based upon a breach of this Agreement by a Supporting Noteholder arising primarily out of the Company’s own actions in breach of this Agreement; and provided, further, that so long as non-breaching Supporting Noteholders with 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims or 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims party hereto continue to hold at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims or 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims, respectively, such termination shall be effective only with respect to such breaching Supporting Noteholder(s);

 

(iii)                                any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent Governmental Unit or regulatory authority shall have issued any ruling, judgment, or order making illegal or

 

12


 

otherwise restricting, preventing, enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Restructuring in a manner that cannot be reasonably remedied in a timely manner by the Company or the Supporting Noteholders; or

 

(iv)                               the board of directors, board of managers, or such similar governing body of any Company Party determines, based on the advice of outside counsel, that proceeding with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement (including taking any action or refraining from taking any action) would be inconsistent with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under applicable law; provided , however , that the Company shall provide legal counsel to the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and legal counsel to the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee written notice prior to termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7(b)(iv) of this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable under the circumstances of such termination.

 

(c)                                   Mutual Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated by mutual written agreement of the Company and the Required Supporting Noteholders upon the receipt of written notice delivered in accordance with Section 21 .

 

(d)                                  Termination Upon Completion of the Restructuring . This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the Effective Date.

 

(e)                                   Effect of Termination .  The date on which termination of this Agreement is effective as to a Party in accordance with Section 7 shall be referred to as the “ Agreement Termination Date .”  Other than Section 10 , Section 12 , Section 16 , Section 18 , Section 19 , Section 20 , Section 21 , Section 23 and Section 25 , which shall survive termination of this Agreement, upon the termination of this Agreement as to a Party in accordance with this Section 7 , this Agreement shall become void and of no further force or effect as to such Party, and (i) except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, such Party shall (A) be immediately released from its respective liabilities, obligations, commitments, undertakings and agreements under or related to this Agreement, (B) have no further rights, benefits or privileges hereunder, and (C) have all the rights and remedies that they would have had and shall be entitled to take all actions, whether with respect to the Restructuring or otherwise, that they would have been entitled to take had they not entered into this Agreement; provided that in no event shall any such termination relieve a Party from liability for its breach or non-performance of its obligations hereunder prior to the date of such termination.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(a), (b)(iii) or (iv), (c) or (d) shall terminate this Agreement as to all Parties, and any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(b)(i) or (b)(ii) shall terminate this Agreement only with respect to a breaching Supporting Noteholder so long as non-breaching Supporting Noteholders continue to hold the requisite percentage of Claims described in such Sections.  Upon any termination of this Agreement as to a Party, any and all consents and ballots tendered by such Party prior to such termination shall be deemed, for all purposes, automatically null and void ab initio , shall not be considered or otherwise used in any manner by the Parties in connection with the Plan, this Agreement or otherwise, and such consents or ballots may be changed or resubmitted regardless of whether the applicable voting deadline has passed (without the need to seek a court order or consent from the Company allowing such change or resubmission), and the Company shall not oppose any such change or resubmission.

 

13


 

(f)                                    Each Company Party acknowledges and agrees, and shall not dispute, that after the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the giving of notice of termination by any Party pursuant to this Agreement and any resulting termination thereof shall not be a violation of the automatic stay of section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code (and each Company Party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the applicability of the automatic stay to the giving of such notice or the termination of this Agreement).

 

8.                                       Representations .

 

(a)                                  Each Party represents and warrants to each other Party that, as of the Agreement Effective Date (or, as to a Supporting Noteholder that becomes a Party hereto after the Agreement Effective Date, as of such date):

 

(i)                                      such Party is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, and has all requisite corporate, partnership, or limited liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated by, and perform its respective obligations under, this Agreement, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Party and the performance of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership, limited liability company, or other similar action on its part;

 

(ii)                                   the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party does not and shall not (A) violate any provision of law, rule or regulation applicable to it or any of its subsidiaries or its organizational documents or those of any of its subsidiaries, (B) conflict with its organizational documents, or (C) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligations to which it or any of its subsidiaries is a party, provided, that with respect to the Company, it is understood that commencing the Chapter 11 Cases may result in a breach of or constitute a default under such obligations;

 

(iii)                                the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement, or effectuation of the Restructuring, does not and shall not require any registration or filing with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any federal, state or other governmental authority or regulatory body, except such filing as may be necessary and/or required by the Bankruptcy Court or for disclosure by the Securities and Exchange Commission or pursuant to state securities or “blue sky” laws; and

 

(iv)                               subject to the provisions of sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, this Agreement is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws, both foreign and domestic, relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

 

14


 

(b)                                  Each of the Supporting Noteholders represents and warrants (severally and not jointly) that, as of the Agreement Effective Date (or, as to a Supporting Noteholder that becomes a Party hereto after the Agreement Effective Date, as of such date):

 

(i)                                      it is the beneficial holder (or investment advisor or manager for such beneficial holder) of the amount of Egalet Claims on such Supporting Noteholder’s signature page to this Agreement, which shall specify the aggregate principal amount held by it;

 

(ii)                                   it does not directly or indirectly own any Egalet Claims (other than any Egalet Claims for unpaid interest, fees, premiums, expenses or other amounts associated with or related to the principal amount of Egalet Claims identified on the signature page herein) other than as identified below its name on its signature page hereof;

 

(iii)                                each nominee, investment manager or advisor acting on behalf of the Supporting Noteholders has full power and legal authority to so act and to bind the applicable beneficial holder and has the full power and authority to vote on and consent to matters concerning the applicable Egalet Claims; and

 

(iv)                               other than pursuant to this Agreement, such Egalet Claims are free and clear of any equity, option, proxy, voting restriction, right of first refusal or other limitation on disposition of any kind, in each case that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect such Supporting Noteholder’s performance of its obligations contained in this Agreement at the time such obligations are required to be performed.

 

(c)                                   Each Company Party represents and warrants, jointly and severally, that, as of the Agreement Effective Date:

 

(i)                                      there is no pending agreement, understanding, negotiation or discussion (in each case, whether oral or written) with respect to any Alternative Proposal; and

 

(ii)                                   none of the material or information provided by or on behalf of any Company Party to any Supporting Noteholder in connection with the Restructuring, when read or considered together, contains any untrue statement of a fact or omits to state a fact necessary in order to prevent the statements made therein from being materially misleading; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to any projections or other forward looking material or information provided by or on behalf of any Company Party and, with respect to any such projections or other forward looking material or information, each Company Party represents, warrants and covenants, on a joint and several basis, that such material and information was prepared in good faith by such Company Party based on assumptions that such Company Party determined were reasonable at the time of the preparation thereof and are not based on any untrue statements of fact or omissions of facts determined at the time of the preparation of such projections or other forward looking material or information.

 

9.                                       Complete Agreement .  The Agreement (including any exhibits or schedules hereto including as actually executed) constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the

 

15


 

subject matter hereof, and cancels, merges and supersedes all other prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements, understandings, representations and warranties both written and oral, among the Parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Each Party hereto agrees that, except for the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any Definitive Documents, none of the Parties make any other representations or warranties, and each Party hereby disclaims any other representation or warranties, express or implied, or as to the accuracy or completeness of any information, made by, or made available by, itself or any of its representatives, with respect to, or in connection with, the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, notwithstanding the delivery or disclosure to the other or the other’s representatives of any documentation or other information with respect to any one or more of the foregoing.

 

10.                                Federal Rule of Evidence 408 .  This Agreement and the Plan are part of a proposed settlement of a dispute among the Parties.  Pursuant to Federal Rule of Evidence 408 and any other applicable rules of evidence, this Agreement and all negotiations relating hereto shall not be admissible into evidence in any proceeding other than a proceeding to enforce its terms.

 

11.                                Representation by Counsel .  Each Party hereto acknowledges that it has been represented by counsel (or had the opportunity to and waived its right to do so) in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Accordingly, any rule of law or any legal decision that would provide any Party hereto with a defense to the enforcement of the terms of this Agreement against such Party based upon lack of legal counsel shall have no application and is expressly waived.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a reasonable manner to effect the intent of the Parties hereto.  None of the Parties hereto shall have any term or provision construed against such Party solely by reason of such Party having drafted the same.

 

12.                                Independent Due Diligence and Decision-Making .  Each Supporting Noteholder hereby confirms that its decision to execute this Agreement has been based upon its independent investigation of the operations, businesses, financial and other conditions and prospects of the Company.

 

13.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall constitute the same instrument and the counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf).

 

14.                                Amendments .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be modified, amended, supplemented or waived in any manner except in writing signed by the Company and the Required Supporting Noteholders; provided , however , that (i) any modification of, or amendment or supplement to this Section 14 shall require the written consent of all of the Parties, (ii) any modification, amendment, supplement or waiver that is materially adverse to any Supporting Noteholder in a manner that is different or disproportionate in any material respect from the effect on any of the other Supporting Noteholders (in their capacity as holders of Egalet Claims) set forth in this Agreement (other than in proportion to the amount of such Egalet Claims) shall require the prior written consent of such affected Supporting Noteholder, (iii) any modification, amendment, supplement or waiver to the definition of Required Supporting Secured Noteholders shall only require the written consent of the Supporting Noteholders that hold Existing

 

16


 

First Lien Notes at such time (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no other Party), and (iv) any modification, amendment, supplement or waiver to the definition of Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders shall only require the written consent of the Supporting Noteholders that hold Existing 5.50% Convertible Notes or Existing 6.50% Convertible Notes at such time (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no other Party).

 

15.                                Headings .  The headings of the sections, paragraphs and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.

 

16.                                Relationship Among Parties .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the duties and obligations of the Supporting Noteholders under this Agreement shall be several, not joint.  No Party shall have, by reason of this Agreement, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any other Party, any holder of Egalet Claims, or any other Person, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to impose, or shall be construed as imposing, upon any Party any obligations in respect of this Agreement or the Restructuring except as expressly set forth herein.  It is understood and agreed that any Supporting Noteholder may trade in the debt or equity securities of the Company without the consent of the Company or any Supporting Noteholder, subject to any applicable confidentiality agreements entered into by such Supporting Noteholder and any Company Party and Sections 5(c)  and 5(d)  of this Agreement.  No Party hereto shall have any responsibility for any such trading by any other entity by virtue of this Agreement.  No prior history, pattern or practice of sharing confidences among or between the Parties hereto shall in any way affect or negate this understanding and agreement, and each Supporting Noteholder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Supporting Noteholder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.  It is hereby expressly acknowledged by each of the Supporting Noteholders, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other, that they are in privity with each other and that no Supporting Noteholder with First Lien Note Secured Claims is in privity with any other Supporting Noteholder with First Lien Note Secured Claims in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby and no Supporting Noteholder with Convertible Notes Claims is in privity with any other Supporting Noteholder with Convertible Notes Claims in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each Supporting Noteholder represents and warrants that as of the date hereof and for so long as this Agreement remains in effect, such Supporting Noteholder has no agreement, arrangement, or understanding with any other Supporting Noteholder with respect to acting together for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of any equity securities of the Company.  Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken by any Supporting Noteholder pursuant hereto is intended to constitute the Supporting Noteholders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that any Supporting Noteholder is in any way acting in concert or as a member of a “group” with any other Supporting Noteholder or Supporting Noteholders within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

17.                                Specific Performance .  It is understood and agreed by the Parties that money damages would be an insufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by any Party and each non-breaching Party shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief as a remedy of any such breach, including, without limitation, an order of the Bankruptcy

 

17


 

Court or other court of competent jurisdiction requiring any Party to comply promptly with any of its obligations hereunder; provided , however , that each Party agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of a bond in connection with such remedy.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Party shall be liable to the other for special, indirect, exemplary or punitive damages arising out of, or associated with or relating to this Agreement (including loss of profit or business interruptions, however same may be caused) and the Parties hereby waive all claims for any such damages.

 

18.                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to such state’s choice of law provisions which would require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.  By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally agrees for itself that any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to any matter arising under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment rendered in any such action, suit or proceeding, may be brought in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Parties irrevocably accepts and submits itself to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court, generally and unconditionally, with respect to any such action, suit or proceeding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing consent to jurisdiction, if the Chapter 11 Cases are commenced by the Company, each Party agrees that the Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction of all matters arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

19.                                WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (B) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (D) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION  19 .

 

20.                                Interpretation and Rules of Construction .  This Agreement is the product of negotiations among the Parties, and in the enforcement or interpretation hereof, is to be interpreted in a neutral manner, and any presumption with regard to interpretation for or against any Party by reason of that Party having drafted or caused to be drafted this Agreement, or any portion hereof, shall not be effective in regard to the interpretation hereof.  The Parties were each represented by counsel during the negotiations and drafting of this Agreement and continue to be represented by

 

18


 

counsel.  In addition, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

21.                                Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered personally, by email, courier, by facsimile transmission or mailed (first class postage prepaid) to the Parties at the following addresses, emails or facsimile numbers:

 

If to the Company:

 

Egalet Corporation
600 Lee Road, Suite 100
Wayne, PA 19087
Telephone: (484) 259-7220
Facsimile: (454) 447-2425
Attention: Megan C. Timmins, Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Email: mtimmins@egalet.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Dechert LLP
1095 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Telephone: (212) 698-3500
Facsimile:  (212) 698-3599
Attention: Michael J. Sage, Esq., Brian E. Greer, Esq. and Stephen M. Wolpert, Esq.   
Email: michael.sage@dechert.com, brian.greer@dechert.com, and Stephen.wolpert@dechert.com

 

If to the Supporting Noteholders holding the First Lien Secured Notes Claims:

 

to each such Supporting Noteholder at the address identified on the respective signature page hereto, with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6064
Telephone: (212) 373-3000
Facsimile:  (212) 757-3990
Attention:   Andrew N. Rosenberg, Esq., Jacob A. Adlerstein, Esq. and Adam M. Denhoff, Esq.
Email: arosenberg@paulweiss.com, jadlerstein@paulweiss.com and adenhoff@paulweiss.com

 

If to the Supporting Noteholders holding the Convertible Notes Claims:

 

19


 

to each such Supporting Noteholder at the address identified on the respective signature page hereto, with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
One Bryant Park
Bank of America Tower
New York, NY 10036-6745

 

Phone: (212) 872-1000
Facsimile: (212) 872-1002
Attention: Arik Preis, Stephen B. Kuhn
E-mail: apreis@akingump.com, skuhn@akingump.com

 

22.                                No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  Except as set forth in Section 25 , the terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and it is not the intention of the Parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other Person.

 

23.                                Public Disclosure .  The Company shall keep strictly confidential and shall not (and shall cause each of its legal counsel and financial advisors to not) disclose to any Person other than the Company’s legal counsel and financial advisors (a) the Supporting Noteholders’ signature pages to this Agreement (without limiting the foregoing, only redacted signature pages shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court), (b) the principal amount or percentage of any Egalet Claims held by any Supporting Noteholder, or (c) the identity of any Supporting Noteholder or its controlled affiliates, officers, directors, managers, stockholders, members, employees, partners, representatives or agents, in each case without such Supporting Noteholder’s prior written consent; provided , however , that the Company may disclose such names or amounts as may be legally required (based on the advice of outside counsel) by an order of the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, in which case the Company, prior to making such disclosure, shall allow the Supporting Noteholder to whom such disclosure relates reasonable time at its own cost to seek a protective order with respect to such disclosure; provided further , that, the Company shall be permitted to disclose at any time the aggregate principal amount of and aggregate percentage of Egalet Claims held by the Supporting Noteholders and, other than as set forth in this Section 23 , the contents of this Agreement.

 

24.                                No Waiver of Participation and Preservation of Rights .  This Agreement and the Plan are part of a proposed settlement of disputes among the Parties.  Without limiting the foregoing sentence in any way, if (a) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise set forth in the Plan are not consummated as provided herein, (b) the Agreement Termination Date occurs, or (c) this Agreement is otherwise terminated for any reason, the Parties each fully reserve any and all of their respective rights, remedies, claims and interests.

 

25.                                Transaction Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Whether or not the Restructuring or any of the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will timely pay or reimburse all reasonable and documented fees and expenses of (i) the members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and their advisors (including Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP and any local counsel

 

20


 

retained by the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee) and (ii) the members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee and their advisors (including Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP and any local counsel retained by the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee), in each case incurred in connection with this Agreement or the Restructuring through and including the Agreement Termination Date (the “ Transaction Expenses ”), in accordance with any fee reimbursement or engagement letters between the Company and such advisors (if applicable).

 

(b)                                  The Company’s agreement to pay the Transaction Expenses is an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, without such agreement, the Supporting Noteholders would not have entered into this Agreement, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Transaction Expenses shall constitute an administrative expense of the Company under sections 503(b) and 507 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

26.                                No Solicitation .  This Agreement is not intended to be, and each signatory to this Agreement acknowledges that this Agreement is not (a) an offer for the purchase, sale, exchange, hypothecation, or other transfer of securities for purposes of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or (b) a solicitation of votes for the acceptance of a chapter 11 plan of reorganization (including the Plan) for the purposes of sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.  Solicitation of acceptance of the Restructuring will not be solicited from any creditor of the Company until such party has received the disclosures required under or otherwise in compliance with applicable law.

 

27.                                Remedies Cumulative .  All rights, powers, and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise of any right, power, or remedy thereof by any Party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such right, power, or remedy by such Party.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

21


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered on the date first written above.

 

 

EGALET CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Radie

 

Name

Robert S. Radie

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

EGALET US INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Radie

 

Name

Robert S. Radie

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

EGALET LTD.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Radie

 

Name

Robert S. Radie

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Support Agreement]

 


 

 

SUPPORTING NOTEHOLDERS :

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name

 

 

Title:

 

 

Principal amount of Existing First Lien Notes:

 

$

 

Principal amount of Existing 5.50% Convertible Notes:

 

$

 

Principal amount of Existing 6.50% Convertible Notes:

 

$

 

Other Egalet Claims (if any):

 

$

 

[Signature Page to Restructuring Support Agreement]

 


Exhibit 10.2

 

EMPLOYMENT SEPARATION AGREEMENT
AND GENERAL RELEASE

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Egalet Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the “ Company ”), and Stanley J. Musial (“ Executive ” or “ Musial ”), effective following Executive’s signature of it without timely revocation (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive are parties to that Employment Agreement dated February 11, 2014 (“ Employment Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, Executive has tendered his resignation effective November 9, 2018 (the “ Separation Date ”);

 

WHEREAS, Company and Executive desire that Executive assist with a transition by providing consulting services through December 31, 2018; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to resolve any and all disputes between them, including but not limited to with respect to any of Executive’s severance rights, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to release or waive Executive’s right to indemnification and advancement by the Company under any applicable contract or law.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Payment of Accrued Wages and Expenses Through the Separation Date .

 

(a)                            Within thirty days after the Separation Date, the Company shall issue to Executive his final paycheck, reflecting (i) Executive’s fully earned but unpaid base salary, through the Separation Date at the rate then in effect, and (ii) all accrued, unused vacation due Executive through the Separation Date.  Except as otherwise set forth herein, Executive acknowledges and agrees that with his final check, Executive will have received all monies, bonuses, commissions, or other compensation he earned or was due during his employment by the Company.

 

(b)                            Expense Reimbursements .  The Company, within thirty (30) days after the Separation Date, will reimburse Executive for any and all reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of his job duties prior to the Separation Date.  Executive shall submit such expenses to the Company with supporting receipts and/or documentation no later than thirty (30) days after the Separation Date.

 

(c)                             Benefits .  With the exception of healthcare benefits for Executive which continue until and including November 30, 2018, Executive’s entitlement to benefits from the Company, and eligibility to participate in the Company’s benefit plans, shall cease on the Separation Date. Executive may elect to and is eligible to receive continued healthcare

 


 

coverage at Executive’s own expense pursuant to the provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) in accordance with the provisions of COBRA.  Executive will receive a lump sum payment equal to 102% of the total cost of his current group medical, dental and vision insurance premiums for the month of December in his final paycheck.  COBRA information will be provided via mail.

 

2.                                       Consulting Service .  Executive agrees to reasonably assist with the orderly transition of his duties and assist the Company’s outside professional services firm from November 10, 2018 through December 31, 2018 provided that it does not interfere with other gainful employment.  In consideration for the provision of these consulting services, Executive shall receive gross payments of $43,333.33 through the Company’s normal payroll process and subject to applicable withholding on or about each of November 30, 2018, December 15, 2018 and December 31, 2018 (“ Consulting Service Payments ”).

 

3.                                       Continuing Obligations .  Executive agrees to cooperate with the Company and the Company’s legal counsel to the fullest extent possible with respect to any pending or future governmental or regulatory investigation, civil or administrative proceeding or arbitration, legal proceedings, and litigation, including any internal investigations related thereto. Such cooperation shall include but not be limited to telephone and in-person conferences with the Company’s personnel and counsel and giving testimony at deposition and/or trial.

 

4.                                       Separation Benefits .  Except as otherwise set forth herein, Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is not entitled to any severance or termination benefits under any severance plan or program of the Company.

 

5.                                       Confirmation of Continuing Obligations.

 

(a)                            Restrictive Covenants .  Executive acknowledges that he continues to be bound by the Company Remedies and the Restrictive Covenants provisions set forth in Sections 7 and 8 of the Employment Agreement or any other agreement governing the use of the Company’s confidential information that Executive signed in connection with Executive’s employment in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

(b)                            Nondisparagement .  Executive agree that he will not defame, criticize, or disparage the Company and its current and former directors, officers, agents, affiliates, subsidiaries, predecessors, counsel, successors and assigns, and the current and former employees and agents of the foregoing, both individually and in their business capacities or its products and services in any medium or to any person without limitation in time, except as may be required by law or subpoena.  Executive further agree not to take any action that would harm the business or professional reputation of the Company, its officers, directors, employees, or shareholders.

 

(c)                             Return of Property .  On or promptly following the Separation Date, Executive shall return to the Company all of the Company’s property, documents (hard copy or electronic files), and information. Executive has not and will not copy or transfer any Company information, nor will Executive maintain any Company information after the Separation Date. Executive acknowledges that he continues to be bound by the provisions

 

2


 

of Section 9 of the Employment Agreement governing the Company’s intellectual and other property.

 

(d)                            Whistleblower Provision .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) Executive will not be prevented from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any United States governmental agency or entity in accordance with the provisions of and rules promulgated under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other whistleblower protection provisions of state or federal law or regulation (including the right to receive an award for information provided to any such government agencies), and (ii) Executive acknowledges that he will not be held criminally or civilly liable for (A) the disclosure of confidential or proprietary information that is made in confidence to a government official or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (B) disclosure of confidential or proprietary information that is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding under seal or pursuant to court order.

 

6.                                       General Release of Claims by Executive .

 

(a)                            In exchange for the benefits of this Agreement, and in consideration of the further agreements and promises set forth herein, Executive, on behalf of himself and his executors, heirs, administrators, representatives and assigns, hereby agrees to release and forever discharge the Company and all predecessors, successors and their respective parent corporations, affiliates, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present investors, directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, attorneys, agents and representatives, and the employee benefit plans in which Executive is or has been a participant by virtue of his employment with or service to the Company (collectively, the “ Releasees ”), from any and all claims, debts, demands, accounts, judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges, complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses, compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected (collectively, “ Claims ”), which Executive has or may have had against such entities based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date hereof or on or prior to the date hereof, arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever Executive’s employment by or service to the Company or the termination thereof, and Executive’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of any common shares or other equity interests of the Company or any of its affiliates, including any and all claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment, including without limitation claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract, fraud, negligent or intentional misrepresentation, promissory estoppel, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, unfair business practices, defamation, libel, slander, negligence, personal injury, assault, battery, invasion of privacy, false imprisonment, conversion, disability benefits, or other liability in tort or contract; claims for recovery of attorneys’ fees and costs; claims for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the non-withholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Executive as a result of this Agreement; and all

 

3


 

legal and equitable claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency including, without limitation, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000, et seq.; the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq.; the Civil Rights Act of 1866, and the Civil Rights Act of 1991; 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, et seq.; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 621, et seq. (the “ ADEA ”); the Equal Pay Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 206(d); regulations of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, 41 C.F.R. Section 60, et seq.; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 201 et seq.; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.; the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1681, et seq.; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 2100, et seq.; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, 18 U.S.C. Section 1514A.1, et seq.; the federal and any state constitution; and all Pennsylvania state and local laws.

 

(b)                            Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Executive does not release the following claims: (i) claims under this Agreement; (ii) claims for unemployment compensation, workers’ compensation, or any disability benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable law or policy; (iii) claims pursuant to the terms and conditions of the federal law known as COBRA; (iv) claims for indemnity under the bylaws of the Company, as provided for by applicable law or under any applicable insurance policy with respect to Executive’s liability as an employee, director or officer of the Company; (v) claims for vested stock or other equity under the terms of the Company’s plans; and (vi) Executive’s right to bring to the attention of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local government agency claims of discrimination, harassment, interference with leave rights or retaliation; provided, however, that Executive does release Executive’s right to secure any damages for such alleged treatment; and (vii) Executive’s right to communicate or cooperate with any government agency.

 

(c)                             Executive acknowledges that he has been advised that, by statute or common law, a general release may not extend to Claims of which Executive is not aware at the time of entering into this Agreement which, if known by Executive may or would have materially affected his decision to enter into the Agreement.  Being aware of this fact, Executive waives any right he may have by statute or under common law principles to preserve his ability to assert such unknown Claims.

 

(d)                            Executive acknowledges that Executive is entitled to have twenty-one (21) days’ time in which to consider this Agreement.  Executive further acknowledges that the Company has advised him in writing that he is waiving his rights under the ADEA, and that Executive should consult with an attorney of his choice before signing this Agreement, and Executive has had sufficient time to consider the terms of this Agreement.  Executive represents and acknowledges that if Executive executes this Agreement before twenty-one (21) days have elapsed, Executive does so knowingly, voluntarily, and upon the advice and with the approval of Executive’s legal counsel (if any), and that Executive voluntarily waives any remaining consideration period.

 

4


 

(e)                             Executive understands that after executing this Agreement, Executive has the right to revoke it within seven (7) days after his execution of it.  If the seventh day falls on a weekend or federal holiday, he has until the next business day to revoke.  Executive understands that this Agreement will not become effective and enforceable unless the revocation period passes and Executive does not revoke the Agreement in writing.  Executive understands that this Agreement may not be revoked after the revocation period has passed.  Executive also understands that any revocation of this Agreement must be made in writing and delivered to Megan C. Timmins, Senior Vice President and General Counsel, by email at mtimmins@egalet.com on or before 5 p.m. Eastern on the last day of the revocation period following Executive’s signature of the Agreement.

 

(f)                              Executive understands that this Agreement shall become effective, irrevocable, and binding upon Executive after his execution of it and the expiration of the revocation period, so long as Executive has not revoked it within the time period and in the manner specified in clause (e) above.

 

(g)                             Executive further understands that Executive will not be eligible to  receive the Consulting Service Payments under Section 2 of this Agreement unless it is timely executed and allowed to become effective.

 

7.                                       Additional Representations and Warranties By Executive .  Executive represents that Executive has no pending complaints or charges against the Releasees, or any of them, with any state or federal court, or any local, state or federal agency, division, or department based on any event(s) occurring prior to the date Executive signs this Agreement, is not owed wages, commissions, bonuses or other compensation, other than as set forth in this Agreement, and did not, during the course of Executive’s employment sustain any injuries for which Executive might be entitled to compensation pursuant to worker’s compensation law.  Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, Executive further represents that Executive will not in the future, file, participate in, encourage, instigate or assist in the prosecution of any claim, complaints, charges or in any lawsuit by any party in any state or federal court against the Releasees, or any of them. unless such aid or assistance is ordered by a court or government agency or sought by compulsory legal process, claiming that the Releasees, or any of them, have violated any local, state or federal laws, statutes, ordinances or regulations based upon events occurring prior to the execution of this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 8 is intended to affect Executive’s right to communicate directly with, cooperate with, or provide information to, any federal, state or local government regulator.

 

8.                                       No Admission of Liability .  By entering into this Agreement, the parties do not admit, and specifically deny, any liability, wrongdoing or violation of any statutory or common law, order, regulation or policy whether under federal, state and/or local law.

 

9.                                       Knowing and Voluntary .  Executive represents and agrees that, prior to signing this Agreement, Executive had the opportunity to discuss the terms of this Agreement with legal counsel of Executive’s choosing.  Executive further represents and agrees that Executive is entering into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily. Executive affirms that no promise was made to cause Executive to enter into this Agreement, other than what is promised in this Agreement. Executive further confirms that Executive has not relied upon any other statement

 

5


 

or representation by anyone other than what is in this Agreement as a basis for Executive’s agreement.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                            Modification; Prior Claims .  This Agreement and the Employment Agreement as modified herein, set forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all existing agreements between them concerning such subject matter.  Except as preserved by express reference in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement shall be superseded entirely by this Agreement and such agreements shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and an authorized representative of the Company.  No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

 

(b)                            Assignment; Assumption by Successor .  The rights of the Company under this Agreement may, without the consent of Executive, be assigned by the Company, in its sole and unfettered discretion, to any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly, acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.  The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place; provided , however , that no such assumption shall relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  As used in this Agreement, the “ Company ” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

 

(c)                             Third-Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement does not create, and shall not be construed as creating, any rights enforceable by any person not a party to this Agreement.

 

(d)                            Waiver .  The failure of either party hereto at any time to enforce performance by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall in no way affect such party’s rights thereafter to enforce the same, nor shall the waiver by either party of any breach of any provision hereof be deemed to be a waiver by such party of any other breach of the same or any other provision hereof.

 

(e)                             Non-transferability of Interest .  None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be assignable or transferable except through a testamentary disposition or by the laws of descent and distribution upon the death of Executive.  Any attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition (other than as aforesaid) of any interest in the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation to be made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be void.

 

6


 

(f)                              Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

 

(g)                             Ambiguities .  The general rule that ambiguities are to be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this Agreement.  In the event that any language of this Agreement is found to be ambiguous, all parties shall have the opportunity to present evidence as to the actual intent of the parties with respect to any such ambiguous language.

 

(h)                            Severability .  If any sentence, phrase, paragraph, subparagraph or portion of this Agreement is found to be illegal or unenforceable, such action shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining sentences, phrases, paragraphs, subparagraphs or portions of this Agreement.

 

(i)                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(j)                               Withholding and other Deductions .  All compensation payable or provided to Executive hereunder shall be subject to such deductions as the Company is from time to time required to make pursuant to law, governmental regulation or order.

 

(k)                            Code Section 409A .

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no payment or benefit to be paid or provided to Executive upon his termination of employment, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other payments or benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  Similarly, no amounts payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Code Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(ii)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination of employment (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service.  All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to

 

7


 

constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

(iii)                                Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute a Deferred Payment for purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) above.

 

(iv)                               Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the limits set forth therein will not constitute a Deferred Payment for purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) above.

 

(v)                                  This Agreement is intended to be written, administered, interpreted and construed in a manner such that no payment or benefits provided under the Agreement become subject to (A) the gross income inclusion set forth within Code Section 409A(a)(1)(A) or (B) the interest and additional tax set forth within Code Section 409A(a)(1)(B) (together, referred to herein as the “ Section 409A Penalties ”), including, where appropriate, the construction of defined terms to have meanings that would not cause the imposition of Section 409A Penalties.  In no event shall the Company be required to provide a tax gross-up payment to Executive or otherwise reimburse Executive with respect to Section 409A Penalties.   The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any Section 409A Penalties on Executive.

 

(vi)                               Any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits payable under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) and shall be paid on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which Executive incurred the expenses.  The amount of expenses reimbursed or in-kind benefits payable in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits payable in any other taxable year of Executive’s, and Executive’s right to reimbursement for such amounts shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(l)                                Taxes; Right to Seek Independent Advice .  Executive understands and agrees that all payments under this Agreement will be subject to appropriate tax withholding and other deductions, as and to the extent required by law.  Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor the Company’s counsel has provided any legal or tax advice to Executive and that Executive is free to, and is hereby advised to, consult with a legal or tax advisor of Executive’s choosing.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

Egalet Corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Radie

 

Name:

Robert Radie

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stanley J. Musial

 

Stanley J. Musial

 

9


Exhibit 10.3

 

[EXECUTION COPY]

 

TERMINATION AND SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS TERMINATION AND SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of October 29, 2018, by and between Halo Pharmaceutical, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having offices at 30 North Jefferson Road, Whippany, NJ 07981 (“ Halo ”), and Egalet Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having offices at 600 East Lee Road, Suite 100, Wayne, PA 19087, Egalet, Ltd, a UK company having offices at 160 Queen Victoria Street London EC4V 4QQ and Egalet US Inc., having offices at 600 Lee Road, Wayne, PA 19087 (collectively, “ Client ”).  As used herein, Halo and Client are referred to collectively as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party ”.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Halo and Client previously entered into that certain Drug Product Manufacturing Services Agreement, effective as of February 28, 2017 (as amended, the “ Manufacturing Agreement ”) ;

 

WHEREAS, Halo and Client mutually desire to resolve amounts due to Halo under the Manufacturing Agreement and to terminate the Manufacturing Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Manufacturing Agreement; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
TERMINATION OF THE MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

Section 1.1                                                     Termination of Rights under the Manufacturing Agreement .

 

(a)                          Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Halo and Client shall irrevocably terminate, and do hereby terminate effective as of the Payment Date (as defined below), the Manufacturing Agreement in its entirety so that the Parties and their respective Affiliates, from and after the Payment Date, shall have no obligations to or rights from one another pursuant to the Manufacturing Agreement and such that the Manufacturing Agreement will have no further force or effect; provided , that Sections 11.1 (Confidentiality) and 12.2 (Inventions) of the Manufacturing Agreement shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect, mutatis mutandis .  For the avoidance of doubt, except as explicitly set forth in this Agreement, no provision of the Manufacturing Agreement shall survive such termination notwithstanding any provision of the Manufacturing Agreement to the contrary.

 

(b)                          The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that, as of the Payment Date, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Manufacturing Agreement, all licenses and sublicenses granted to a Party or its predecessor Parties or their respective Affiliates under

 


 

intellectual property Controlled by the other Party or its predecessor Parties or their respective Affiliates pursuant to the Manufacturing Agreement are hereby terminated.  As used herein, “ Controlled ” means, with respect to any intellectual property, possession by a Party, whether by ownership or license (other than pursuant to the Manufacturing Agreement).

 

(c)                           Client acknowledges and agrees that, as of the Payment Date, (i) the aggregate amount of  $1,097,713 is currently due and owing under the Manufacturing Agreement to Halo, including with respect to invoices sent to Client prior to the date hereof (the “ Outstanding Fees ”), and (ii) in addition to the Outstanding Fees, Halo has claims totaling not less than $6,368,988 in respect of the early termination of the Manufacturing Agreement and all other amounts owed to or claimed by Halo against Client under the Manufacturing Agreement (the “ Termination Claims ,” and the Outstanding Fees plus the Termination Claims, the “ Halo Claim ”).  Client acknowledges and agrees that it has no claims, counterclaims, offsets, credits, or defenses to the Halo Claim, and the Halo Claim constitutes a direct obligation under the Manufacturing Agreement and is not in any respect indirect, incidental, special, consequential, exemplary, or punitive damages.

 

Section 1.2                                                     Wind-Down Activities; Payment and Expenses .

 

(a)                          Following the Payment Date, the Parties shall undertake the activities set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “ Wind-Down Activities ”), in each case, for the time periods set forth on Schedule A .

 

(b)                          Upon the signing of this agreement, in full and final satisfaction of all amounts owed to or claimed by Halo with respect to the Manufacturing Agreement or otherwise with respect to Client (in each case, subject to the other terms of this Agreement including, without limitation, Sections 2.1(b), (c) and (d)), Client shall pay to Halo, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions provided by Halo to Client prior to the date hereof, the aggregate amount of $3,100,000 (the “ Settlement Payment ”).  For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Agreement shall not be effective or binding on any Party until the date on which Halo has received the Settlement Payment in immediately available funds (such date, the “ Payment Date ”).

 

(c)                           Unless otherwise provided by this Agreement, the Parties shall be responsible for their own costs and expenses related to their respective activities under this Agreement, including the Wind-Down Activities (as defined below).

 

ARTICLE II.

COVENANT NOT TO SUE AND RELEASE

 

Section 2.1                                     Covenant Not to Sue Client Parties .

 

(a)                                  Effective as of the Payment Date, Halo for itself and on behalf of all of its Affiliates, together (as applicable) with each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, trustees, attorneys, advisors, parents, subsidiaries, heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns (each a “ Halo Party ” and collectively, the “ Halo Parties ”) do hereby agree not to commence any lawsuit or bring any legal action against the Client Parties (as defined below) for any and all actions, causes of action, claims, counterclaims, damages, debts, demands, losses,

 

2


 

liabilities, costs, expenses, liens and obligations of whatsoever name and nature, whether known or unknown, fixed, or contingent, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which any Halo Party now has, has ever had, or may hereafter have against any Client Party arising out of any act, fact, transaction, matter, cause or event occurring or arising on or before the Payment Date, to the extent arising out of or related to the Manufacturing Agreement or the transactions or activities contemplated or undertaken thereunder, including (x) any rights to indemnification or reimbursement under the Manufacturing Agreement, and (y) the balance of the Halo Claim remaining after Halo’s receipt of the Settlement Payment (collectively, the “ Causes of Action ”); provided , however , that this covenant not to sue shall not apply to any claims by a Halo Party against a Client Party under this Agreement, including as a result of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by Client in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  If an Insolvency Proceeding has not been commenced by or against any of the Client Parties within ninety-one (91) days after the Payment Date, then the Client Parties shall be fully and automatically released from all Causes of Action without further action by the Halo Parties on the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Payment Date; provided , however , that the foregoing release shall not release or discharge any claims by a Halo Party against a Client Party under this Agreement, including as a result of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by Client in this Agreement.  As used herein, “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any person or entity under any provision of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq . (as amended or re-codified from time to time) or under any other state, federal, or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, or other proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by or against any of the Client Parties within ninety-one (91) days after the Payment Date and any action, cause of action, suit, claim, challenge, or proceeding is asserted against any Halo Party to avoid, declare fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recover, or otherwise invalidate this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereunder, including the Settlement Payment (whether brought by a Client Party, a trustee appointed in the Insolvency Proceeding, a creditor of Client, or any other party) (a “ Challenge ”), then the Halo Parties and the Client Parties shall each be automatically released from their covenant not to sue under Section 2.1(a) and release and covenant not to sue under Section 2.2, respectively, and Halo shall be entitled to file a proof of claim or otherwise to seek payment of the balance of the Halo Claim; provided , however , that if no Challenge is asserted prior to the time that the Insolvency Proceeding is closed, the Halo Parties and the Client Parties shall each be fully and automatically released from all Released Claims and all Causes of Action, respectively, without further action by the Client Parties or the Halo Parties.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by or against any of the Client Parties within ninety-one (91) days of the Payment Date, Halo shall be entitled to file a protective proof of claim in respect of the Halo Claim in such Insolvency Proceeding, which proof of claim shall be fully and automatically withdrawn and released if no Challenge is asserted prior to the time that such Insolvency Proceeding is closed.

 

Section 2.2                                     Release of Halo Parties

 

(a)                                  Effective as of the Payment Date, Client for itself and on behalf of all of

 

3


 

its Affiliates, together (as applicable) with each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, trustees, attorneys, advisors, parents, subsidiaries, heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns (each a “ Client Party ” and collectively, the “ Client Parties ”) hereby jointly and severally, fully, finally and forever releases and discharges Halo and its past, present and future Affiliates together with each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, trustees, attorneys, advisors, parents, subsidiaries, heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns (individually, a “ Halo Releasee ” and, collectively, the “ Halo Releasees ”) from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, counterclaims, damages, debts, demands, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, liens and obligations of whatsoever name and nature (hereinafter, the “ Released Claims ”), whether known or unknown, fixed, or contingent, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which any Client Party now has, has ever had, or may hereafter have against any Halo Releasee arising out of any act, fact, transaction, matter, cause or event occurring or arising on or before the Payment Date, to the extent arising out of or related to the Manufacturing Agreement or the transactions or activities contemplated or undertaken thereunder, including any rights to indemnification or reimbursement under the Manufacturing Agreement; provided , however , that this release shall not release or discharge any claims by a Client Party against a Halo Releasee under this Agreement, including as a result of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by Halo in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Client for itself and for each Client Party hereby irrevocably covenants to and Client shall and shall cause each Client Party to refrain from, directly or indirectly, asserting any claim or demand, or commencing, instituting or causing to be commenced or instituted any proceeding of any kind, against any Halo Releasee, based upon any Released Claim released hereby.  Furthermore, if a Client Party commences such a proceeding against any Halo Releasee and the judicial body before which the proceeding is brought determines in a final judgment that such claim or demand has been released pursuant to Section 2.2(a), such Client Party shall reimburse the Halo Releasee for all costs and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation and defense and attorney’s fees and expenses) incurred in connection with such proceeding.

 

ARTICLE III.
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

Section 3.1                                                       Representations and Warranties of Each Party .  As of the date hereof, each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party hereto as follows: (a) it is a corporation or entity duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation; (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and does not require any shareholder action or approval; (c) it has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligation hereunder; and (d) the execution, delivery and performance by such Party of this Agreement and its compliance with the terms and provisions do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute a default under (i) a loan agreement, guaranty, financing agreement, agreement affecting a product or other agreement or instrument binding or affecting it or its property; (ii) the provisions of its charter or operative documents or bylaws; or (iii) any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental authority entered against it or by which any of its property is bound, in each case, that would result in a material adverse effect on such Party or its financial condition or results of operations.

 

4


 

Section 3.2                                                       Further Assurance .  The Parties agree that subsequent to the date hereof, at the request and at the cost and expense of the other Party, they will execute and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the other Party, such further instruments and take such other action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intents and purposes contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 3.3                                                       Wind-Down Activities .  Following the date hereof, Halo and Client shall undertake the Wind-Down Activities in accordance with and as set forth on Schedule A .

 

ARTICLE IV.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 4.1                                                     Notices .  Any notice, approval, instruction or other written communication required or permitted hereunder shall be sufficient if made or given to Halo or Client, as the case may be, by personal delivery, by facsimile communication, by delivery via nationally recognized overnight courier service, by first class mail postage prepaid, or by PDF attachment to an email or similar electronic transmission to the mailing address, facsimile number or email address set forth below:

 

(a)                                  If to Client:

 

Egalet Corporation

600 Lee Road, Suite 100

Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

Attn: Mark Strobeck, Chief Operating Officer

Facsimile No: (484) 580-6230

Email: mstrobeck@egalet.com

 

(b)                                  If to Halo:

 

Halo Pharmaceutical, Inc.

30 North Jefferson Road

Whippany, New Jersey 07981

Attn: Lee Karras, Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile No: (973) 428-4254

Email: lee.karras@cambrex.com

 

or to such other contact information provided to the other party in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.1.  Notices or written communications made or given by personal delivery, overnight courier service, facsimile or email shall be deemed to have been sufficiently made or given when sent (receipt acknowledged), or if mailed, three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid or upon receipt, whichever is sooner.  For the avoidance of doubt, Halo’s giving of notice to Egalet Corporation in accordance with this Section 4.1 shall suffice for notice also to Egalet Ltd. and Egalet US Inc.

 

Section 4.2                                                     Costs and Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided

 

5


 

herein, the Parties shall bear their own respective expenses (including, but not limited to, all compensation and expenses of counsel, financial advisors, consultants and independent accountants) incurred in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.3                                                     No Withholding

 

(a)          Each Party will make all payments to the other Party under this Agreement without deduction or withholding for any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, assessments or fees of any nature, including any interest thereon (“ Taxes ”).  To the extent that any such deduction or withholding is required by applicable legal requirements at the time of payment, the sum payable by the paying Party shall be increased as necessary so that, after making all required deductions or withholdings of Taxes, the recipient Party shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholdings or deductions have been made.

 

(b)                                                  Any Tax required to be withheld on amounts payable under this Agreement will be paid by the paying Party on behalf of the recipient Party to the appropriate governmental authority, and the paying Party will furnish the recipient Party with proof of payment of such Tax.  Any such Tax required to be withheld will be an expense of and borne by the paying Party.

 

(c)                                                   The Parties will cooperate with respect to all documentation required by any taxing authority or reasonably requested by either Party to secure a reduction in the rate of applicable withholding Taxes.

 

Section 4.4                                                     Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey and the laws of the United States applicable therein. Any dispute resolution proceeding under this Section 4.4 shall be conducted in the jurisdiction of New Jersey, if any one or more Halo Parties are the defendant party(ies), or in Pennsylvania if any one or more Client Parties are the defendant party(ies), in each case, in the English language.

 

Section 4.5                                                     Headings .  The headings preceding the text of the Articles, Sections and subsections hereof are inserted solely for convenience of reference, and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect.  All words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the context may require.

 

Section 4.6                                                     Interpretation and Rules of Construction .  In this Agreement, except to the extent otherwise provided or that the context otherwise requires: (a) in the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Manufacturing Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control; (b) except where expressly provided otherwise, when a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or a Schedule to, this Agreement; (c) whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (d) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of

 

6


 

similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (e) all terms defined in this Agreement have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein; (f) the definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms; (g) references to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns; and (h) the use of “or” is not intended to be exclusive unless expressly indicated otherwise.

 

Section 4.7                                                     Amendment and Waiver .  No amendment, modification or supplement of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless made in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of each Party.  No provision of this Agreement shall be waived by any act, omission or knowledge of a Party or its agents or employees except by an instrument in writing expressly waiving such provision and signed by a duly authorized officer of the waiving Party.

 

Section 4.8                                                     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement among the Parties in relation to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all previous agreements among the Parties in relation to the same subject matter.  It is further agreed that none of the Parties has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any warranty or undertaking of the other Party which is not expressly set out or referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 4.9                                                     Assignment .  Neither this Agreement nor any interest under this Agreement shall be assignable by a Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, except as provided for in this Section 4.9.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties to this Agreement and the name of a Party to this Agreement appearing herein shall be deemed to include the names of such Party’s successors and permitted assigns to the extent necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.10                                              Publicity .  Neither Halo nor Client will make any press release or other public disclosure regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including identifying the other as a business partner or in connection with any scholarly or industry publications or presentations, without the other’s express prior written consent.  The foregoing shall not apply to the extent disclosure is required, in the reasonable judgment of the disclosing Party, under applicable law, by any Authority or by the rules of any stock exchange on which the securities of the disclosing party are listed, in which case the disclosing party shall reasonably consult with and consider the other party’s comments as to the form, nature and extent of the press release or public disclosure prior to issuing or making the disclosure.

 

Section 4.11                                              Limitation of Liability .  IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED UPON A CLAIM OR ACTION OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 4.12                                              Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in two or more

 

7


 

counterparts, by original or facsimile signature, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 4.13                                              No Third Party Beneficiary Rights .  This Agreement is not intended to and shall not be construed to give any Person or entity other than the Parties, the Halo Parties, and the Client Parties, and as otherwise expressly set forth herein, any interest or rights (including any Third Party beneficiary rights) with respect to or in connection with any agreement or provision contained herein or contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.14                                              Severability .  Each of the agreements, undertakings, covenants, warranties, indemnities and other obligations of the parties entered pursuant to this Agreement are considered reasonable by the Parties hereto.  Subject to Section 2.1, if any provision of this Agreement is held void or unenforceable or in conflict with the legal requirements of any relevant jurisdiction, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement, so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

 

HALO PHARMACEUTICAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ L. Lee Karras

 

 

 

 

Name:

L. Lee. Karras

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

 

EGALET CORPORATION

 

 

EGALET US INC.

 

 

EGALET LTD

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Radie

 

 

 

 

Name:

Robert S. Radie

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

2


Exhibit 99.1

 

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE

 

 

)

 

In re:

)

Chapter 11

 

)

 

EGALET CORPORATION, et al. ,

)

Case No. 18 -       (  )

 

)

 

 

)

Joint Administration Requested

Debtors.(1)

)

 

 

)

 

 

DEBTORS’ JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
UNDER CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

THIS DRAFT CHAPTER 11 PLAN IS NOT AN OFFER WITH RESPECT TO ANY SECURITIES OR SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCES OF A CHAPTER 11 PLAN PURSUANT TO SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.  ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION WILL BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND/OR PROVISIONS OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.

 

DECHERT LLP

YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP

Michael J. Sage ( pro hac vice pending)

Robert S. Brady (No. 2847)

Brian E. Greer ( pro hac vice pending)

Sean T. Greecher (No. 4484)

Stephen M. Wolpert ( pro hac vice pending)

Rodney Square

Alaina Heine ( pro hac vice pending)

1000 North King Street

Three Bryant Park

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

1095 Avenue of the Americas

Tel:

(302) 571-6600

New York, NY 10036

Fax:

(302) 571-1253

Tel:

(212) 698-3500

 

Fax:

(212) 698-3599

 

 

 

Dated: October 30, 2018

 

 


(1)                                  The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of their respective federal tax identification numbers, are: Egalet Corporation (5334), Egalet US Inc. (6649), and Egalet Ltd. (Foreign).  The Debtors’ corporate headquarters and mailing address is located at 600 Lee Road, Suite 100, Wayne, PA 19087.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

I. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF TERMS

2

 

 

 

A.

Definitions

2

 

 

 

B.

Interpretation, Application of Definitions, and Rules of Construction

16

 

 

 

C.

Reference to Monetary Figures

16

 

 

 

D.

Consent Rights of Supporting Parties

16

 

 

 

II. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS AND CLAIMS NOT SUBJECT TO ALLOWANCE

17

 

 

 

A.

General Rules of Classification

17

 

 

 

B.

Classification of Claims and Interests

17

 

 

 

C.

Claims Not Subject to Allowance

18

 

 

 

III. TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS, PROFESSIONAL FEE CLAIMS, PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS, AND STATUTORY FEES

19

 

 

 

A.

Administrative Claims

19

 

 

 

B.

Professional Fee Claims

19

 

 

 

C.

Payment of the Transaction Expenses

20

 

 

 

D.

Priority Tax Claims

20

 

 

 

E.

Payment of Statutory Fees

20

 

 

 

IV. TREATMENT OF CLASSIFIED CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

20

 

 

 

A.

Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C — Other Priority Claims

20

 

 

 

B.

Classes 2A, 2B, and 2C - Other Secured Claims

21

 

 

 

C.

Classes 3A, 3B, and 3C — First Lien Secured Notes Claims

21

 

 

 

D.

Classes 4A, 4B, and 4C — Convertible Notes Claims

22

 

 

 

E.

Classes 5A, 5B, and 5C — General Unsecured Claims

23

 

 

 

F.

Class 6A, 6B, and 6C — Intercompany Claims

23

 

 

 

G.

Classes 7A, 7B, and 7C — Subordinated Claims

24

 

 

 

H.

Class 8A — Existing Equity Interests

24

 

 

 

I.

Class 9B and 9C — Intercompany Interests

24

 

 

 

J.

Elimination of Vacant Classes

24

 

 

 

K.

Acceptance or Rejection of this Plan

25

 

 

 

L.

Nonconsensual Confirmation

25

 

 

 

M.

Subordinated Claims

25

 

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

V. PROVISIONS REGARDING CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS

26

 

 

 

A.

Cancellation of Existing Equity Interests

26

 

 

 

B.

Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors

26

 

 

 

C.

Powers of Officers

26

 

 

 

D.

Management Incentive Plan

27

 

 

 

E.

Benefit Plans

27

 

 

 

VI. [RESERVED]

28

 

 

 

VII. PROVISIONS REGARDING MEANS OF IMPLEMENTATION, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND RESOLUTION OF DISPUTED CLAIMS

28

 

 

 

A.

General Settlement of Claims

28

 

 

 

B.

Iroko Acquisition

28

 

 

 

C.

Issuance of New Securities

28

 

 

 

D.

Avoidance Actions

30

 

 

 

E.

Restructuring Transactions

30

 

 

 

F.

Corporate Action

30

 

 

 

G.

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

31

 

 

 

H.

Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

31

 

 

 

I.

Cancellation of Securities and Agreements

31

 

 

 

J.

Distributions in Respect of Allowed Claims

32

 

 

 

K.

Resolution of Disputed Claims

34

 

 

 

L.

Issuance of New Secured Notes

36

 

 

 

M.

Rights Offering

37

 

 

 

N.

New Royalty Rights Agreement

38

 

 

 

VIII. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

38

 

 

 

A.

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

38

 

 

 

B.

Cure

38

 

 

 

C.

Contract Rejection Claims

39

 

 

 

D.

Restrictions on Assignment Void

39

 

 

 

E.

Workers’ Compensation and Insurance Programs

39

 

ii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

IX. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THIS PLAN

40

 

 

 

A.

Continued Corporate Existence

40

 

 

 

B.

Vesting of Assets

40

 

 

 

C.

Preservation of Causes of Action

40

 

 

 

D.

Discharge of the Debtors

41

 

 

 

E.

Releases by the Debtors of Certain Parties

41

 

 

 

F.

Releases by Non-Debtors

42

 

 

 

G.

Exculpation

43

 

 

 

H.

Injunction

44

 

 

 

I.

Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays

45

 

 

 

J.

Setoff or Recoupment

45

 

 

 

K.

Preservation of Insurance

46

 

 

 

L.

Indemnification Obligations

46

 

 

 

X. EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS PLAN

46

 

 

 

A.

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

46

 

 

 

B.

Waiver of Conditions

47

 

 

 

C.

Notice of Confirmation and Effective Date

47

 

 

 

D.

Effect of Failure of Conditions

47

 

 

 

E.

Vacatur of Confirmation Order

47

 

 

 

F.

Revocation Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation

48

 

 

 

XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

48

 

 

 

XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

49

 

 

 

A.

Modification of this Plan

49

 

 

 

B.

Dissolution of Creditors’ Committee

50

 

 

 

C.

Votes Solicited in Good Faith

50

 

 

 

D.

Obligations Incurred After the Effective Date

50

 

 

 

E.

Request for Expedited Determination of Taxes

51

 

 

 

F.

Determination of Tax Filings and Taxes

51

 

 

 

G.

Governing Law

51

 

 

 

H.

Filing or Execution of Additional Documents

51

 

 

 

I.

Exemption From Transfer Taxes

51

 

iii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

J.

Exemption for Issuance of New Securities, Subscription Rights, and Series A-1 Notes

52

 

 

 

K.

Waiver of Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 62(a)

52

 

 

 

L.

Exhibits/Schedules

52

 

 

 

M.

Notices

52

 

 

 

N.

Plan Supplement

53

 

 

 

O.

Further Actions; Implementations

53

 

 

 

P.

Severability

53

 

 

 

Q.

Entire Agreement

54

 

 

 

R.

Binding Effect

54

 

 

 

S.

No Change in Ownership or Control

54

 

 

 

T.

Substantial Consummation

54

 

 

 

U.

Conflict

54

 

iv


 

INTRODUCTION

 

Egalet Corporation, Egalet US Inc., and Egalet Ltd., the above-captioned debtors and debtors in possession, propose the following joint plan of reorganization under section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.(2)

 

The Chapter 11 Cases are being jointly administered pursuant to an order of the Court, and this Plan is being presented as a joint plan of reorganization of the Debtors.  Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors (other than Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims) are classified in Article II hereof and treated in Article IV hereof.

 

Reference is made to the Disclosure Statement accompanying this Plan, including the exhibits thereto, for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, business, properties, financial projections of future operations, and risk factors, together with a summary and analysis of this Plan.  All Claim and Interest holders entitled to vote on this Plan are encouraged to review the Disclosure Statement and to read this Plan carefully before voting to accept or reject this Plan.

 

NO SOLICITATION MATERIALS, OTHER THAN THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND RELATED MATERIALS TRANSMITTED THEREWITH AND APPROVED BY THE COURT, HAVE BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COURT FOR USE IN SOLICITING ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS OF THIS PLAN.

 

Subject to certain restrictions and requirements set forth herein and section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019, and subject to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, revoke or withdraw this Plan prior to its substantial consummation (as such term is defined in section 1101 of the Bankruptcy Code).

 


(2)                                  Capitalized terms used in this Introduction shall have the meanings ascribed to them below.

 


 

I.

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF TERMS

 

A.                                     Definitions .

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, or the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

1.                                       “5.50% Convertible Notes” shall mean the 5.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 issued by Egalet pursuant to the 5.50% Indenture.

 

2.                                       “5.50% Convertible Notes Claims” shall mean any and all Claims, including guarantee Claims against Egalet US Inc. or Egalet Ltd., arising under or related to the 5.50% Convertible Notes or the 5.50% Indenture.

 

3.                                       “5.50% Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of April 7, 2015, between Egalet Corporation, as issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, and all exhibits, amendments, and supplements thereto.

 

4.                                       “6.50% Convertible Notes” shall mean the 6.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 issued by Egalet pursuant to the 6.50% Indenture.

 

5.                                       “6.50% Convertible Notes Claims” shall mean any and all Claims, including guarantee Claims against Egalet US Inc. or Egalet Ltd., arising under or related to the 6.50% Convertible Notes or the 6.50% Indenture.

 

6.                                       “6.50% Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of December 27, 2017, among Egalet Corporation, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, and all exhibits, amendments, and supplements thereto.

 

7.                                       “Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee” means that certain ad hoc committee of Supporting Noteholders, as in effect from time to time, represented by Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP.

 

8.                                       “Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee” means that certain ad hoc committee of Supporting Noteholders, as in effect from time to time, represented by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP.

 

9.                                       “Administrative Claim” means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Estates pursuant to sections 503(b), 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date and through the Effective Date of preserving and operating the Estates; (b) any indebtedness or obligations incurred or assumed by the Debtors in connection with the conduct of their businesses after the Petition Date, including for wages, salaries, or commissions for services, and payments for goods and other services and leased premises to the extent such indebtedness or obligations provided a benefit to the Debtors’ Estates; (c) all fees and charges assessed against

 

2


 

the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code; and (d) the Transaction Expenses.

 

10.                                “Allowed” means, (i) with reference to a Professional Fee Claim, any such Claim with respect to which a request for payment is timely filed in accordance with Article III.B. of the Plan and expressly Allowed by the Final Order of the Court, (ii) with reference to a First Lien Secured Notes Claim, 5.50% Convertible Notes Claim, or 6.50% Convertible Notes Claim, any such Claim that is expressly Allowed by a Final Order of the Court or Allowed under this Plan (including as set forth in Article IV of the Plan), and (iii) with reference to a Contract Rejection Claim, any such Claim with respect to which a Proof of Claim is timely filed in accordance with Article VIII.C. of the Plan, which Proof of Claim has not been withdrawn and as to which Proof of Claim (a) no objection to allowance, request for estimation, or motion or other effort to subordinate or reclassify has been interposed prior to the expiration of the time for filing any such objection, or (b) the Claim asserted therein is expressly Allowed by a Final Order of the Court, provided that (x) any Claim that is allowed for the limited purpose of voting to accept or reject this Plan pursuant to an order of the Court shall not be considered “Allowed” for the purpose of Distributions hereunder, (y) unless expressly waived by the Plan, the Allowed amount of Claims or Interests shall be subject to and shall not exceed the limitations or maximum amounts permitted by the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502 or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent applicable.

 

11.                                “Avoidance Actions” means any and all actual or potential Claims and Causes of Action to avoid a transfer of property or an obligation incurred by the Debtors arising under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, including actions or remedies under sections 502, 510, 542, 543, 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551 and 553(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or under similar or related state or federal statutes and common law, including fraudulent transfer laws.

 

12.                                “Backstop Commitment” means, if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the commitment of the Backstop Parties to purchase Unsubscribed Stock in accordance with the terms, and subject to the conditions set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

 

13.                                “Backstop Commitment Agreement” means, if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, an agreement that may be entered into by and among the Backstop Parties and the Debtors by which the Backstop Parties shall commit to purchase shares of Unsubscribed Stock, which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, Iroko, and the Debtors (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any fees or expenses paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to such Backstop Agreement).

 

14.                                “Backstop Parties” means, if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, certain holders of 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and/or 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims, in each case, who are signatories to the Backstop Commitment Agreement (and any Person to whom any Backstop Commitment is transferred in accordance with the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement or who otherwise becomes a party to the Backstop Commitment Agreement in accordance with the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth therein).

 

3


 

15.                                Ballots” means each of the ballot forms distributed with the Disclosure Statement to each holder of an Impaired Claim (other than to holders not entitled to vote on this Plan) for, among other things, voting on the acceptance or rejection of this Plan.

 

16.                                Bankruptcy Code ” means chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code.

 

17.                                Bankruptcy Rules ” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local and chambers rules of the Court.

 

18.                                Bar Date” means the applicable date on which a Proof of Claim must be filed as may be specifically fixed by an order of the Court or as set forth in the Plan.

 

19.                                Bilateral Lock-up Agreements ” means the bilateral lock-up agreements, if any, which may be entered into by certain holders of New Egalet Common Stock to be issued to such holders pursuant to the Plan on the Effective Date, the forms of which (if applicable) shall be filed with the Plan Supplement, and which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.

 

20.                                “Budget” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Collateral Orders.

 

21.                                Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)(6)).

 

22.                                Cash ” means the legal tender of the United States of America.

 

23.                                Cash Collateral Orders ” means, collectively, the Interim Cash Collateral Order and the Final Cash Collateral Order.

 

24.                                “Causes of Action” means any and all actions, claims, proceedings, causes of action, suits, accounts, demands, controversies, agreements, promises, rights to legal remedies, rights to equitable remedies, rights to payment, guaranties, Liens, indemnities, judgments, defenses, offsets, power, privileges, licenses, and franchises of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known, unknown, reduced to judgment, not reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, non-contingent, foreseen, unforeseen, matured, unmatured, now-owned, hereafter acquired, disputed, undisputed, secured, or unsecured, and whether asserted or assertable directly or derivatively in law, equity, or otherwise, including Avoidance Actions or any other cause of action arising under the Bankruptcy Code, unless, to the extent such Cause of Action is a Cause of Action held by one or more Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, such Cause of Action is otherwise waived or released by the Debtor(s), with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), or by the Reorganized Debtor(s).

 

25.                                Chapter 11 Cases ” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) when used with reference to all Debtors, the procedurally consolidated chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Court.

 

4


 

26.                                Claim ” means any claim, as such term is defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against a Debtor.

 

27.                                “Claims Not Subject to Allowance” means Administrative Claims (other than a Professional Fee Claim), Priority Tax Claims, Other Priority Claims, Other Secured Claims, General Unsecured Claims, and Intercompany Claims.

 

28.                                “Claims Subject to Allowance” means Professional Fee Claims, First Lien Secured Notes Claim, 5.50% Convertible Notes Claim, and 6.50% Convertible Notes Claim.

 

29.                                Class ” means a class of Claims or Equity Interests as classified under this Plan.

 

30.                                Collateral ” means any property or interest in property of the Estates subject to a Lien to secure the payment or performance of a Claim, which Lien has not been avoided or is not subject to avoidance under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise invalid under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable state law.

 

31.                                “Commitment Premium Stock” means New Egalet Common Stock, representing, in the aggregate, the percentage of the Rights Offering Stock as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement, to be issued to and allocated among the Backstop Parties in accordance with the Backstop Commitment Agreement pursuant to and as consideration for the obligations under the Backstop Commitment Agreement (subject to dilution only by the Management Incentive Plan).

 

32.                                Confirmation Date ” means the date upon which the Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

 

33.                                “Confirmation Hearing” means the confirmation hearing held by the Court pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.

 

34.                                “Confirmation Order” means the order of the Court, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, confirming this Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

35.                                “Contract Rejection Claim” means any unsecured Claim for damages arising from the rejection by any of the Debtors of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

36.                                “Convertible Director” has the meaning set forth in Article V.B. hereof.

 

37.                                “Convertible Notes Indentures” means the 5.50% Indenture and the 6.50% Indenture.

 

38.                                “Convertible Notes Claims” means the 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and the 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims.

 

5


 

39.                                “Convertible Notes Trustee means The Bank of New York Mellon in its capacities as trustee under the 5.50% Indenture and the 6.50% Indenture.

 

40.                                “Court” means, (a) the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases; (b) to the extent there is no reference pursuant to section 157 of title 28 of the United States Code, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware; and (c) any other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases or proceedings arising therein.

 

41.                                “Creditors’ Committee” means the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed by the United States Trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases, if any, as constituted from time to time.

 

42.                                “Cure Notice” means a notice, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, to be filed with the Court listing the cure amounts of all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to be assumed.

 

43.                                Debtors” means Egalet Corporation, Egalet US Inc., and Egalet Ltd.

 

44.                                “Disbursing Agent” means the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, or any Person designated by the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) or the Reorganized Debtors to serve as a disbursing agent, or to assist the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in the making of Distributions, under this Plan.

 

45.                                “Disclosure Statement” means the written disclosure statement that relates to this Plan, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, as approved by the Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3017, as such disclosure statement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Purchase Agreement.

 

46.                                “Disputed” means, with reference to any Claim Subject to Allowance, any Claim that has not been Allowed.

 

47.                                “Distribution” means the distribution in accordance with this Plan of (a) Cash, (b) New Securities, (c) New Secured Notes, (d) Subscription Rights, or (e) other forms of consideration, as the case may be.

 

48.                                “Effective Date” means the date to be selected by the Debtors with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) on which all conditions to the effectiveness of this Plan are either (a) satisfied or (b) waived in accordance with Article X.C. hereof, and on which this Plan is declared effective.

 

49.                                “Eligible Holder” means an accredited investor or qualified institutional buyer, as such terms are defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6


 

50.                                “Equity Interest” or “Interest” means any equity security within the meaning of section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code or any other instrument evidencing an ownership interest in any of the Debtors (or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable), whether or not transferable, any option, warrant, or right, contractual or otherwise, to acquire, sell or subscribe for any such interest, and any and all Claims that are otherwise determined by the Court to be an equity interest, including any Claim or debt that is recharacterized as an equity interest.

 

51.                                “Estates ” means the chapter 11 estates of the Debtors, individually or collectively, as is appropriate in the context created by the commencement of and in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

52.                                “Excluded Releasing Party” means a holder of a Claim against any of the Debtors that was entitled to vote on the Plan, timely voted to reject the Plan, and checked the box on the applicable Court-approved Ballot indicating that they opt to not grant the releases provided in the Plan.

 

53.                                “Exculpated Party” means each of:  (a) the Debtors; (b) the Debtors’ current and former officers and directors; (c) the Creditors’ Committee, if any; (d) each member of the Creditors’ Committee, if any, in its capacity as such; (e) the Professionals retained by the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee, if any and (f) each of the foregoing Entities’ current and former officers, directors, professionals, advisors, accountants, attorneys, investment bankers, consultants, employees, agents, managers, managing members, principals, and other representatives (each in their capacity as such), to the extent such employees, agents, and other representatives are fiduciaries of the Debtors’ Estates.

 

54.                                “Executory Contract” means a contract to which a Debtor is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

55.                                “Existing Equity Interests” means all issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Egalet Corporation, including any vested or unvested and exercised or unexercised options or warrants to acquire such Equity Interests.

 

56.                                “Existing Royalty Rights Agreements means those certain royalty rights agreements, dated as of August 31, 2016 and January 18, 2017, between Egalet Corporation and each holder of First Lien Secured Notes.

 

57.                                “Final Cash Collateral Order” means the Final Order entered by the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases authorizing the use of cash collateral on a final basis in accordance with the Budget, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and the Debtors.

 

58.                                “Final Order” means an order, ruling or judgment of the Court, or other court of competent jurisdiction, as entered on the docket of such court, the operation or effect of which has not been stayed, reversed, vacated, modified or amended, and as to which order or judgment (or any revision, modification, or amendment thereof) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for a new trial, stay, reargument, or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari, or motion for new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing was filed or, if filed, shall have been affirmed by the highest court to which such order was appealed, or certiorari

 

7


 

shall have been denied, or a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order, and the time to take any further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall have expired, as a result of which such order shall have become final in accordance with Rule 8002 of the Bankruptcy Rules; provided, however, that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed relating to such order, shall not cause an order not to be a Final Order.

 

59.                                “First Lien Note Equity Distribution” means a number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 19.38% of the New Egalet Common Stock as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) (subject to dilution only on account of the Management Incentive Plan), or New Warrants in lieu of all or any portion of such shares solely to the extent set forth in Article VII.C. hereof.

 

60.                                “First Lien Secured Notes” means the 13% Senior Secured Notes issued by Egalet pursuant to the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture.

 

61.                                “First Lien Secured Notes Claims” means any and all Claims arising under or related to the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture or the First Lien Secured Notes.

 

62.                                “First Lien Secured Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2016, between Egalet Corporation, as issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, and all exhibits, amendments, and supplements thereto.

 

63.                                “First Lien Secured Notes Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association in its capacities as trustee and collateral agent under the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture.

 

64.                                “General Unsecured Claim” means any Claim, other than an Administrative Claim, Professional Fee Claim, Priority Tax Claim, Other Secured Claim, Other Priority Claim, First Lien Secured Notes Claim, 5.50% Convertible Notes Claim, 6.50% Convertible Notes Claim, or Intercompany Claim. General Unsecured Claims do not include, for the avoidance of doubt, any Claims that may be asserted relating to any Equity Interests in the Debtors.

 

65.                                “Impaired” means, when used with reference to a Claim or Interest, a Claim or Interest that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

66.                                “Indemnification Obligation” means any obligation of any of the Debtors to indemnify, reimburse, or provide contribution pursuant to charter, by-laws, contract, or otherwise.

 

67.                                “Indemnified Parties” means the Indenture Trustees and those individuals serving, immediately prior to the Effective Date, as members of the boards of directors (or comparable governing body) or officers of the Debtors.

 

68.                                “Indenture Trustees” means the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee and the Convertible Notes Trustee.

 

8


 

69.                                “Indentures” means the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture, the 5.50% Indenture, and the 6.50% Indenture.

 

70.                                “Intercompany Claims” means any Claim held by one of the Debtors against any other Debtor, including (a) any account reflecting intercompany book entries by a Debtor with respect to any other Debtor, (b) any Claim not reflected in book entries that is held by such Debtor against any other Debtor or Debtors, and (c) any derivative Claim asserted or assertable by or on behalf of a Debtor against any other Debtor or Debtors.

 

71.                                “Intercompany Interests” means any Interest held by one of the Debtors in any other Debtor.

 

72.                                “Interim Cash Collateral Order” means the order entered by the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases authorizing the use of cash collateral on an interim basis in accordance with the Budget entered on the docket of the Court on [DATE].

 

73.                                “Iroko” means Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

74.                                “Iroko Acquisition” means the acquisition by Reorganized Corp (or one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) of the Transferred Assets (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) of Iroko in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

75.                                “Iroko Directors” has the meaning set forth in Article V.B. hereof.

 

76.                                “Joint Director” has the meaning set forth in Article V.B. hereof.

 

77.                                “Lien” has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

78.                                “Litigation Rights” means all the Causes of Action, claims, suits, or proceedings, whether in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, that the Debtors or their Estates may hold against any Person (except to the extent such claims are expressly released under this Plan) that are to be retained by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to Article IX.C hereof.

 

79.                                “Management Incentive Plan” means a customary incentive plan for management, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, Iroko, and the Reorganized Debtors, to be implemented by the board of Reorganized Corp following the Effective Date, pursuant to which 10% of the New Egalet Common Stock outstanding as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) shall be reserved for participants on terms to be determined by such board after the Effective Date.

 

80.                                “New Egalet Common Stock” means the common stock in Reorganized Corp, par value $0.001 per share, to be issued on or after the Effective Date or upon exercise of the New Warrants.

 

9


 

81.                                “New Royalty Rights Agreement means the new royalty rights agreement to be entered into on the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors and Iroko, which agreement shall (i) provide that holders thereof shall receive (based on their pro rata share of the New Secured Notes) a royalty payment equal to 1.5% of aggregate net sales of all of the Products (as defined in the New Secured Notes Indenture) through December 31, 2022, (ii) otherwise be on terms substantially similar to the Existing Royalty Rights Agreements (but, for the avoidance of doubt, with such royalty rights applying to all Products (as defined in the New Secured Notes Indenture)), and (iii) be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, Iroko and the Debtors.

 

82.                                “New Secured Notes” means the new first-lien secured notes, which shall be in form and substance consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Purchase Agreement and reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders, and Iroko, to be issued as two series of notes pursuant to the New Secured Notes Indenture, in an aggregate principal amount of $95 million, with an interest rate of 13% per annum payable in cash semi-annually in arrears, with payment dates commencing May 1, 2020 for the Series A-1 Notes and May 1, 2019 for the Series A-2 Notes, with a maturity date of five (5) years from the Effective Date, and secured by the collateral set forth in the New Secured Notes Security Documents.

 

83.                                “New Secured Notes Indenture” means the indenture, governing the New Secured Notes, the form of which shall be filed with the Plan Supplement, which shall be in form and substance consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Purchase Agreement and reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders, and Iroko.

 

84.                                “New Secured Notes Security Documents” means a general security agreement and any other material documents granting a security interest in the collateral securing the New Secured Notes, the form of which documents shall be filed with the Plan Supplement, which shall be in form and substance consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Purchase Agreement and reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders, and Iroko.

 

85.                                New Securities ” means, collectively, the New Egalet Common Stock and the New Warrants.

 

86.                                New Warrants ” means a perpetual warrant issued by Reorganized Corp, with a nominal exercise price, to purchase a number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock equal to the number of shares that a Person entitled to receive New Egalet Common Stock hereunder would otherwise have received had it not elected to receive New Warrants in lieu thereof, the terms of which will provide that it will not be exercisable unless such exercise otherwise complies with applicable law, the form of which warrant is reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders, and Iroko.

 

87.                                “Note” means any First Lien Secured Note, 5.50% Convertible Note, or 6.50% Convertible Note.

 

88.                                “Noteholder” means any holder of a Note.

 

10


 

89.                                “Other Priority Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors other than an Administrative Claim, a Professional Fee Claim, or a Priority Tax Claim that is entitled to priority in payment as specified in section 507(a)(3), (4), (5), (6), (7), or (9) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent such Claim has not already been paid during the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

90.                                “Other Secured Claims” means any Claim (other than the First Lien Secured Notes Claims) that is (i) secured by a Lien on Collateral to the extent of the value of such Collateral, as determined in accordance with section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or, (ii) in the event that such Claim is subject to setoff under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of such setoff.

 

91.                                “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, indenture trustee, organization, joint stock company, joint venture, estate, trust, Governmental Unit (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code) or any political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

 

92.                                “Petition Date” means October 30, 2018.

 

93.                                “Plan” means this “Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code”, as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, and hereof, together with all addenda, exhibits, schedules or other attachments, if any.

 

94.                                “Plan Supplement” means any compilation of documents and forms of documents, agreements, schedules, and exhibits to this Plan, which shall be filed by the Debtors no later than ten (10) calendar days before the Confirmation Hearing or such later date as may be consented to by the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko and approved by the Court on notice to parties in interest, and additional documents filed with the Court prior to the Effective Date as amendments to the Plan Supplement, each of which shall be consistent in all respects with, and shall otherwise contain, the terms and conditions set forth on the exhibits attached hereto, where applicable, and, without limiting the foregoing, shall be reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders, and Iroko. The Plan Supplement shall include the following documents, among others: the form of New Royalty Rights Agreement, the form of amended and restated Existing Royalty Rights Agreements, the Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases, the form of New Secured Notes Indenture, the form of New Secured Notes Security Documents, the form of any other documents relating the New Secured Notes, the terms of New Egalet Common Stock, the form of the New Warrants and the warrant agreement governing the New Warrants, the form of Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation, the form of Reorganized Corp By-Laws, the form of any other documents relating to the governance of Reorganized Corp, the form of Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreements (if any), the form of Bilateral Lock-up Agreements (if any), and, if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the Rights Offering Procedures and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

 

95.                                “Priority Tax Claim” means any unsecured Claim that is entitled to a priority in right of payment under section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

11


 

96.                                “Professional” means any Person employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 327 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered and expenses incurred during the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

97.                                “Professional Fee Claim ” means an Administrative Claim for reasonable compensation of a Professional for services rendered or expenses incurred in the Chapter 11 Cases on or prior to the Effective Date.

 

98.                                “Professional Fee Escrow Account”  means an interest-bearing account in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Reserve Amount and funded by the Debtors on the Effective Date, pursuant to Article II.A.2(b) of the Plan.

 

99.                                “Professional Fee Reserve Amount”  means the total amount of Professional Fee Claims estimated in accordance with Article II.C.3. of the Plan.

 

100.                         “Pro Rata ” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in that Class, or the proportion that an Allowed Claim in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in that Class and in any other Class entitled to share in the same recovery as such Allowed Claim under this Plan.

 

101.                         “Proof of Claim” means a proof of Claim filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

102.                         “Purchase Agreement” means that certain asset purchase agreement, dated as of October 30, 2018, by and among Egalet Corporation (and one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) and Iroko Pharmaceuticals Inc. (and one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) (including, without limitation, all exhibits, supplements, appendices, and schedules thereto), as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, which amendment, modification, or supplement shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

103.                         “Record Date ” means, for purposes of making distributions under this Plan on account of Allowed Claims, the Confirmation Date or such other date as established by the Court; provided , however , that such Record Date shall not apply to distributions under the Plan to holders of Convertible Notes Claims and First Lien Secured Notes Claims.

 

104.                         “Reinstated ” means, with respect to a Claim, (a) in accordance with section 1124(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, being treated such that the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such Claim entitles its holder are left unaltered, or (b) if applicable under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code: (i) having all prepetition and postpetition defaults with respect thereto other than defaults relating to the insolvency or financial condition of the Debtors or its status as Debtors under the Bankruptcy Code cured, (ii) having its maturity date reinstated, (iii) compensating the holder of such Claim for damages incurred as a result of its reasonable reliance on a provision allowing the Claim’s acceleration, and (iv) not otherwise altering the legal, equitable and contractual rights to which the Claim entitles the holder thereof.

 

12


 

105.                         “Released Parties” means: (a) each Debtor; (b) each Reorganized Debtor; (c) each Supporting Noteholder; (d) the Indenture Trustees; (e) with respect to each of the foregoing Persons identified in subsections (a) through (d), such Person’s current and former affiliates, predecessors, successors and assigns, subsidiaries, investment managers, managed accounts or funds; and (f) with respect to each of the foregoing entities identified in clauses (a) through (e), each of such entities’ current and former officers, directors, shareholders, employees, investment advisors, members, managers, partners, principals, consultants, agents, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, financial advisors, professionals, advisors, and representatives, and each of their respective heirs, executors, estates, servants and nominees; provided that no Excluded Releasing Party shall be a Released Party.

 

106.                         “Releasing Parties” means, collectively, in each case solely in its capacity as such:  (a) each Debtor; (b) each Reorganized Debtor; (c) each Supporting Noteholder; (d) the Indenture Trustees; (e) without limiting the foregoing, each holder of a Claim against any of the Debtors that (1) has voted to accept the Plan, (2) is deemed to accept the Plan, (3) whose vote to accept or reject the Plan was solicited but who did not timely vote either to accept or to reject the Plan, or (4) timely voted to reject the Plan and did not check the box on the applicable Court-approved Ballot indicating that they opt to not grant the releases provided in the Plan; (f) with respect to each of the foregoing parties under (a) through (e), each of such entities’ current and former affiliates, predecessors, successors and assigns, subsidiaries, investment managers, managed accounts or funds; and (g) with respect to each of the foregoing entities identified in clauses (a) through (f), each of such entities’ current and former officers, directors, shareholders, employees, investment advisors, members, managers, partners, principals, consultants, agents, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, financial advisors, professionals, advisors, and representatives, and each of their respective heirs, executors, estates, servants and nominees.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Releasing Parties shall not include any Excluded Releasing Party.

 

107.                         “Reorganized Corp” means Egalet Corporation, as reorganized pursuant to this Plan on and after the Effective Date.

 

108.                         Reorganized Corp By-Laws ” means the by-laws of Reorganized Corp.

 

109.                         “Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation” means the certificate of incorporation of Reorganized Corp.

 

110.                         “Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents” means the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation and the Reorganized Corp By-Laws, each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.

 

111.                         “Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreements” means one or more shareholders agreements, if any, which may be entered into by certain holders of New Egalet Common Stock issued on the Effective Date, the forms of which (if applicable) shall be filed with the Plan Supplement, and which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.

 

112.                         “Reorganized Debtor” means each of the Debtors, or any successors thereto by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date.

 

13


 

113.                         “Required Supporting Noteholders” means each of the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders and the Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders.

 

114.                         “Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders” means the Supporting Noteholders that members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee holding at least 2/3 of the aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes Claims held by all Supporting Noteholders that are members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee.

 

115.                         “Required Supporting Secured Noteholders” means the Supporting Noteholders that are members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee holding at least 2/3 of the aggregate principal amount of First Lien Secured Notes Claims held by all Supporting Noteholders that are members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee.

 

116.                         “Restructuring” means the financial restructuring of the existing Claims against and Equity Interests in the Debtors pursuant to this Plan and the transactions contemplated herein.

 

117.                         “Restructuring Support Agreement” means that certain Restructuring Support Agreement dated as of October 30, 2018, between the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms, and the exhibits attached thereto, attached as an exhibit to the Disclosure Statement.

 

118.                         “Rights Offering” means, at the election of the Debtors in consultation with the Required Supporting Noteholders, the offering of Subscription Rights to Eligible Holders to purchase the Rights Offering Stock at the Rights Offering Exercise Price, for an aggregate purchase price of the Rights Offering Amount.

 

119.                         “Rights Offering Amount” means $10,000,000.

 

120.                         “Rights Offering Exercise Price” means the purchase price for Rights Offering Stock, as set forth in the Rights Offering Procedures.

 

121.                         “Rights Offering Procedures” means the procedures governing the Rights Offering, which procedures, if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, shall be included in the Plan Supplement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.

 

122.                         “Rights Offering Stock” means the number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 19.38% of the New Egalet Common Stock as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) (subject to dilution only on account of the Management Incentive Plan) to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering, including the Commitment Premium Stock, which number of shares shall be disclosed in the Rights Offering Procedures.

 

123.                         “Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases” means Schedule 1 to this Plan, which schedule (i) shall identify the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected pursuant to this Plan, and (ii) may be amended by the Debtors at any time prior to the Effective

 

14


 

Date with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed .

 

124.                         “Secured Director” has the meaning set forth in Article V.B. hereof.

 

125.                         “Series A-1 Notes” means the New Secured Notes issued as “Series A-1 Notes” under the New Secured Notes Indenture.

 

126.                         “Series A-2 Notes” means the New Secured Notes Issued as “Series A-2 Notes” under the New Secured Notes Indenture.

 

127.                         “Subscription Rights” means the non-transferable, non-certificated subscription rights to be distributed, if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, to holders of 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims that are Eligible Holders on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims, collectively, held by such Eligible Holder on the record date to be established in connection with the Rights Offering) to purchase Rights Offering Stock in connection with the Rights Offering on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and the Rights Offering Procedures.

 

128.                         “Subordinated Claims” means any Claim that is subordinated by Final Order of the Court pursuant to section 510(b) or 510(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, but not limited to, all claims arising from or relating to the litigation brought against Egalet Corporation and certain of its current of former officers in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania captioned Mineff v. Egalet Corp. et al ., No. 2:17-cv-00390-MMB and Klein v. Egalet Corp. et al ., No. 2:17-cv-00617-MMB including any appeals in connection with such litigation.

 

129.                         “Supporting Noteholders” means the beneficial holders (or investment advisors or managers executing and delivering the Restructuring Support Agreement for such beneficial holders) of Claims against any of the Debtors that are party to the Restructuring Support Agreement or such beneficial holders’ respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

130.                         “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

 

131.                         “Transaction Expenses” means all reasonable and documented fees and expenses of (i) the members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and their advisors (including Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP and any local counsel retained by the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee), (ii) the members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee and their advisors (including Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld, LLP and any local counsel retained by the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee), (iii) cash in an amount equal to the fees and expenses of the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee , and (iv) cash in an amount equal to the fees and expenses of the Convertible Notes Trustee, in each case incurred in connection with the Restructuring or the Restructuring Support Agreement, in accordance with any fee reimbursement or engagement letters between any of the Debtors and such advisors (if applicable).

 

15


 

132.                         “Unexpired Lease” means a lease to which the Debtors are a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

133.                         “Unimpaired” means, when used with reference to a Claim or Interest, a Claim or Interest that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

134.                         “Unsubscribed Stock” means Rights Offering Stock that are not timely, duly and validly subscribed and paid for by the holders of Subscription Rights in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

 

B.                                     Interpretation, Application of Definitions, and Rules of Construction .

 

Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include both the singular and plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and neuter, such meanings to be applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Capitalized terms in this Plan that are not defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned to such terms by the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be.  The words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Plan as a whole and not to any particular section or subsection in this Plan unless expressly provided otherwise.  The words “includes” and “including” are not limiting and mean that the things specifically identified are set forth for purposes of illustration, clarity or specificity and do not in any respect qualify, characterize or limit the generality of the class within which such things are included, and the words “includes” or “including” are deemed immediately followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  Captions and headings to Articles, Sections, and exhibits to this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Plan, and shall not be used to interpret this Plan.  The rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply to this Plan.  In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by this Plan, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply.

 

C.                                     Reference to Monetary Figures

 

All references in this Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

D.                                     Consent Rights of Supporting Parties

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any and all consent rights of the respective parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement with respect to the form and substance of this Plan, the documents and instruments contained in the Plan Supplement, and any Definitive Documents (as defined in the Restructuring Support Agreement), including any amendments, restatements, supplements, or other modifications to such documents, and any consents, waivers or other deviations under or from such documents, shall be incorporated herein by this reference and fully enforceable as if stated in full herein.

 

16


 

II.

 

CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS AND CLAIMS NOT SUBJECT TO ALLOWANCE

 

A.                                     General Rules of Classification .

 

Pursuant to section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code, set forth below is a designation of the Classes of Claims and Interests.  In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, as described below, have not been classified.  These Claims will be Unimpaired and, therefore, will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.  A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest falls within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest falls within the description of such other Classes.  A Claim or Interest is also placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving Distributions pursuant to this Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in that Class and such Claim or Interest has not been paid, released or otherwise settled prior to the Effective Date.

 

B.                                     Classification of Claims and Interests .

 

The following table designates the Classes of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors and specifies which of those Classes are (i) Impaired or Unimpaired under this Plan, (ii) entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan, and (iii) deemed to either accept or reject this Plan.  A Claim or Interest is designated in a particular Class only to the extent it falls within the description of that Class, and is classified in any other Class to the extent (if any) that a portion of such Claim or Interest falls within the description of such other Class.

 

Each Class of Claims and Equity Interests has been assigned a number below, from 1 to 10. For the purposes of classifying and treating Claims against and Equity Interests in each Debtor, Egalet Corporation has been assigned the letter A, Egalet US Inc. has been assigned the letter B, and Egalet Ltd. has been assigned the letter C.

 

Class

 

Designation

 

Status

 

Entitled to Vote

1A, 1B, 1C

 

Other Priority Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

2A, 2B, 2C

 

Other Secured Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

3A, 3B, 3C

 

First Lien Secured Notes Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

4A, 4B, 4C

 

Convertible Notes Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

5A, 5B, 5C

 

General Unsecured Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

 

17


 

6A, 6B, 6C

 

Intercompany Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

7A, 7B, 7C

 

Subordinated Claims

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to reject)

8A

 

Existing Equity Interests

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to reject)

9B, 9C

 

Intercompany Interests

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

 

C.                                     Claims Not Subject to Allowance .

 

Until a Claim Not Subject to Allowance has been (i) paid in full in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law, subject to sections 365(c), 365(e), 502(b)(4), 502(b)(6), 502(b)(7) and 541(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or paid or otherwise disposed of on terms agreed to between the holder of such Claim and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, or in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Claim or (ii) otherwise satisfied or disposed of as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, (a) the provisions of Articles VII.I., IX.D., IX.F., and IX.H. of the Plan shall not apply with respect to such Claim, (b) such Claim shall not be deemed settled, satisfied, resolved, released, discharged, barred or enjoined by any provision of the Plan, and (c) the property of each Debtors’ Estates that vests in the applicable Reorganized Debtor pursuant to section IX.B. of the Plan shall not be free and clear of such Claims ( provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, upon the satisfaction of either of the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii), clauses (a) through (c) of this sentence shall no longer apply).  Holders of Claims Not Subject to Allowance shall not be required to file a Proof of Claim with the Bankruptcy Court.  Holders of Claims Not Subject to Allowance who did not file Claims shall not be subject to any Claims resolution process in Bankruptcy Court in connection with their Claims, and shall retain all their rights under applicable nonbankruptcy law to pursue their Claims against the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or any other Person or Entity in any forum with proper jurisdiction over the parties. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and any other Person or Entity shall retain all rights, legal or equitable defenses, counterclaims, rights of setoff, and rights of recoupment as to Claims Not Subject to Allowance to the extent such rights, defenses, counterclaims, rights of setoff and rights of recoupment exist under applicable nonbankruptcy law as augmented by sections 365(c), 365(e), 502(b)(4), 502(b)(6), 502(b)(7) and 541(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.  If the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any other Person or Entity dispute any Claim Not Subject to Allowance, such dispute shall be determined, resolved or adjudicated in accordance with the applicable nonbankruptcy law as modified by sections 365(c), 365(e), 502(b)(4), 502(b)(6), 502(b)(7) and 541(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any holder of a Claim Not Subject to Allowance who Files a Proof of Claim shall be subject to the Article VII of the Plan unless and until such holder withdraws such Proof of Claim, and nothing herein limits the retained jurisdiction of the Court under the Plan.

 

18


 

III.

 

TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS, PROFESSIONAL FEE CLAIMS,
PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS, AND STATUTORY FEES

 

A.                                     Administrative Claims .

 

Except to the extent a holder of an Administrative Claim already has been paid during the Chapter 11 Cases or such holder agrees to less favorable treatment with respect to such holder’s Claim, each holder of an Administrative Claim (other than the Transaction Expenses) shall receive, in full satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, its Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the unpaid portion of its Administrative Claim, to be paid on the latest of:  (a) the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, (b) the date such Allowed Administrative Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; or (c) such other date as may be agreed upon between the holder of such Administrative Claim and the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders) or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be.

 

B.                                     Professional Fee Claims .

 

1.                                       Final Fee Applications.  All final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims, including the Professional Fee Claims incurred during the period from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors, counsel to the Reorganized Debtors, the United States Trustee, counsel to each of the Supporting Noteholders, counsel to the Creditors’ Committee, if any, and such other entities who are designated by the Bankruptcy Rules, the Confirmation Order or other order of the Court no later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date.  Objections to any timely-filed Professional Fee Claims must be filed and served no later than fourteen (14) days following the timely filing of such Professional Fee Claims.  All such final requests will be subject to approval by the Court after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and prior orders of the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

2.                                       Professional Fee Escrow Account.  On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Reserve Amount.  The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the Professionals.  Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. The full Allowed amount of Professional Fee Claims owing to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals by the Reorganized Debtors from the Professional Fee Escrow Account as soon as reasonably practicable after such Professional Fee Claims are Allowed by a Final Order.  When all such Allowed amounts owing to Professionals have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall promptly be paid to the Reorganized Debtors, without any further action or order of the Court.

 

3.                                       Professional Fee Reserve Amount.  Professionals shall estimate their unpaid Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services before and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no

 

19


 

later than one Business Day before the Effective Date.  If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional incurred in rendering services before and as of the Effective Date.  Each Professional’s final request for payment of filed Professional Fee Claims, and the amounts payable on account of such Professional Fee Claims, shall not exceed such estimate.  The total amount estimated pursuant to this section shall comprise the Professional Fee Reserve Amount.

 

C.                                     Payment of the Transaction Expenses .

 

The Transaction Expenses payable by the Debtors shall constitute Allowed Administrative Claims and shall be paid on a current basis in full in Cash pursuant to (and subject to) the Restructuring Support Agreement without the need to file a proof of such Claim and without further order of the Court. On the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay the Transaction Expenses that have accrued and are unpaid as of the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any Transaction Expenses incurred after the Effective Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, any Transaction Expenses incurred but not yet paid on or prior to the Effective Date shall be payable by the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date.

 

D.                                     Priority Tax Claims .

 

Except to the extent a holder of a Priority Tax Claim agrees to a different treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Priority Tax Claim, each such holder shall be paid, at the option of the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders, (i) in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business, consistent with past practice; provided , however , that in the event the balance of any such Claim becomes due during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases and remains unpaid as of the Effective Date, the holder of such Claim shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date, or (ii) in installment payments over a period of time not to exceed five years after the Petition Date, pursuant to section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

E.                                     Payment of Statutory Fees .

 

All fees payable on or before the Effective Date pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code shall be paid by the Debtors on or before the Effective Date and all such fees payable after the Effective Date shall be paid by the applicable Reorganized Debtor.

 

IV.

 

TREATMENT OF CLASSIFIED CLAIMS AND
EQUITY INTERESTS

 

A.                                     Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C — Other Priority Claims .

 

1.                                       Classification.   Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C consist of all Other Priority Claims.

 

20


 

2.                                       Treatment.   Except to the extent that a holder of an Other Priority Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Other Priority Claim, each such holder shall be paid, to the extent such Claim has not already been paid during the Chapter 11 Cases, in full in Cash in the ordinary course of business by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.

 

3.                                       Impairment and Voting.   Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C are Unimpaired under this Plan.  Holders of Other Priority Claims in Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

B.                                     Classes 2A, 2B, and 2C - Other Secured Claims.

 

1.                                       Classification.   Classes 2A, 2B, and 2C consist of all Other Secured Claims.

 

2.                                       Treatment.   Except to the extent that a holder of an Other Secured Claim, together with the Debtors and the Required Supporting Noteholders, agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Other Secured Claim, each such Other Secured Claim shall be Reinstated, or, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders, each holder of an Other Secured Claim shall receive, either (i) Cash in the full amount of such Other Secured Claim, including any postpetition interest allowed pursuant to section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) the net proceeds of the sale or disposition of the collateral securing such Other Secured Claim to the extent of the value of the holder’s secured interest in such collateral, (iii) the collateral securing such Other Secured Claim, or (iv) such other Distribution as necessary to satisfy the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such Other Secured Claim.

 

3.                                       Impairment and Voting.   Classes 2A, 2B, and 2C are Unimpaired under this Plan.  Holders of Other Secured Claims in Classes 2A, 2B, and 2C are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

C.                                     Classes 3A, 3B, and 3C — First Lien Secured Notes Claims.

 

1.                                       Classification.  Classes 3A, 3B, and 3C consist of all First Lien Secured Notes Claims.

 

2.                                       Allowance.   The First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall be deemed Allowed on the Effective Date, without the necessity for any holder of First Lien Secured Notes Claims or the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee to file a Proof of Claim, in the aggregate principal amount of $80,000,000, plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect thereon in the amount of $1,155,556, plus a premium with respect thereto at the optional redemption price on the terms set forth in the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture in the amount of $7,200,000, plus any additional fees, costs, expenses (including any attorneys’, financial advisors’, and other professionals’ fees and expenses), reimbursement obligations, indemnification obligations,

 

21


 

contingent obligations, and other charges of whatever nature, whether or not contingent, whenever arising, due, or owing, under the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture, including but not limited to the fees and expenses of the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee.

 

3.                                       Treatment.  On the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Claim, each holder of an Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of (i) $50 million in aggregate principal amount of the Series A-1 Notes, (ii) the First Lien Note Equity Distribution, (iii) $20 million in cash, less the aggregate amount of Adequate Protection Payments (as defined in the Cash Collateral Orders) actually received by holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims pursuant to the Cash Collateral Orders, and (iv) cash in an amount equal to the fees and expenses of the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee (as to which it is anticipated that the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee will exercise its contractual lien rights prior to distribution), to the extent not otherwise paid on or prior to the Effective Date, which will not be paid directly to any holder, but instead will be paid directly to the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee on account of any such fees and expenses; provided , however , that if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the shares of New Egalet Common Stock otherwise allocable to the First Lien Note Equity Distribution shall be distributed pursuant to the Rights Offering, and the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall receive $10 million in cash instead of the First Lien Note Equity Distribution.

 

4.                                       Impairment and Voting.   Classes 3A, 3B, and 3C are Impaired under this Plan.  Holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims in Classes 3A, 3B, and 3C are entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

D.                                     Classes 4A, 4B, and 4C — Convertible Notes Claims.

 

1.                                       Classification.   Classes 4A, 4B, and 4C consist of all Convertible Notes Claims.

 

2.                                       Allowance.   The Convertible Notes Claims shall be deemed Allowed, without the necessity for any holder of Convertible Notes Claims or the Convertible Notes Trustee to file a Proof of Claim, on the Effective Date in the aggregate principal amount of $48,538,000, plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect thereon in the amount of $ 1,320,272.56, plus any additional fees, costs, expenses (including any attorneys’, financial advisors’, and other professionals’ fees and expenses), reimbursement obligations, indemnification obligations, contingent obligations, and other charges of whatever nature, whether or not contingent, whenever arising, due, or owing, under the Convertible Notes Indentures.

 

3.                                       Treatment.   On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Convertible Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Claim, each holder of an Allowed Convertible Notes Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share (based on the aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes Claims) of (i) a number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 31.62% of the New Egalet Common Stock as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock

 

22


 

issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) (subject to dilution only on account of the Commitment Premium Stock, if any, and the Management Incentive Plan), or New Warrants in lieu of all or any portion of such shares solely to the extent set forth in Article VII.C. hereof, and (ii) if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering and such holder is an Eligible Holder, the Subscription Rights.

 

4.                                       Impairment and Voting.   Classes 4A, 4B, and 4C are Impaired under this Plan.  Holders of Convertible Notes Claims in Classes 4A, 4B, and 4C are entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

E.                                     Classes 5A, 5B, and 5C — General Unsecured Claims.

 

1.                                       Classification.   Classes 5A, 5B, and 5C consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

 

2.                                       Treatment.   On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such General Unsecured Claim, each holder of a General Unsecured Claim shall, at the discretion of the Debtors, and only to the extent such holder’s General Unsecured Claim was not previously paid pursuant to an order of the Court or otherwise: (i) have its General Unsecured Claim Reinstated as an obligation of the Reorganized Debtors, and be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with ordinary course terms, or (ii) receive such other treatment as may be agreed between such holder and the Reorganized Debtors.

 

3.                                       Impairment and Voting.   Classes 5A, 5B, and 5C are Unimpaired under this Plan.  Holders of General Unsecured Claims in Classes 5A, 5B, and 5C are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

F.                                      Class 6A, 6B, and 6C — Intercompany Claims .

 

1.                                       Classification.   Classes 6A, 6B, and 6C consist of all Intercompany Claims.

 

2.                                       Treatment.   On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Intercompany Claim, with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), agrees to less favorable treatment (which less favorable treatment may include, among other things, cancellation) all Intercompany Claims shall be Reinstated.

 

3.                                       Impairment and Voting.   Classes 6A, 6B, and 6C are Unimpaired under this Plan.  Holders of Intercompany Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

23


 

G.                                    Classes 7A, 7B, and 7C — Subordinated Claims .

 

1.                                       Classification.   Classes 7A, 7B, and 7C consist of all Subordinated Claims.

 

2.                                       Treatment.   Subordinated Claims shall be discharged, cancelled, released, and extinguished as of the Effective Date and the holders of Subordinated Claims shall neither receive Distributions nor retain any property under this Plan for or on account of such Subordinated Claims.

 

3.                                       Impairment and Voting.   Classes 7A, 7B, and 7C are Impaired under this Plan.  Holders of Subordinated Claims are deemed to have rejected this Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

H.                                    Class 8A — Existing Equity Interests .

 

1.                                       Classification.   Class 8A consists of all Existing Equity Interests.

 

2.                                       Treatment.   Existing Equity Interests shall be discharged, cancelled, released, and extinguished as of the Effective Date and holders of Existing Equity Interests shall neither receive any Distributions nor retain any property under this Plan for or on account of such Equity Interests.

 

3.                                       Impairment and Voting.   Class 8A is Impaired under this Plan.  Holders of Existing Equity Interests are deemed to have rejected this Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

I.                                         Class 9B and 9C — Intercompany Interests .

 

1.                                       Classification.   Classes 9B and 9C consists of all Intercompany Interests.

 

2.                                       Treatment.   On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Intercompany Interest, with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), agrees to less favorable treatment (which less favorable treatment may include cancellation) all Intercompany Interests shall be Reinstated.  No cash distributions shall be provided on account of Intercompany Interests.

 

3.                                       Impairment and Voting.   Classes 9B and 9C are Unimpaired under this Plan.  Holders of Intercompany Interests are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

J.                                       Elimination of Vacant Classes .

 

Any Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Court as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from this Plan for purposes of voting to accept

 

24


 

or reject this Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of this Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

K.                                    Acceptance or Rejection of this Plan .

 

1.                                       Presumed Acceptance Claims in Classes 1A, 1B, 1C, 2A, 2B, 2C, 5A, 5B, 5C, 6A, 6B, and 6C and Equity Interests in Classes 9B, and 9C are Unimpaired under the Plan.  The holders of such Claims and Interests are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

2.                                       Voting Classes .  Claims in Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A, 4B, and 4C are Impaired under this Plan and the holders of such Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.  If holders of Claims in a particular Impaired Class of Claims are given the opportunity to vote to accept or reject the Plan, but no holders of Claims in such Impaired Class of Claims vote to accept or reject this Plan, then such Class of Claims shall be deemed to have accepted this Plan.

 

3.                                       Deemed Rejection of Plan Subordinated Claims in Classes 7A, 7B, and 7C and Equity Interests in Class 8A are Impaired, and holders of such Claims and Equity Interests shall receive no Distributions.  The holders in such Classes are deemed to have rejected this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

L.                                     Nonconsensual Confirmation .

 

If less than all Impaired Classes accept this Plan, but at least one (1) Class of Claims Impaired under this Plan has accepted this Plan (and which Class’s acceptance is determined without inclusion of Claims of Insiders (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code)), the Debtors may seek to have the Court confirm this Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

M.                                  Subordinated Claims .

 

The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Interests and the respective Distributions and treatments under this Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, sections 510(a) or 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

 

25


 

V.

 

PROVISIONS REGARDING CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF
THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS

 

A.                                     Cancellation of Existing Equity Interests .

 

On the Effective Date, all Existing Equity Interests shall be cancelled in accordance with this Plan.

 

B.                                     Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors .

 

On the Effective Date, the term of each member of the current boards of directors of the Debtors shall expire.  The board of Reorganized Corp on the Effective Date shall consist of seven members: (i) two members designated by Iroko (the “ Iroko Directors ”), (ii) the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet Corporation, (iii) the current Chairman of the Board of Directors of Egalet Corporation, (iv) one member designated by the members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee after consultation with the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet Corporation (the “ Secured Director ”), (v) one member designated by the members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee after consultation with the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet Corporation (the “ Convertible Director ”), and (vi) one member designated jointly by the mutual agreement of members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee, the members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee, and Iroko after consultation with the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet Corporation (the “ Joint Director ”).  The identity of the individuals that will serve on the new board of directors of the Reorganized Debtors and the officers of the Reorganized Debtors will be identified in the Plan Supplement.  Following the Effective Date, the appointment and removal of the members of the board of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be governed by the terms of each Reorganized Debtor’s respective corporate governance documents, including, with respect to Reorganized Corp, the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreements.  On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into one or more agreements regarding board structure and director rights, which shall include provisions consistent in all material respects with the terms described on Exhibit B attached hereto and be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.

 

C.                                     Powers of Officers .

 

Subject to the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Purchase Agreement, the officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have the power to (i) enter into, execute or deliver any documents or agreements that may be necessary and appropriate to implement and effectuate the terms of this Plan, and (ii) take any and all other actions that may be necessary and appropriate to effectuate the terms of this Plan, including the making of appropriate filings, applications or recordings, provided that such documents and agreements are in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.

 

26


 

D.                                     Management Incentive Plan .

 

Following the Effective Date, the board of directors of Reorganized Corp shall adopt and implement the Management Incentive Plan, pursuant to which 10% of the New Egalet Common Stock outstanding as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) shall be reserved for participants on terms to be determined by the board of directors of Reorganized Corp after the Effective Date, which terms shall include, among others, a requirement that participants that are parties to employment agreements enter into a waiver to provide that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, the consummation of the transactions contemplated pursuant to the Plan and/or the Purchase Agreement on the Effective Date will not constitute a “Change in Control” for purposes thereof.  The terms and conditions of the Management Incentive Plan, including the form, allocation, and any limitations on equity grants provided thereunder, shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, Iroko and the Debtors.  Specific awards shall be as determined by the board of directors of Reorganized Corp (or, if applicable, a compensation committee established by such board) from time to time after the Effective Date.

 

E.                                     Benefit Plans .

 

Subject to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, as of and subject to the Effective Date, all employment and severance agreements and policies, and all employee compensation and benefit plans, policies, and programs of the Debtors applicable generally to their employees, including agreements and programs subject to section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, as in effect on the Effective Date, including all savings plans, retirement plans, health care plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, incentive compensation plans (including, but not limited to, the Egalet Corporation Annual Incentive Bonus Plan), and life, accidental death, and dismemberment insurance plans, and senior executive retirement plans, but expressly excluding any nonqualified deferred compensation plans that are treated as unfunded plan for tax purposes and Title I of ERISA, shall be deemed to be, and shall be treated as though they are, Executory Contracts that are assumed under this Plan, and the Debtors’ obligations under all such agreements and programs shall survive the Effective Date of this Plan, without prejudice to the Reorganized Debtors’ rights under applicable nonbankruptcy law to modify, amend, or terminate the foregoing arrangements in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, except for (i) such Executory Contracts or plans specifically rejected pursuant to this Plan (to the extent such rejection does not violate section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), and (ii) such Executory Contracts or plans as have previously been terminated, or rejected, pursuant to a Final Order, or specifically waived by the beneficiaries of such plans, benefits, contracts, or programs; provided , however that notwithstanding any rights of the Reorganized Debtors under applicable nonbankruptcy law to modify, amend, or terminate the Egalet Corporation Annual Incentive Bonus Plan, all bonuses due to employees under such plan for the calendar year 2018 shall be paid on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date.

 

27


 

VI.

 

[RESERVED]

 

VII.

 

PROVISIONS REGARDING MEANS OF IMPLEMENTATION, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND RESOLUTION OF DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

A.                                     General Settlement of Claims .

 

Pursuant to sections 363 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under this Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of this Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to this Plan.  The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Court’s approval of the comprise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests and controversies, as well as a finding by the Court that such compromise and settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates and the holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness.  Distributions made to holders of Allowed Claims in any Class are intended to be final.

 

B.                                     Iroko Acquisition .

 

On the Effective Date, Reorganized Corp (and one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) shall consummate the Iroko Acquisition pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.  The Confirmation Order shall be deemed to constitute approval of the Purchase Agreement, the Iroko Acquisition, and all the transactions contemplated therein, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred in connection therewith, and authorization of Reorganized Corp (or one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) to enter into and execute the Purchase Agreement and such other documents as may be required to effectuate the Iroko Acquisition.  In connection with the Iroko Acquisition and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (including, without limitation, Article IV of the Plan), the Restructuring Support Agreement, or otherwise, Iroko shall receive the consideration set forth in the Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions therein.

 

C.                                     Issuance of New Securities .

 

The issuance of New Securities by Reorganized Corp is authorized without the need for any further corporate action or without any further action by a holder of Claims or Interests.  On the Effective Date (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), the New Egalet Common Stock shall be issued, subject to the provisions of this Plan, to (i) the holders of Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claims, Allowed 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims, and Allowed 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims who are receiving New Egalet Common Stock pursuant to this Plan, and (ii) to the extent the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the parties that exercise Subscription Rights and the Backstop Parties pursuant to the Rights Offering Procedures and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.  On the Effective Date, the New

 

28


 

Egalet Common Stock shall be issued to Iroko pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.  The amount of the New Egalet Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Plan shall be disclosed in the Plan Supplement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (x) any Person entitled to receive more than 9.99% of the aggregate amount of New Egalet Common Stock issued as of the Effective Date (excluding New Egalet Common Stock issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan) or (y) with the consent of the Debtors and Iroko, any other Person entitled to receive New Egalet Common Stock hereunder, may elect to receive New Warrants on a one-for-one basis in lieu of all or any portion of the common shares of New Egalet Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to such Person under the Plan, provided that such Person notifies the Debtors in writing of such election no later than two (2) Business Days after the Confirmation Date , provided , further , that, with respect to clause (x), without the consent of the Debtors and Iroko, such Person may only elect to receive New Warrants in lieu of such portion of New Egalet Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to such Person under the Plan in excess of 9.99% of the aggregate amount of New Egalet Common Stock issued as of the Effective Date (excluding New Egalet Common Stock issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan).

 

All of the New Securities issued pursuant to this Plan shall be duly authorized and validly issued.  Each Distribution and issuance referred to in this Article VII shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth herein applicable to such Distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such Distribution or issuance, including the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation, the Bilateral Lock-up Agreements (if applicable), and the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreements (if applicable).  Upon the Effective Date, the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to become valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms, and each holder of New Securities shall be bound thereby, without need for execution by any party thereto other than Reorganized Corp.  Certain holders of New Securities issued on the Effective Date may enter into the Bilateral Lock-up Agreements and/or Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreements, the forms of which (if applicable) shall be filed with the Plan Supplement.

 

On the Effective Date, Reorganized Egalet shall be a registrant under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Each share of New Egalet Common Stock shall have the same rights, including with respect to voting, dividend and information rights.  The New Egalet Common Stock shall constitute a single class of equity securities in Reorganized Corp on the Effective Date and, other than securities issued or issuable under the Management Incentive Plan and the New Warrants, there shall exist no other equity securities, warrants, options, or other agreements to acquire any equity interest in Reorganized Corp.  In addition, upon the reasonable request of the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders or the Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders, Reorganized Egalet shall enter into a registration rights agreement (or agreements) with the members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and/or the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee, as applicable, which shall in each case be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, and which shall contain, among other things, shelf and piggyback registration rights.

 

The Reorganized Debtors shall use their reasonable best efforts to have the New Egalet Common Stock listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market or another U.S. national securities exchange as promptly as reasonably practicable after the Reorganized Debtors meet the initial listing requirements thereof, and prior to any such listing shall use its reasonable best

 

29


 

efforts to qualify the New Egalet Common Stock for trading in the pink sheets//OTC Bulletin Board.

 

D.                                     Avoidance Actions .

 

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain the exclusive right to commence, prosecute, or settle all Causes of Action, including Avoidance Actions, as appropriate in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors subject to the releases and exculpations contained in this Plan and the Cash Collateral Orders.

 

E.                                     Restructuring Transactions .

 

On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in each case in a manner consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Purchase Agreement and subject to the consent rights therein, the Reorganized Debtors may modify their corporate structure by means of any mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements, agreements, continuances, restructurings, transfers, conversions, dispositions, liquidations, dissolutions, or other corporation transactions that may be advisable to result in a new corporate structure for the Reorganized Debtors and may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such transactions, including any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate this Plan, including: (i) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of this Plan and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable entities may agree; (ii) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of this Plan and having other terms to which the applicable parties may agree; (iii) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion (including related formation) or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; and (iv) all other actions that the applicable entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.  Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall have obtained the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) regarding their intentions with respect to the restructuring transactions.

 

F.                                      Corporate Action .

 

Upon the Effective Date, all corporate actions contemplated by this Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including (i) the transactions contemplated by Article VII.E hereof, (ii) the adoption and filing of appropriate certificates of incorporation and memoranda and articles of association and amendments thereto, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion or dissolution pursuant to applicable law, (iii) the initial selection of managers, directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtors, (iv) the Distributions pursuant to this Plan, (v) the issuance of the New Securities and the New Secured Notes, (vi) the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article V of the Purchase Agreement, and (vii) all other actions contemplated by this Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date), in each case unless otherwise provided in this Plan.  All matters provided for under this Plan involving the

 

30


 

corporate structure of the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors or corporate action to be taken by or required of a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor will be deemed to occur and be effective as of the Effective Date, if no such other date is specified in such documents, and shall be authorized, approved, adopted and, to the extent taken prior to the Effective Date, ratified and confirmed in all respects and for all purposes without any requirement of further action by holders of Claims or Interests, directors of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or any other Person, except to effect the filing of any new corporate governance documents respecting the Debtors, as necessary.

 

G.                                    Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions .

 

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and the officers and directors of the boards of directors thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file or record such contracts, securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of this Plan and the securities issued pursuant to this Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except for those expressly required pursuant to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, this Plan and applicable non-bankruptcy law.

 

H.                                    Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws .

 

On or promptly after the Effective Date, Reorganized Corp will file the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State and/or other applicable authorities in its state of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of that state.  Pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities to the extent required thereby.  After the Effective Date, Reorganized Corp may amend and restate the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation and Reorganized By-Laws as permitted by the laws of its state of incorporation, and the Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents.  The Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents shall be substantially in the form set forth in the Plan Supplement.

 

I.                                         Cancellation of Securities and Agreements .

 

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Plan, including as provided for in Article IX.L hereof: (1) the obligations of the Debtors under the Indentures and any other certificate, share, note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant, or other instrument or document directly or indirectly evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors giving rise to any Claim or Equity Interest (except such certificates, notes, or other instruments or documents evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to this Plan), shall be cancelled solely as to the Debtors, and the Reorganized Debtors shall not have any continuing obligations thereunder; and (2) the obligations of the Debtors pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the membership interests, certificates, notes, bonds, indentures, purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors (except such agreements,

 

31


 

certificates, notes, or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to this Plan) shall be released and discharged; provided , however , notwithstanding confirmation of this Plan or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any agreement that governs the rights of the holder of a Claim shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (1) allowing holders to receive Distributions under this Plan as provided herein and (2) allowing the Indenture Trustees to exercise their charging liens for the payment of their fees and expenses and for indemnification as provided in the applicable Indentures; provided , further , notwithstanding confirmation of this Plan or the occurrence of the Effective Date, Indentures shall continue in effect solely for the purposes of allowing the First Lien Secured Notes Claims, the 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims, and the 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims under this Plan; provided , further , however , that the preceding proviso shall not affect the discharge of Claims or Equity Interests pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation Order or this Plan, or result in any expense or liability to the Reorganized Debtors.

 

J.                                       Distributions in Respect of Allowed Claims .

 

1.                                       Record Date for Distributions.   As of the close of business on the Record Date, the various transfer registers for each of the Classes of Claims Subject to Allowance or Equity Interests as maintained by the Debtors or their respective agents shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes made to reflect any new record holders of any Claims Subject to Allowance or Equity Interests occurring on or after the Record Date, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any Convertible Notes Claims or First Lien Secured Notes Claims.  The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of any Claims Subject to Allowance or Equity Interests occurring after the Record Date, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any Convertible Notes Claims or First Lien Secured Notes Claims.

 

2.                                       Date of Distributions .   Except as otherwise provided herein, Distributions and deliveries under this Plan with respect to Allowed Claims shall be made before the close of business on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.  In the event that any payment or act under this Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.

 

3.                                       Disbursing Agent.   Except as otherwise provided herein, all Distributions under this Plan shall be made by the Reorganized Debtors as Disbursing Agent or such other Entity (as defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code) designated by the Reorganized Debtors to assist the Disbursing Agent on the Effective Date.  If the Disbursing Agent is an independent third party designated by the Reorganized Debtors to serve in such capacity, such Disbursing Agent shall receive, without further Court approval, reasonable compensation for distribution services rendered pursuant to this Plan and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services from the Reorganized Debtors on terms acceptable to the Reorganized Debtors.  No Disbursing Agent shall be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Court.  If otherwise so ordered, all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond or surety shall be borne by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

32


 

4.                                       Powers of Disbursing Agent.  The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to (i) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties hereunder, (ii) make all Distributions contemplated hereby, and (iii) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by Final Order of the Court or pursuant to this Plan.

 

5.                                       Delivery of Distributions.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Disbursing Agent shall make Distributions to holders of Claims at the address for each holder indicated on the Debtors’ records as of the date of any such Distribution unless such addresses are superseded by Proofs of Claim or transfers of Claim filed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001 by the Record Date.  If any Distribution to a holder of a Claim is returned as undeliverable, no further Distributions shall be made unless and until the Disbursing Agent is notified of the then-current address of such holder of the Claim, at which time all missed distributions shall be made to such holder of the Claim without interest.  Amounts in respect of undeliverable distributions shall be returned to the Reorganized Debtors until such Distributions are claimed.  The Reorganized Debtors shall make reasonable efforts to locate holders of undeliverable Distributions.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, all Distributions to holders of Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claims, Allowed 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims, and Allowed 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims shall be governed by the applicable Indenture, and shall be deemed completed when made to their respective Indenture Trustees, who shall in turn make further Distributions in accordance with the applicable Indenture.

 

6.                                       Distribution of Cash.   Any payment of Cash by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to this Plan shall be made at the option and in the sole discretion of the Reorganized Debtors by (i) a check drawn on, or (ii) wire transfer from, a bank selected by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

7.                                       Unclaimed Distributions .  Any Distribution under this Plan, other than a distribution of New Securities to holders of Notes, that is unclaimed six (6) months after the Disbursing Agent has delivered (or has attempted to deliver) such Distribution shall become the property of the Reorganized Debtor against which such Claim is asserted notwithstanding any federal or state escheat, abandoned or unclaimed property laws to the contrary, and the entitlement by the holder of such unclaimed Claim to such Distribution or any subsequent Distribution on account of such Claim shall be discharged and forever barred.  In the case of any unclaimed Distributions of New Securities that remain unclaimed for six (6) months after the Disbursing Agent has delivered (or attempted to deliver) such Distribution, such unclaimed New Securities shall be forfeited, and the holder of the Claim otherwise entitled to receive such New Securities shall have forever forfeited its right to receive any recovery or Distribution under this Plan on account of its Claim.

 

8.                                       Fractional New Securities and De Minimis Distributions.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, no fractional units of New Securities shall be issued or distributed pursuant to this Plan.  Whenever any

 

33


 

payment of a fraction of a unit of New Securities would otherwise be required under this Plan, the actual Distribution made shall reflect a rounding of such fraction to the nearest whole share (up or down), with half Interests or less being rounded down and fractions in excess of a half of an Interest being rounded up.  Any holder whose Claim has been so rounded down shall not be entitled to receive any compensation whatsoever on account of such reduction.  If two or more holders are entitled to equal fractional entitlements and the number of holders so entitled exceeds the number of whole Interests, as the case may be, which remain to be allocated, the Reorganized Debtors shall allocate the remaining whole units to such holders by random lot or such other impartial method as the Reorganized Debtors deem fair, in their sole discretion. Upon the allocation of all of the whole New Securities authorized under this Plan, all remaining fractional portions of the entitlements shall be canceled and shall be of no further force and effect.

 

9.                                       Interest on Claims .  Except as expressly provided for in this Plan, the Cash Collateral Orders, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release, settlement or other agreement entered into in connection with this Plan, or as required by applicable bankruptcy law, including sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C)-(D) of the Bankruptcy Code, post-Petition Date interest shall not be treated as accruing in respect of any Claim for purposes of determining the allowance of, and Distribution for or on account of, such Claim.

 

10.                                Withholding and Reporting Requirements .  In connection with this Plan and all instruments issued in connection therewith, the Disbursing Agent shall comply with all applicable withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state or local taxing authority, and all Distributions under this Plan shall be subject to any such withholding or reporting requirements.

 

11.                                Setoffs.   Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, but shall not be required to, set off against any Claim (for purposes of determining the Allowed amount of such Claim on which Distribution shall be made), any claims of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have against the holder of such Claim, but neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of any such claim the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have against the holder of such Claim.  Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to expand rights to setoff under applicable non-bankruptcy law.

 

12.                                Allocation of Consideration .   To the extent that any Claim entitled to a Distribution under this Plan is comprised of indebtedness and, accrued but unpaid interest thereon, the consideration distributed to the holder of such Claim shall be treated as first satisfying the principal amount of such Claim (as determined for federal income tax purposes), and any remaining consideration shall be treated as satisfying accrued but unpaid interest.

 

K.                                    Resolution of Disputed Claims .

 

1.                                       Objections to Claims.  From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the right to object to any and all Claims Subject to Allowance that have not been previously Allowed.  Any objections to such Claims (other than Professional Fee Claims) shall be filed and served on or before the later of (i) one hundred and eighty (180)

 

34


 

days after the Effective Date, and (ii) such later date as may be fixed by the Court upon a motion by the Reorganized Debtors without notice to any party or a hearing, which later date may be fixed before or after the date specified in clause (i) above.  No objection shall be required with respect to a Proof of Claim filed after the applicable Bar Date, and any and all such Claims shall be deemed disallowed unless otherwise ordered by the Court after notice and a hearing.  Objections to Professional Fee Claims shall be filed and served in accordance with Article III.B.

 

2.                                       Settlement of Claims.  Notwithstanding the requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, from and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the authority to settle or compromise any claim or objections or proceedings relating to the allowance of Claims as and to the extent deemed prudent and reasonable without further review or approval of the Court and without the need to file a motion or other document with the Court.  Nothing in this Article VII.K shall be deemed to affect or modify the applicable Bar Dates previously established in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

3.                                       No Distributions Pending Allowance.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if any portion of a Claim is a Disputed Claim, no payment or Distribution provided hereunder shall be made on account of the disputed portion of such Claim until the disputed portion of such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

4.                                       Distributions after Allowance.  In the event that a Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim, the Disbursing Agent shall distribute to the holder of such Claim such holder’s Pro Rata portion of the property distributable with respect to the Class in which such Claim is classified herein.  To the extent that all or a portion of a Disputed Claim is disallowed, the holder of such Claim shall not receive any Distributions on account of the portion of such Claim that is disallowed and any property withheld pending the resolution of such Claim shall be reallocated Pro Rata to the holders of Allowed Claims in the same Class. Nothing set forth herein is intended to, nor shall it, prohibit the Reorganized Debtors, in their sole discretion, from making a Distribution on account of any Claim at any time after such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

5.                                       Interest on Disputed Claims.  Unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Plan or as otherwise required by sections 506(b), 511 or 1129(a)(9)(C)-(D) of the Bankruptcy Code, interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Disputed Claim in respect of the period from the Effective Date to the date a final Distribution is made when and if such Disputed Claim becomes and Allowed Claim.

 

6.                                       Estimation of Claims.  The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may at any time request that the Court estimate any Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law regardless of whether the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors have previously objected to such Claim or whether the Court has ruled on any such objection.  The Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time during the pendency of litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection.  In the event that the Court estimates any Disputed Claim, such estimated amount shall constitute either (a) the Allowed amount of such Claim, (b) the amount on which a reserve is to be calculated for purposes of any reserve requirement to this Plan or (c) a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by the Court.  If the estimated

 

35


 

amount constitutes a maximum limitation on such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim.  Claims may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Court.

 

L.                                     Issuance of New Secured Notes .

 

Subject to the terms hereof, on the Effective Date, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors shall execute and deliver the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes on the terms set forth in the New Secured Notes Indenture.  Confirmation of this Plan shall be deemed to constitute approval of the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes, and, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and perform their obligations in connection with the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes.  All parties receiving the New Secured Notes under the Plan, upon receipt thereof, are deemed bound to the terms of the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes.  The indenture trustee and collateral trustee under the New Secured Notes Indenture shall be the indenture trustee under the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture or such other party chosen by the Debtors with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed).

 

On the Effective Date, the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors, enforceable in accordance with their terms.  The financial accommodations to be extended pursuant to the New Secured Notes are being extended, and shall be deemed to have been extended, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable non-bankruptcy law.  On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New Secured Notes (1) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Secured Notes, (2) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Secured Notes, and (3) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) (except for any Lien subordination that is expressly permitted in the New Secured Notes Indenture) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law.  The Reorganized Debtors and the entities granted such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of this Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

36


 

The New Secured Notes Indenture will be qualified under the TIA. Section 316(a) of the TIA provides that, unless such provision is expressly excluded, noteholders holding a majority in principal amount may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any available remedy and may also waive any default and its consequences. Under Section 316(a) of the TIA, unless excluded from the indenture, securities owned by the obligor or an affiliate of the obligor must be disregarded for purposes of calculating the vote required to approve such proposals. However, the New Secured Notes Indenture will expressly exclude Section 316(a) of the TIA and instead the procedure for calculating votes for such proposals will be such that only the New Secured Notes owned by the Reorganized Debtors, or any person directly or indirectly controlled by the Reorganized Debtors, shall be disregarded.

 

M.                                  Rights Offering .

 

1.                                       Election of Debtors.   The Rights Offering shall be effectuated only if the Debtors, in consultation with the Required Supporting Noteholders, elect to do so.  No later than the deadline set forth in this Plan for filing the Plan Supplement, the Debtors shall file with the Court a notice stating whether the Debtors have elected to effectuate the Rights Offering.  If the Debtors elect not to effectuate the Rights Offering, the holders of 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims shall not receive Subscription Rights and the holders of Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall receive the First Lien Note Equity Distribution.

 

2.                                       Purpose .  In the event the Rights Offering is effectuated, the proceeds of the sale of the Rights Offering Stock shall be used to provide, on the Effective Date, a cash distribution of the Rights Offering Amount to the holders of Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claims (on a Pro Rata basis) in the aggregate amount of the Rights Offering Amount.

 

3.                                       Subscription Rights . In accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures, each holder of Allowed 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and/or Allowed 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims that is an Eligible Holder shall receive its pro rata share of Subscription Rights (based on the aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims, collectively, held by such Eligible Holder on the record date to be established in connection with the Rights Offering) necessary to allow such Eligible Holder to purchase up to its respective share of Rights Offering Stock, should such Eligible Holder choose to exercise such Subscription Rights, pursuant to the terms set forth in the Plan and in the Rights Offering Procedures. Each Subscription Right shall represent the right to acquire one share of Rights Offering Stock for the Rights Exercise Price.

 

4.                                       Backstop Commitment.   In the event the Debtors elect to effectuate the Rights Offering in accordance with the Plan, the Debtors shall enter into the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

 

5.                                       Commitment Premium.   In the event the Debtors elect to effectuate the Rights Offering in accordance with the Plan, as consideration for the Backstop Parties’ commitment to purchase Unsubscribed Stock as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement, on the Effective Date, Reorganized Corp shall issue to the Backstop Parties the Commitment Premium Stock (without payment of any additional consideration therefor)

 

37


 

pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions set forth in, the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

 

N.                                     New Royalty Rights Agreement .

 

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the New Royalty Rights Agreement with Iroko.  The Confirmation Order shall be deemed to constitute approval of the New Royalty Rights Agreement and all the transactions contemplated therein, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred in connection therewith, and authorization of the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and execute the New Royalty Rights Agreement and such other documents as may be required in connection therewith.

 

VIII.

 

EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

A.                                     Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases .

 

Except as otherwise provided herein or in any contract, instrument, release, indenture or other agreement or document entered into in connection with this Plan (including the Purchase Agreement), as of the Effective Date, all Executory Contracts (including, but not limited to, all license agreements) and Unexpired Leases governed by section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code to which any of the Debtors are parties are hereby assumed except for any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that (i) previously has been assumed or rejected by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases, (ii) previously expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms; (iii) is specifically identified on the Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases, or (iv) is the subject of a separate motion to assume or reject such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease filed by the Debtors under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code prior to the Effective Date.  The Debtors reserve the right to amend the Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases at any time prior to the Effective Date, subject to the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed).

 

The Existing Royalty Rights Agreements shall be assumed by the Debtors, as amended and restated to (i) provide that the parties thereto shall receive (based on their pro rata share of the First Lien Secured Notes) a royalty payment equal to 1.5% of aggregate net sales of all of the Products (as defined in the Existing Royalty Rights Agreements) through the Effective Date and (ii) otherwise be on terms substantially similar to the New Royalty Rights Agreements.

 

B.                                     Cure .

 

Except to the extent that different treatment has been agreed to by the non-Debtor party or parties to any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to Article VIII.A hereof, no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the deadline to vote on the Plan, the Debtors shall, pursuant to the provisions of sections 1123(a)(5)(G) and 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, and consistent with the requirements of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, file and serve the Cure Notice.  The parties to such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to be assumed by the Debtors shall have fourteen (14) calendar days from service of such pleading to object to the cure amounts listed by the Debtors.  If there are any objections filed with respect

 

38


 

thereto, the Court shall conduct a hearing to consider such cure amounts and any objections thereto.  The Debtors shall, subject to the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), retain their right to (i) amend any cure amounts listed on the Cure Notice, or (ii) reject any of their Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases (including any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that are subject to a dispute concerning amounts necessary to cure any defaults), in each case at any time prior to the Effective Date.

 

C.                                     Contract Rejection Claims .

 

Any and all Proofs of Claim with respect to Contract Rejection Claims must be filed with the Court in accordance with the terms of the Final Order authorizing such rejection (which may be the Confirmation Order), but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date to the extent an earlier time has not been established by the Court.  Any Contract Rejection Claim that is not filed within such time period will be forever barred from receiving any Distribution from the Debtors, their respective Estates and the Reorganized Debtors on account of such Contract Rejection Claim.

 

D.                                     Restrictions on Assignment Void .

 

Any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned shall remain in full force and effect to the benefit of the transferee or assignee in accordance with its terms, notwithstanding any provision in such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including those of the type described in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code) that prohibits, restricts, or conditions such transfer or assignment, including based on any change of control provision. Any provision that prohibits, restricts, or conditions the assignment or transfer of any such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, terminates or modifies such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases or allows the counterparty to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to terminate, modify, recapture, impose any penalty, condition renewal or extension, or modify any term or condition thereof (including on account of any change of control provision) on any such transfer or assignment, constitutes an unenforceable anti-assignment provision and is void and of no force or effect.

 

No sections or provisions of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that purport to provide for additional payments, penalties, charges, rent acceleration, or other financial accommodations in favor of the non-debtor third party thereto shall have any force and effect with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder, and such provisions constitute unenforceable anti-assignment provisions under section 365(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and are otherwise unenforceable under section 365(e) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

E.                                     Workers’ Compensation and Insurance Programs .

 

(i) All applicable workers’ compensation laws in states in which the Reorganized Debtors operate and (ii) all of the Debtors’ written contracts, agreements, agreements of indemnity, self-insurer workers’ compensation bonds and any other policies, programs and plans regarding or relating to workers’ compensation, workers’ compensation insurance, and all other forms of insurance are treated as Executory Contracts under this Plan and on the Effective Date

 

39


 

will be assumed pursuant to the provisions of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, with a cure amount of zero dollars.

 

IX.

 

EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THIS PLAN

 

A.                                     Continued Corporate Existence .

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, including as provided with respect to Reorganized Corp in Article V.B hereof, or as may be provided in the Plan Supplement or the Confirmation Order, each Debtor will, as a Reorganized Debtor, continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, or limited liability company, as the case may be, with all the powers thereof, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Reorganized Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificates of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended by the Plan and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval.

 

B.                                     Vesting of Assets .

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated herein, on the Effective Date all property in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any other property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to this Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances (except for Liens granted to secure the New Secured Notes, Liens securing any Other Secured Claims that are Reinstated pursuant to the Plan, and any Liens applicable to any capitalized leases existing on the Effective Date).  On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and conduct its affairs, and may use, acquire, or dispose of its property and assets and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules.

 

C.                                     Preservation of Causes of Action .

 

Subject to the releases and exculpations set forth in the Plan and the Cash Collateral Orders, in accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall retain all Litigation Rights, and nothing contained in this Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any such Litigation Rights.  The Debtors may (but are not required to) enforce all Litigation Rights and all other similar claims arising under applicable state laws, including fraudulent transfer claims, if any, and all other Causes of Action of a trustee and debtor-in-possession under the Bankruptcy Code.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Plan, the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall determine whether to bring, settle,

 

40


 

release, compromise, or enforce any such Litigation Rights (or decline to do any of the foregoing), and shall not be required to seek further approval of the Court for such action.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Plan, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any successors thereof may pursue such Litigation Rights in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors or any successors holding such rights of action.

 

D.                                     Discharge of the Debtors .

 

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or in the Confirmation Order, the Distributions and rights that are provided in this Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of any and all Claims and Causes of Action (whether known or unknown) against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property or assets shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to this Plan on account of such Claims, rights, and Interests, including Claims and Interests that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability to the extent such Claims relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Petition Date and that arise from a termination of employment or a termination of any employee or retiree benefit program which occurred prior to the Effective Date), and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not (a) a Proof of Claim or Interest based upon such Claim, debt, right, or Interest was filed, is filed, or deemed filed under section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) a Claim or Interests based upon such Claim, debt, right, or Interest is Allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (c) the holder of such a Claim, right, or Interest accepted this Plan.  The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims against and Interests in the Debtors, subject to the terms thereof and the occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

E.                                     Releases by the Debtors of Certain Parties .

 

TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EFFECTIVE AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, PURSUANT TO SECTION 1123(B) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, ON AND AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE, EACH RELEASED PARTY WILL BE DEEMED RELEASED BY EACH DEBTOR AND ITS ESTATE FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, INTERESTS, OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS, SUITS, DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, REMEDIES, AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY DERIVATIVE CLAIMS, ASSERTED OR ASSERTABLE ON BEHALF OF ANY DEBTOR, THEIR CHAPTER 11 ESTATES, OR ANY REORGANIZED DEBTOR, AS APPLICABLE, WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, FORESEEN OR UNFORESEEN, EXISTING OR HEREINAFTER ARISING, IN LAW, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH ENTITY WOULD HAVE BEEN LEGALLY ENTITLED TO ASSERT IN THEIR OWN RIGHT (WHETHER INDIVIDUALLY OR COLLECTIVELY), OR ON BEHALF OF THE HOLDER OF ANY CLAIM AGAINST OR INTEREST IN ANY OF THE DEBTORS OR OTHER ENTITY, BASED ON OR RELATING TO, OR IN ANY MANNER ARISING FROM, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THE DEBTORS, THE RESTRUCTURING (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IROKO ACQUISITION), THE

 

41


 

CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT, THE PURCHASE, SALE, TRANSFER OR RESCISSION OF THE PURCHASE, SALE OR TRANSFER OF ANY DEBT, SECURITY, ASSET, RIGHT, OR INTEREST OF ANY DEBTOR OR ANY REORGANIZED DEBTOR, THE SUBJECT MATTER OF, OR THE TRANSACTIONS OR EVENTS GIVING RISE TO, ANY CLAIM AGAINST OR INTEREST IN ANY OF THE DEBTORS THAT IS TREATED IN THE PLAN, THE BUSINESS OR CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN ANY DEBTOR AND ANY RELEASED PARTY, THE RESTRUCTURING OR ANY ALLEGED RESTRUCTURING OR REORGANIZATION OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND INTERESTS IN THE DEBTORS PRIOR TO OR IN THE CHAPTER 11 CASES (INCLUDING THE RESTRUCTURING), THE NEGOTIATION, FORMULATION, OR PREPARATION OF THE DOCUMENTS OR RELATED AGREEMENTS, INSTRUMENTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE RESTRUCTURING (INCLUDING THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT AND ANY DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE IROKO ACQUISITION), ANY OTHER ACT OR OMISSION, TRANSACTION, AGREEMENT, EVENT, OR OTHER OCCURRENCE TAKING PLACE ON OR BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE, OTHER THAN CLAIMS OR LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF A RELEASED PARTY THAT CONSTITUTES ACTUAL FRAUD, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, EACH SOLELY TO THE EXTENT AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL ORDER OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION (THE “ COMPANY RELEASE ”).  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THE FOREGOING, THE COMPANY RELEASE SHALL NOT RELEASE ANY POST-EFFECTIVE DATE OBLIGATIONS OF ANY PERSON UNDER THE PLAN OR ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN THE PLAN SUPPLEMENT) EXECUTED TO IMPLEMENT THE PLAN (INCLUDING ANY CLAIMS, RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THE NEW SECURED NOTES OR THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT).

 

F.                                      Releases by Non-Debtors .

 

TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EFFECTIVE AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE RELEASING PARTIES (REGARDLESS OF WHETHER A RELEASING PARTY IS A RELEASED PARTY) CONCLUSIVELY, ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY, AND FOREVER DISCHARGE AND RELEASE (AND EACH ENTITY SO DISCHARGED AND RELEASED SHALL BE DEEMED DISCHARGED AND RELEASED BY THE RELEASING PARTIES) THE RELEASED PARTIES AND THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, INTERESTS, OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS, SUITS, DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, REMEDIES, AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY DERIVATIVE CLAIMS, ASSERTED OR ASSERTABLE ON BEHALF OF ANY DEBTOR, THEIR ESTATES, OR ANY REORGANIZED DEBTOR, AS APPLICABLE, WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, FORESEEN OR UNFORESEEN, EXISTING OR HEREINAFTER ARISING, IN LAW, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH ENTITY WOULD HAVE BEEN LEGALLY ENTITLED TO ASSERT IN THEIR OWN RIGHT (WHETHER INDIVIDUALLY OR

 

42


 

COLLECTIVELY), OR ON BEHALF OF THE HOLDER OF ANY CLAIM AGAINST OR INTEREST IN ANY DEBTOR OR OTHER ENTITY, BASED ON OR RELATING TO, OR IN ANY MANNER ARISING FROM, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THE DEBTORS, THE RESTRUCTURING (INCLUDING THE IROKO ACQUISITION), THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT, THE PURCHASE, SALE, TRANSFER OR RESCISSION OF THE PURCHASE, SALE OR TRANSFER OF ANY DEBT, SECURITY, ASSET, RIGHT, OR INTEREST OF ANY OF THE DEBTORS OR ANY REORGANIZED DEBTOR, THE SUBJECT MATTER OF, OR THE TRANSACTIONS OR EVENTS GIVING RISE TO, ANY CLAIM AGAINST OR INTEREST IN ANY OF THE DEBTORS THAT IS TREATED IN THE PLAN, THE BUSINESS OR CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN ANY DEBTOR AND ANY RELEASED PARTY, THE RESTRUCTURING OR ANY ALLEGED RESTRUCTURING OR REORGANIZATION OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND INTERESTS IN ANY OF THE DEBTORS PRIOR TO OR IN THE CHAPTER 11 CASES (INCLUDING THE RESTRUCTURING), THE NEGOTIATION, FORMULATION, OR PREPARATION OF THE DOCUMENTS OR RELATED AGREEMENTS, INSTRUMENTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE RESTRUCTURING (INCLUDING THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT AND ANY DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE IROKO ACQUISITION), ANY OTHER ACT OR OMISSION, TRANSACTION, AGREEMENT, EVENT, OR OTHER OCCURRENCE TAKING PLACE ON OR BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE, OTHER THAN CLAIMS OR LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF A RELEASED PARTY THAT CONSTITUTES ACTUAL FRAUD, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, EACH SOLELY TO THE EXTENT AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL ORDER OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION (THE “ THIRD PARTY RELEASE ”).  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THE FOREGOING, THE THIRD PARTY RELEASE SHALL NOT RELEASE ANY POST-EFFECTIVE DATE OBLIGATIONS OF ANY PERSON UNDER THE PLAN OR ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN THE PLAN SUPPLEMENT) EXECUTED TO IMPLEMENT THE PLAN (INCLUDING ANY CLAIMS, RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THE NEW SECURED NOTES OR THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT).

 

G.                                    Exculpation .

 

NO EXCULPATED PARTY SHALL HAVE OR INCUR, AND EACH EXCULPATED PARTY IS HEREBY RELEASED AND EXCULPATED FROM, ANY CLAIM (INCLUDING ANY CAUSE OF ACTION), TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER SECTION 1125(E) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, RELATED TO ANY PREPETITION OR POSTPETITION ACT TAKEN OR OMITTED TO BE TAKEN IN CONNECTION WITH, RELATING TO, OR ARISING OUT OF THE RESTRUCTURING EFFORTS OF THE DEBTORS, NEGOTIATION OF AND ENTRY INTO THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT, THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE FORMULATION, PREPARATION, DISSEMINATION, NEGOTIATION, FILING OR CONSUMMATION OF THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE PLAN, OR ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, CONTRACT, INSTRUMENT, RELEASE, OR OTHER

 

43


 

AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT CREATED OR ENTERED INTO IN CONNECTION WITH THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE PLAN (INCLUDING, FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE PLAN SUPPLEMENT AND THE EXHIBITS TO THE PLAN AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT), THE PREPARATION OR FILING OF THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE PURSUIT OF CONFIRMATION, THE PURSUIT OF CONSUMMATION, THE RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTIONS, AND THE ADMINISTRATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN, INCLUDING THE ISSUANCE OF ANY SECURITIES OR THE DISTRIBUTION OF PROPERTY UNDER THE PLAN OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR ANY OBLIGATION, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR LIABILITY FOR ANY SUCH CLAIM; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE FOREGOING “EXCULPATION” SHALL HAVE NO EFFECT ON THE LIABILITY OF ANY ENTITY THAT RESULTS FROM ANY SUCH ACT OR OMISSION THAT IS DETERMINED BY A FINAL ORDER OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE CONSTITUTED WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, FRAUD, OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT EACH EXCULPATED PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RELY UPON THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO THEIR DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES PURSUANT TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE ABOVE REFERENCED DOCUMENTS, ACTIONS, OR INACTIONS.  THE EXCULPATED PARTIES HAVE PARTICIPATED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE WITH REGARD TO THE SOLICITATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE SECURITIES PURSUANT TO THE PLAN, AND, THEREFORE, ARE NOT, AND ON ACCOUNT OF SUCH DISTRIBUTIONS SHALL NOT BE, LIABLE AT ANY TIME FOR THE VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE LAW, RULE, OR REGULATION GOVERNING THE SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS OF THE PLAN OR SUCH DISTRIBUTIONS MADE PURSUANT TO THE PLAN.  IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, SOLELY TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED BY SECTION 1125(E) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, THE DEBTORS, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, EACH SUPPORTING NOTEHOLDER, AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEES SHALL NEITHER HAVE, NOR INCUR ANY LIABILITY TO ANY ENTITY ON ACCOUNT OF SOLICITATION OR PARTICIPATION, FOR VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE LAW, RULE, OR REGULATION GOVERNING SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN OR THE OFFER, ISSUANCE, SALE, OR PURCHASE OF SECURITIES UNDER THE PLAN; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE FOREGOING “EXCULPATION” IN THIS SENTENCE SHALL HAVE NO EFFECT ON CLAIMS OR LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF A RELEASED PARTY THAT CONSTITUTES ACTUAL FRAUD, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, EACH SOLELY TO THE EXTENT AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL ORDER OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION.

 

H.                                    Injunction .

 

THE SATISFACTION, RELEASE, AND DISCHARGE PURSUANT TO THIS ARTICLE IX SHALL ACT AS A PERMANENT INJUNCTION AGAINST ANY ENTITY COMMENCING OR CONTINUING ANY ACTION, EMPLOYMENT OF

 

44


 

PROCESS, OR ACT TO COLLECT, OFFSET OR RECOVER ANY CLAIM, INTEREST, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SATISFIED, RELEASED, OR DISCHARGED UNDER THIS PLAN TO THE FULLEST EXTENT AUTHORIZED OR PROVIDED BY THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, INCLUDING TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED FOR OR AUTHORIZED BY SECTIONS 524 OR 1141 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.

 

WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, FROM AND AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE, ALL ENTITIES THAT HAVE HELD, HOLD, OR MAY HOLD CLAIMS AND INTERESTS THAT HAVE BEEN RELEASED OR DISCHARGED PURSUANT TO THIS ARTICLE IX, OR ARE SUBJECT TO EXCULPATION PURSUANT TO THIS ARTICLE IX, SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ENJOINED FROM TAKING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS AGAINST, AS APPLICABLE, THE DEBTORS, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, THE RELEASED PARTIES OR THE EXCULPATED PARTIES: (A) COMMENCING OR CONTINUING IN ANY MANNER ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING, ON ACCOUNT OF OR RESPECTING ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS; (B) ENFORCING, ATTACHING, COLLECTING, OR RECOVERING BY ANY MANNER OR MEANS ANY JUDGMENT, AWARD, DECREE, OR ORDER AGAINST SUCH ENTITIES ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS; (C) CREATING, PERFECTING, OR ENFORCING ANY ENCUMBRANCE OF ANY KIND AGAINST SUCH ENTITIES OR THE PROPERTY OR ESTATES OF SUCH ENTITIES ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS; AND (D) COMMENCING OR CONTINUING IN ANY MANNER ANY ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS RELEASED, EXCULPATED, OR SETTLED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN.

 

I.                                         Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays .

 

All injunctions or stays provided for in the Chapter 11 Cases under sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date.  All injunctions or stays contained in this Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

J.                                       Setoff or Recoupment .

 

Notwithstanding anything herein, in no event shall any holder of a Claim be entitled to setoff or recoup any Claim against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, unless such holder preserves its right to setoff or recoupment by (i) filing a motion for authority to effect such setoff or recoupment on or before the Confirmation Date (regardless of whether such motion is heard prior to or after the Confirmation Date), or (ii) including in any timely-filed Proof of Claim that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment or setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

 

45


 

K.                                    Preservation of Insurance .

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Debtors’ discharge and release from all Claims as provided herein, except as necessary to be consistent with this Plan, shall not diminish or impair the enforceability of any insurance policy that may cover Claims against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, including their officers and current and former directors, or any other person or entity.

 

L.                                     Indemnification Obligations .

 

The Debtors’ obligations to indemnify the Indemnified Parties shall survive and shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Indemnified Parties, notwithstanding confirmation of and effectiveness of the Plan, and such indemnification shall include, but not be limited to, all actions taken in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases and the Cash Collateral Orders.

 

X.

 

EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS PLAN

 

A.                                     Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date .

 

It shall be a condition to the Effective Date of this Plan that the following provisions, terms and conditions are approved or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article X.C hereof:

 

1.                                       this Plan, the Plan Supplement, and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall have been filed in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders, and Iroko;

 

2.                                       the Confirmation Order, in form and substance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, Iroko, and the Debtors shall have been entered by the Court;

 

3.                                       the Confirmation Order shall have become a Final Order;

 

4.                                       the Iroko Acquisition shall have been approved by the Court and shall have been consummated or shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the occurrence of the Effective Date;

 

5.                                       all definitive documentation for the Restructuring, and all documents contemplated by the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Plan to be executed and delivered on or before the Effective Date, shall have been executed, delivered, and remain in full force and effect, which documentation shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, Iroko and the Debtors;

 

6.                                       all requisite filings with governmental authorities and third parties shall have become effective (or shall have been waived by such governmental authority or third party), and all governmental authorities and third parties shall have approved or consented to the Restructuring (or waived the need for any such approval or consent), to the extent required;

 

46


 

7.                                       all outstanding Transaction Expenses due and owing as of the Effective Date shall have been paid in full, in Cash;

 

8.                                       the Restructuring Support Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not have terminated; and

 

9.                                       the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall have been funded in accordance with the Plan.

 

B.                                     Waiver of Conditions .

 

The conditions to the Effective Date set forth in Article X.A hereof may be waived by the Debtors (with the consent of (i) with respect to all such conditions, the Required Supporting Noteholders, and (ii) with respect to all such conditions except the conditions to the Effective Date set forth in Article X.A.7., X.A.8., and X.A.9., Iroko, in each case which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) without notice, leave or order of the Court or any formal action other than proceeding to confirm or consummate this Plan.

 

C.                                     Notice of Confirmation and Effective Date .

 

On or before five (5) Business Days after the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall mail or cause to be mailed to all holders of Claims and Interests a notice that informs such holders of (i) the entry of the Confirmation Order, (ii) the occurrence of the Effective Date, (iii) the deadline for submission of Professional Fee Claims, and (iv) such other matters as the Debtors deem appropriate.

 

D.                                     Effect of Failure of Conditions .

 

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur prior to termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement:  (a) the Confirmation Order shall be vacated; (b) no Distributions under this Plan shall be made; (c) the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Equity Interests shall be restored to the status quo ante as of the day immediately preceding the Confirmation Date as though the Confirmation Date had never occurred; and (d) the Debtors’ obligations with respect to Claims and Equity Interests shall remain unchanged and nothing contained in this Plan shall (i) constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims against or any Equity Interests in  the Debtors or any other Person, (ii) prejudice in any manner any right, remedy or claim of the Debtors or any Person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors or otherwise, or (iii) be deemed an admission against interest by the Debtors or any other Person.

 

E.                                     Vacatur of Confirmation Order .

 

If a Final Order denying confirmation of this Plan is entered, or if the Confirmation Order is vacated, then this Plan shall be null and void in all respects, and nothing contained in this Plan shall (a) constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims against or any Equity Interests in the Debtors or any other Person, (b) prejudice in any manner any right, remedy or claim of the Debtors or any Person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors or otherwise, or (c) be deemed an admission against interest by the Debtors or any other Person.

 

47


 

F.                                      Revocation Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation .

 

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw this Plan at any time prior to the Confirmation Date.  If the Debtors revoke or withdraw this Plan, the Confirmation Order is not entered, or the Effective Date does not occur, (i) this Plan shall be null and void in all respects, (ii) any settlement or compromise embodied in this Plan (including the fixing or limiting the amount of any Claim or Class of Claims), assumption or rejection of executory contracts or leases effected by this Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed null and void, and (iii) nothing contained in this Plan, and no acts taken in preparation for consummation of this Plan, shall (a) constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Equity Interests in, the Debtors or any other Person, (b) prejudice in any manner any right, remedy or claim of the Debtors or any other Person in any further proceeding involving the Debtors or otherwise, or (c) constitute an admission against interest by the Debtors or any other Person.

 

XI.

 

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

 

The Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, and related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and this Plan pursuant to, and for the purposes of, section 105(a) and section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code and for, among other things, the following purposes:

 

1.                                       to hear and determine motions for the assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Confirmation Date, and the allowance of Claims resulting therefrom;

 

2.                                       to determine any other applications, adversary proceedings, and contested matters pending on the Effective Date;

 

3.                                       to ensure that Distributions to holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished as provided herein;

 

4.                                       to resolve disputes as to the ownership of any Claim or Equity Interest;

 

5.                                       to hear and determine timely objections to Claims;

 

6.                                       to enter and implement such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, revoked, modified or vacated;

 

7.                                       to issue such orders in aid of execution of this Plan, to the extent authorized by section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

8.                                       to consider any modifications of this Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any order of the Court, including the Confirmation Order;

 

48


 

9.                                       to hear and determine all applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses of Professionals under sections 328, 330, 331 and 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

10.                                to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of this Plan;

 

11.                                to hear and determine any issue for which this Plan requires a Final Order of the Court;

 

12.                                to hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

13.                                to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with compensation and reimbursement of expenses of professionals for the Supporting Noteholders for services rendered and expenses incurred during the period commencing on the Petition Date through and including the Effective Date;

 

14.                                to hear and determine any Causes of Action preserved under this Plan under Bankruptcy Code sections 544, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553, and 1123(b)(3);

 

15.                                to hear and determine any matter regarding the existence, nature and scope of the Debtors’ discharge;

 

16.                                until the Effective Date, to hear and determine disputes arising under the Purchase Agreement;

 

17.                                to hear and determine any matter regarding the existence, nature, and scope of the releases and exculpation provided in Article IX of this Plan; and

 

18.                                to enter a final decree closing the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

If the Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising in, arising under, or related to the Chapter 11 Cases, then Article XI of this Plan shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having jurisdiction with respect to such matter.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any dispute arising under or in connection with the New Secured Notes, the New Secured Notes Indenture, or the New Secured Notes Security Documents shall be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of the applicable document.

 

XII.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

A.                                     Modification of this Plan .

 

Subject to the limitations contained in this Plan: (1) the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, which consent shall not be unreasonably

 

49


 

withheld, conditioned, or delayed) reserve the right, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, to amend or modify this Plan prior to the entry of the Confirmation Order, including amendments or modifications to satisfy section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (2) after the entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, may, upon order of the Court, amend or modify this Plan, in accordance with Section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Entry of a Confirmation Order shall result in all modifications or amendments to this Plan occurring after the solicitation thereof being approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

B.                                     Dissolution of Creditors’ Committee .

 

If a Creditors’ Committee has been appointed, it shall continue in existence until the Effective Date to exercise those powers and perform those duties specified in section 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code.  On the Effective Date, the Creditors’ Committee shall be dissolved and its members shall be deemed released of all their duties, responsibilities and obligations in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or this Plan and its implementation, and the retention or employment of the Creditors’ Committee’s attorneys, financial advisors, and other agents shall terminate as of the Effective Date.  The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the members of or advisors to the Creditors’ Committee after the Effective Date.

 

C.                                     Votes Solicited in Good Faith .

 

The Debtors have, and upon confirmation of this Plan shall be deemed to have, solicited acceptances of this Plan in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Debtors (and each of their respective affiliates, agents, directors, managers, officers, members, employees, advisors, and attorneys) have participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code in the offer and issuance of the securities offered and sold under this Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such offer and issuance will not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of this Plan or the offer or issuance of the securities offered and distributed under this Plan.

 

D.                                     Obligations Incurred After the Effective Date .

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Plan, from and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court, pay in Cash all obligations including the reasonable legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to the implementation of this Plan incurred by the Reorganized Debtors.  Upon the Effective Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation of services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Court.

 

50


 

E.                                     Request for Expedited Determination of Taxes .

 

The Reorganized Debtors shall have the right to request an expedited determination under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to tax returns (other than federal tax returns) filed by any of them, or to be filed by any of them, for any and all taxable periods ending after the Petition Date through the Effective Date.

 

F.                                      Determination of Tax Filings and Taxes .

 

(a) For all taxable periods ending on or prior to, or including, the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall prepare and file (or cause to be prepared and filed) on behalf of the Debtors, all combined, consolidated or unitary tax returns, reports, certificates, forms or similar statements or documents for any group of entities that include the Debtors (collectively, “ Group Tax Returns ”) required to be filed or that the Reorganized Debtors otherwise deem appropriate, including the filing of amended Group Tax Returns or requests for refunds.

 

(b) The Reorganized Debtors shall be entitled to the entire amount of any refunds and credits (including interest thereon) with respect to or otherwise relating to any taxes of the Debtors, including for any taxable period ending on or prior to, or including, the Effective Date.

 

G.                                    Governing Law .

 

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by Federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules), the laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the construction and implementation of this Plan, any agreements, documents, and instruments executed in connection with this Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements or instruments, in which case the governing law of such agreements shall control).  Corporate governance matters shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation or formation of the applicable Debtor.

 

H.                                    Filing or Execution of Additional Documents .

 

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall file with the Court or execute, as appropriate, such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of this Plan.

 

I.                                         Exemption From Transfer Taxes .

 

Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfer of property pursuant to the Plan, including (a) the issuance, transfer or exchange under this Plan of the New Securities, (b) the issuance of the New Secured Notes, including the granting of security interests or Liens in connection therewith, (c) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease, or (d) the making or delivery of any other instrument whatsoever, in furtherance of or in connection with this Plan shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage, recording sales or use or other similar tax, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental

 

51


 

assessment and accept for filing and recordation any instruments or other documents pursuant to such transfers of property without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee or governmental assessment.

 

J.                                       Exemption for Issuance of New Securities, Subscription Rights, and Series A-1 Notes .

 

The issuance of the New Securities (including the issuance of New Egalet Common Stock upon exercise of the New Warrants) and the Subscription Rights, if applicable, and the Distribution thereof under this Plan, to the extent that they are deemed Securities (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), shall be authorized and exempt from registration under the securities laws to the fullest extent permitted under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, as of the Effective Date without further act or action by any person, unless required by provision of the relevant governance documents or applicable law, regulation, order or rule; and all documents evidencing the same shall be executed and delivered as provided for in this Plan or the Plan Supplement.

 

The issuance of the Series A-1 Notes and Distribution thereof under this Plan, to the extent that they are deemed Securities (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), shall be authorized and exempt from registration under the securities laws to the fullest extent permitted under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, as of the Effective Date without further act or action by any person, unless required by provision of the relevant governance documents or applicable law, regulation, order or rule; and all documents evidencing the same shall be executed and delivered as provided for in this Plan or the Plan Supplement.

 

K.                                    Waiver of Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 62(a) .

 

The Debtors may request that the Confirmation Order include (a) a finding that Fed. R. Civ. P. 62(a) shall not apply to the Confirmation Order, and (b) authorization for the Debtors to consummate this Plan immediately after entry of the Confirmation Order.

 

L.                                     Exhibits/Schedules .

 

All Exhibits and schedules to this Plan and the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and constitute a part of this Plan as if set forth herein.

 

M.                                  Notices .

 

All notices, requests, and demands hereunder to be effective shall be in writing and unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

 

52


 

To the Debtors :

Egalet Corporation

600 Lee Road, Suite 100

Wayne, PA 19087

Telephone: (610) 833-4200

Facsimile:

Attention: General Counsel

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Dechert LLP

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Telephone: (212) 698-3500

Facsimile: (212) 698-3599

Attention: Michael J. Sage, Esq., Brian E. Greer, Esq. and Stephen M. Wolpert, Esq.

 

N.                                     Plan Supplement .

 

The Plan Supplement will be filed with the Clerk of the Court no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the deadline to vote on the Plan, unless such date is further extended by order of the Court.  The Plan Supplement may be inspected in the office of the Clerk of the Court during normal court hours and shall be available online at “https://ecf.deb.uscourts.gov.”  Holders of Claims or Existing Equity Interests may obtain a copy of the Plan Supplement upon written request to counsel to the Debtors in accordance with Article XII.N of this Plan or by accessing the website maintained by the Debtors’ claims and noticing agent at www.kccllc.net/egalet.

 

O.                                    Further Actions; Implementations .

 

Subject to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors shall be authorized to execute, deliver, file or record such documents, contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements and take such other or further actions as may be necessary to effectuate or further evidence the terms and conditions of this Plan.  From and after the Confirmation Date, subject to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors shall be authorized to take any and all steps and execute all documents necessary to effectuate the provisions contained in this Plan.

 

P.                                      Severability .

 

If, prior to the entry of the Confirmation Order, any term or provision of this Plan is held by the Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Court, at the request of the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any

 

53


 

such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of this Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of this Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.

 

Q.                                    Entire Agreement .

 

Except as otherwise indicated, this Plan and the Plan Supplement supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into this Plan.

 

R.                                     Binding Effect .

 

Subject to Article X of this Plan and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of this Plan, the Plan Supplement and the Confirmation Order shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors and any and all holders of Claims or Interests (regardless of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted or rejected this Plan), all entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, and injunctions described in this Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to the executory contracts and unexpired leases with the Debtors. All Claims and debts shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to this Plan regardless of whether any holder of a Claim or debt has voted on this Plan.

 

S.                                       No Change in Ownership or Control .

 

Consummation of this Plan is not intended to and shall not constitute a change in ownership or change in control, as defined in any employment or other agreement or plan in effect on the Effective Date to which a Debtor is a party.

 

T.                                     Substantial Consummation .

 

On the Effective Date, this Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , however , that nothing herein shall prevent the Debtors or any other party in interest from arguing that substantial consummation of this Plan has occurred prior to the Effective Date.

 

U.                                     Conflict .

 

The terms of this Plan shall govern in the event of any inconsistency with the summaries of this Plan set forth in the Disclosure Statement. In the event of any inconsistency or ambiguity between and among the terms of this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, and the Confirmation Order, the terms of the Confirmation Order shall govern and control.

 

54


 

Dated: October 30, 2018

 

 

Respectfully Submitted,

 

 

 

EGALET CORPORATION (for itself and all other Debtors)

 

 

 

By:

/s/DRAFT

 

Name:

Robert Radie

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

DECHERT LLP

Michael J. Sage ( pro hac vice pending)

Brian E. Greer ( pro hac vice pending)

Stephen M. Wolpert ( pro hac vice pending)         Alaina Heine ( pro hac vice pending)

Three Bryant Park

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Tel:                            (212) 698-3500

Fax:                        (212) 698-3599

 

- and-

 

YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP

Robert S. Brady (No. 2847)

Sean T. Greecher (No. 4484)

Rodney Square

1000 North King Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Tel:                            (302) 571-6600

Fax:                        (302) 571-1253

 

Proposed Counsel to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession

 

55


 

EXHIBIT A

 

Purchase Agreement

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

Reorganized Corp Governance Term Sheet

 

A- 2


 

REORGANIZED CORP GOVERNANCE TERM SHEET

 

Amendments to the Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents

 

The Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents shall not be amended unless approved by (1) Iroko and (2) two out of three of the following: (x) prior to the first annual meeting of the Corporation following the Effective Date at which an election of directors is held (the “ First Annual Meeting ”), the Secured Director, the Convertible Director and the Joint Director and (y) following the First Annual Meeting, the First Independent Director, the Second Independent Director and the Third Independent Director (each as defined below).

 

 

 

Director Independence

 

The Secured Director, the Convertible Director and the Joint Director shall each be an “independent director” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Listing Rules and other applicable securities laws.

 

 

 

Director Nominations Following the Effective Date

 

Prior to the First Annual Meeting (which, subject to applicable law, shall be held on a date set by the Board but not sooner than 30 days prior to, nor later than 135 days following, the one year anniversary of  the Effective Date):

 

·                   the Secured Director shall nominate his or her successor for election at the First Annual Meeting (such successor, and such successor’s replacements, if any, the “ First Independent Director ,” and which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the same Person as the Secured Director), and in the event of any vacancy prior to the First Annual Meeting or if the Secured Director is otherwise unable to nominate his or her successor for any reason, such vacancy shall be filled by the vote of a majority of the board of directors of Reorganized Corp other than the Secured Director and the Iroko Directors;

 

·                   the Convertible Director shall nominate his or her successor for election at the First Annual Meeting (such successor, and such successor’s replacements, if any, the “ Second Independent Director ,” and which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the same Person as the Convertible Director), and in the event of any vacancy prior to the First Annual Meeting or if the Convertible Director is otherwise unable to nominate his or her successor for any reason, such vacancy shall be filled by the vote of a majority of the board of directors of Reorganized Corp other than the Convertible Director and the Iroko Directors; and

 

·                   the Joint Director shall nominate his or her successor for election at the First Annual Meeting (such successor, and such successor’s replacements, if any, the “ Third Independent Director ,” and which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the same Person as the Joint Director), and in the event of any vacancy prior to the First Annual Meeting or if the Joint Director is otherwise unable to nominate his or her successor for any reason, such vacancy shall be filled by the vote of a majority of the board of directors of Reorganized Corp.

 

Any appointment, designation or nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions by a majority of the board of directors of Reorganized Corp (subject to the applicable exceptions in the case of the Secured Director/First Independent Director and Convertible Director/Second Independent Director) is referred to herein as a “ Board Majority Appointment .”

 

For the avoidance of doubt, following the First Annual Meeting, any appointments, designations, nominations, removals or replacements of any director shall be

 

A- 3


 

 

undertaken in accordance with the Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents, and none of the Secured Director, the Convertible Director, the Joint Director, the First Independent Director, the Second Independent Director or the Third Independent Director shall have any rights with respect thereto, other than in their respective capacities as holders of New Egalet Common Stock; provided, that prior to the Second Annual Meeting (as defined below) the First Independent Director, the Second Independent Director and the Third Independent Director may only be removed for cause.  Further, the term of the directors elected at the First Annual Meeting shall be until the next annual meeting of the Corporation, which shall be held on a date set by the Board in accordance with the Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents but, subject to applicable law, no sooner than 30 days prior to, or later than 30 days following, the one year anniversary of the First Annual Meeting (the “ Second Annual Meeting ”).

 

 

Related Party Transactions

Other than transactions and agreements contemplated by and approved pursuant to the Plan (including, without limitation, any exercise of preemptive rights pursuant to the provisions of described below or exercise of New Warrants) and any other agreements entered into on the Effective Date, none of the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into any transaction with Iroko, any of the Supporting Noteholders or any of their respective Affiliates(3) (collectively, the “ Investors ”) unless the terms of such transaction are approved by a majority of the disinterested directors on the board of directors of Reorganized Corp.

 

A “disinterested director” shall mean any director (x) that is a “disinterested director” with respect to such transaction under applicable law and (y) other than (i) with respect to any transaction to which Iroko or any of its Affiliates are a party, the Iroko Directors, the Joint Director and the Third Independent Director, (ii) with respect to any transaction to which any member of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee or any of their respective Affiliates is a party, the Secured Director, the First Independent Director, the Joint Director and the Third Independent Director and (iii) with respect to any transaction to which any member of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee or any of their respective Affiliates is a party, the Convertible Director, the Second Independent Director, the Joint Director and the Third Independent Director; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing clause (y), in the event that the First Independent Director, the Second Independent Director or the Third Independent Director is appointed pursuant to a Board Majority Appointment, such Person shall be a “disinterested director” for purposes of clause (y).

 

 

Preemptive Rights

Each of the Supporting Noteholders (so long as such Supporting Noteholder receives at least 2.5% of the New Egalet Common Stock issued on the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any shares issuable pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan)) shall, for so long as such Person continues to hold at least 2.5% of the outstanding shares of New Egalet Common Stock (including as outstanding for such purpose any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants), have the right to purchase or participate in, as applicable, its p ro rata share (calculated on the basis of such Person’s fully-diluted ownership of New Egalet Common Stock at the time of determination) of any additional equity or debt financings or other capital raising transactions which the Debtors may propose from time to time, at the price and on the terms on which other investors or lenders in such offering purchase or participate; provided , that such preemptive rights shall not apply to (i) any transaction in which no other

 

 


(3)          The Affiliates of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee shall be defined in a mutually acceptable manner so as not to include J.P. Morgan entities.

A- 4


 

 

Investor participates or invests or (ii) any public offering or private placement of equity or debt securities that is marketed widely to third party investors (including, without limitation, a confidentially marketed public offering); provided , further that in the case of any transaction described in clause (ii), the Reorganized Corp will instruct the underwriter or placement agent in any such offering to provide the opportunity to each holder of preemptive rights to participate in such offering.

 

Reorganized Corp will provide each holder of preemptive rights with written notice of any transaction with respect to which such holder may exercise such preemptive rights at least 15 calendar days prior to the consummation of such transaction, and each such holder shall be required to exercise its preemptive rights within 10 calendar days after its receipt of such notice.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in the good faith determination of a majority of the members of the board of directors of Reorganized Corp, the failure to consummate such a financing transaction without giving effect to the Supporting Noteholders’ preemptive rights would result in a material adverse effect to the Debtors or their financial position, taken as a whole, the Debtors may propose and consummate such transaction without regard to the preemptive rights described above; provided , that, promptly following the consummation of such transaction, the holders otherwise eligible to exercise preemptive rights with respect to such transaction shall have the right to invest in securities or lend amounts to the Debtors at the price and on the terms on which other investors or lenders in such offering purchased or participated up to the amount that each such holder otherwise would have been eligible to purchase or participate in if the Debtors’ had complied with the preemptive rights provisions in described above in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

 

Termination

All rights described in this term sheet shall expire upon the 24 month anniversary of the Effective Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, such termination shall have no effect on the respective rights of any Person with respect to stockholder nominations, voting or otherwise in their capacities as holders of New Egalet Common Stock.

 

A- 5


Exhibit 99.2

 

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE

 

 

)

 

 

In re:

)

 

Chapter 11

 

)

 

 

EGALET CORPORATION, et. al.,

)

 

Case No. 18 — [ · ] ( )

 

)

 

 

Debtors.(1)

)

 

Jointly Administered

 

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

 

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO

DEBTORS’ PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

UNDER CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL FROM, BUT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED BY, THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.  THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN.  ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.

 

DECHERT LLP

YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT &

Michael J. Sage ( pro hac vice pending)

TAYLOR, LLP

Brian E. Greer ( pro hac vice pending)

Robert S. Brady (No. 2847)

Stephen M. Wolpert ( pro hac vice pending)

Sean T. Greecher (No. 4484)

Alaina Heine ( pro hac vice pending)

Rodney Square

Three Bryant Park

1000 North King Street

1095 Avenue of the Americas

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

New York, NY 10036

Tel:         (302) 571-6600

Tel:         (212) 698-3500

Fax:        (302) 571-1253

Fax:        (212) 698-3599

 

 

 

Dated: October [ · ], 2018

 

 


(1)                                  The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of their respective federal tax identification numbers, are: Egalet Corporation (5334), Egalet US Inc. (6649), and Egalet Ltd. (Foreign).  The Debtors’ corporate headquarters and mailing address is located at 600 Lee Road, Suite 100, Wayne, PA 19087.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I. INTRODUCTION

1

 

 

 

1.1

General

1

1.2

The Confirmation Hearing

6

1.3

Administrative and Priority Claims

6

1.4

Classification of Claims and Interests

6

1.5

Voting; Holders of Claims Entitled to Vote

8

1.6

Important Matters

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE II. BUSINESS DESCRIPTION AND CIRCUMSTANCES

10

 

 

 

THAT LED TO THESE CHAPTER 11 CASES

10

 

 

 

2.1

The Debtors’ Prepetition Businesses

10

2.2

Prepetition Capital Structure

14

2.3

Events Leading to the Chapter 11 Cases

18

2.4

Iroko Acquisition

23

 

 

 

ARTICLE III. DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 CASES

29

 

 

 

3.1

Continuation of the Businesses after the Petition Date

29

3.2

Case Administration

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV. THE PLAN

32

 

 

 

4.3

Overview of Chapter 11

32

4.4

Overview of the Plan

33

4.5

Means for Implementation of the Plan

44

4.6

Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

55

4.7

Retention of Jurisdiction by the Bankruptcy Court

56

4.8

Miscellaneous Provisions

58

 

 

 

ARTICLE V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

60

 

 

 

5.1

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

60

5.2

Effect of Failure of Conditions

61

5.3

Waiver of Conditions

61

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

61

 

 

 

6.1

Modification of the Plan

61

6.2

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

62

6.3

Revocation, Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation of the Plan

62

6.4

Severability

62

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION

62

 

 

 

7.1

Vesting of Assets

62

7.2

Preservation of Causes of Action

63

7.3

Discharge of the Debtors

63

7.4

Term of Bankruptcy Injunctions or Stays

64

7.5

RELEASES

64

7.6

EXCULPATION

66

7.7

INJUNCTION

68

 


 

7.8

Setoff or Recoupment

68

7.9

Exemption from Transfer Taxes

69

7.10

Exemption for Issuance of New Securities, Subscription Rights and Series A-1 Notes

69

7.11

SEC Enforcement

69

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

70

 

 

 

8.1

Confirmation Hearing

70

8.2

Confirmation

70

8.3

Cramdown

79

8.4

Consummation

80

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

80

 

 

 

9.1

Liquidation under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code

80

9.2

Alternative Plan(s) of Liquidation or Reorganization

80

 

 

 

ARTICLE X. SUMMARY OF VOTING PROCEDURES

81

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI. CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED

82

 

 

 

11.1

Certain Bankruptcy Considerations

82

11.2

Actual recoveries may differ materially from the estimated recoveries set forth in this Disclosure Statement

84

11.3

Risks Relating to the New Secured Notes and the New Egalet Common Stock

84

11.4

Risks Relating to Tax Consequences of the Plan

89

11.5

Risks Associated with the Business

89

11.6

Risks Associated with the Iroko Acquisition

108

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII. SECURITIES LAW MATTERS

111

 

 

 

12.1

General

111

12.2

Issuance of New Egalet Common Stock, New Warrants and Series A-1 Notes to holders of Claims pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code

112

12.3

Subsequent Transfers of Securities Issued Under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code

113

12.4

Issuance of Subscription Rights, Rights Offering Stock, Iroko Shares and Iroko Notes

114

12.5

Subsequent Transfers of Subscription Rights, Rights Offering Stock, Iroko Shares and Iroko Notes

115

12.6

Registration Rights

116

12.7

Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement

116

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII. CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN

117

 

 

 

13.1

Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors

118

13.2

Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Claims

122

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV. RECOMMENDATION AND CONCLUSION

134

 

ii


 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT 1

The Plan

 

 

EXHIBIT 2

Liquidation Analysis

 

 

EXHIBIT 3

Restructuring Support Agreement

 

 

EXHIBIT 4

Financial Projections

 

 

EXHIBIT 5

Valuation Analysis

 

iii


 

ARTICLE I.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

1.1                                General.

 

Egalet Corporation (“ Egalet Corporation ”); Egalet US Inc.; and Egalet Ltd. (Egalet US Inc. and Egalet Ltd., collectively with Egalet Corporation, the “ Debtors ” or the “ Company ”), as debtors and debtors-in-possession in chapter 11 cases pending before the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”), jointly administered under Case No. 18- [•] , submit this disclosure statement (this “ Disclosure Statement ”) pursuant to section 1125 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “ Plan ”), dated October [ · ], 2018.  A copy of the Plan is attached as Exhibit 1 to this Disclosure Statement.

 

This Disclosure Statement is designed to provide holders of Claims in voting Classes with adequate information in order to make an informed decision about whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan.  This Disclosure Statement sets forth certain information regarding the Debtors’ prepetition capital structure and business operations, important developments leading to the commencement of the chapter 11 cases, and important developments that have occurred during these chapter 11 cases.  This Disclosure Statement also describes terms and provisions of the Plan, including certain effects of confirmation of the Plan, certain risk factors associated with the Plan, potential alternatives to the Plan, the manner in which distributions will be made under the Plan if the Plan is confirmed and becomes effective, and related matters.  In addition, this Disclosure Statement discusses the confirmation process and the voting procedures that holders of Claims entitled to vote under the Plan must follow for their votes to be counted.

 

THE DEBTORS, THE SUPPORTING NOTEHOLDERS AND IROKO SUPPORT CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN.  THE DEBTORS RECOMMEND THAT HOLDERS OF CLAIMS IN CLASSES 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A, 4B AND 4C VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN, AS THE PLAN PROVIDES THE BEST AVAILABLE RECOVERY TO CREDITORS IN SUCH CLASSES.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Disclosure Statement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.  Unless otherwise noted herein, all dollar amounts provided in this Disclosure Statement and in the Plan are given in United States dollars.  To the extent the Plan is inconsistent with this Disclosure Statement, the provisions of the Plan will control.

 

The Plan and this Disclosure Statement are the result of months of discussions followed by extensive and vigorous negotiations among the Company, the Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.  The culmination of these negotiations was the entry into the Restructuring Support Agreement, upon which the Plan is premised, by and among the Company and the Supporting Noteholders.  The Debtors firmly believe the Restructuring Support Agreement—with the requisite support necessary to confirm a plan under 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code—puts the Debtors on firm footing to expeditiously prosecute these cases to conclusion.

 


 

The key components of the Plan are as follows:

 

·                                          payment in full, in cash, of all Allowed Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, statutory fees, Professional Fee Claims, Other Priority Claims and Other Secured Claims;

 

·                                           the conversion of $80 million of First Lien Secured Notes Claims into (i) $50 million in aggregate principal amount of the Series A-1 Notes, (ii) the First Lien Note Equity Distribution, (iii) $20 million in cash, less the aggregate amount of Adequate Protection Payments (as defined in the Cash Collateral Orders) actually received by holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims pursuant to the Cash Collateral Orders and (iv) cash in an amount equal to the fees and expenses of the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee (as to which it is anticipated that the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee will exercise its contractual lien rights prior to distribution), to the extent not otherwise paid on or prior to the Effective Date, which will not be paid directly to any holder, but instead will be paid directly to the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee on account of any such fees and expenses; provided , however , that if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the shares of New Egalet Common Stock otherwise allocable to the First Lien Note Equity Distribution shall be distributed pursuant to the Rights Offering, and the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall receive $10 million in cash instead of the First Lien Note Equity Distribution;

 

·                                           the conversion of $48.6 million of Convertible Notes Claims into (i) a number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 31.62% of the New Egalet Common Stock as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) (subject to dilution only on account of the Commitment Premium Stock, if any, and the Management Incentive Plan), or New Warrants in lieu of a portion of such shares solely to the extent set forth in Article VII(C) of the Plan, and (ii) if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering and such holder is an Eligible Holder, the Subscription Rights;

 

·                                           the cancellation of all existing Preferred Stock and existing common equity interests in Egalet Corporation; and

 

·                                           the consummation of the Iroko Acquisition pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

The Company believes that the proposed restructuring under the Plan is extremely favorable for all creditors because it achieves a deleveraging of the Company’s balance sheet through consensus with the overwhelming majority of the Company’s creditors and eliminates potential deterioration of value that could otherwise result from a protracted and contentious bankruptcy case.  The significant support obtained by the Company pursuant to the Restructuring Support Agreement provides a fair and reasonable path for an expeditious consummation of the Plan and the preservation of the ongoing businesses.

 

Additionally, as described in Section 7.6 herein, the Plan provides for certain releases of Claims against, among others, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the parties

 

2


 

to the Restructuring Support Agreement and each of their professionals, employees, officers and directors.

 

On [ · ], 2018 after notice and a hearing, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving this Disclosure Statement as containing adequate information of a kind and in sufficient detail to enable hypothetical, reasonable investors typical of the Debtors’ creditors to make an informed judgment whether to accept or reject the Plan.  APPROVAL OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT, HOWEVER, CONSTITUTE A DETERMINATION BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AS TO THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THE PLAN.

 

HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST, AND HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN, THE DEBTORS ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ AND CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE MATTERS DESCRIBED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

 

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND RULE 3016(C) OF THE FEDERAL RULES OF BANKRUPTCY PROCEDURE AND NOT NECESSARILY IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER NON-BANKRUPTCY LAW.  THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WAS PREPARED TO PROVIDE PARTIES IN INTEREST IN THESE CASES WITH “ADEQUATE INFORMATION” (AS DEFINED IN THE BANKRUPTCY CODE) SO THAT THOSE CREDITORS WHO ARE ENTITLED TO VOTE WITH RESPECT TO THE PLAN CAN MAKE AN INFORMED JUDGMENT ABOUT THE PLAN.

 

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS NOT BEEN FILED WITH, NOR REVIEWED BY, AND THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED ON OR AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE WILL NOT HAVE BEEN THE SUBJECT OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH, THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “ S.E.C. ”) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR WITH ANY OTHER SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.  THE PLAN HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE S.E.C., ANY OTHER SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, AND NEITHER THE S.E.C., NOR ANY OTHER SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.  THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED.

 

THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THE SOLICITATION OF VOTES ON THE PLAN MADE BY THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, AND THE OFFER OF THE NEW SECURITIES THAT MAY BE DEEMED TO BE MADE PURSUANT TO THE SOLICITATION, ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND RELATED STATE STATUTES BY REASON OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY

 

3


 

SECTION 1145(A) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR OTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTIONS, AND EXPECT THAT THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES UNDER THE PLAN WILL BE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND RELATED STATE STATUTES BY REASON OF THE APPLICABILITY OF SECTIONS 1145(A)(1) AND (2) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND SECURITIES ACT SECTION 4(A)(2), OR OTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTIONS.

 

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS INCLUDED HEREIN FOR PURPOSES OF SOLICITING ACCEPTANCES OF THE PLAN AND MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN TO DETERMINE HOW TO VOTE ON THE PLAN.  NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED BY THE DEBTORS IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN OR THE SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCES OF THE PLAN TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES ATTACHED HERETO OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE OR REFERRED TO IN THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND/OR PLAN, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE DEBTORS.  ALTHOUGH THE DEBTORS WILL MAKE AVAILABLE TO ALL PARTIES ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN SUCH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW PRIOR TO THE VOTING DEADLINE, THE DELIVERY OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WILL NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.

 

EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED, THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN HAS NOT BEEN AUDITED BY A CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT AND HAS NOT BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.

 

FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SUMMARIZES THE TERMS OF THE PLAN, BUT THE PLAN ITSELF QUALIFIES ALL SUMMARIES THEREOF.  IF ANY INCONSISTENCY EXISTS BETWEEN THE PLAN OR THE APPLICABLE PLAN DOCUMENTS AND THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE PLAN OR THE APPLICABLE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTROLLING.  THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MAY NOT BE RELIED ON FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN TO DETERMINE WHETHER TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN, AND NOTHING STATED HEREIN WILL CONSTITUTE AN ADMISSION OF ANY LIABILITY BY ANY PARTY, OR BE DEEMED CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THE TAX OR OTHER LEGAL EFFECTS OF THE PLAN ON THE DEBTORS OR HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS.

 

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS BASED PRIMARILY ON THE CURRENT EXPECTATIONS OF THE DEBTORS AND PROJECTIONS ABOUT FUTURE EVENTS AND FINANCIAL TRENDS AFFECTING THE FINANCIAL CONDITION OF THE DEBTORS’ AND THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS’ BUSINESSES.  IN PARTICULAR, STATEMENTS USING

 

4


 

WORDS SUCH AS “MAY,” “MIGHT,” “WILL,” “COULD,” “WOULD,” “SHOULD,” “EXPECT,” “INTEND,” “PLAN,” “ANTICIPATE,” “BELIEVE,” “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “POTENTIAL,” “CONTINUE,” “SEEK TO” AND “ONGOING,” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS IDENTIFY THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.  THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO A NUMBER OF RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND ASSUMPTIONS, INCLUDING THOSE DESCRIBED BELOW UNDER ARTICLE XI.  IN LIGHT OF THESE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, THE FORWARD-LOOKING EVENTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES DISCUSSED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MAY NOT OCCUR, AND ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.  CONSEQUENTLY, THE PROJECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD NOT BE REGARDED AS REPRESENTATIONS BY ANY OF THE DEBTORS, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, THEIR ADVISORS OR ANY OTHER PERSON THAT THE PROJECTED FINANCIAL CONDITIONS OR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CAN OR WILL BE ACHIEVED.  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW, NEITHER THE DEBTORS NOR THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO UPDATE OR REVISE PUBLICLY ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF NEW INFORMATION, FUTURE EVENTS OR OTHERWISE FOLLOWING APPROVAL OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.

 

SUMMARIES OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DO NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE AND ARE SUBJECT TO, AND ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO, THE FULL TEXT OF THE APPLICABLE AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE DEFINITIONS OF TERMS CONTAINED IN SUCH AGREEMENT.

 

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WILL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO BE CONCLUSIVE ADVICE ON THE TAX OR OTHER LEGAL EFFECTS TO ANY PERSON OR ENTITY THAT MAY RESULT FROM CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE PLAN.  AS TO CONTESTED MATTERS, ADVERSARY PROCEEDINGS, AND OTHER ACTIONS OR THREATENED ACTIONS, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE STATEMENTS MADE HEREIN WILL NEITHER CONSTITUTE NOR BE CONSTRUED AS AN ADMISSION, STIPULATION, WAIVER, EVIDENCE OR FINDING OF FACT, BUT RATHER A STATEMENT OR STATEMENTS MADE IN SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATIONS.

 

IF THE PLAN IS CONFIRMED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AND THE EFFECTIVE DATE OCCURS, ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS (INCLUDING HOLDERS OF CLAIMS WHO DO NOT SUBMIT BALLOTS TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN OR WHO ARE NOT ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN) WILL BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THE PLAN AND THE RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

 

All Exhibits to the Plan will be filed with the Bankruptcy Court and will be available for review, free of charge, at https://www.kccllc.net/egalet (the “ Website ”) not later than ten (10)

 

5


 

days before the Voting Deadline (defined herein).  Copies of all Exhibits to the Plan also may be obtained, free of charge, from KCC (“ Voting Agent ”) by calling (866) 967-1786 (U.S. and Canada) or (310) 751-2686 (International), or by emailing EgaletInfo@kccllc.com.

 

In addition, if you are a holder of a Claim entitled to vote on the Plan and did not receive a ballot, received a damaged ballot or lost your ballot, or if you have any questions concerning the procedures for voting on the Plan, please contact the Voting Agent by calling (866) 967-1786 (U.S. and Canada) or (310) 751-2686 (International), or by emailing EgaletInfo@kccllc.com.

 

1.2                                The Confirmation Hearing.

 

In accordance with an order from the Bankruptcy Court approving this Disclosure Statement under section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, a hearing to be held before the Honorable [ · ], United States Bankruptcy Judge, at Courtroom [ · ] of the Bankruptcy Court, 824 Market Street N, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, on [ · ] at [ · ] (Eastern Time) , will be scheduled to consider confirmation of the Plan.  The Debtors will request confirmation of the Plan, as it may be modified from time to time, under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and they have reserved the right, with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko to modify the Plan to the extent, if any, that confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification.  Objections, if any, to confirmation of the Plan must be served and filed so that they are received on or before [ · ] at [ · ] (Eastern Time) .  The hearing on confirmation of the Plan may be adjourned from time to time without further notice, except for the announcement of the adjourned date and time at the hearing on confirmation or any adjournment thereof.

 

1.3                                Administrative and Priority Claims.

 

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, as described below, have not been classified.  These Claims will be Unimpaired and, therefore, will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

1.4                                Classification of Claims and Interests.

 

The following table designates the Classes of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors and specifies which of those Classes are (i) Impaired or Unimpaired under the Plan, (ii) entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and (iii) deemed to either accept or reject the Plan.  A Claim or Interest is designated in a particular Class only to the extent it falls within the description of that Class, and is classified in any other Class to the extent (if any) that a portion of such Claim or Interest falls within the description of such other Class.

 

Each Class of Claims and Equity Interests has been assigned a number below, from 1 to 10. For the purposes of classifying and treating Claims against and Equity Interests in each Debtor, Egalet Corporation has been assigned the letter A, Egalet US Inc. has been assigned the letter B, and Egalet Ltd. has been assigned the letter C.

 

6


 

Class

 

Designation

 

Impairment

 

Entitled to Vote

 

Estimated
Recovery

1A, 1B, 1C

 

Other Priority Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to
accept)

 

100.00%

2A, 2B, 2C

 

Other Secured Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to
accept)

 

100.00%

3A, 3B, 3C

 

First Lien Secured Notes Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

 

91.40%

4A, 4B, 4C

 

Convertible Notes Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

 

54.56%

5A, 5B, 5C

 

General Unsecured Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to
accept)

 

100.00%

6A, 6B, 6C

 

Intercompany Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to
accept)

 

100.00%

7A, 7B, 7C

 

Subordinated Claims

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to
reject)

 

0.00%

8A

 

Existing Equity Interests

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to
reject)

 

0.00%

9B, 9C

 

Intercompany Interests

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to
accept)

 

N/A

 

The table set forth above provides a brief summary of the classification and treatment of Claims and Interests and the estimated recovery distributable to the holders of such Claims and Interests under the Plan.  The table also identifies which Classes are entitled to vote on the Plan based on provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.  The information set forth in the table is for convenience of reference only.  Each holder of a Claim or Interest should refer to Articles II, III and IV of the Plan and the Liquidation Analysis annexed as Exhibit 2 hereto (the “ Liquidation Analysis ”) for a full understanding of the classification and treatment of Claims and Interests provided under the Plan.

 

THE ESTIMATES OF DISTRIBUTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN MAY DIFFER FROM ACTUAL DISTRIBUTIONS BY REASON OF, AMONG OTHER THINGS, VARIATIONS IN THE ASSERTED OR ESTIMATED AMOUNTS OF ALLOWED CLAIMS AND THE EXISTENCE OF DISPUTED CLAIMS.  STATEMENTS REGARDING PROJECTED AMOUNTS OF CLAIMS OR DISTRIBUTIONS (OR THE VALUE OF SUCH DISTRIBUTIONS) ARE ESTIMATES BY THE DEBTORS BASED ON INFORMATION AS OF THE DATE HEREOF AND ARE NOT REPRESENTATIONS AS TO THE ACCURACY OF THESE AMOUNTS.  THE FINAL AMOUNTS OF ALLOWED CLAIMS MAY VARY SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THESE ESTIMATES.  FOR AN EXPLANATION OF THE BASIS

 

7


 

FOR THE LIMITATIONS AND UNCERTAINTIES REGARDING THESE CALCULATIONS, SEE ARTICLE XI (“CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED”), BELOW.

 

1.5                                Voting; Holders of Claims Entitled to Vote.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, only holders of allowed claims or equity interests in classes of claims or equity interests that are Impaired and not deemed to have rejected a plan are entitled to vote to accept or reject a plan.  Generally, a claim or interest is Impaired under the Plan if the holder’s legal, equitable or contractual rights are altered under such plan.  Classes of claims or equity interests under a chapter 11 plan in which the holders of claims or equity interests are Unimpaired are deemed to have accepted such plan and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the proposed plan.  In addition, classes of claims or equity interests in which the holders of claims or equity interests will not receive or retain any property on account of their claims or equity interests are deemed to have rejected the plan and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the plan.

 

The Bankruptcy Code defines “acceptance” of a plan by a class of claims as acceptance by creditors in that class that hold at least two-thirds (2/3) in dollar amount and more than one-half (1/2) in number of the claims held by non-insiders that cast ballots for acceptance or rejection of such plan (such vote, the “ Requisite Acceptances ”).  Your vote to accept or reject the Plan is important.  The Bankruptcy Code requires as a condition to confirmation of a plan that each class that is Impaired and entitled to vote under a plan vote to accept such plan, unless the provisions of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code are met.

 

If a Class of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan rejects the Plan, the Debtors, reserve the right to amend the Plan (subject to the prior written consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko) and/or to request confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code permits the confirmation of a plan notwithstanding the non-acceptance of a plan by one or more Impaired classes of claims or interests, so long as at least one Impaired class of claims or interests, excluding the votes of insiders, votes to accept the plan.  Under that section of the Bankruptcy Code, a plan may be confirmed by a bankruptcy court if it does not “discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to each non-accepting class.

 

If you are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, a ballot is enclosed for the purpose of voting on the Plan (a “ Ballot ”).  This Disclosure Statement, the Exhibits attached hereto, and the Plan and related documents are the only materials the Debtors are providing to creditors for their use in determining whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and such materials may not be relied upon or used for any purpose other than to vote to accept or reject the Plan.  If you believe that you are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and you did not receive a Ballot, please consult with your counsel and/or contact the Voting Agent by calling (866) 967-1786 (U.S. and Canada) or (310) 751-2686 (International), or by emailing EgaletInfo@kccllc.com, or at the address listed below.

 

8


 

Please complete, execute and return your Ballot(s) (a) in the provided postage prepaid envelope, (b) via electronic mail to [ · ] or (c) by first class mail, overnight courier or hand delivery to:

 

[ · ]

c/o [ · ]

[ · ]

[ · ]

 

PLEASE REFER TO THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THE BALLOTS FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING VOTING REQUIREMENTS TO ENSURE THAT YOUR BALLOT IS PROPERLY AND TIMELY SUBMITTED SUCH THAT YOUR VOTE MAY BE COUNTED.

 

TO BE COUNTED, YOUR PROPERLY COMPLETED BALLOT INDICATING ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN MUST BE ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE VOTING AGENT NO LATER THAN [ · ] , EASTERN TIME, ON [ · ] (the “Voting Deadline”) UNLESS THE DEADLINE IS EXTENDED BY THE DEBTORS WITH THE CONSENT OF THE REQUIRED SUPPORTING NOTEHOLDERS.  YOUR BALLOT MAY BE SENT VIA THE PROVIDED POSTAGE PREPAID ENVELOPE, ELECTRONIC MAIL, FIRST CLASS MAIL, OVERNIGHT COURIER OR HAND DELIVERY, AS INSTRUCTED IN THE BALLOT.

 

The Ballots have been specifically designed for the purpose of soliciting votes on the Plan from the Classes entitled to vote with respect thereto.  Accordingly, in voting on the Plan, please use only the Ballot(s) sent to you with this Disclosure Statement or provided by the Voting Agent.  If you require an additional Ballot, please contact the Voting Agent and request a replacement and/or supplemental Ballot.

 

The Debtors have fixed [ · ] (the “ Voting Record Date ”) as the date for the determination of Persons who are entitled to receive a copy of this Disclosure Statement and all of the related materials and to vote whether to accept or reject the Plan.  Accordingly, only holders of record of Claims as of the Voting Record Date that are entitled to vote on the Plan will receive a Ballot and may vote on the Plan.

 

All properly completed Ballots received prior to the Voting Deadline will be counted for purposes of determining whether a voting Class of Impaired Claims has accepted the Plan.  The Voting Agent will prepare and file with the Bankruptcy Court a certification of the results of the balloting with respect to the Classes entitled to vote.

 

THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN REPRESENTS THE BEST OPPORTUNITY TO MAXIMIZE VALUE FOR ALL OF THE DEBTORS’ STAKEHOLDERS AND CONSTITUENTS AND STRONGLY RECOMMEND THAT ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.

 

9


 

1.6                                Important Matters.

 

This Disclosure Statement contains projected financial information and certain other forward-looking statements, all of which are based on various estimates and assumptions and will not be updated to reflect events occurring after the date hereof.  Such information and statements are subject to inherent uncertainties and to a wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks, including, among others, those described herein.  Consequently, actual events, circumstances, effects and results may vary significantly from those included in or contemplated by such projected financial information and such other forward-looking statements.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

BUSINESS DESCRIPTION AND CIRCUMSTANCES

 

THAT LED TO THESE CHAPTER 11 CASES

 

2.1                                The Debtors’ Prepetition Businesses.

 

Overview .

 

The Company is headquartered in Wayne, Pennsylvania and is comprised, as of the Petition Date, of the three Debtors.  Egalet Corporation is the ultimate parent company to each of the other Debtors, each of which is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Egalet Corporation. Egalet Corporation is a public reporting company under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and its shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Prepetition Egalet Common Stock ”), are publicly traded under the symbol “EGLT” on the OTCQX Bulletin Board. Prior to September 19, 2018, the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market and prior to July 11, 2018 the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock traded on the Nasdaq Global Market, in each case, under the same symbol.

 

The Company is a fully integrated specialty pharmaceutical company developing, manufacturing and commercializing innovative treatments for pain and other conditions. The Company is focused on bringing non-narcotic, abuse-discouraging or abuse-deterrent (“ AD ”) formulations of opioids to patients and physicians. The Company is currently marketing SPRIX® (ketorolac tromethamine) Nasal Spray (“ SPRIX Nasal Spray ”) and OXAYDO ®  (oxycodone HCI, USP) tablets for oral use only—CII (“ OXAYDO ”).  Prior to September 28, 2018, the Company also marketed ARYMO ®  ER (morphine sulfate) extended-release (“ER”) tablets, for oral use CII (“ ARYMO ER ”).

 

The Company acquired SPRIX Nasal Spray, the first and only approved nasal spray formulation of a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (“ NSAID ”), used for short-term (up to five days) management of moderate to moderately severe pain in adults that requires analgesia at the opioid level, in January 2015. At the same time, the Company in-licensed OXAYDO, an immediate-release (“ IR ”) oral formulation of oxycodone designed to discourage intranasal abuse, which is indicated for the management of acute and chronic pain severe enough to require

 

10


 

an opioid analgesic and for which alternative treatments are inadequate. ARYMO ER, an ER morphine product formulated with abuse-deterrent properties and approved for the management of pain severe enough to require daily, around-the-clock, long-term opioid treatment and for which alternative treatment options are inadequate, is the Company’s first product developed using its proprietary Guardian ®  Technology, a polymer matrix tablet technology that utilizes an injection molding manufacturing process, resulting in tablets that are hard and difficult to manipulate for misuse and abuse.

 

In January 2018, the Company announced a partnership with OraPharma, Inc. (“ OraPharma ”), a division of Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc., to co-promote SPRIX Nasal Spray to more than 9,000 dentists, dental specialists and oral surgeons across the United States. This partnership is the Company’s second partnership for SPRIX Nasal Spray following Ascend Therapeutics (“ Ascend ”), which began to promote SPRIX Nasal Spray to approximately 11,000 women’s healthcare practitioners in September 2017.

 

Beyond the Company’s commercial programs, it has a pipeline of products developed using its Guardian Technology, including Egalet-002, an AD, ER, oral oxycodone formulation which has completed Phase 3 studies. Recently, the Company’s primary effort has been to identify potential partners to advance its product candidates.

 

The Company’s net losses were approximately $24.3 million and $51.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and approximately $69.4 million and $90.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The Company recognized revenues of $13.7 million and $11.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and $26.1 million and $17.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of June 30, 2018, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $317.7 million. The Company has incurred significant expenses and operating losses related to its significant commercialization and development expenses as it has grown its sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to sell its commercial products in the U.S., as well as its research and development activities.

 

The Company’s pre-petition products, product candidate pipeline, proprietary technology and intellectual property portfolio are discussed in further detail below.

 

i.                                          SPRIX Nasal Spray

 

SPRIX Nasal Spray is an NSAID indicated in adult patients for the short-term (up to five days) management of moderate to moderately severe pain that requires analgesia at the opioid level. Formulated as a nasal spray, SPRIX Nasal Spray is rapidly absorbed through the nasal mucosa, achieving peak blood levels as fast as an intramuscular injection of ketorolac.

 

The Company acquired SPRIX Nasal Spray and certain related assets from Luitpold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“ Luitpold ”) in January 2015 for $7.0 million. Under the Company’s purchase agreement with Luitpold, the Company was assigned an exclusive license with Recordati Ireland Ltd. (“ Recordati ”) for intranasal formulations of ketorolac tromethamine (the “ SPRIX Licensed Product ”), the active ingredient in SPRIX Nasal Spray.  The exclusive term

 

11


 

of the license agreement expires, on a country-by-country basis, on the later of the final expiration of any patent right in such country that contains a valid claim covering the SPRIX Licensed Product, or ten years from the date of the first commercial sale of the SPRIX Licensed Product in such country. SPRIX Nasal Spray is currently sold in the United States by the Company, Ascend and OraPharma and is covered by a patent that expires in December 2018 and the exclusive term of the license with respect to the United States expires in May 2021.

 

During the six-month period ended June 30, 2018, revenue from SPRIX Nasal Spray accounted for approximately $10.2 million of the Company’s $13.7 million of total revenues, or approximately 74.5%.

 

ii.                                      OXAYDO

 

OXAYDO, an approved IR oxycodone product designed using an aversion technology to discourage abuse via snorting, is indicated for the management of acute and chronic pain severe enough to require an opioid analgesic and for which alternative treatments are inadequate. The Company licensed OXAYDO from Acura Pharmaceuticals (“ Acura ”) in January 2015 for a $5.0 million upfront payment and a $2.5 million milestone payment upon commercial launch, which occurred in September 2015. In addition, Acura is entitled to a one-time $12.5 million milestone payment if OXAYDO net sales reach $150.0 million in a calendar year and a tiered royalty percentage based on sales thresholds. The Company’s royalty payment obligations commenced on the first commercial sale of OXAYDO and expire, on a country-by-country basis, upon the expiration of the last to expire valid patent claim covering OXAYDO in such country (or if there are no patent claims in such country, then upon the expiration of the last valid claim in the U.S.). Royalties are reduced upon the entry of generic equivalents, as well as for payments the Company is required to make to acquire intellectual property rights to commercialize OXAYDO, with an aggregate minimum floor. The term of the Acura license agreement expires, in its entirety, upon the final expiration of any such patent claim in any country. OXAYDO is currently sold in the United States and is covered by six U.S. patents that expire between 2023 and 2025. Patents covering OXAYDO in foreign jurisdictions expire in 2024.

 

During the six-month period ended June 30, 2018, revenue from OXAYDO accounted for approximately $2.9 million of the Company’s $13.7 million of total revenues, or approximately 21.2%.

 

iii.                                  ARYMO  ER

 

ARYMO ER, an ER, AD morphine sulfate product, is the first approved product developed using the Company’s proprietary Guardian Technology, creating tablets that are difficult to manipulate for misuse and abuse. Results from in vitro testing demonstrated that ARYMO ER tablets, in comparison to non-AD morphine sulfate extended-release tablets, have increased resistance to cutting, crushing, grinding or breaking using a variety of tools. Due to its physical and chemical properties, ARYMO ER makes abuse by injection difficult. ARYMO ER has been approved in three dosage strengths: 15 mg, 30 mg and 60 mg.

 

12


 

During the six-month period ended June 30, 2018, revenue from ARYMO ER accounted for approximately $0.5 million of the Company’s $13.7 million of total revenues, or approximately 3.9%.

 

On September 28, 2018, the Company notified the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “ FDA ”) that, for business reasons, the Company would be discontinuing the manufacture and promotion of ARYMO ER effective September 28, 2018 (the “ Discontinuation ”).  As part of its notice, the Company requested that the Orange Book (as defined below) staff move ARYMO ER to the “Discontinued Drug Products List” of the Approved Drug Products and Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations (the “ Orange Book ”) publication, and that the Prescription Drug User Fee Act user fee staff note the discontinued status of the product.

 

iv.                                   Product Pipeline & Proprietary Technology

 

While the Company has a pipeline of product candidates, its recent focus has been on its commercial products. Recently, the Company’s primary effort with regard to its product candidates has been to identify potential partners to advance them. The Company’s proprietary Guardian Technology is a polymer matrix tablet technology that utilizes a novel application of the well-established manufacturing process of injection molding, resulting in tablets that are hard and difficult to manipulate for misuse and abuse. While the Guardian Technology creates a tablet that is extremely hard and has AD features, the construct of the tablet allows for controlled release of the active pharmaceutical ingredient (“ API ”) in the gastrointestinal tract. This approach offers the ability to design tablets with controlled-release profiles as well as physical and chemical properties that have been demonstrated to resist both common and rigorous methods of manipulation. Tablets manufactured with Guardian Technology have been shown to have increased resistance to physical methods of manipulation, such as cutting, crushing, grinding or breaking using a variety of mechanical and electrical tools. The tablets are also resistant to chemical manipulation and turn into a viscous hydrogel on contact with liquid, making syringeability difficult.

 

In addition to developing ARYMO ER, the Company has a pipeline of products developed using its Guardian Technology. Egalet-002, an ER, AD oxycodone formulation, employs a similar matrix system to that used in ARYMO ER, however the Egalet-002 tablet is surrounded by a water-impermeable, non-eroding, hard shell containing polylactic acid (“ PLA ”) that creates a cylinder, with the API-containing matrix exposed at both ends. Egalet-003 is an AD formulation stimulant product candidate, and Egalet-004 is an AD formulation, ER hydrocodone-based product candidate for which an initial Phase 1 bioavailability study has been conducted.

 

The Company’s proprietary Guardian Technology platform also has the potential to be more broadly used with additional types of pharmaceutical products. The Company believes that the flexibility of its drug delivery systems can be applied to the administration of other classes of APIs, including combination products, where abuse deterrence or a specific release profile is desired. The Company has developed prototypes, conducted feasibility studies and explored additional applications of its Guardian Technology, both on its own and in collaboration with other pharmaceutical companies.

 

13


 

v.                                       Intellectual Property

 

As of February 28, 2018, the Company owned 21 issued patents within the United States, and an additional 48 issued foreign patents covering its products, product candidates or technology platform. The term of the Company’s overall domestic and foreign patent portfolio related to ARYMO ER, Egalet-002 and our Guardian Technology platform, excluding possible patent extensions, extends to various dates between 2022 and 2033, if pending patent applications in each of our patent families issue as patents.

 

2.2                                Prepetition Capital Structure.

 

(a)                                                                                  Prepetition Funded Indebtedness .

 

As of the Petition Date, the Debtors have funded debt facilities in place with a principal amount of approximately $128.6 million, of which approximately $80.0 million is senior secured debt and $48.6 million is unsecured debt.  The below chart summarizes the Debtors’ prepetition material indebtedness:

 

Debt Obligation

 

Principal Governing Document(s)

 

Approximate
Principal
Amount
Outstanding
as of the
Petition Date

 

Maturity Date

 

Security 
Status

13% Senior
Secured Notes

 

Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2016, among Egalet Corporation, the other Debtors (as guarantors) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ First Lien Notes Trustee ”) 

 

Collateral Agreement (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ First Lien Secured Notes Collateral Agreement ”), dated as of August 31, 2016, among Egalet Corporation, the other Debtors and the First Lien Notes Trustee

 

$80.0 million

 

September 20, 2033

 

Secured

5.50%
Convertible
Senior Notes

 

Indenture, dated as of April 7, 2015, among Egalet Corporation, the other Debtors (as guarantors) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (in such capacity, the “ 5.50% Convertible Notes Trustee ”)

 

$24.7 million

 

April 1, 2020

 

Unsecured

6.50%
Convertible
Senior Notes

 

Indenture, dated as of December 27, 2017, among Egalet Corporation, the other Debtors (as guarantors) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (in such capacity, the “ 6.50% Convertible Notes Trustee ”)

 

$23.9 million

 

December 31, 2024

 

Unsecured

 

14


 

i.                                    First Lien Secured Notes

 

On August 31, 2016, the Company completed the initial closing of its offering of up to $80.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Secured Notes and entered into the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture. Egalet Corporation issued $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Secured Notes at such initial closing, and issued an additional $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Secured Notes in connection with the approval by the FDA of ARYMO ER in January 2017. The First Lien Secured Notes were sold only to qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and the Company used the net proceeds from the First Lien Secured Notes and the Existing Royalty Rights (as defined below) to repay all obligations under the Company’s previously outstanding loan agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., to support the approval and commercialization of ARYMO ER, to support the development of Egalet-002 and for general corporate purposes.

 

Interest on the First Lien Secured Notes accrues at a rate of 13% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 20 and September 20 of each year commencing on March 20, 2017. Following the approval of ARYMO ER by the FDA in January 2017, in lieu of a straight-line fixed amortization schedule, on each interest payment date commencing on March 20, 2018, the Company is obligated to pay an installment of principal on the First Lien Secured Notes in an amount equal to 15% (or 17% if certain sales targets are not met) of the aggregate net sales of OXAYDO, SPRIX Nasal Spray, ARYMO ER and Egalet-002, if approved, for the two consecutive fiscal quarterly period most recently ended, less the amount of interest payable on the First Lien Secured Notes on such interest payment date.

 

The First Lien Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of Egalet Corporation and have the benefit of a security interest in the First Lien Secured Notes collateral. The stated maturity date of the First Lien Secured Notes prior to the approval of ARYMO ER by the FDA was March 20, 2020 and, following the FDA’s approval of ARYMO ER in January 2017, the stated maturity date of the First Lien Secured Notes automatically became September 20, 2033.

 

In connection with the initial closing of the First Lien Secured Notes offering on August 31, 2016, Egalet Corporation entered into royalty rights agreements with each of the purchasers of the First Lien Secured Notes pursuant to which Egalet Corporation sold to such purchasers the right to receive, in the aggregate, a payment equal to 1.5% of the aggregate net sales of OXAYDO and SPRIX Nasal Spray from August 31, 2016 through December 31, 2020, and at the second closing of the offering in January 2017, entered into separate royalty rights agreements with each such purchaser pursuant to which the Company sold to such purchasers the right to receive 1.5% of the aggregate net sales of ARYMO ER payable from the date of first sale of ARYMO ER through December 31, 2020 (collectively, the “ Existing Royalty Rights ”).

 

Guaranty .  The obligations of Egalet Corporation under the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture and the First Lien Secured Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a secured basis by the other Debtors.

 

15


 

Collateral Securing First Lien Secured Notes .  The Debtors have granted the First Lien Notes Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the First Lien Secured Notes, a continuing security interest in and lien on substantially all assets of the Debtors, including, but not limited to the following (capitalized terms having the meanings given to them in the First Lien Notes Collateral Agreement): (i) all Accounts (including any credit enhancement therefor) and Intercompany Obligations; (ii) all Chattel Paper; (iii) all Commercial Tort Claims; (iv) all contract rights, leases, letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, documents, and documents of title; (v) all Financial Assets; (vi) all Equipment; (vii) all General Intangibles; (viii) all Investment Property; (ix) all Inventory; (x) all money, cash, cash equivalents, securities, and other property of any kind of the Debtors; (xi) all of the Debtors’ deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodities accounts, credits, and balances with, and other claims against, any financial institution with which the Debtors maintain deposits; (xii) all of the Debtors’ books, records, and other property related to or referring to any of the foregoing, including books, records, account ledgers, data processing records, computer software and other property, and General Intangibles at any time evidencing or relating to any of the foregoing; (xiii) all supporting obligations in respect of any Collateral; (xiv) all other items, kinds and types of personal property, tangible or intangible, of whatever nature, and regardless of whether the creation or perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection of a security interest therein is governed by the UCC of any particular jurisdiction or by another applicable treaty, convention, statute, law or regulation of any applicable jurisdiction; and (xv) all accessions to, substitutions for, and replacements, products, and proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, After-Acquired Property, proceeds of any insurance policies, claims against third parties, and condemnation or requisition payments with respect to all or any of the foregoing, in each case subject to a carve-out for certain items of Excluded Collateral (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”).

 

In addition to such liens on and security interests in the Article 9 Collateral, the obligations under the First Lien Secured Notes are secured by a lien on certain other assets of the Debtors, including certain intellectual property assets, as described in the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture and the First Lien Secured Notes Collateral Agreement (collectively with the Article 9 Collateral, the “ Prepetition Collateral ”).

 

Certain assets of the Debtors are specifically excluded from the Prepetition Collateral pursuant to the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture including, among other things, the new drug applications, licensed intellectual property rights, other approvals and licenses and clinical and other data, in each case, relating to OXAYDO) and leasehold interests in real property (excluding fixtures).

 

ii.                                      5.50% Convertible Notes

 

On April 7, 2015, Egalet Corporation completed the issuance through a private placement of $60.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 5.50% Convertible Notes. On May 6, 2015, the Company issued an additional $1.0 million in principal amount pursuant to the initial purchasers’ exercise of their 30-day over-allotment, for aggregate gross proceeds of $61.0 million.  Interest on the 5.50% Convertible Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing October 1, 2015. In September 2016, in connection

 

16


 

with the issuance of the First Lien Secured Notes and in accordance with the terms of the 5.50% Indenture, Egalet Corporation and the other Debtors entered into a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the other Debtors agreed to guarantee the obligations of Egalet Corporation under the 5.50% Indenture and the 5.50% Convertible Notes.

 

The 5.50% Convertible Notes are general, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Egalet Corporation and rank senior in right of payment to all of Egalet Corporation’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 5.50% Convertible Notes.  The 5.50% Convertible Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of Egalet Corporation to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

 

Prior to the Petition Date, the 5.50% Convertible Notes were convertible prior to maturity, subject to certain conditions, into shares of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock at a conversion rate of 67.2518 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the 5.50% Convertible Notes (equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $14.87 per share of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock).  This conversion rate was subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain specified events.   Egalet Corporation was obligated to satisfy the conversion obligation by paying or delivering, as the case may be, cash, shares of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock or a combination thereof, at Egalet Corporation’s election.  As of the Petition Date, the conditions to conversion had not been satisfied.

 

iii.                                  6.50% Convertible Notes

 

On December 20, 2017, Egalet Corporation entered into exchange agreements with certain holders of the 5.50% Convertible Notes pursuant to which the such holders agreed to exchange, in the aggregate, approximately $36.4 million of outstanding principal amount of the 5.50% Convertible Notes for, in the aggregate, (i) approximately $23.9 million of the 6.50% Convertible Notes, (ii) a warrant exercisable for 3.5 million shares of the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share and (iii) payments, in cash, of all accrued but unpaid interest as of the closing on the 5.50% Convertible Notes exchanged in the transaction (the “ 2017 Convertible Notes Exchange ”).  At the closing of the 2017 Convertible Notes Exchange on December 27, 2017, 2.5 million of such warrants were exercised, and the remaining 1.0 million of such warrants were exercised in January 2018. The Company consummated the 2017 Convertible Notes Exchange in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act.

 

Interest on the 6.50% Convertible Notes is payable semiannually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year commencing July 1, 2018 at a rate of 6.50% per year.  The 6.50% Convertible Notes are scheduled to mature on December 31, 2024.

 

The 6.50% Convertible Notes are general, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Egalet Corporation and rank senior in right of payment to all of Egalet Corporation’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 6.50% Convertible Notes.  The 6.50% Convertible Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of Egalet Corporation to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

 

17


 

Prior to the Petition Date, the 6.50% Convertible Notes were convertible at any time until the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date.  Upon conversion and subject to certain conditions, holders of the 6.50% Convertible Notes would be entitled to receive shares of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock at a conversion rate of 749.6252 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of 6.50% Convertible Notes, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $1.33 per share.

 

(b)                                                          Stockholders’ Equit y.

 

As of the Petition Date, Egalet Corporation had no shares of preferred stock outstanding and a single class of common stock outstanding, the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock. As noted above, Egalet Corporation is a public reporting company under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and the shares of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock are publicly traded on the OTCQX Bulletin Board under the symbol “EGLT”.  The Prepetition Egalet Common Stock entitles holders to a portion of the voting rights of Egalet Corporation and economic rights, including rights to dividends, if any, and distributions upon liquidation, to the extent of any surplus.  As of October 26, 2018, there were 56,772,101 shares of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock outstanding and warrants to purchase 16,666,667 shares of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock outstanding with an weighted average exercise price of $1.92.

 

2.3                                Events Leading to the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

(a)                                                          Prepetition Business Model and Related Debt Issuances to Fund Research and Development and Commercial Operations .

 

Egalet Corporation completed the initial public offering of shares of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock in February 2014.  The Company’s goal was to be a leading specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the development, manufacture and commercialization of abuse-deterrent pharmaceutical products.  Prescription medications, particularly opioids, are prone to being abused through physical and chemical manipulation for the purpose of increasing drug concentration in the bloodstream in order to accelerate and intensify their effects. In reaction to the increasing costs and other consequences of widespread prescription opioid abuse, the United States government and a number of state legislatures have introduced or enacted legislation and regulations intended to encourage the development and adoption of abuse-deterrent forms of pain medications. Many of the Company’s products and product candidates are specifically designed to deter common methods of abuse, and the Company believed that these actions by regulators and legislators created an opportunity for the Company to develop and commercialize products and product candidates with abuse-deterrent claims on the product label.

 

The Company’s strategy for achieving that goal was to, among other things:

 

a.                                       develop and obtain FDA approval for ARYMO ER as an abuse-deterrent morphine product for the treatment of moderate to severe pain;

 

18


 

b.                                       develop and obtain FDA approval for Egalet-002 as an abuse-deterrent oxycodone product for the treatment of moderate to severe pain;

 

c.                                        commercialize ARYMO ER and Egalet-002.;

 

d.                                       leverage its proprietary technology platform to develop additional product candidates and create out-licensing opportunities; and

 

e.                                        explore business development opportunities to leverage its assets and build its product portfolio.

 

To supplement the Company’s internally developed product pipeline, in January 2015, the Company acquired SPRIX Nasal Spray from Luitpold and licensed OXAYDO from Acura and supplemented its overall strategy to include executing its sale and marketing strategies for SPRIX Nasal Spray, OXAYDO and, upon its approval by the FDA, ARYMO ER.

 

In order to fund the development of its commercial operations with respect to its approved products, its research and development costs related to its product candidates and its business development activities, during the course of 2015, 2016 and 2017, Egalet Corporation engaged in several capital raising transactions including the issuance of $61.0 million of the 5.50% Convertible Notes in April 2015, the issuance of $86.3 million of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock in July 2015, the issuance of $40.0 million of the First Lien Secured Notes in August 2016 and the issuance of an additional $40.0 million of the First Lien Secured Notes in January 2017 upon the approval of ARYMO ER by the FDA, and the issuance of $30.0 million of Prepetition Egalet Common Stock and related warrants in July 2017.

 

In December 2017, in connection with the ongoing issues described in subsection (b) below, Egalet Corporation entered into the 2017 Convertible Notes Exchange pursuant to which, among other things, approximately $36.4 million of outstanding principal amount of the 5.50% Convertible Notes was exchanged for approximately $23.9 million of the 6.50% Convertible Notes and certain other consideration .

 

(b)                                                          Poor Financial Performance, Nasdaq Delisting and Related Issues under Indebtedness Documents .

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company reported net losses of approximately $69.4 million, $90.6 million and $57.9 million, respectively. These losses were a result of the Company’s continued investments in its commercialization capabilities, the Company’s research and development activities, the Company’s increasing debt service obligations and general difficulties in increasing the revenue generated from the Company’s marketed products, including challenges specific to the abuse-deterrent market such as shifting legislative and social responses to the opioid epidemic.

 

These challenges also resulted in a corresponding decline in the trading price of the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock, with the closing price thereof falling from $15.92 on March 13, 2015 to $11.02 on December 31, 2015, $7.65 on December 30, 2016, $1.00 on December 29,

 

19


 

2017 and $0.10 on October 26, 2018.  As a result of this decline, commencing in November 2017, Egalet Corporation received a series of notices from The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“ Nasdaq ”) indicating that it was not in compliance with certain continued listing requirements for the listing of the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market and/or the Nasdaq Capital Market related to the minimum market value and minimum closing bid price of the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock.  These deficiencies ultimately resulted in the transfer of the listing of the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock from the Nasdaq Global Market to the Nasdaq Capital Market effective July 11, 2018 (the “ Nasdaq Transfer ”) and the pending delisting of the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock from the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “ Nasdaq Delisting ”).

 

Under the 5.50% Indenture, the Nasdaq Transfer constituted a “Fundamental Change” and required Egalet Corporation to make an offer to purchase all of the $24.7 million of 5.50% Convertible Notes outstanding on the terms set forth in the 5.50% Indenture (the “ 5.50% Notes Fundamental Change Offer ”).  In addition, under the 6.50% Indenture, the Nasdaq Delisting constituted a “Fundamental Change” and required Egalet Corporation to make an offer to purchase all of the $23.9 million of 6.50% Convertible Notes outstanding on the terms set forth in the 6.50% Indenture (the “ 6.50% Notes Fundamental Change Offer ”). However, the negative covenants in the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture did not provide the Company with the requisite restricted payment capacity to repurchase both the 6.50% Convertible Notes and the 5.50% Convertible Notes and, to the extent that the Company would be unable to make any such payment in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Secured Notes, it would result in a default under the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture, cross-defaults under the 5.50% Indenture and the 6.50% Indenture and other adverse consequences, including the ability of the holders of the First Lien Secured Notes to exercise the remedies available to them as secured lenders.

 

Given these circumstances and constraints, the Company’s existing capital structure was no longer sustainable.

 

(c)                                                           Retention of Professional Advisors and Evaluation of Strategic Alternatives .

 

In order to address the Company’s continued non-compliance with the continued listing requirements for the listing of the Prepetition Egalet Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the potential consequences under the 5.50% Indenture, the 6.50% Indenture and the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture related thereto, and the Company’s ongoing assessment of its financial condition and liquidity, in the second and third quarters of 2018, the Company engaged a number of financial advisors to explore a variety of strategic alternatives.  On March 21, 2018, the Company engaged Leerink Partners LLC (“ Leerink ”) as a financial advisor in connection with a potential acquisition transaction or capital raising transaction.  On June 20, 2018, the Company engaged Piper Jaffray & Co. (“ Piper Jaffray ”) as a financial advisor in connection with a potential acquisition transaction, capital raising transaction or restructuring transaction.  On June 27, 2018, the Company engaged H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (“ HCW ”) as a financial advisor in connection with a potential capital raising transaction. In addition, the Company engaged in preliminary discussions with certain holders of the 5.50% Convertible Notes regarding potential transactions pursuant to which such holders would convert their 5.50% Convertible Notes into Egalet Corporation equity securities.  On August 20, 2018, the Company

 

20


 

engaged Berkeley Research Group, LLC (“ BRG ”) as a financial advisor in connection with the Company’s operational efforts and consideration of a restructuring transaction. Dechert LLP (“ Dechert ”) has been acting as the Company’s outside legal counsel since 2013.

 

During the second quarter of 2018, Leerink identified several potential acquisition opportunities for marketed products of certain third-party pharmaceutical companies, including Iroko, and the Company and Leerink commenced initial negotiations and due diligence with respect to certain of those targets, which continued into July 2018. In July 2018, Piper Jaffray and the Company engaged in preliminary discussions regarding both a potential private placement of Egalet Corporation securities and a variety of potential restructuring transactions with respect to the Company’s indebtedness, and commenced preliminary outreach to certain of holders of the First Lien Secured Notes, 5.50% Convertible Notes and 6.50% Convertible Notes. Also in July 2018, HCW and the Company engaged in preliminary discussions regarding a potential public offering of Egalet Corporation equity securities. As these discussions progressed into August and September 2018, the combination of a potential restructuring of the Company’s indebtedness and the Iroko Acquisition increasingly appeared to present the most viable alternative for the Company.

 

(d)                                  Forbearance Agreement and Restructuring Support Agreement .

 

After extensive, good faith negotiations, on September 18, 2018, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement with certain holders of approximately 94% of the outstanding First Lien Secured Notes (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Forbearance Agreement ”).  Pursuant to the Forbearance Agreement, such holders agreed to forebear from exercising their rights and remedies under the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture and the related security documents until the earlier of (a) 11:59 p.m. New York City time on October 14, 2018(2) and (b)(I) 5:01 p.m. New York City time on the first business day following the date on which certain Events of Termination (as defined in the Forbearance Agreement) shall have occurred, and (II) immediately upon the occurrence of certain other Events of Termination.  The Events of Termination include, among other things, any Debtor making any payment, distribution, purchase, redemption, exchange or other acquisition for value with respect to the 5.50% Convertible Notes or 6.50% Convertible Notes.  However, the Events of Termination expressly exclude potential events of default arising under Section 6.01(d) of the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture as a result of any failure by the Company to repurchase any 5.50% Convertible Notes tendered in connection with the 5.50% Notes Fundamental Change Offer and related cross-defaults under the 6.50% Indenture. Accordingly, the Company was able to forego the consummation of the 5.50% Notes Fundamental Change Offer without the possibility of the holders of the First Lien Secured Notes exercising their available rights and remedies as secured bondholders.

 

After several weeks of additional, good faith negotiations, on October 30, 2018, the Debtors, the Supporting Noteholders, which institutions hold or manage, in the aggregate, approximately 94% of the First Lien Secured Notes Claims in Classes 3A, 3B and 3C, and

 


(2)                                  This date was extended to October 21, 2018, and then to October 24, 2018, and then to October 28, 2018, in each case, pursuant to subsequent amendments to the Forbearance Agreement.

 

21


 

approximately 67% of the Convertible Notes Claims in Classes 4A, 4B and 4C, entered into the Restructuring Support Agreement, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3 .  Pursuant to the Restructuring Support Agreement,(3) the Supporting Noteholders party thereto agreed to support the confirmation of a plan of reorganization consistent with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement. The Plan proposed by the Debtors is consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and is supported by the parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement.

 

The Restructuring Support Agreement contains customary terms, including an agreement among the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders to support a plan of reorganization that is consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and an agreement by the parties to negotiate in good faith regarding necessary documentation (including, but not limited to, (i) this Disclosure Statement and any motion seeking the approval hereof, (ii) the order approving the Disclosure Statement, (iii) the Confirmation Order, (iv) the ballots for voting on the Plan, (v) the motion to approve the form of the ballots and any solicitation of the Plan, (vi) any documentation relating to the New Secured Notes and (vii) the post-emergence organizational documents, equity holder-related agreements or other related documents to be executed on or before the Effective Date), and to refrain from supporting any plans of reorganization other than the Plan. In addition, the consensual use of cash collateral is an integral part of the Restructuring Support Agreement.

 

The Restructuring Support Agreement permits the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders or the Required Supporting Unsecured Noteholders to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence (or failure to occur) of certain events, including:

 

(i)                                      the Petition Date shall not have occurred on or before October 30, 2018;

 

(ii)                                   the Company shall have failed to file the Plan and the Disclosure Statement on the Petition Date;

 

(iii)                                the Court shall not have entered the Interim Cash Collateral Order on or before the date that is five (5) days after the Petition Date;

 

(iv)                               the Court shall not have entered the Disclosure Statement Order, the Final Cash Collateral Order or the RSA Order on or before the date that is forty (40) days after the Petition Date;

 

(v)                                  the Court shall not have entered the Confirmation Order on or before the date that is eighty (80) days after the Petition Date;

 

(vi)                               the Effective Date shall not have occurred by the date that is ninety five (95) days after the Petition Date; and

 


(3)                                  This summary is qualified in its entirety by the Restructuring Support Agreement.  To the extent that any provision of this summary is inconsistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Restructuring Support Agreement will control.

 

22


 

(vii)                            the termination of the Purchase Agreement.

 

The Restructuring Support Agreement contemplates, among other things, that as long as the Restructuring Support Agreement remains in effect, the Debtors and the other parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement each agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to support and consummate the restructuring transactions (the “ Restructuring Transactions ”) contemplated in the Restructuring Support Agreement. The Restructuring Support Agreement also includes a customary “fiduciary out” provision.

 

A hearing on the Debtor’s motion to assume the Restructuring Support Agreement was held on [ · ], 2018, and the RSA Order was entered on the same date.

 

2.4                                Iroko Acquisition.

 

(a)                                                          Exploration of Strategic Alternatives .

 

As described above in Section 2.3(c), i n order to address the Company’s continued non-compliance with the continued listing requirements for the listing of its common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market at such time, the potential consequences under the 5.50% Indenture, the 6.50% Indenture and the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture related thereto, and the Company’s ongoing assessment of its financial condition and liquidity, in the second and third quarters of 2018, the Company engaged a number of financial advisors to explore a variety of strategic alternatives.  On March 21, 2018, the Company engaged Leerink as a financial advisor in connection with a potential acquisition transaction or capital raising transaction.   During the second quarter of 2018, Leerink identified several potential acquisition opportunities for marketed products of certain third-party pharmaceutical companies, including Iroko, and the Company and Leerink commenced initial negotiations and due diligence with respect to certain of those targets, which continued into July 2018. As certain of these discussions progressed into August and September 2018, the combination of a potential restructuring of the Company’s indebtedness and the Iroko Acquisition increasingly appeared to present the most viable alternative for the Company to restore its financial condition and operations to achieve a competitive and sustainable cost structure and to preserve and enhance its going concern value.

 

(b)                                                          Iroko .

 

Iroko is a privately-held company formed under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and based in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Iroko is a global specialty pharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing innovative treatment options for responsible pain management. Iroko markets three FDA-approved low-dose SoluMatrix ®  NSAIDs, VIVLODEX ®  (“ VIVLODEX ”), TIVORBEX ® (“ TIVORBEX ”), and ZORVOLEX ®  (“ ZORVOLEX ”), as well as INDOCIN ®  (indomethacin) oral suspension and suppositories (“ INDOCIN ”) and has a number of other development-stage product candidates.

 

(c)                                                           Negotiations with Iroko .

 

In the second quarter of 2018, Iroko and the Company commenced formal discussions regarding a potential acquisition of substantially all of Iroko’s assets by the Company. The

 

23


 

parties exchanged extensive confidential financial and business information in order to conduct their respective due diligence and assess whether a transaction was viable and in their respective best interests. Multiple proposals regarding the business terms of a proposed acquisition were exchanged among the parties, and numerous meetings, conferences, and negotiations were held.

 

The Debtors and their advisors engaged in an exhaustive evaluation of an acquisition of Iroko’s assets, including a full analysis of potential synergies to be realized, integration risks, costs attendant to implementation of an acquisition, and a host of other factors. On October 30, 2018, after concluding that the Iroko Acquisition was in the best interests of their respective stakeholders and should be expeditiously pursued, Iroko, Egalet Corporation and Egalet US Inc. entered into the Purchase Agreement, providing for the Iroko Acquisition.

 

(d)                                                          The Purchase Agreement .(4)

 

Structure

 

The Purchase Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Egalet US Inc. will acquire certain assets and rights of Iroko, referred to in the Purchase Agreement as the “ Transferred Assets ” and assume certain liabilities of Iroko, referred to in the Purchase Agreement as the “ Assumed Liabilities .”  The Purchase Agreement also contemplates that Iroko will retain certain of its assets and rights, referred to in the Purchase Agreement as the “ Excluded Assets, ” and all liabilities and obligations other than the Assumed Liabilities, which retained liabilities and obligations are referred to in the Purchase Agreement as “ Excluded Liabilities .” The Iroko Acquisition is to be effectuated pursuant to, and is conditioned upon, among other things, the occurrence of the Effective Date under the Plan.

 

Consideration

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, at the closing of the Iroko Acquisition, as consideration for the Transferred Assets, in addition to the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, Reorganized Corp will issue to Iroko (or its designees) (i) $45 million in aggregate principal amount of the Series A-2 Notes and (ii) 49.0% of the aggregate number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock outstanding on the Effective Date (without giving effect to any shares issued or to be issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan), a portion of which may be issuable in the form of warrants in the accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement. The consideration will also include the Iroko Royalty (as defined below).

 

In addition, as consideration for certain pre-closing inventory purchases and regulatory fees to be paid by Iroko, at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, Reorganized Corp will issue to Iroko an unsecured promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $4,500,000 as reimbursement for such amounts (the “ Interim Payments Note ”).  In connection with the issuance of the Series A-2 Notes, on the Effective Date, Iroko and Egalet Corporation will also enter into a New Royalty Rights Agreement (as defined below).

 


(4)                                  This summary is qualified in its entirety by the Purchase Agreement.  To the extent that any provision of this summary is inconsistent with the Purchase Agreement, the Purchase Agreement will control.

 

24


 

Iroko Royalty

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, during the Royalty Term (as defined below), Iroko will be entitled to receive the Royalty Payments (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the “ Iroko Royalty ”) from Reorganized Corp based upon Indocin Net Sales (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).  The “ Royalty Term ” will commence on the later of January 1, 2019 and the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and end on the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date. The Iroko Royalty shall be payable quarterly during the Royalty Term.  For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, the Iroko Royalty will be equal to: 15% of Indocin Net Sales greater than $20 million for the period from the Closing Date through December 31, 2019; and for each subsequent fiscal year during the Royalty Term, the Iroko Royalty will be equal to 20% of annual Indocin Net Sales for such fiscal year greater than $20 million.  The Iroko Royalty target will be prorated for any fiscal year during the Royalty Period that is not a full fiscal year in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Board of Directors; Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement

 

On the Effective Date, the term of each member of the current boards of directors of the Debtors shall expire.  The board of Reorganized Corp on the Effective Date shall consist of seven (7) members: (i) the Iroko Directors, (ii) the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet Corporation, (iii) the current Chairman of the Board of Directors of Egalet Corporation, (iv) the Secured Director, (v) the Convertible Director, and (vi) the Joint Director.  The identity of the individuals that will serve on the new board of directors of the Reorganized Debtors and the officers of the Reorganized Debtors will be identified in the Plan Supplement.  Following the Effective Date, the appointment and removal of the members of the board of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be governed by the terms of each Reorganized Debtor’s respective corporate governance documents, including, with respect to Reorganized Corp, the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreements. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into one or more agreements regarding board structure and director rights, which shall include provisions consistent in all material respects with the terms described on Exhibit B to the Plan and be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.

 

In connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, Reorganized Corp and Iroko will also enter into the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Iroko will agree to customary lock-up and standstill provisions with respect to its New Egalet Common Stock.  The Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement will also provide Iroko with certain rights related to the designation, appointment, replacement and removal of the Iroko Directors.

 

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

 

The Debtors and Iroko have each made customary covenants in the Purchase Agreement, including, among others, covenants relating to confidentiality and regulatory matters (including anti-trust filings), as well as covenants to conduct their respective businesses in the ordinary between the execution of the Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the Iroko

 

25


 

Acquisition (subject to certain exceptions, including the implementation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan on the terms described therein). In addition, the Purchase Agreement contains provisions that restrict each party’s ability to initiate, solicit, or knowingly encourage or facilitate competing third-party proposals for any transaction involving a merger of such party or the acquisition of a significant portion of its stock or assets, subject to certain exceptions. Further, Iroko and certain of its affiliates have agreed to certain restrictive covenants including with respect to non-competition and non-solicitation of customers, suppliers and employees for periods of up to 18 months following the Closing Date.

 

In addition, as compensation for certain royalty payments payable by Iroko to third parties following the closing of the Iroko Acquisition, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Debtors have agreed to pay to Iroko, on a quarterly basis, with respect to any payments or proceeds whatsoever arising from a Naproxen Product, Tivorbex Product or Zorvolex Product (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement), five percent (5%) of Net Sales (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and certain other amounts in respect of a sublicense of any such product.

 

The Debtors and Iroko have also made customary representations and warranties regarding their respective businesses, including representations and warranties regarding organization, due authority, their respective financial statements, intellectual property matters, tax matters, compliance with law, their respective material contracts, sufficiency of assets, employee and employee benefit matters and regulatory matters.

 

Conditions

 

Consummation of the Iroko Acquisition is subject to certain conditions, including, among others: (i) expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the “ Hart-Scott-Rodino Act ”); (ii) the absence of any order or injunction prohibiting the consummation of the Iroko Acquisition; (iii) approval of the Plan and entry of the Confirmation Order; (iv) subject to certain exceptions, the accuracy of representations and warranties of the Debtors or Iroko contained in the Purchase Agreement as if made on the closing date; (v) each of the Debtors and Iroko having performed their respective obligations pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; (vi) the receipt of certain third party consents and release of liens on Transferred Assets; (vii) the filing of certain information with the FDA and there being no recall of Iroko’s or Egalet’s products, (viii) Reorganized Corp having (A) an aggregate cash balance of at least $10.2 million minus a buffer of fifteen percent (15%) of that amount and (B) current liabilities of no more than $40.93 million plus a buffer of 7.5% of that amount, in each case, as of the closing date of the Iroko Acquisition and after giving effect to the Plan, (ix) Reorganized Corp having no outstanding indebtedness other than the New Secured Notes and the Interim Payments Note, and (x) no Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) having occurred with respect to Iroko’s or Egalet’s respective businesses.

 

Termination

 

The Purchase Agreement contains certain termination rights for the Debtors and Iroko, including (i) by mutual written consent of Iroko and the Debtors, (ii) in the event of certain breaches or inaccuracies of a representation, warranty or covenant that, if continuing on the

 

26


 

closing date would cause certain closing conditions to be unsatisfied, (iii) if any governmental authority enjoins the Iroko Acquisition or the Debtors convert the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  In addition, the Purchase Agreement automatically terminates without any further notice or action by the Debtors or Iroko on the earliest to occur of the following dates:  (i) the date that is five (5) days after the date of the Purchase Agreement unless the Petition Date shall have occurred; (ii) the date that is 120 days after the Petition Date unless the Plan has been confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order and the Confirmation Order is in full force and effect and has not been stayed, modified or vacated; and (iii) January 31, 2019; provided that the Debtors and Iroko may mutually agree in writing, each in its sole discretion, to extend any such deadlines or milestones. If the Purchase Agreement is terminated, under certain circumstances, the Debtors may be required to reimburse a portion of Iroko’s transaction fees up to a maximum aggregate amount of $1,500,000 (the “ Buyer Reimbursement Obligation ”).  Within ten (10) Business Days after the Petition Date, the Debtors are required to file with the Bankruptcy Court a motion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Iroko, seeking approval of the Buyer Reimbursement Obligation as an administrative expense of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Indemnification

 

Iroko and the Debtors have agreed to indemnify each other and certain of their respective affiliates and related persons from and against certain Damages (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) including Damages resulting from breaches of representations, warranties and covenants.  In addition, Iroko has agreed to indemnify the Debtors from and against any Damages related to Excluded Liabilities and Excluded Assets (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the Debtors have agreed to indemnify Iroko from and against any Damages related to the Assumed Liabilities and certain liabilities related to the Plan and this Disclosure Statement.

 

Iroko’s indemnification obligations pursuant to the Purchase Agreement will be supported by (i) a right of set-off in favor of the Debtors against amounts otherwise owed to Iroko by the Debtors, including with respect to the Series A-2 Notes, the New Royalty Rights Agreements, and the Iroko Royalty, and (ii) a right of recoupment.  In addition, certain affiliates of Iroko have agreed to indemnify the Debtors against Damages relating to Excluded Liabilities in certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations.

 

Each party’s indemnification obligations are subject to customary caps, deductibles, survival periods and other limitations.

 

Services Agreements

 

As part of the Purchase Agreement, Iroko and the Debtors will enter into a transition services agreement, pursuant to which, in order to assist the Debtors with the integration of Iroko’s business following the Effective Date, Iroko will provide the Debtors certain transition services for specified periods of time in exchange for the payment of agreed-upon amounts or other appropriate consideration for such services. In addition, on the date of the Purchase

 

27


 

Agreement, Egalet Corporation entered into two separate master services agreements with each of Athilio Pharma, LLC (“ Athilio ”) and 42 North, LLC (“ 42 North ”) pursuant to which Athilio and 42 North will provide certain services to the Debtors with respect to Iroko’s business and the transition thereof.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, Egalet Corporation and Iroko will enter into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which Egalet Corporation will grant to Iroko customary demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of New Egalet Common Stock issued as consideration to Iroko.

 

Stockholder Agreement

 

In connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, Egalet Corporation and Iroko will also enter into the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Iroko will agree to customary lock-up and standstill provisions with respect to the New Egalet Common Stock.  The Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement will also provide Iroko with certain rights related to the designation, appointment, replacement and removal of two directors on the board of directors of Egalet Corporation.

 

(e)                                                           The Reorganized Debtors’ Business .

 

Following the Effective Date and the consummation of the Iroko Acquisition, the Reorganized Debtors will operate under the “Egalet” name and will market six commercial products: SPRIX Nasal Spray, OXAYDO, INDOCIN, VIVLODEX, TIVORBEX and ZORVOLEX.  Following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will have a dedicated internal sales force that will target pain medicine physicians, primary care physicians, nurse practitioners, orthopedic surgeons and neurologists in the United States with the intent to build awareness and increase adoption of the Reorganized Debtors products. The Reorganized Debtors also intend to continue to look for partnerships similar to their ongoing relationships with OraPharma and Ascend to bring SPRIX to specialists the Company cannot reach with its internal salesforce.

 

The Iroko Acquisition is expected to result in cross-selling opportunities for the Reorganized Debtors sales force and various other synergies. More specifically, the Iroko Acquisition enables the filing of the Plan providing for an increased recovery by creditors of the Debtors as compared to a liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, and the combined company is expected to become a more profitable and financially stable company, better able to compete and respond to the competitive challenges and cyclical business conditions.

 

The Reorganized Debtors will be headquartered in Wayne, Pennsylvania. Robert S. Radie, the current President and Chief Executive Officer of the Debtors, will continue to serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Reorganized Debtors and the other directors and officers of the Reorganized Debtors will be as set forth in the Plan and/or Plan Supplement.

 

28


 

Pro forma financial information of the Reorganized Debtors after giving effect to the Iroko Acquisition is included in the financial projections attached hereto as Exhibit 4 .

 

ARTICLE III.

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 CASES

 

3.1                                Continuation of the Businesses after the Petition Date.

 

(a)                                                          General Case Background .

 

On October [ · ], 2018, each of the Debtors filed voluntary petitions in the Bankruptcy Court for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court dated [ · ], 2018, the Chapter 11 Cases are being jointly administered for procedural purposes under Case Number [ · ].  The [ · ] is presiding over the Chapter 11 Cases.  The Debtors continue to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors in possession pursuant to sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.  As of the date hereof, no request has been made for the appointment of a trustee or examiner in these cases.

 

(b)                                                          Employment and Compensation of Professionals .

 

To assist them in carrying out their duties as debtors in possession, and to otherwise represent their interests in the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors, subject to Bankruptcy Court approval, retained:

 

·                                           Dechert as bankruptcy counsel;

 

·                                           Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP (“ Young Conaway ”) as Delaware local counsel;

 

·                                           Piper Jaffray as investment banking financial advisor;

 

·                                           BRG as financial advisor;

 

·                                           Leerink as investment banker with respect to the Iroko Acquisition;

 

·                                           Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC as claims and noticing agent and administrative advisor; and

 

·                                           KPMG LLP as tax and accounting consultants.

 

On [ · ], 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving the retention of [ · ].  On [ · ], 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered orders approving the retention of [ · ].  On [ · ], 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving the retention of [ · ].

 

29


 

(c)                                                           Customary “First Day” Orders .

 

To minimize the possible disruption to the Debtors upon the filing of these Chapter 11 Cases, among other reasons, on the Petition Date, the Debtors filed the following motions with the Bankruptcy Court:

 

a.                                       Debtors’ Motion for an Order Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 1015 and Local Rule 1015-1 Authorizing the Joint Administration of Related Chapter 11 Cases;

 

b.                                       Debtors’ Application for an Order, Pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 156(c), Bankruptcy Rule 2002(f), and Local Rule 2002-1(f), Appointing Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC as Claims and Noticing Agent, Nunc Pro Tunc to the Petition Date;

 

c.                                        Debtors’ Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Pay Certain Prepetition Taxes and Assessments in the Ordinary Course of Business and (II) Authorizing Banks to Honor and Process Check and Electronic Transfers Related Thereto;

 

d.                                       Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to (A) Continue Prepetition Insurance Programs; (B) Pay any Prepetition Premiums and Related Obligations; and (C) Renew or Enter Into New Insurance Arrangements; and (II) Granting Related Relief;

 

e.                                        Motion of Debtors for Entry of Interim and Final Orders Approving (I) the Debtors’ Continued Maintenance of Their Existing Bank Accounts and Use of Their Cash Management System, (II) the Payment of Certain Obligations Related Thereto, (III) the Continuation of Intercompany Transactions, (IV) Administrative Expense Status for Postpetition Intercompany Claims, (V) the Debtors’ Continued Use of Existing Business Forms, and (VI) Granting the Debtors a Waiver of the Requirements Contained in Section 345(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

f.                                         Motion of Debtors for Interim and Final Orders Authorizing (I) the Payment of Prepetition Wages and Salaries, and Other Compensation and (II) the Payment and Honoring of Prepetition Employee Policies and Benefits;

 

g.                                        Debtors’ Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (A) Authorizing the Debtors to Use Cash Collateral, (B) Granting Adequate Protection, (C) Modifying the Automatic Stay and (B) Granting Related Relief;

 

30


 

h.                                       Motion of Debtors for Entry of Order Authorizing Debtors to Honor Certain Prepetition Obligations to Customers and Continue Customer Programs;

 

i.                                           Motion of Debtors for Interim and Final Orders (I) Determining that Utility Providers Have Been Provided with Adequate Assurance of Payment, (II) Prohibiting Utility Providers from Altering, Refusing, or Discontinuing Service on Account of Prepetition Invoices, (III) Approving Deposit as Adequate Assurance of Payment, and (IV) Establishing Procedures for Resolving Requests by Utility Providers for Additional Adequate Assurance of Payment;

 

j.                                          Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order Extending the Time, and Upon Plan Confirmation, Waiving the Requirement, to File Schedules and Statements and Reports of Financial Information;

 

k.                                       Debtors’ Motion for an Order Authorizing Payment of Prepetition Claims of Certain Critical Vendors Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105(a) and 1108 and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 6003 and 6004; and

 

l.                                           Debtors’ Motion Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 362 & 105(a) for Entry of Interim and Final Orders Establishing Notification and Hearing Procedures and Approving Restrictions on Certain Transfers of Interests in the Debtors’ Estates.

 

On [ · ], 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered orders granting the relief requested in each of these motions (certain of which on an interim basis), with certain modifications.  On [ · ], 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered final orders granting the relief previously approved on an interim basis.

 

3.2                                Case Administration.

 

(a)                                                          Exclusivity .

 

Under the Bankruptcy Code, a debtor has the exclusive right to file a plan or plans for an initial period of 120 days from the date on which the debtor filed its bankruptcy petition.  If a debtor files a plan within this exclusive period, then the debtor has the exclusive right for 180 days from the Petition Date to solicit acceptances of its plan.  During these exclusive periods, no other party in interest may file a competing plan.  A court may extend these periods upon request of a party in interest and “for cause.”

 

The Debtors’ initial exclusive filing period expires on February 25, 2019, and the Debtors’ initial exclusive solicitation period expires on April 25, 2019.

 

31


 

(b)                                                          Claims .

 

The Debtors have estimated the approximate amount of Allowed Claims and have set forth such estimates in the table set forth in Article I above.

 

THESE ESTIMATES ARE PRELIMINARY AND TENTATIVE GIVEN THE LIMITED REVIEW AND ANALYSIS UNDERTAKEN BY THE DEBTORS TO DATE.  THESE AMOUNTS REPRESENT ESTIMATES BY THE DEBTORS BASED ON CURRENT INFORMATION ONLY.  THE DEBTORS MAKE NO REPRESENTATION AS TO THE EXTENT THESE ESTIMATES ULTIMATELY PROVE ACCURATE IN LIGHT OF ACTUAL CLAIMS AND THE RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS DISPUTES.  FOR INFORMATION REGARDING THE LIMITATIONS OF AND UNCERTAINTIES RELATING TO THESE ESTIMATES, SEE ARTICLE XI BELOW (“CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED”).

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

THE PLAN (5)

 

4.3                                Overview of Chapter 11.

 

The commencement of a chapter 11 case creates an estate that comprises all of the legal and equitable interests of the Debtors as of the Petition Date.  The Bankruptcy Code provides that the debtor may continue to operate its business and remain in possession of its property as a “debtor in possession.”

 

The consummation of a plan is the principal objective of a chapter 11 case.  A plan sets forth the means for satisfying claims against and interests in a debtor.  Confirmation of a plan by the bankruptcy court makes the plan binding upon the debtor, any Person acquiring property under the plan and any creditor or equity interest holder of a debtor.

 

In general, a chapter 11 plan (a) divides claims and equity interests into separate classes, (b) specifies the property, if any, that each class is to receive under the plan, and (c) contains other provisions necessary to the reorganization or liquidation of the debtor and that are required or permitted by the Bankruptcy Code.  Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims is “Impaired” under a plan unless the plan (i) leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights of each holder of a claim in such class, or (ii) provides, among other things, for the cure of existing defaults and reinstatement of the maturity of claims in such class.

 

Pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, acceptance or rejection of a plan may not be solicited after the commencement of the chapter 11 cases until such time as the court has approved a disclosure statement as containing adequate information.  Pursuant to section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, “adequate information” is information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable a hypothetical reasonable investor to make an informed judgment regarding the plan.

 


(5)                                  This summary is qualified in its entirety by the Plan.  To the extent that any provision of this summary is inconsistent with the Plan, the Plan will control.

 

32


 

To satisfy applicable disclosure requirements, the Debtors submit this Disclosure Statement to holders of Claims that are Impaired and not deemed to have rejected the Plan.

 

4.4                                Overview of the Plan.

 

(a)                                                          General .

 

THE FOLLOWING IS A SUMMARY OF SOME OF THE SIGNIFICANT ELEMENTS OF THE PLAN.  THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THE PLAN AND THE EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES THERETO.  YOU SHOULD READ THE PLAN IN ITS ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR TO REJECT THE PLAN.

 

The Plan classifies Claims and Interests separately in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and provides different treatment for different Classes of Claims and Interests.  The Plan separates the various Claims (other than those that do not need to be classified) and Interests into ten (10) separate Classes.  These Classes take into account the differing nature and priority of Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors.  Unless otherwise indicated, the characteristics and amounts of the Claims or Interests in the following Classes are based on the books and records of the Debtors.

 

This Section summarizes the treatment of each of the Classes of Claims and Interests under the Plan, and describes other provisions of the Plan.  Only holders of Allowed Claims — Claims that are not disputed, contingent, or unliquidated in amount and are not subject to an objection or an estimation request — are entitled to receive distributions under the Plan.  For a more detailed description of the definition of “Allowed,” see Article I(A)(9) of the Plan.  Until a Disputed Claim becomes Allowed, no distribution of Cash, securities and/or other instruments or property otherwise available to the holder of such Claim will be made.

 

The Debtors believe that they and the other parties appointed pursuant to the Plan will be able to perform their respective obligations under the Plan.  Also, the Debtors believe that the Plan provides for equitable treatment for the holders of Claims and Interests.

 

The Confirmation Date will be the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order.  The Effective Date will be a day, as determined by the Debtors with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko that is the Business Day on or after all conditions to substantial consummation of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in whole or in part by the Debtors and the Required Supporting Noteholders, as applicable.

 

Other than as specifically provided in the Plan, the treatment under the Plan of each Claim and Interest will be in full satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of all Claims or Interests.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all consideration necessary for the Reorganized Debtors to make Cash payments pursuant to the Plan will be obtained from the existing Cash balances of the Debtors and the Rights Offering, if applicable.

 

33


 

All Claims and Interests, except Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims (the “ Unclassified Claims ”), are placed in the Classes described below and set forth in Article IV of the Plan.  In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, the holders of the Unclassified Claims are not entitled to vote on the Plan.  A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest falls within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest falls within the description of such other Classes.

 

Until a Claim Not Subject to Allowance has been (i) paid in full in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law, subject to sections 365(c), 365(e), 502(b)(4), 502(b)(6), 502(b)(7) and 541(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or paid or otherwise disposed of on terms agreed to between the holder of such Claim and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, or in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Claim or (ii) otherwise satisfied or disposed of as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction; (a) the provisions of Articles VII.I., IX.D., IX.F., and IX.H. of the Plan shall not apply with respect to such Claim, (b) such Claim shall not be deemed settled, satisfied, resolved, released, discharged, barred or enjoined by any provision of the Plan, and (c) the property of each Debtors’ Estates that vests in the applicable Reorganized Debtor pursuant to Section IX(B) of the Plan shall not be free and clear of such Claims (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, upon the satisfaction of either of the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii), clauses (a) through (c) of this sentence shall no longer apply).  Holders of Claims Not Subject to Allowance shall not be required to file a Proof of Claim with the Bankruptcy Court.  Holders of Claims Not Subject to Allowance who did not file Claims shall not be subject to any Claims resolution process in Bankruptcy Court in connection with their Claims, and shall retain all their rights under applicable nonbankruptcy law to pursue their Claims against the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or other Person or Entity in any forum with proper jurisdiction over the parties. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and any other Person or Entity shall retain all rights, legal or equitable defenses, counterclaims, rights of setoff, and rights of recoupment as to Claims Not Subject to Allowance to the extent such rights, defenses, counterclaims, rights of setoff and rights of recoupment exist under applicable nonbankruptcy law as augmented by sections 365(c), 365(e), 502(b)(4), 502(b)(6), 502(b)(7) and 541(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.  If the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any other Person or Entity dispute any Claim Not Subject to Allowance, such dispute shall be determined, resolved or adjudicated in accordance with the applicable nonbankruptcy law as modified by sections 365(c), 365(e), 502(b)(4), 502(b)(6), 502(b)(7) and 541(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any holder of a Claim Not Subject to Allowance who Files a Proof of Claim shall be subject to the Article VII of the Plan unless and until such holder withdraws such Proof of Claim, and nothing herein limits the retained jurisdiction of the Court under the Plan.

 

(b)                                                          Purpose and Effects of the Plan .

 

The overall purpose of the Plan is to restructure the Debtors’ Estates in a manner designed to efficiently maximize recovery to stakeholders.  The Debtors have sought to achieve this purpose through the Iroko Acquisition, a debt for equity restructuring of the 5.50% Convertible Notes and 6.50% Convertible Notes, the issuance of the New Secured Notes and the other transactions contemplated by the Plan.

 

34


 

1.                                       Professional Fee Claims.

 

The Plan provides that holders of Professional Fee Claims shall file their respective final fee applications for the allowance of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred from and after the Petition Date through the Effective Date by no later than the date that is sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, or such other date that may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court.  ANY PERSON THAT FAILS TO FILE SUCH APPLICATION ON OR BEFORE SUCH DATE WILL BE FOREVER BARRED FROM ASSERTING SUCH PROFESSIONAL FEE CLAIM AGAINST THE DEBTORS, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS OR THEIR PROPERTY AND THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE ENJOINED FROM COMMENCING OR CONTINUING ANY ACTION, EMPLOYMENT OF PROCESS OR ACT TO COLLECT, OFFSET OR RECOVER SUCH CLAIM.

 

Objections to Professional Fee Claims, if any, will be required to be filed and served pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Confirmation Order no later than fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date or on such other date as established by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

Professionals shall estimate their unpaid Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services before and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than one Business Day before the Effective Date;  provided however , that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of the Professional’s final request for payment of filed Professional Fee Claims. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Reserve Amount, which shall be maintained in trust solely for the Professionals.

 

(c)                                                           Description and Treatment of Unclassified Claims .

 

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, fees of the United States Trustee (“ United States Trustee Fees ”), Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims and Priority Tax Claims are not classified under the Plan.  To confirm the Plan, the Unclassified Claims must be paid in full or in a manner otherwise agreeable to the holders of those Claims.

 

1.                                       United States Trustee Fees.

 

All fees payable on or before the Effective Date pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code shall be paid by the Debtors on or before the Effective Date and all such fees payable after the Effective Date shall be paid by the applicable Reorganized Debtor.

 

2.                                       Administrative Claims.

 

Except to the extent a holder of an Administrative Claim already has been paid during the Chapter 11 Cases or such holder agrees to less favorable treatment with respect to such holder’s Claim, each holder of an Administrative Claim (other than the Transaction Expenses) shall receive, in full satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, its Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the unpaid portion of its Administrative Claim, to be paid

 

35


 

on the latest of:  (a) the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (b) the date such Allowed Administrative Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; or (c) such other date as may be agreed upon between the holder of such Administrative Claim and the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders) or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be.

 

3.                                       Professional Fee Claims.

 

All final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims, including the Professional Fee Claims incurred during the period from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors, counsel to the Reorganized Debtors, the United States Trustee, counsel to each of the Supporting Noteholders, counsel to the Creditors’ Committee, if any, and such other entities who are designated by the Bankruptcy Rules, the Confirmation Order or other order of the Court no later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date.  Objections to any timely-filed Professional Fee Claims must be filed and served no later than fourteen (14) days following the timely filing of such Professional Fee Claims.  All such final requests will be subject to approval by the Court after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and prior orders of the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Reserve Amount.  The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the Professionals.  Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. The full Allowed amount of Professional Fee Claims owing to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals by the Reorganized Debtors from the Professional Fee Escrow Account as soon as reasonably practicable after such Professional Fee Claims are Allowed by a Final Order.  When all such Allowed amounts owing to Professionals have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall promptly be paid to the Reorganized Debtors, without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

Professionals shall estimate their unpaid Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services before and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than one Business Day before the Effective Date.  If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional incurred in rendering services before and as of the Effective Date.  Each Professional’s final request for payment of filed Professional Fee Claims, and the amounts payable on account of such Professional Fee Claims, shall not exceed such estimate.  The total amount estimated pursuant to this section shall comprise the Professional Fee Reserve Amount.

 

The Transaction Expenses payable by the Debtors will constitute Allowed Administrative Claims and will be paid on a current basis in full in Cash pursuant to (and subject to) the Restructuring Support Agreement without the need to file a proof of such Claim and without further order of the Court. On the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will pay the Transaction Expenses that have accrued and are unpaid as of the

 

36


 

Effective Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors will no longer be responsible for paying any Transaction Expenses incurred after the Effective Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, any Transaction Expenses incurred but not yet paid on or prior to the Effective Date will be payable by the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date.

 

4.                                       Priority Tax Claims.

 

Except to the extent a holder of a Priority Tax Claim agrees to a different treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Priority Tax Claim, each such holder shall be paid, at the option of the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders, (i) in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business, consistent with past practice; provided , however , that in the event the balance of any such Claim becomes due during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases and remains unpaid as of the Effective Date, the holder of such Claim shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date, or (ii) in installment payments over a period of time not to exceed five years after the Petition Date, pursuant to section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(d)                                                          Description of Classification and Treatment of Claims and Interests Pursuant to the Plan .

 

This Section summarizes the treatment of each of the Classes of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors under the Plan.  For a more detailed description of the treatment of each Class of Claims and Interests, please refer to Section 4 of the Plan.

 

1.                                       Classes 1A, 1B and 1C: Other Priority Claims.

 

Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C consist of all Other Priority Claims.

 

Except to the extent that a holder of an Other Priority Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Other Priority Claim, each such holder shall be paid, to the extent such Claim has not already been paid during the Chapter 11 Cases, in full in Cash in the ordinary course of business by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.

 

Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C are Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Other Priority Claims in Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

2.                                       Class 2A, 2B and 2C: Other Secured Claims.

 

Classes 2A, 2B, and 2C consist of all Other Secured Claims.

 

Except to the extent that a holder of an Other Secured Claim, together with the Debtors and the Required Supporting Noteholders, agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final

 

37


 

satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Other Secured Claim, each such Other Secured Claim shall be Reinstated, or, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders, each holder of an Other Secured Claim shall receive, either (i) Cash in the full amount of such Other Secured Claim, including any post-petition interest allowed pursuant to section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) the net proceeds of the sale or disposition of the collateral securing such Other Secured Claim to the extent of the value of the holder’s secured interest in such collateral, (iii) the collateral securing such Other Secured Claim, or (iv) such other Distribution as necessary to satisfy the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such Other Secured Claim.

 

Classes 2A, 2B, and 2C are Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Other Secured Claims in Classes 2A, 2B, and 2C are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

3.                                       Classes 3A, 3B and 3C: First Lien Secured Notes Claims.

 

Classes 3A, 3B, and 3C consist of all First Lien Secured Notes Claims.

 

The First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall be deemed Allowed on the Effective Date, without the necessity for any holder of First Lien Secured Notes or the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee to file a Proof of Claim, in the aggregate principal amount of $80,000,000, plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect thereon in the amount of $1,155,556, plus a premium with respect thereto at the optional redemption price on the terms set forth in the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture in the amount of $7,200,000, plus any additional fees, costs, expenses (including any attorneys’, financial advisors’, and other professionals’ fees and expenses), reimbursement obligations, indemnification obligations, contingent obligations, and other charges of whatever nature, whether or not contingent, whenever arising, due, or owing, under the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture, including but not limited to fees and expenses of the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee.

 

On the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Claim, each holder of an Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of (i) $50 million in aggregate principal amount of the Series A-1 Notes, (ii) the First Lien Note Equity Distribution, (iii) $20 million in cash, less the aggregate amount of Adequate Protection Payments (as defined in the Cash Collateral Orders) actually received by holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims pursuant to the Cash Collateral Orders and (iv) cash in an amount equal to the fees and expenses of the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee (as to which it is anticipated that the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee will exercise its contractual lien rights prior to distribution), to the extent not otherwise paid on or prior to the Effective Date, which will not be paid directly to any holder, but instead will be paid directly to the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee on account of any such fees and expenses; provided , however , that if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the shares of New Egalet Common Stock otherwise allocable to the First Lien Note Equity Distribution shall be distributed

 

38


 

pursuant to the Rights Offering, and the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall receive $10 million in cash instead of the First Lien Note Equity Distribution.

 

Classes 3A, 3B, and 3C are Impaired under the Plan.  Holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims in Classes 3A, 3B, and 3C are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

4.                                       Classes 4A, 4B and 4C: Convertible Notes Claims.

 

Classes 4A, 4B, and 4C consist of all Convertible Notes Claims.

 

The Convertible Notes Claims shall be deemed Allowed, without the necessity for any holder of Convertible Notes Claims or the Convertible Notes Trustee to file a Proof of Claim on the Effective Date, in the aggregate principal amount of $48,538,000, plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect thereon in the amount of $1,320,272.56, plus any additional fees, costs, expenses (including any attorneys’, financial advisors’, and other professionals’ fees and expenses), reimbursement obligations, indemnification obligations, contingent obligations, and other charges of whatever nature, whether or not contingent, whenever arising, due, or owing, under the Convertible Notes Indentures.

 

On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Convertible Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Claim, each holder of an Allowed Convertible Notes Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share (based on the aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes Claims) of (i) a number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 31.62% of the New Egalet Common Stock as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) (subject to dilution only on account of the Commitment Premium Stock, if any, and the Management Incentive Plan), or New Warrants in lieu of all or any portion of such shares solely to the extent set forth in Article VII(C) of the Plan, and (ii) if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering and such holder is an Eligible Holder, the Subscription Rights.

 

Classes 4A, 4B, and 4C are Impaired under the Plan.  Holders of Convertible Notes Claims in Classes 4A, 4B, and 4C are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

5.                                       Class 5A, 5B and 5C: General Unsecured Claims.

 

Classes 5A, 5B, and 5C consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

 

39


 

On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such General Unsecured Claim, each holder of a General Unsecured Claim shall, at the discretion of the Debtors, and only to the extent such holder’s General Unsecured Claim was not previously paid pursuant to an order of the Court or otherwise: (i) have its General Unsecured Claim Reinstated as an obligation of the Reorganized Debtors, and be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with ordinary course terms, or (ii) receive such other treatment as may be agreed between such holder and the Reorganized Debtors.

 

Classes 5A, 5B, and 5C are Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of General Unsecured Claims in Classes 5A, 5B, and 5C are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

6.                                       Class 6A, 6B and 6C:  Intercompany Claims.

 

Classes 6A, 6B, and 6C consist of all Intercompany Claims.

 

On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Intercompany Claim, with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), agrees to less favorable treatment (which less favorable treatment may include, among other things, cancellation) all Intercompany Claims shall be Reinstated.

 

Classes 6A, 6B, and 6C are Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Intercompany Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

7.                                       Class 7A, 7B and 7C: Subordinated Claims.

 

Classes 7A, 7B, and 7C consist of all Subordinated Claims.

 

Subordinated Claims shall be discharged, cancelled, released, and extinguished as of the Effective Date and the holders of Subordinated Claims shall neither receive Distributions nor retain any property under the Plan for or on account of such Subordinated Claims.

 

Classes 7A, 7B, and 7C are Impaired under the Plan.  Holders of Subordinated Claims are deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

8.                                       Class 8A: Equity Interests.

 

Class 8A consists of all Existing Equity Interests.

 

Existing Equity Interests shall be discharged, cancelled, released, and extinguished as of the Effective Date and holders of Existing Equity Interests shall neither receive any Distributions nor retain any property under the Plan for or on account of such Equity Interests.

 

40


 

Class 8A is Impaired under the Plan.  Holders of Existing Equity Interests are deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

9.                                       Classes 9B and 9C: Intercompany Interests.

 

Classes 9B and 9C consists of all Intercompany Interests.

 

On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a holder of an Intercompany Interest, with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), agrees to less favorable treatment (which less favorable treatment may include cancellation) all Intercompany Interests shall be Reinstated.  No cash distributions shall be provided on account of Intercompany Interests.

 

Classes 9B and 9C are Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Intercompany Interests are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(e)                                                           Distributions in Respect of Allowed Claims .

 

1.                                       Record Date for Distributions.

 

As of the close of business on the Record Date, the various transfer registers for each of the Classes of Claims Subject to Allowance or Equity Interests as maintained by the Debtors or their respective agents shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes made to reflect any new record holders of any Claims Subject to Allowance or Equity Interests occurring on or after the Record Date, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any Convertible Notes Claims or First Lien Secured Notes Claims.  The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of any Claims Subject to Allowance or Equity Interests occurring after the Record Date, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any Convertible Notes Claims or First Lien Secured Notes Claims.

 

2.                                       Date of Distributions.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Distributions and deliveries under the Plan with respect to Allowed Claims shall be made before the close of business on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.  In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.

 

3.                                       Disbursing Agent.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all Distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Reorganized Debtors as Disbursing Agent or such other Entity (as defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code) designated by the Reorganized Debtors to assist the Disbursing Agent on the Effective Date.  If the Disbursing Agent is an independent third party designated by

 

41


 

the Reorganized Debtors to serve in such capacity, such Disbursing Agent shall receive, without further Court approval, reasonable compensation for distribution services rendered pursuant to the Plan and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services from the Reorganized Debtors on terms acceptable to the Reorganized Debtors.  No Disbursing Agent shall be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Court.  If otherwise so ordered, all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond or surety shall be borne by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to (i) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties hereunder, (ii) make all Distributions contemplated by the Plan, and (iii) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by Final Order of the Court or pursuant to the Plan.

 

4.                                       Delivery of Distributions; Unclaimed Distributions.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Disbursing Agent shall make Distributions to holders of Claims at the address for each holder indicated on the Debtors’ records as of the date of any such Distribution unless such addresses are superseded by Proofs of Claim or transfers of Claim filed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001 by the Record Date.  If any Distribution to a holder of a Claim is returned as undeliverable, no further Distributions shall be made unless and until the Disbursing Agent is notified of the then-current address of such holder of the Claim, at which time all missed distributions shall be made to such holder of the Claim without interest.  Amounts in respect of undeliverable distributions shall be returned to the Reorganized Debtors until such Distributions are claimed.  The Reorganized Debtors shall make reasonable efforts to locate holders of undeliverable Distributions.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all Distributions to holders of Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claims, Allowed 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims, and Allowed 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims shall be governed by the applicable Indenture, and shall be deemed completed when made to their respective Indenture Trustees, who shall in turn make further Distributions in accordance with the applicable Indenture.

 

Any Distribution under the Plan, other than a distribution of New Securities to holders of Notes, that is unclaimed six (6) months after the Disbursing Agent has delivered (or has attempted to deliver) such Distribution shall become the property of the Reorganized Debtor against which such Claim is asserted notwithstanding any federal or state escheat, abandoned or unclaimed property laws to the contrary, and the entitlement by the holder of such unclaimed Claim to such Distribution or any subsequent Distribution on account of such Claim shall be discharged and forever barred.  In the case of any unclaimed Distributions of New Securities that remain unclaimed for six (6) months after the Disbursing Agent has delivered (or attempted to deliver) such Distribution, such unclaimed New Securities shall be forfeited, and the holder of the Claim otherwise entitled to receive such New Securities shall have forever forfeited its right to receive any recovery or Distribution under this Plan on account of its Claim.

 

42


 

5.                                       No Distributions Pending Allowance.

 

If any portion of a Claim is a Disputed Claim, no payment or Distribution provided hereunder shall be made on account of the disputed portion of such Claim until the disputed portion of such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

6.                                       Distribution of Cash.

 

Any payment of Cash by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall be made at the option and in the sole discretion of the Reorganized Debtors by (i) a check drawn on, or (ii) wire transfer from, a bank selected by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

7.                                       Calculation of Distribution Amounts of New Egalet Common Stock.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, no fractional units of New Securities shall be issued or distributed pursuant to the Plan.  Whenever any payment of a fraction of a unit of New Egalet Common Stock would otherwise be required under the Plan, the actual Distribution made shall reflect a rounding of such fraction to the nearest whole share (up or down), with half Interests or less being rounded down and fractions in excess of a half of an Interest being rounded up.  Any holder whose Claim has been so rounded down shall not be entitled to receive any compensation whatsoever on account of such reduction.  If two or more holders are entitled to equal fractional entitlements and the number of holders so entitled exceeds the number of whole Interests, as the case may be, which remain to be allocated, the Reorganized Debtors shall allocate the remaining whole units to such holders by random lot or such other impartial method as the Reorganized Debtors deem fair, in their sole discretion. Upon the allocation of all of the whole New Egalet Common Stock authorized under the Plan, all remaining fractional portions of the entitlements shall be canceled and shall be of no further force and effect.

 

8.                                       Withholding and Reporting Requirements.

 

In connection with the Plan and all instruments issued in connection therewith, the Disbursing Agent shall comply with all applicable withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state or local taxing authority, and all Distributions under the Plan shall be subject to any such withholding or reporting requirements.

 

9.                                       Setoffs.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, but shall not be required to, set off against any Claim (for purposes of determining the Allowed amount of such Claim on which Distribution shall be made), any claims of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have against the holder of such Claim, but neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of any such claim the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have against the holder of such Claim.

 

43


 

Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to expand rights to setoff under applicable non-bankruptcy law.

 

10.                                Distributions After Allowance.

 

In the event that a Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim, the Disbursing Agent shall distribute to the holder of such Claim such holder’s Pro Rata portion of the property distributable with respect to the Class in which such Claim is classified in the Plan.  To the extent that all or a portion of a Disputed Claim is disallowed, the holder of such Claim shall not receive any Distributions on account of the portion of such Claim that is disallowed and any property withheld pending the resolution of such Claim shall be reallocated Pro Rata to the holders of Allowed Claims in the same Class. Nothing set forth in the Plan is intended to, nor shall it, prohibit the Reorganized Debtors, in their sole discretion, from making a Distribution on account of any Claim at any time after such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

11.                                Allocation of Distributions Between Principal and Interest.

 

To the extent that any Claim entitled to a Distribution under the Plan is comprised of indebtedness and, accrued but unpaid interest thereon, the consideration distributed to the holder of such Allowed Claim shall be treated as first satisfying the principal amount of such Claim (as determined for federal income tax purposes), and any remaining consideration shall be treated as satisfying accrued but unpaid interest. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or as otherwise required by sections 506(b), 511 or 1129(a)(9)(C)-(D) of the Bankruptcy Code, interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Disputed Claim in respect of the period from the Effective Date to the date a final Distribution is made when and if such Disputed Claim becomes and Allowed Claim.

 

12.                                Interest on Claims.

 

Except as expressly provided for in the Plan, the Cash Collateral Orders, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release, settlement or other agreement entered into in connection with the Plan, or as required by applicable bankruptcy law, including sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C)-(D) of the Bankruptcy Code, post-Petition Date interest shall not be treated as accruing in respect of any Claim for purposes of determining the allowance of, and Distribution for or on account of, such Claim.

 

4.5                                Means for Implementation of the Plan.

 

(a)                                                          Restructuring Transactions .

 

On or as of the Effective Date, the Distributions provided for under the Plan will be effectuated pursuant to, among others, the following transactions, in each case, pursuant to the applicable sections of the Plan:

 

1.                                       the obligations of the Debtors under the Indentures and any other certificate, share, note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant, or other instrument or document directly or indirectly evidencing or creating

 

44


 

any indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors giving rise to any Claim or Equity Interest (except such certificates, notes, or other instruments or documents evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to this Plan), shall be cancelled solely as to the Debtors, and the Reorganized Debtors shall not have any continuing obligations thereunder; and (2) the obligations of the Debtors pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the membership interests, certificates, notes, bonds, indentures, purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors (except such agreements, certificates, notes, or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to this Plan) shall be released and discharged; provided , however , notwithstanding confirmation of the Plan or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any agreement that governs the rights of the holder of a Claim shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (1) allowing holders to receive Distributions under the Plan as provided therein and (2) allowing the Indenture Trustees to exercise their charging liens for the payment of their fees and expenses and for indemnification as provided in the applicable Indentures; provided , further , notwithstanding confirmation of the Plan or the occurrence of the Effective Date, Indentures shall continue in effect solely for the purposes of allowing the First Lien Secured Notes Claims, the 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims, and the 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims under the Plan; provided , further , however , that the preceding proviso shall not affect the discharge of Claims or Equity Interests pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation Order or the Plan, or result in any expense or liability to the Reorganized Debtors;

 

2.                                       Reorganized Corp shall issue to the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims (i) $50 million in aggregate principal amount of the Series A-1 Notes, (ii) the First Lien Note Equity Distribution, (iii) $20 million in cash, less the aggregate amount of Adequate Protection Payments (as defined in the Cash Collateral Orders) actually received by holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims pursuant to the Cash Collateral Orders and (iv) cash in an amount equal to the fees and expenses of the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee (as to which it is anticipated that the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee will exercise its contractual lien rights prior to distribution), to the extent not otherwise paid on or prior to the Effective Date, which will not be paid directly to any holder, but instead will be paid directly to the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee on account of any such fees and expenses; provided , however , that if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the shares of New Egalet Common Stock otherwise allocable to the First Lien Note Equity Distribution shall be distributed pursuant to the Rights Offering, and the holders of First Lien Secured

 

45


 

Notes Claims shall receive $10 million in cash instead of the First Lien Note Equity Distribution;

 

3.                                       Reorganized Corp will issue to the holders of Convertible Notes Claims (i) a number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 31.62% of the New Egalet Common Stock as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) (subject to dilution only on account of the Commitment Premium Stock, if any, and the Management Incentive Plan), or New Warrants in lieu of a portion of such shares solely to the extent set forth in Article VII(C) of the Plan, and (ii) if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering and such holder is an Eligible Holder, the Subscription Rights;

 

4.                                       except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the property of each Debtors’ Estate will vest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor free and clear of all liens, Claims, encumbrances and Interests;

 

5.                                       the applicable Reorganized Debtors will consummate the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and incur the obligations under the New Secured Notes Indenture; and

 

6.                                       the releases, exculpations and injunctions provided for in the Plan, which are an essential element of Debtors’ restructuring transactions, will become effective.

 

The Effective Date will occur, and the transactions contemplated by Article VII of the Plan will be consummated, simultaneously with and subject to the occurrence of the Iroko Acquisition pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

In addition, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in each case in a manner consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Purchase Agreement and subject to the consent rights therein, the Reorganized Debtors may modify their corporate structure by means of any mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements, agreements, continuances, restructurings, transfers, conversions, dispositions, liquidations, dissolutions, or other corporation transactions that may be advisable to result in a new corporate structure for the Reorganized Debtors and may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such transactions, including any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including: (i) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable entities may agree; (ii) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms to which the applicable parties may agree; (iii) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of

 

46


 

incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion (including related formation) or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; and (iv) all other actions that the applicable entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.  Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall have obtained the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) regarding their intentions with respect to the restructuring transactions.

 

(b)                                                          General Settlement of Claims .

 

Pursuant to sections 363 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan.  The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Court’s approval of the comprise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests and controversies, as well as a finding by the Court that such compromise and settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates and the holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness.  Distributions made to holders of Allowed Claims in any Class are intended to be final.

 

(c)                                                           Avoidance Actions .

 

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain the exclusive right to commence, prosecute, or settle all Causes of Action, including Avoidance Actions, as appropriate in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors subject to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, and the Cash Collateral Orders.

 

(d)                                                          Iroko Acquisition .

 

On the Effective Date, Reorganized Corp (and one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) shall consummate the Iroko Acquisition pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.  The

 

Confirmation Order shall be deemed to constitute approval of the Purchase Agreement, the Iroko Acquisition, and all the transactions contemplated therein, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred in connection therewith, and authorization of Reorganized Corp (or one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) to enter into and execute the Purchase Agreement and such other documents as may be required to effectuate the Iroko Acquisition.   In connection with the Iroko Acquisition and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (including, without limitation, Article IV of the Plan), the Restructuring Support Agreement, or otherwise, Iroko shall receive the consideration set forth in the Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions therein. The terms of the Iroko Acquisition, the Purchase Agreement and the Reorganized Debtors’ post-petition business are described in more detail in Section 3.3 above.

 

(e)                                                           Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws .

 

On or promptly after the Effective Date, Reorganized Corp will file the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State and/or other applicable authorities

 

47


 

in its state of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of that state.  Pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Corp  Certificate of Incorporation will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities to the extent required thereby.  After the Effective Date, Reorganized Corp may amend and restate the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation and Reorganized By-Laws as permitted by the laws of its state of incorporation, and the Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents.  The Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents shall be substantially in the form set forth in the Plan Supplement.

 

(f)                                                            Shareholder Agreement; Bilateral Lock-up Agreements .

 

Upon the Effective Date, the Reorganized Holder Shareholder Agreement shall be deemed to become valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms, and each holder of New Egalet Common Stock party thereto shall be bound thereby, in each case, without need for execution by any party thereto other than Reorganized Corp.

 

In addition, certain other holders of New Egalet Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan on the Effective Date will enter into customary lock-up agreements with Reorganized Corp.

 

(g)                                                           Corporate Action .

 

Upon the Effective Date, all corporate actions contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including (i) the transactions contemplated by Article VII(E) of the Plan, (ii) the adoption and filing of appropriate certificates of incorporation and memoranda and articles of association and amendments thereto, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion or dissolution pursuant to applicable law, (iii) the initial selection of managers, directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtors, (iv) the Distributions pursuant to the Plan, (v) the issuance of the New Securities and the New Secured Notes, (vi) the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article V of the Purchase Agreement, and (vii) all other actions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date), in each case unless otherwise provided in the Plan.  All matters provided for under the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors or corporate action to be taken by or required of a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor will be deemed to occur and be effective as of the Effective Date, if no such other date is specified in such documents, and shall be authorized, approved, adopted and, to the extent taken prior to the Effective Date, ratified and confirmed in all respects and for all purposes without any requirement of further action by holders of Claims or Interests, directors of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or any other Person, except to effect the filing of any new corporate governance documents respecting the Debtors, as necessary.

 

(h)                                                          Continued Corporate Existence .

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including as provided with respect to Reorganized Corp in Article V(B) thereof, or as may be provided in the Plan Supplement or the Confirmation Order, each Debtor will, as a Reorganized Debtor, continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, or limited liability company, as the case may be, with all the powers thereof, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Reorganized Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective

 

48


 

certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificates of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended by the Plan and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval.

 

(i)                                                              Cancellation of Securities and Agreements .

 

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan, including as provided for in Article IX(L) thereof: (1) the obligations of the Debtors under the Indentures and any other certificate, share, note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant, or other instrument or document directly or indirectly evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors giving rise to any Claim or Equity Interest (except such certificates, notes, or other instruments or documents evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to the Plan), shall be cancelled solely as to the Debtors, and the Reorganized Debtors shall not have any continuing obligations thereunder; and (2) the obligations of the Debtors pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the membership interests, certificates, notes, bonds, indentures, purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors (except such agreements, certificates, notes, or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to the Plan) shall be released and discharged; provided , however , notwithstanding confirmation of the Plan or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any agreement that governs the rights of the holder of a Claim shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (1) allowing holders to receive Distributions under the Plan as provided therein and (2) allowing the Indenture Trustees to exercise their charging liens for the payment of their fees and expenses and for indemnification as provided in the applicable Indentures; provided , further , notwithstanding confirmation of the Plan or the occurrence of the Effective Date, Indentures shall continue in effect solely for the purposes of allowing the First Lien Secured Notes Claims, the 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims, and the 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims under the Plan; provided , further , however , that the preceding proviso shall not affect the discharge of Claims or Equity Interests pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation Order or the Plan, or result in any expense or liability to the Reorganized Debtors.

 

In addition, on the Effective Date, all Existing Equity Interests shall be cancelled in accordance with this Plan.

 

(j)                                                             Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors .

 

On the Effective Date, the term of each member of the current boards of directors of the Debtors shall expire.  The board of Reorganized Corp on the Effective Date shall consist of seven (7) members: (i) the Iroko Directors, (ii) the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet Corporation, (iii) the current Chairman of the Board of Directors of Egalet Corporation, (iv) the Secured Director, (v) the Convertible Director, and (vi) the Joint Director.  The identity of the individuals that will serve on the new board of directors of the Reorganized Debtors and the officers of the Reorganized Debtors will be identified in the Plan Supplement.  Following the

 

49


 

Effective Date, the appointment and removal of the members of the board of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be governed by the terms of each Reorganized Debtor’s respective corporate governance documents, including, with respect to Reorganized Corp, the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreements. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into one or more agreements regarding board structure and director rights, which shall include provisions consistent in all material respects with the terms described on Exhibit B to the Plan and be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.

 

(k)                                                          Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions .

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all funds necessary to make Distributions pursuant to the Plan will be obtained from the Cash balances of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date.

 

(l)                                                              Issuance of New Securities .

 

The issuance of New Securities by Reorganized Corp is authorized without the need for any further corporate action or without any further action by a holder of Claims or Interests.  On the Effective Date (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), the New Egalet Common Stock shall be issued, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to (i) the holders of Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claims, Allowed 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims, and Allowed 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims who are receiving New Egalet Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, and (ii) to the extent the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the parties that exercise Subscription Rights and the Backstop Parties pursuant to the Rights Offering Procedures and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.  On the Effective Date, the New Egalet Common Stock shall be issued to Iroko pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The amount of the New Egalet Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be disclosed in the Plan Supplement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, (x) any Person entitled to receive more than 9.99% of the aggregate amount of New Egalet Common Stock issued as of the Effective Date (excluding New Egalet Common Stock issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan) or (y) with the consent of the Debtors and Iroko, any other Person entitled to receive New Egalet Common Stock hereunder, may elect to receive New Warrants on a one-for-one basis in lieu of all of any portion of the shares of New Egalet Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to such Person under the Plan, provided that such Person notifies the Debtors in writing of such election no later than two (2) Business Days after the Confirmation Date, provided , further , that with respect to clause (x), without the consent of the Debtors and Iroko, such Person may only elect to receive New Warrants in lieu of such portion of New Egalet Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to such Person under the Plan in excess of 9.99% of the aggregate amount of New Egalet Common Stock issued as of the Effective Date (excluding New Egalet Common Stock issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan).

 

All of the New Securities issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized and validly issued.  Each Distribution and issuance referred to in this Article VII shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such Distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such Distribution or issuance,

 

50


 

including the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation, the Bilateral Lock-up Agreements (if applicable) and the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreements (if applicable).  Upon the Effective Date, the Reorganized Corp Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to become valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms, and each holder of New Securities shall be bound thereby, without need for execution by any party thereto other than Reorganized Corp.  Certain holders of New Securities issued on the Effective Date may enter into Bilateral Lock-up Agreements and/or Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreements, the forms of which (if applicable) shall be filed with the Plan Supplement.

 

On the Effective Date, Reorganized Egalet shall be a registrant under the Exchange Act. Each share of New Egalet Common Stock shall have the same rights, including with respect to voting, dividend and information rights.  The New Egalet Common Stock shall constitute a single class of equity securities in Reorganized Corp on the Effective Date and, other than securities issued or issuable under the Management Incentive Plan and the New Warrants, there shall exist no other equity securities, warrants, options, or other agreements to acquire any equity interest in Reorganized Corp. In addition, upon the reasonable request of the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders or the Required Supporting Convertible Noteholders, Reorganized Egalet shall enter into a registration rights agreement (or agreements) with the members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and/or the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee, as applicable, which shall in each case be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, and which shall contain, among other things, shelf and piggyback registration rights.

 

Following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall use their reasonable best efforts to have the New Egalet Common Stock listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market or another U.S. national securities exchange as promptly as reasonably practicable after the Reorganized Debtors meet the initial listing requirements thereof, and prior to any such listing shall use its reasonable best efforts to qualify the New Egalet Common Stock for trading in the pink sheets//OTC Bulletin Board.

 

(m)                                                      Issuance of Series A-1 Notes .

 

Subject to the terms of the Plan, on the Effective Date, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors shall execute and deliver the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes on the terms set forth in the New Secured Notes Indenture.  Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed to constitute approval of the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes, and, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and perform their obligations in connection with the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes.  All parties receiving the Series A-1 Notes under the Plan, upon receipt thereof, are deemed bound to the terms of the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes.  The indenture trustee and collateral trustee under the New Secured Notes Indenture shall be the indenture trustee under the First Lien Secured Notes Indenture or such other party chosen by the Debtors with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

51


 

On the Effective Date, the New Secured Notes Indenture and the New Secured Notes shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors, enforceable in accordance with their terms.  The financial accommodations to be extended pursuant to the New Secured Notes are being extended, and shall be deemed to have been extended, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable non-bankruptcy law.  On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New Secured Notes (1) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Secured Notes, (2) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Secured Notes, and (3) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) (except for any Lien subordination that is expressly permitted in the New Secured Notes Indenture) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law.  The Reorganized Debtors and the entities granted such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

The New Secured Notes Indenture will be qualified under the TIA. Section 316(a) of the TIA provides that, unless such provision is expressly excluded, noteholders holding a majority in principal amount may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any available remedy and may also waive any default and its consequences. Under Section 316(a) of the TIA, unless excluded from the indenture, securities owned by the obligor or an affiliate of the obligor must be disregarded for purposes of calculating the vote required to approve such proposals. However, the New Secured Notes Indenture will expressly exclude Section 316(a) of the TIA and instead the procedure for calculating votes for such proposals will be such that only the New Secured Notes owned by the Reorganized Debtors, or any person directly or indirectly controlled by the Reorganized Debtors, shall be disregarded.

 

(n)                                                          Rights Offering.

 

Election of Debtors.   The Rights Offering shall be effectuated only if the Debtors, in consultation with the Required Supporting Noteholders, elect to do so.  No later than the deadline set forth in the Plan for filing the Plan Supplement, the Debtors shall file with the Court a notice stating whether the Debtors have elected to effectuate the Rights Offering.  If the Debtors elect not to effectuate the Rights Offering, the holders of 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims shall not receive Subscription Rights and the

 

52


 

holders of Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall receive the First Lien Equity Distribution.

 

Purpose .  In the event the Rights Offering is effectuated, the proceeds of the sale of the Rights Offering Stock shall be used to provide, on the Effective Date, a cash distribution of the Rights Offering Amount to the holders of Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claims (on a Pro Rata basis) in the aggregate amount of the Rights Offering Amount.

 

Subscription Rights . In accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures, each holder of Allowed 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and/or Allowed 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims that is an Eligible Holder shall receive its pro rata share of Subscription Rights (based on the aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Convertible Notes Claims and 6.50% Convertible Notes Claims, collectively, held by such Eligible Holder on the record date to be established in connection with the Rights Offering) necessary to allow such Eligible Holder to purchase up to its respective share of Rights Offering Stock, should such Eligible Holder choose to exercise such Subscription Rights, pursuant to the terms set forth in the Plan and in the Rights Offering Procedures. Each Subscription Right shall represent the right to acquire one share of Rights Offering Stock for the Rights Exercise Price.

 

Backstop Commitment.  In the event the Debtors elect to effectuate the Rights Offering in accordance with the Plan, the Debtors shall enter into the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

 

Commitment Premium.   In the event the Debtors elect to effectuate the Rights Offering in accordance with the Plan, as consideration for the Backstop Parties’ commitment to purchase Unsubscribed Stock as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement, on the Effective Date, Reorganized Corp shall issue to the Backstop Parties the Commitment Premium Stock (without payment of any additional consideration therefor) pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions set forth in, the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

 

(o)                                  New Royalty Rights Agreement .

 

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the New Royalty Rights Agreement with Iroko.  The Confirmation Order shall be deemed to constitute approval of the New Royalty Rights Agreement and all the transactions contemplated therein, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred in connection therewith, and authorization of the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and execute the New Royalty Rights Agreement and such other documents as may be required in connection therewith.

 

(p)                                  Management Incentive Plan .

 

Following the Effective Date, the board of directors of Reorganized Corp shall adopt and implement the Management Incentive Plan, pursuant to which 10.0% of the New Egalet Common Stock outstanding as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) shall be reserved for participants on terms to be determined by the board of directors of Reorganized Corp after the Effective Date, which terms shall include, among others, a requirement that participants that are parties to employment agreements enter into a waiver to provide that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein,

 

53


 

the consummation of the transactions contemplated pursuant to the Plan and/or the Purchase Agreement on the Effective Date will not constitute a “Change in Control” for purposes thereof.  The terms and conditions of the Management Incentive Plan, including the form, allocation, and any limitations on equity grants provided thereunder, shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, Iroko and the Debtors.  Specific awards shall be as determined by the board of directors of Reorganized Corp (or, if applicable, a compensation committee established by such board) from time to time after the Effective Date.

 

(q)                                                          Benefit Plans .

 

Subject to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, as of and subject to the Effective Date, all employment and severance agreements and policies, and all employee compensation and benefit plans, policies, and programs of the Debtors applicable generally to their employees, including agreements and programs subject to section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, as in effect on the Effective Date, including all savings plans, retirement plans, health care plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, incentive compensation plans (including, but not limited to, the Egalet Corporation Annual Incentive Bonus Plan), and life, accidental death, and dismemberment insurance plans, and senior executive retirement plans, but expressly excluding any nonqualified deferred compensation plans that are treated as unfunded plan for tax purposes and Title I of ERISA, shall be deemed to be, and shall be treated as though they are, Executory Contracts that are assumed under this Plan, and the Debtors’ obligations under all such agreements and programs shall survive the Effective Date of this Plan, without prejudice to the Reorganized Debtors’ rights under applicable nonbankruptcy law to modify, amend, or terminate the foregoing arrangements in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, except for (i) such Executory Contracts or plans specifically rejected pursuant to this Plan (to the extent such rejection does not violate section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), and (ii) such Executory Contracts or plans as have previously been terminated, or rejected, pursuant to a Final Order, or specifically waived by the beneficiaries of such plans, benefits, contracts, or programs; provided , however that notwithstanding any rights of the Reorganized Debtors under applicable nonbankruptcy law to modify, amend, or terminate the Egalet Corporation Annual Incentive Bonus Plan, all bonuses due to employees under such plan for the calendar year 2018 shall be paid on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date.

 

(r)                                                             Indemnification Obligations .

 

The Debtors’ obligations to indemnify the Indemnified Parties shall survive and shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Indemnified Parties, notwithstanding confirmation of and effectiveness of the Plan, and such indemnification shall include, but not be limited to, all actions taken in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases and the Cash Collateral Orders.

 

(s)                                                            Preservation of Insurance .

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Debtors’ discharge and release from all Claims as provided in the Plan, except as necessary to be consistent with the Plan, shall not

 

54


 

diminish or impair the enforceability of any insurance policy that may cover Claims against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, including their officers and current and former directors, or any other person or entity.

 

4.6                                Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

 

(a)                                                          Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases .

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, release, indenture or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan (including the Purchase Agreement), as of the Effective Date, all Executory Contracts (including, but not limited to, all license agreements) and Unexpired Leases governed by section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code to which any of the Debtors are parties are, pursuant to the Plan, assumed except for any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that (i) previously has been assumed or rejected by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases, (ii) previously expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms; (iii) is specifically identified on the Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases, or (iv) is the subject of a separate motion to assume or reject such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease filed by the Debtors under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code prior to the Effective Date.  The Debtors reserve the right to amend the Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases at any time prior to the Effective Date, subject to the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

The Existing Royalty Rights Agreements shall be assumed by the Debtors, as amended and restated to (i) provide that the parties thereto shall receive (based on their pro rata share of the First Lien Secured Notes) a royalty payment equal to 1.5% of aggregate net sales of all of the Products (as defined in the Existing Royalty Rights Agreements) through the Effective Date and (ii) otherwise be on terms substantially similar to the New Royalty Rights Agreements (such rights, the “ New Royalty Rights ”).

 

(b)                                                          Cure .

 

Except to the extent that different treatment has been agreed to by the non-Debtor party or parties to any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to Article VIII(A) of the Plan, no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the deadline to vote on the Plan, the Debtors shall, pursuant to the provisions of sections 1123(a)(5)(G) and 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, and consistent with the requirements of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, file and serve the Cure Notice.  The parties to such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to be assumed by the Debtors shall have fourteen (14) calendar days from service of such pleading to object to the cure amounts listed by the Debtors.  If there are any objections filed with respect thereto, the Court shall conduct a hearing to consider such cure amounts and any objections thereto.  The Debtors shall, subject to the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), retain their right to (i) amend any cure amounts listed on the Cure Notice or (ii) reject any of their Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases (including any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that are subject to a dispute concerning amounts necessary to cure any defaults), in each case, at any time prior to the Effective Date.

 

55


 

(c)                                                           Contract Rejection Claims .

 

Any and all Proofs of Claim with respect to Contract Rejection Claims must be filed with the Court in accordance with the terms of the Final Order authorizing such rejection (which may be the Confirmation Order), but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date to the extent an earlier time has not been established by the Court.  Any Contract Rejection Claim that is not filed within such time period will be forever barred from receiving any Distribution from the Debtors, their respective Estates and the Reorganized Debtors on account of such Contract Rejection Claim.

 

(d)                                                          Restrictions on Assignment Void .

 

Any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned shall remain in full force and effect to the benefit of the transferee or assignee in accordance with its terms, notwithstanding any provision in such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including those of the type described in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code) that prohibits, restricts, or conditions such transfer or assignment, including based on any change of control provision. Any provision that prohibits, restricts, or conditions the assignment or transfer of any such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, terminates or modifies such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases or allows the counterparty to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to terminate, modify, recapture, impose any penalty, condition renewal or extension, or modify any term or condition thereof (including on account of any change of control provision) on any such transfer or assignment, constitutes an unenforceable anti-assignment provision and is void and of no force or effect.

 

No sections or provisions of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that purport to provide for additional payments, penalties, charges, rent acceleration, or other financial accommodations in favor of the non-debtor third party thereto shall have any force and effect with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder, and such provisions constitute unenforceable anti-assignment provisions under section 365(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and are otherwise unenforceable under section 365(e) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(e)                                                           Workers’ Compensation and Insurance Programs .

 

(i) All applicable workers’ compensation laws in states in which the Reorganized Debtors operate and (ii) all of the Debtors’ written contracts, agreements, agreements of indemnity, self-insurer workers’ compensation bonds and any other policies, programs and plans regarding or relating to workers’ compensation, workers’ compensation insurance, and all other forms of insurance are treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan and on the Effective Date will be assumed pursuant to the provisions of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, with a cure amount of zero dollars.

 

4.7                                Retention of Jurisdiction by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

The Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, and related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to, and for the purposes of, section 105(a) and section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code and for, among other things, the following purposes:

 

56


 

·                                           to hear and determine motions for the assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Confirmation Date, and the allowance of Claims resulting therefrom;

 

·                                           to determine any other applications, adversary proceedings, and contested matters pending on the Effective Date;

 

·                                           to ensure that Distributions to holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished as provided in the Plan;

 

·                                           to resolve disputes as to the ownership of any Claim or Equity Interest;

 

·                                           to hear and determine timely objections to Claims;

 

·                                           to enter and implement such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, revoked, modified or vacated;

 

·                                           to issue such orders in aid of execution of the Plan, to the extent authorized by section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

·                                           to consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any order of the Court, including the Confirmation Order;

 

·                                           to hear and determine all applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses of Professionals under sections 328, 330, 331 and 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

·                                           to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan;

 

·                                           to hear and determine any issue for which the Plan requires a Final Order of the Court;

 

·                                           to hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

·                                           to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with compensation and reimbursement of expenses of professionals for the Supporting Noteholders for services rendered and expenses incurred during the period commencing on the Petition Date through and including the Effective Date;

 

57


 

·                                           to hear and determine any Causes of Action preserved under the Plan under Bankruptcy Code sections 544, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553, and 1123(b)(3);

 

·                                           to hear and determine any matter regarding the existence, nature and scope of the Debtors’ discharge;

 

·                                           until the Effective Date, to hear and determine disputes arising under the Purchase Agreement;

 

·                                           to hear and determine any matter regarding the existence, nature, and scope of the releases and exculpation provided in Article IX of the Plan; and

 

·                                           to enter a final decree closing any or all of the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

If the Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising in, arising under, or related to the Chapter 11 Cases, then Article XI of the Plan shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having jurisdiction with respect to such matter.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, any dispute arising under or in connection with the New Secured Notes, the New Secured Notes Indenture, or the New Secured Notes Security Documents shall be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of the applicable document.

 

4.8                                Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)                                                          Entire Agreement .

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan and the Plan Supplement supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.

 

(b)                                                          Governing Law .

 

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by Federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules), the laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the construction and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, and instruments executed in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements or instruments, in which case the governing law of such agreements shall control).  Corporate governance matters shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation or formation of the applicable Debtor.

 

(c)                                                           Time .

 

In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply.

 

58


 

(d)                                                          Reference to Monetary Figures .

 

All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

(e)                                                           Consent Rights of Supporting Parties .

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any and all consent rights of the respective parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement with respect to the form and substance of the Plan, the documents and instruments contained in the Plan Supplement, and any Definitive Documents (as defined in the Restructuring Support Agreement), including any amendments, restatements, supplements, or other modifications to such documents, and any consents, waivers or other deviations under or from such documents, shall be incorporated into the Plan by this reference and fully enforceable as if stated in full therein.

 

(f)                                                            Binding Effect .

 

Subject to Article X of the Plan and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan, the Plan Supplement and the Confirmation Order shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors and any and all holders of Claims or Interests (regardless of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted or rejected the Plan), all entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, and injunctions described in the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to the executory contracts and unexpired leases with the Debtors. All Claims and debts shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any holder of a Claim or debt has voted on the Plan.

 

(g)                                                           No Change in Ownership or Control .

 

Consummation of the Plan is not intended to and shall not constitute a change in ownership or change in control, as defined in any employment or other agreement or plan in effect on the Effective Date to which a Debtor is a party.

 

(h)                                                          Plan Supplement and Additional Documents .

 

The Plan Supplement will be filed with the Clerk of the Court no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the deadline to vote on the Plan, unless such date is further extended by order of the Court.  The Plan Supplement may be inspected in the office of the Clerk of the Court during normal court hours and shall be available online at “https://ecf.deb.uscourts.gov.”  Holders of Claims or Existing Equity Interests may obtain a copy of the Plan Supplement upon written request to counsel to the Debtors in accordance with Article XII.N of the Plan or by accessing the website maintained by the Debtors’ claims and noticing agent at www.kccllc.net/egalet.

 

59


 

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall file with the Court or execute, as appropriate, such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

5.1                                Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.

 

The occurrence of the Effective Date of the Plan, and the consummation of the Plan, is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

 

·                                     the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall have been filed in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders, and Iroko;

 

·                                     the Confirmation Order, in form and substance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, Iroko, and the Debtors shall have been entered by the Court;

 

·                                     the Confirmation Order shall have become a Final Order;

 

·                                     the Iroko Acquisition shall have been approved by the Court and shall have been consummated or shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the occurrence of the Effective Date;

 

·                                     all definitive documentation for the Restructuring, and all documents contemplated by the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Plan to be executed and delivered on or before the Effective Date, shall have been executed, delivered, and remain in full force and effect, which documentation shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Supporting Noteholders, Iroko and the Debtors;

 

·                                     all requisite filings with governmental authorities and third parties shall have become effective (or shall have been waived by such governmental authority or third party), and all governmental authorities and third parties shall have approved or consented to the Restructuring (or waived the need for any such approval or consent), to the extent required;

 

·                                     all outstanding Transaction Expenses due and owing as of the Effective Date shall have been paid in full, in Cash;

 

60


 

·                                     the Restructuring Support Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not have terminated; and

 

·                                     the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall have been funded in accordance with the Plan.

 

5.2                                Effect of Failure of Conditions.

 

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur prior ot termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement: (a) the Confirmation Order shall be vacated; (b) no Distributions under the Plan shall be made; (c) the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Equity Interests shall be restored to the status quo ante as of the day immediately preceding the Confirmation Date as though the Confirmation Date had never occurred; and (d) the Debtors’ obligations with respect to Claims and Equity Interests shall remain unchanged and nothing contained in the Plan shall (i) constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims against or any Equity Interests in  the Debtors or any other Person, (ii) prejudice in any manner any right, remedy or claim of the Debtors or any Person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors or otherwise, or (iii) be deemed an admission against interest by the Debtors or any other Person.

 

5.3                                Waiver of Conditions.

 

The conditions to the Effective Date set forth in Article X(A) of the Plan may be waived by the Debtors (with the consent of (i) with respect to all such conditions, the Required Supporting Noteholders and (ii) with respect to all such conditions except the conditions to the Effective Date set forth in Article X(B)(7), X(B)(8) and X(B)(9) of the Plan, Iroko, in each case, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) without notice, leave or order of the Court or any formal action other than proceeding to confirm or consummate the Plan.

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

 

6.1                                Modification of the Plan.

 

Subject to the limitations contained in the Plan: (1) the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) reserve the right, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, to amend or modify the Plan prior to the entry of the Confirmation Order, including amendments or modifications to satisfy section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (2) after the entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)  or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, may, upon order of the Court, amend or modify the Plan, in accordance with Section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

61


 

6.2                                Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.

 

Entry of a Confirmation Order will result in all modifications or amendments to the Plan occurring after the solicitation thereof being approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

6.3                                Revocation, Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation of the Plan.

 

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan at any time prior to the Confirmation Date.  If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, the Confirmation Order is not entered, or the Effective Date does not occur, (i) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects, (ii) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting the amount of any Claim or Class of Claims), assumption or rejection of executory contracts or leases effected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed null and void, and (iii) nothing contained in the Plan, and no acts taken in preparation for consummation of the Plan, shall (a) constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Equity Interests in, the Debtors or any other Person, (b) prejudice in any manner any right, remedy or claim of the Debtors or any other Person in any further proceeding involving the Debtors or otherwise, or (c) constitute an admission against interest by the Debtors or any other Person.

 

6.4                                Severability.

 

If, prior to the entry of the Confirmation Order, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Court, at the request of the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.

 

ARTICLE VII.

 

EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION

 

7.1                                Vesting of Assets.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated herein, on the Effective Date all property in each Estate, all Causes of

 

62


 

Action, and any other property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to this Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances (except for Liens granted to secure the New Secured Notes, Liens securing any Other Secured Claims that are Reinstated pursuant to the Plan, and any Liens applicable to any capitalized leases existing on the Effective Date).  On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and conduct its affairs, and may use, acquire, or dispose of its property and assets and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules.

 

7.2                                Preservation of Causes of Action.

 

Subject to the releases and exculpations set forth in the Plan and the Cash Collateral Orders, in accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall retain all Litigation Rights, and nothing contained in this Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any such Litigation Rights.  The Debtors may (but are not required to) enforce all Litigation Rights and all other similar claims arising under applicable state laws, including fraudulent transfer claims, if any, and all other Causes of Action of a trustee and debtor-in-possession under the Bankruptcy Code.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Plan, the Debtors (with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall determine whether to bring, settle, release, compromise, or enforce any such Litigation Rights (or decline to do any of the foregoing), and shall not be required to seek further approval of the Court for such action.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Plan, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any successors thereof may pursue such Litigation Rights in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors or any successors holding such rights of action.

 

7.3                                Discharge of the Debtors.

 

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, the Distributions and rights that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of any and all Claims and Causes of Action (whether known or unknown) against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property or assets shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims, rights, and Interests, including Claims and Interests that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability to the extent such Claims relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Petition Date and that arise from a termination of employment or a termination of any employee or retiree benefit program which occurred prior to the Effective Date), and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not (a) a Proof of Claim or Interest based upon such Claim, debt, right, or Interest was filed, is filed, or deemed filed under section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) a Claim or Interests based upon such Claim, debt, right, or Interest is Allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (c) the holder of such a Claim, right, or Interest accepted the Plan.  The Confirmation Order

 

63


 

shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims against and Interests in the Debtors, subject to the terms thereof and the occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

7.4                                Term of Bankruptcy Injunctions or Stays.

 

All injunctions or stays provided for in the Chapter 11 Cases under sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date.  All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

7.5                                RELEASES.

 

TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EFFECTIVE AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, PURSUANT TO SECTION 1123(B) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, ON AND AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE, EACH RELEASED PARTY WILL BE DEEMED RELEASED BY EACH DEBTOR AND ITS ESTATE FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, INTERESTS, OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS, SUITS, DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, REMEDIES, AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY DERIVATIVE CLAIMS, ASSERTED OR ASSERTABLE ON BEHALF OF ANY DEBTOR, THEIR CHAPTER 11 ESTATES, OR ANY REORGANIZED DEBTOR, AS APPLICABLE, WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, FORESEEN OR UNFORESEEN, EXISTING OR HEREINAFTER ARISING, IN LAW, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH ENTITY WOULD HAVE BEEN LEGALLY ENTITLED TO ASSERT IN THEIR OWN RIGHT (WHETHER INDIVIDUALLY OR COLLECTIVELY), OR ON BEHALF OF THE HOLDER OF ANY CLAIM AGAINST OR INTEREST IN ANY OF THE DEBTORS OR OTHER ENTITY, BASED ON OR RELATING TO, OR IN ANY MANNER ARISING FROM, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THE DEBTORS, THE RESTRUCTURING (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IROKO ACQUISITION), THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT, THE PURCHASE, SALE, TRANSFER OR RESCISSION OF THE PURCHASE, SALE OR TRANSFER OF ANY DEBT, SECURITY, ASSET, RIGHT, OR INTEREST OF ANY DEBTOR OR ANY REORGANIZED DEBTOR, THE SUBJECT MATTER OF, OR THE TRANSACTIONS OR EVENTS GIVING RISE TO, ANY CLAIM AGAINST OR INTEREST IN ANY OF THE DEBTORS THAT IS TREATED IN THE PLAN, THE BUSINESS OR CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN ANY DEBTOR AND ANY RELEASED PARTY, THE RESTRUCTURING OR ANY ALLEGED RESTRUCTURING OR REORGANIZATION OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND INTERESTS IN THE DEBTORS PRIOR TO OR IN THE CHAPTER 11 CASES (INCLUDING THE RESTRUCTURING), THE NEGOTIATION, FORMULATION, OR PREPARATION OF THE DOCUMENTS OR RELATED AGREEMENTS, INSTRUMENTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE RESTRUCTURING (INCLUDING THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT AND ANY DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE IROKO ACQUISITION), ANY OTHER ACT OR OMISSION, TRANSACTION, AGREEMENT, EVENT, OR OTHER OCCURRENCE TAKING PLACE ON OR BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE, OTHER THAN CLAIMS OR LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF A RELEASED PARTY THAT CONSTITUTES ACTUAL FRAUD, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT,

 

64


 

OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, EACH SOLELY TO THE EXTENT AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL ORDER OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION (THE “COMPANY RELEASE”).  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THE FOREGOING, THE COMPANY RELEASE SHALL NOT RELEASE ANY POST-EFFECTIVE DATE OBLIGATIONS OF ANY PERSON UNDER THE PLAN OR ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN THE PLAN SUPPLEMENT) EXECUTED TO IMPLEMENT THE PLAN (INCLUDING ANY CLAIMS, RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THE NEW SECURED NOTES OR THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT).

 

TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EFFECTIVE AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE RELEASING PARTIES (REGARDLESS OF WHETHER A RELEASING PARTY IS A RELEASED PARTY) CONCLUSIVELY, ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY, AND FOREVER DISCHARGE AND RELEASE (AND EACH ENTITY SO DISCHARGED AND RELEASED SHALL BE DEEMED DISCHARGED AND RELEASED BY THE RELEASING PARTIES) THE RELEASED PARTIES AND THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, INTERESTS, OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS, SUITS, DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, REMEDIES, AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY DERIVATIVE CLAIMS, ASSERTED OR ASSERTABLE ON BEHALF OF ANY DEBTOR, THEIR ESTATES, OR ANY REORGANIZED DEBTOR, AS APPLICABLE, WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, FORESEEN OR UNFORESEEN, EXISTING OR HEREINAFTER ARISING, IN LAW, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH ENTITY WOULD HAVE BEEN LEGALLY ENTITLED TO ASSERT IN THEIR OWN RIGHT (WHETHER INDIVIDUALLY OR COLLECTIVELY), OR ON BEHALF OF THE HOLDER OF ANY CLAIM AGAINST OR INTEREST IN ANY DEBTOR OR OTHER ENTITY, BASED ON OR RELATING TO, OR IN ANY MANNER ARISING FROM, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THE DEBTORS, THE RESTRUCTURING (INCLUDING THE IROKO ACQUISITION), THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT, THE PURCHASE, SALE, TRANSFER OR RESCISSION OF THE PURCHASE, SALE OR TRANSFER OF ANY DEBT, SECURITY, ASSET, RIGHT, OR INTEREST OF ANY OF THE DEBTORS OR ANY REORGANIZED DEBTOR, THE SUBJECT MATTER OF, OR THE TRANSACTIONS OR EVENTS GIVING RISE TO, ANY CLAIM AGAINST OR INTEREST IN ANY OF THE DEBTORS THAT IS TREATED IN THE PLAN, THE BUSINESS OR CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN ANY DEBTOR AND ANY RELEASED PARTY, THE RESTRUCTURING OR ANY ALLEGED RESTRUCTURING OR REORGANIZATION OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND INTERESTS IN ANY OF THE DEBTORS PRIOR TO OR IN THE CHAPTER 11 CASES (INCLUDING THE RESTRUCTURING), THE NEGOTIATION, FORMULATION, OR PREPARATION OF THE DOCUMENTS OR RELATED AGREEMENTS, INSTRUMENTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE RESTRUCTURING (INCLUDING THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT AND ANY DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE IROKO ACQUISITION), ANY OTHER ACT OR OMISSION, TRANSACTION, AGREEMENT, EVENT, OR OTHER OCCURRENCE TAKING PLACE ON OR BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE, OTHER THAN CLAIMS OR LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF A RELEASED PARTY THAT

 

65


 

CONSTITUTES ACTUAL FRAUD, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, EACH SOLELY TO THE EXTENT AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL ORDER OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION (THE “THIRD PARTY RELEASE”).  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THE FOREGOING, THE THIRD PARTY RELEASE SHALL NOT RELEASE ANY POST-EFFECTIVE DATE OBLIGATIONS OF ANY PERSON UNDER THE PLAN OR ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN THE PLAN SUPPLEMENT) EXECUTED TO IMPLEMENT THE PLAN (INCLUDING ANY CLAIMS, RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THE NEW SECURED NOTES OR THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT).

 

ENTRY OF THE CONFIRMATION ORDER WILL CONSTITUTE THE BANKRUPTCY COURT’S APPROVAL, PURSUANT TO SECTION 363 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND BANKRUPTCY RULE 9019, OF THE RELEASES IN SECTIONS 9(E) AND (F) OF THE PLAN, WHICH INCLUDES, BY REFERENCE, EACH OF THE RELATED PROVISIONS AND DEFINITIONS CONTAINED IN THE PLAN AND, FURTHER, WILL CONSTITUTE THE BANKRUPTCY COURT’S FINDING THAT SUCH RELEASES ARE (I) IN EXCHANGE FOR THE GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION PROVIDED BY THE DEBTORS AND THE OTHER RELEASED PARTIES, REPRESENTING A GOOD FAITH SETTLEMENT AND COMPROMISE OF THE CLAIMS RELEASED IN THE PLAN, (II) IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE DEBTORS AND ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS, (III) FAIR, EQUITABLE, AND REASONABLE, (IV) APPROVED AFTER DUE NOTICE AND OPPORTUNITY FOR HEARING, AND (V) A BAR TO ANY OF THE RELEASING PARTIES ASSERTING ANY CLAIM RELEASED BY THE RELEASING PARTIES AGAINST ANY OF THE DEBTORS OR THE OTHER RELEASED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY.

 

EACH PERSON TO WHICH SECTIONS 9(E) AND/OR 9(F) OF THE PLAN APPLY SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE GRANTED THE RELEASES SET FORTH IN THOSE SECTIONS NOTWITHSTANDING THAT SUCH PERSON MAY HEREAFTER DISCOVER FACTS IN ADDITION TO, OR DIFFERENT FROM, THOSE WHICH IT NOW KNOWS OR BELIEVES TO BE TRUE, AND WITHOUT REGARD TO THE SUBSEQUENT DISCOVERY OR EXISTENCE OF SUCH DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL FACTS, AND SUCH PERSON EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS THAT IT MAY HAVE UNDER ANY STATUTE OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLE WHICH WOULD LIMIT THE EFFECT OF SUCH RELEASES TO THOSE CLAIMS OR CAUSES OF ACTION ACTUALLY KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST AT THE TIME OF EXECUTION OF THE RELEASE.

 

7.6                                EXCULPATION.

 

NO EXCULPATED PARTY SHALL HAVE OR INCUR, AND EACH EXCULPATED PARTY IS, PURSUANT TO THE PLAN, RELEASED AND EXCULPATED FROM, ANY CLAIM (INCLUDING ANY CAUSE OF ACTION), TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER SECTION 1125(E) OF THE

 

66


 

BANKRUPTCY CODE, RELATED TO ANY PREPETITION OR POSTPETITION ACT TAKEN OR OMITTED TO BE TAKEN IN CONNECTION WITH, RELATING TO, OR ARISING OUT OF THE RESTRUCTURING EFFORTS OF THE DEBTORS, NEGOTIATION OF AND ENTRY INTO THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT, THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE FORMULATION, PREPARATION, DISSEMINATION, NEGOTIATION, FILING OR CONSUMMATION OF THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE PLAN, OR ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, CONTRACT, INSTRUMENT, RELEASE, OR OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT CREATED OR ENTERED INTO IN CONNECTION WITH THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE PLAN (INCLUDING, FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE PLAN SUPPLEMENT AND THE EXHIBITS TO THE PLAN AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT), THE PREPARATION OR FILING OF THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE PURSUIT OF CONFIRMATION, THE PURSUIT OF CONSUMMATION, THE RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTIONS, AND THE ADMINISTRATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN, INCLUDING THE ISSUANCE OF ANY SECURITIES OR THE DISTRIBUTION OF PROPERTY UNDER THE PLAN OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR ANY OBLIGATION, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR LIABILITY FOR ANY SUCH CLAIM; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE FOREGOING “EXCULPATION” SHALL HAVE NO EFFECT ON THE LIABILITY OF ANY ENTITY THAT RESULTS FROM ANY SUCH ACT OR OMISSION THAT IS DETERMINED BY A FINAL ORDER OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE CONSTITUTED WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, FRAUD, OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT EACH EXCULPATED PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RELY UPON THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO THEIR DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES PURSUANT TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE ABOVE REFERENCED DOCUMENTS, ACTIONS, OR INACTIONS.  THE EXCULPATED PARTIES HAVE PARTICIPATED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE WITH REGARD TO THE SOLICITATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE SECURITIES PURSUANT TO THE PLAN, AND, THEREFORE, ARE NOT, AND ON ACCOUNT OF SUCH DISTRIBUTIONS SHALL NOT BE, LIABLE AT ANY TIME FOR THE VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE LAW, RULE, OR REGULATION GOVERNING THE SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS OF THE PLAN OR SUCH DISTRIBUTIONS MADE PURSUANT TO THE PLAN.  IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, SOLELY TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED BY SECTION 1125(E) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, THE DEBTORS, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, EACH SUPPORTING NOTEHOLDER, AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEES SHALL NEITHER HAVE, NOR INCUR ANY LIABILITY TO ANY ENTITY ON ACCOUNT OF SOLICITATION OR PARTICIPATION, FOR VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE LAW, RULE, OR REGULATION GOVERNING SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN OR THE OFFER, ISSUANCE, SALE, OR PURCHASE OF SECURITIES UNDER THE PLAN; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE FOREGOING “EXCULPATION” IN THIS SENTENCE SHALL HAVE NO EFFECT ON CLAIMS OR LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF A RELEASED PARTY THAT CONSTITUTES ACTUAL FRAUD, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT,

 

67


 

OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE, EACH SOLELY TO THE EXTENT AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL ORDER OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION.

 

7.7                                INJUNCTION.

 

THE SATISFACTION, RELEASE, AND DISCHARGE PURSUANT TO ARTICLE IX OF THE PLAN WILL ACT AS A PERMANENT INJUNCTION AGAINST ANY ENTITY COMMENCING OR CONTINUING ANY ACTION, EMPLOYMENT OF PROCESS, OR ACT TO COLLECT, OFFSET OR RECOVER ANY CLAIM, INTEREST, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SATISFIED, RELEASED, OR DISCHARGED UNDER THE PLAN TO THE FULLEST EXTENT AUTHORIZED OR PROVIDED BY THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, INCLUDING TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED FOR OR AUTHORIZED BY SECTIONS 524 OR 1141 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.

 

WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, FROM AND AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE, ALL ENTITIES THAT HAVE HELD, HOLD, OR MAY HOLD CLAIMS AND INTERESTS THAT HAVE BEEN RELEASED OR DISCHARGED PURSUANT ARTICLE IX OF THE PLAN, OR ARE SUBJECT TO EXCULPATION PURSUANT TO ARTICLE IX OF THE PLAN, SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ENJOINED FROM TAKING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS AGAINST, AS APPLICABLE, THE DEBTORS, THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, THE RELEASED PARTIES OR THE EXCULPATED PARTIES: (A) COMMENCING OR CONTINUING IN ANY MANNER ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING, ON ACCOUNT OF OR RESPECTING ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS; (B) ENFORCING, ATTACHING, COLLECTING, OR RECOVERING BY ANY MANNER OR MEANS ANY JUDGMENT, AWARD, DECREE, OR ORDER AGAINST SUCH ENTITIES ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS; (C) CREATING, PERFECTING, OR ENFORCING ANY ENCUMBRANCE OF ANY KIND AGAINST SUCH ENTITIES OR THE PROPERTY OR ESTATES OF SUCH ENTITIES ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS; AND (D) COMMENCING OR CONTINUING IN ANY MANNER ANY ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS RELEASED, EXCULPATED, OR SETTLED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN.

 

7.8                                Setoff or Recoupment.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein, in no event shall any holder of a Claim be entitled to setoff or recoup any Claim against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, unless such holder preserves its right to setoff or recoupment by (i) filing a motion for authority to effect such setoff or recoupment on or before the Confirmation Date (regardless of whether such motion is heard prior to or after the Confirmation Date), or (ii) including in any timely-filed Proof of Claim that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment or setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

 

68


 

7.9                                Exemption from Transfer Taxes.

 

Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfer of property pursuant to the Plan, including (a) the issuance, transfer or exchange under the Plan of the New Securities,  (b) the issuance of the New Secured Notes, including the granting of security interests or Liens in connection therewith, (c) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease, or (d) the making or delivery of any other instrument whatsoever, in furtherance of or in connection with the Plan shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage, recording sales or use or other similar tax, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any instruments or other documents pursuant to such transfers of property without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee or governmental assessment.

 

7.10                         Exemption for Issuance of New Securities, Subscription Rights and Series A-1 Notes.

 

The issuance of the New Securities (including the issuance of the New Egalet Common Stock upon exercise of the New Warrants) and the Subscription Rights, if applicable, and the Distribution thereof to holders of Claims under the Plan, to the extent that they are deemed Securities (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), shall be authorized and exempt from registration under the securities laws to the fullest extent permitted under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, as of the Effective Date without further act or action by any person, unless required by provision of the relevant governance documents or applicable law, regulation, order or rule; and all documents evidencing the same shall be executed and delivered as provided for in the Plan or the Plan Supplement.

 

The issuance of the Series A-1 Notes, if any, and Distribution thereof to holders of Claims under the Plan, to the extent that they are deemed Securities (as defined in the Securities Act), shall be authorized and exempt from registration under the securities laws to the fullest extent permitted under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, as of the Effective Date without further act or action by any person, unless required by provision of the relevant governance documents or applicable law, regulation, order or rule; and all documents evidencing the same shall be executed and delivered as provided for in the Plan or the Plan Supplement.

 

7.11                         SEC Enforcement.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Disclosure Statement, Plan or Confirmation Order, no provision shall preclude the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission from enforcing its police or regulatory powers; and provided further, notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained in the Disclosure Statement, Plan or Confirmation Order, no provision shall release any non-debtor from liability in connection with any legal action or claim brought by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

69


 

ARTICLE VIII.

 

CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

 

8.1                                Confirmation Hearing.

 

Section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court, after appropriate notice, hold a hearing on confirmation of a plan.  The Bankruptcy Court has established [ · ], 201[ · ] at [ · ] (Eastern Time) as the date and time of the Confirmation Hearing.  The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time by the Debtors or the Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for an announcement of the adjourned or continued date made at the Confirmation Hearing or any subsequent adjourned or continued Confirmation Hearing.

 

Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that any party in interest may object to confirmation of a plan.  Any objection to confirmation of the Plan must be in writing, must conform to the Bankruptcy Rules, must set forth the name of the objector, the nature and amount of Claims or Interests held or asserted by the objector against the particular Debtor or Debtors, the basis for the objection and the specific grounds therefor, and must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, with a copy to chambers, together with proof of service thereof, and served upon: (i) the Chambers of the Honorable [ · ], United States Bankruptcy Judge, 824 Market Street N, Wilmington, Delaware 19801; (ii) counsel to the Debtors, Dechert LLP, Three Bryant Park, New York, New York  10036, Attn: Michael J. Sage, Brian Greer, Stephen M. Wolpert and [ · ]; (iii) [ · ], United States Trustee, U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the U.S. Trustee, 844 King Street, Suite 2207, Lockbox 35, Wilmington, DE 19801, Attn: [ · ]; (iv) counsel to the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attn: Andrew N. Rosenberg, Jacob A. Adlerstein and Adam M. Denhoff, (v) [ · ], (vi) [ · ], (viii) [ · ], (ix) [ · ], and (x) all other parties who have filed a notice of appearance and request for service of documents.

 

Bankruptcy Rule 9014 governs objections to confirmation of the Plan.  UNLESS AN OBJECTION TO CONFIRMATION IS TIMELY SERVED AND FILED, IT MAY NOT BE CONSIDERED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.

 

8.2                                Confirmation.

 

At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the requirements of section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code have been satisfied with respect to the Plan.

 

(d)                                                          Confirmation Requirements .

 

Confirmation of a plan under section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires, among other things, that:

 

·                                           the plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

70


 

·                                           the proponent of the plan has complied with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

·                                           the plan has been proposed in good faith and not by any means forbidden by law;

 

·                                           any plan payment made or to be made by the proponent under the plan for services or for costs and expenses in, or in connection with, the chapter 11 case, or in connection with the plan and incident to the case, has been approved by, or is subject to the approval of, the Bankruptcy Court as reasonable;

 

·                                           the proponent has disclosed the identity and affiliations of any individual proposed to serve, after confirmation of the plan, as a director, officer, or voting trustee of the debtor, an affiliate of the debtor participating in the plan with the debtor, or a successor to the debtor under the plan.  The appointment to, or continuance in, such office by such individual must be consistent with the interests of creditors and equity security holders and with public policy and the proponent must have disclosed the identity of any insider that the debtor will employ or retain, and the nature of any compensation for such insider;

 

·                                           with respect to each Impaired class of claims or interests, either each holder of a claim or interest of such class has accepted the plan, or will receive or retain under the plan, on account of such claim or interest, property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, that is not less than the amount that such holder would receive or retain if the debtor were liquidated on such date under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

·                                           each class of claims or interests has either accepted the plan or is not Impaired under the plan;

 

·                                           except to the extent that the holder of a particular claim has agreed to a different treatment of such claim, the plan provides that allowed administrative expenses and priority claims will be paid in full on the effective date (except that if a class of certain types of priority claims has voted to accept the plan, holders of such claims may receive deferred cash payments of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, equal to the allowed amounts of such claims and that holders of priority tax claims may receive on account of such claims, regular installment payments in cash (i) of a total value, as of the effective date, equal to the allowed amount of such claim, (ii) over a period not exceeding five (5) years after the petition date, or (iii) in a manner not less favorable than the most favored nonpriority unsecured claim provided for by the plan (other than cash payments made to a class of creditors under section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code);

 

71


 

·                                           if a class of claims is Impaired, at least one (1) Impaired class of claims has accepted the plan, determined without including any acceptance of the plan by any insider holding a claim in such class;

 

·                                           confirmation of the plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization, of the debtor or any successor to the debtor under the plan, unless such liquidation or reorganization is proposed in the plan; and

 

·                                           all fees payable to the applicable United States Trustee’s office, pursuant to section 1930 of title 28, have been paid or the plan provides for payment of such fees on the effective date of the plan.

 

Subject to satisfying the standard for any potential “cramdown” of Classes deemed to reject the Plan, the Debtors believe that:

 

·                                           the Plan satisfies all of the statutory requirements of chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

·                                           the Debtors have complied or will have complied at the time of confirmation with all of the requirements of chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; and

 

·                                           the Plan has been proposed in good faith.

 

Set forth below is a summary of certain relevant statutory confirmation requirements.

 

(e)                                                           Acceptance .

 

A class is “Impaired” under a plan unless, with respect to each claim or interest of such class, the plan (i) leaves unaltered the legal, equitable and contractual rights to which the claim or interest entitles the holder of such claim or interest; or (ii) notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable law which entitles the holder of such claim or interest to demand or receive accelerated payment on account of a default, cures any default, reinstates the original maturity of the obligation, compensates the holder for any damages incurred as a result of reasonable reliance on such provision or law and does not otherwise alter the legal, equitable or contractual rights of such holder based upon such claim or interest.  A class that is not Impaired under a plan is deemed to have accepted the plan and, therefore, solicitation of acceptances with respect to such class is not required.

 

Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A, 4B and 4C are Impaired under the Plan and are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.  Classes 1A, 1B, 1C, 2A, 2B, 2C, 5A, 5B, 5C, 6A, 6B, 6C, 9B and 9C are Unimpaired and, therefore, are conclusively presumed to have voted to accept the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Classes 7A, 7B, 7C and 8A are Impaired and not receiving any property under the Plan, and thus are deemed to have rejected the Plan.

 

72


 

Because certain Classes are deemed to have rejected the Plan, the Debtors will request confirmation of the Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Debtors reserve the right, with the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, to alter, amend, modify, revoke or withdraw the Plan or any Plan Exhibit, Schedule, or Plan Supplement, including amending or modifying it to satisfy the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, if necessary.  The Debtors believe that the Plan will satisfy the “cramdown” requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to Classes [•] which are deemed to reject the Plan and will set forth such arguments in a brief in support of confirmation filed in advance of the Confirmation Hearing.

 

(f)                                                            Feasibility; Valuation and Financial Projections .

 

Section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that confirmation should not be likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization, of the Debtors or any successor to the Debtors unless such liquidation or reorganization is proposed in the Plan.   If the Plan is confirmed, the Allowed Claims that may be paid in full in Cash either on the Effective Date or in the ordinary course of business are the Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, Priority Tax Claims, Other Priority Claims, Other Secured Claims and General Unsecured Claims.  The Debtors have estimated the total amount of such payments and expect sufficient liquidity from Cash on hand to fund these payments.

 

In addition, annexed as Exhibit 4 hereto are the Financial Projections (the “ Financial Projections ”), which were prepared by the Debtors, with the assistance of its advisers, and detail, among other things, the financial feasibility of the Plan and the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to service their obligations, including under the New Secured Notes.  The Financial Projections indicate it is expected that the Reorganized Corp’s EBITDA (as defined in the Financial Projections) will be approximately $7.0 million in 2019, $20.1 million in 2020, $29.4 million in 2021 and $28.1 million in 2022, which earnings will be used, among other things, to service the New Secured Notes.  Please see Article XI, “Certain Risk Factors to be Considered,” for a discussion of some of the risks that could affect the Debtors’ ability to pay its post-Effective Date indebtedness, including its ability to achieve its projected financial results.

 

The Financial Projections are based on the assumption that the Plan will be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court and, for projection purposes, that the Effective Date under the Plan will occur on February 1, 2019.

 

THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS, INCLUDING THE UNDERLYING ASSUMPTIONS, SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED IN EVALUATING THE PLAN.  WHILE THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THE ASSUMPTIONS UNDERLYING THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS, WHEN CONSIDERED ON AN OVERALL BASIS, WERE REASONABLE WHEN PREPARED IN LIGHT OF CURRENT CIRCUMSTANCES AND EXPECTATIONS, NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS WILL BE REALIZED.  THE DEBTORS MAKE NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO THE ACCURACY OF THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS.  THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO A NUMBER OF RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND ASSUMPTIONS, INCLUDING THOSE DESCRIBED BELOW IN

 

73


 

ARTICLE XI.   IN THE LIGHT OF THESE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS.

 

The Debtors prepared the Financial Projections based upon certain assumptions that they believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Those assumptions considered to be significant are described in notes to the Financial Projections.  The Financial Projections have not been examined or compiled by independent accountants.  The Debtors make no representation as to the accuracy of the projections or their ability to achieve the projected results.  Many of the assumptions on which the projections are based are inherently subject to significant economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies beyond the control of the Debtors and their management, and are subject to significant incremental uncertainty as a result of the scope and potential duration of the current economic recession underway both in the United States and abroad.  Inevitably, some assumptions will not materialize and unanticipated events and circumstances may affect the actual financial results.  Therefore, the actual results achieved throughout the period of the Financial Projections may vary from the projected results and the variations may be material.  All holders of Claims that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan are urged to examine carefully all of the assumptions on which the Financial Projections are based in connection with their evaluation of the Plan.

 

In addition, in connection with the Plan, Piper Jaffray performed an analysis of the estimated value of the Reorganized Debtors on a going-concern basis, attached hereto as Exhibit 5 (the “ Valuation Analysis ”).

 

Specifically, in preparing the Valuation Analysis, Piper Jaffray, among other things: (i) reviewed certain recent publicly available financial results of the Debtors; (ii) reviewed the Financial Projections; and (iii) discussed with certain senior executives the current operations and prospects of the Debtors, as well as key assumptions related to the Financial Projections.

 

THE VALUATION ANALYSIS SET FORTH IN EXHIBIT 5 IS BASED UPON A NUMBER OF ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS THAT ARE INHERENTLY SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT UNCERTAINTIES AND CONTINGENCIES BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THE DEBTORS OR THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS. ACCORDINGLY, THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THE RANGES REFLECTED IN THE VALUATION ANALYSIS WOULD BE REALIZED IF THE PLAN WERE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE, AND ACTUAL RESULTS COULD VARY.

 

THE VALUATION ANALYSIS REPRESENTS A HYPOTHETICAL VALUATION OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, WHICH ASSUMES THAT THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS CONTINUE AS AN OPERATING BUSINESS. THE ESTIMATED VALUE SET FORTH IN THE VALUATION ANALYSIS DOES NOT PURPORT TO CONSTITUTE AN APPRAISAL OR NECESSARILY REFLECT THE ACTUAL MARKET VALUE THAT MIGHT BE REALIZED THROUGH A SALE OR LIQUIDATION OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, THEIR SECURITIES OR THEIR ASSETS, WHICH MAY BE MATERIALLY DIFFERENT THAN THE ESTIMATE SET FORTH IN THE VALUATION ANALYSIS. ACCORDINGLY, SUCH ESTIMATED VALUE IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF

 

74


 

THE PRICES AT WHICH ANY SECURITIES OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS MAY TRADE AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO THE TRANSACTIONS SET FORTH IN THE PLAN. ANY SUCH PRICES MAY BE MATERIALLY DIFFERENT THAN INDICATED BY THE VALUATION ANALYSIS.

 

(g)                                                           Creditors’ Estimated Recovery Rates .

 

CREDITORS’ ESTIMATED RECOVERY RATES SET FORTH IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE BASED ON A HYPOTHETICAL ANALYSIS OF THE DEBTORS’ FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS AND THE VALUATION ANALYSIS, WHICH ASSUMES THAT THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS CONTINUE AS OPERATING BUSINESSES.  THE ESTIMATED RECOVERY RATES SET FORTH IN THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DO NOT PURPORT TO CONSTITUTE A VALUATION OF THE DEBTORS OR AN APPRAISAL OF THE DEBTORS’ ASSETS OR CLAIMS, AND THE ESTIMATED RECOVERY RATES SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT REFLECT THE ACTUAL MARKET VALUE THAT MIGHT BE REALIZED THROUGH A SALE OR LIQUIDATION OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, THEIR SECURITIES OR ASSETS OR CLAIMS, WHICH VALUE MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THE ESTIMATED RECOVERY RATES SET FORTH IN THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

 

The Debtors have been advised by Piper Jaffray with respect to the estimated ranges of recovery rates.  Piper Jaffray assisted by estimating the range of value available for distribution to holders of Allowed Claims pursuant to the Plan.  The estimated ranges of recovery rates for purposes of the Plan is based on the Financial Projections provided by the Debtors’ management for the years 2019 through 2022, and the Valuation Analysis, and takes into consideration the variability depending on the business strategy ultimately pursued.

 

Based on the Financial Projections and the Valuation Analysis subject to the disclaimers herein and solely for purposes of the Plan, Piper Jaffray estimates that the ranges recovery rates for creditors under the Plan are as presented in this Disclosure Statement.

 

THE ESTIMATED RECOVERIES WERE DERIVED FROM ANALYSIS PERFORMED BY PIPER JAFFRAY ON THE BASIS OF INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO PIPER JAFFRAY AS OF THE PETITION DATE.  ALTHOUGH SUBSEQUENT DEVELOPMENTS MAY AFFECT PIPER JAFFRAY’S CONCLUSIONS, NEITHER PIPER JAFFRAY NOR THE DEBTORS HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO UPDATE, REVISE OR REAFFIRM THE ESTIMATE.

 

The estimated recoveries and the Valuation Analysis assume that the Financial Projections were reasonably prepared by management of the Debtors in good faith and on a basis reflecting the Debtors’ most accurate currently available estimates and judgments as to the future operating and financial performance of the Reorganized Debtors, and assume the Reorganized Debtors will achieve their Financial Projections in all material respects.  If the business performs at levels below or above those set forth in the Financial Projections, such performance may have a materially negative or positive impact, respectively.  In conducting its analysis, Piper Jaffray: (a) reviewed certain historical financial information of the Debtors; (b) reviewed certain internal

 

75


 

financial and operating data of the Debtors; (c) discussed the Debtors’ operations and future prospects with the senior management team of the Debtors and third-party advisors; (d) reviewed certain publicly available financial data for public companies that Piper Jaffray deemed generally comparable to the operating business of the Reorganized Debtors; (e) considered certain economic and industry information relevant to the operating businesses; (f) conducted such other studies, analyses, inquiries and investigations as it deemed appropriate; and (g) the Valuation Analysis.  Piper Jaffray assumed and relied on the accuracy and completeness of all financial and other information furnished to it by the Debtors’ management as well as third parties and publicly available information.

 

In addition, Piper Jaffray did not independently verify the Financial Projections or the Valuation Analysis in connection with preparing any analysis, and no independent appraisals of the Debtors were sought or obtained in connection herewith.  The ranges of recovery estimates were developed solely for purposes of confirmation of the Plan, and to provide “adequate information” pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

The estimated recovery ranges do not constitute a recommendation to any holder of Allowed Claims as to how such person should vote or otherwise act with respect to the Plan.  Piper Jaffray and the Debtors’ other advisors have not been asked to and do not express any view as to what the value of the Reorganized Debtors’ securities would be on issuance at any time.  The estimated recovery ranges do not constitute an opinion as to fairness from a financial point of view to any person of the consideration to be received by such person under the Plan or of the terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

THE SUMMARY SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE ANALYSES PERFORMED BY THE DEBTORS OR PIPER JAFFRAY. THE PREPARATION OF RECOVERY RATES ESTIMATES INVOLVES VARIOUS DETERMINATIONS AS TO THE MOST APPROPRIATE AND RELEVANT METHODS OF FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND THE APPLICATION OF THESE METHODS IN THE PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND, THEREFORE, SUCH AN ESTIMATE IS NOT READILY SUITABLE TO SUMMARY DESCRIPTION.  IN PERFORMING THESE ANALYSES, PIPER JAFFRAY AND THE DEBTORS MADE NUMEROUS ASSUMPTIONS WITH RESPECT TO INDUSTRY PERFORMANCE, BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND OTHER MATTERS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO THE IROKO ACQUISITION.  THE ANALYSES PERFORMED BY THE DEBTORS, PIPER JAFFRAY AND ANY OTHER ADVISOR ARE NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF ACTUAL VALUES OR FUTURE RESULTS, WHICH MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY MORE OR LESS FAVORABLE THAN SUGGESTED BY SUCH ANALYSES.

 

(h)                                                          Standards Applicable to Releases .

 

Article IX(E) of the Plan provides for releases of certain claims against non-Debtors in consideration of services provided to the Estates and valuable compromises made by the Released Parties.  The non-Debtor released parties are, collectively and individually, (i) the Supporting Noteholders, (ii) the Indenture Trustees and (iii) with respect to each of the foregoing

 

76


 

Persons identified in subsections (i) through (ii), such Person’s current and former affiliates, predecessors, successors and assigns, subsidiaries, investment managers, managed accounts or funds; and (iv) with respect to each of the foregoing entities identified in clauses (i) through (iii), each of such entities’ current and former officers, directors, shareholders, employees, investment advisors, members, managers, partners, principals, consultants, agents, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, financial advisors, professionals, advisors, and representatives, and each of their respective heirs, executors, estates, servants and nominees; provided that no Excluded Releasing Party shall be a Released Party.  As set forth in the Plan, releases are also given by, among others, (a) each holder of a Claim against any of the Debtors that (1) has voted to accept the Plan, (2) is deemed to accept the Plan, (3) whose vote to accept or reject the Plan was solicited but who did not timely vote either to accept or to reject the Plan, or (4) timely voted to reject the Plan and did not check the box on the applicable Court-approved Ballot indicating that they opt to not grant the releases provided in the Plan, (b) each of such entities’ current and former affiliates, predecessors, successors and assigns, subsidiaries, investment managers, managed accounts or funds, and (c) with respect to each of the foregoing parties under (a) through (b), each of such entities’ current and former officers, directors, shareholders, employees, investment advisors, members, managers, partners, principals, consultants, agents, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, financial advisors, professionals, advisors, and representatives, and each of their respective heirs, executors, estates, servants and nominees.  The released claims are limited to those Causes of Action that relate to the Debtors, the Restructuring (including, but not limited to, the Iroko Acquisition), the Chapter 11 Cases, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the purchase, sale, transfer of any debt, security, asset, right or interest in any of the Debtors or any Reorganized Debtor, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim against or Interest in any of the Debtors that is treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, the Restructuring or any alleged restructuring or reorganization of Claims against and Interests in any of the Debtors prior to or in the Chapter 11 Cases (including the Restructuring), the negotiation, formulation or preparation of the documents or related agreements, instruments or other documents related to the Restructuring (including the Restructuring Support Agreement and any document related to the Iroko Acquisition), any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, other than claims or liabilities arising out of or relating to any act or omission of a Released Party that constitutes actual fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence, each solely to the extent determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

The Debtors believe that the releases set forth in the Plan are appropriate because, among other things, the releases are narrowly tailored to the Debtors’ restructuring proceedings, and each of the Released Parties has provided significant value to the Debtors, aided in the reorganization process, and facilitated the Debtors’ ability to propose and pursue confirmation of the Plan.  Specifically, in an effort to ensure the Debtors’ reorganization can be completed in a consensual, expeditious and timely manner and in a way that minimizes the impact of these Chapter 11 Cases on the Debtors’ businesses, the Supporting Noteholders holding First Lien Secured Notes Claims were willing to agree to substantial compromises to their recoveries in order to facilitate recoveries for more junior creditors and the Supporting Noteholders holding Convertible Notes Claims played an integral part in developing the restructuring embodied in the Restructuring Support Agreement.  Absent this support, instability in the Company’s businesses

 

77


 

may have had a significant and detrimental impact on value for all of the Debtors’ constituents.  The Debtors believe that each of the Released Parties has played an integral role in formulating the Plan and has expended significant time and resources analyzing and negotiating the issues presented by the Debtors’ prepetition capital structure.  Finally, each of the non-debtor Released Parties will continue to play a substantial role in formulating, negotiating, and consummating the Plan and in the transactions contemplated thereunder.  Absent the support and participation of the Released Parties, the Debtors could not have filed for chapter 11 protection with a path to reorganization and emergence. Accordingly, the Debtors contend that the circumstances of the Chapter 11 Cases satisfy the requirements for such releases.

 

(i)                                                              Best Interests Test .

 

With respect to each Impaired Class of Claims and Interests, confirmation of the Plan requires that each holder of a Claim or Interest either (a) accept the Plan or (b) receive or retain under the Plan property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the value such holder would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  See the Liquidation Analysis annexed as Exhibit 2 hereto, which demonstrates that the Plan satisfies the “best interests” test.

 

In determining whether this test is satisfied, the first step is to determine the dollar amount that would be generated from the liquidation of each of the Debtors’ assets and properties in a chapter 7 liquidation case.  The gross amount of Cash available in such a liquidation would be the sum of the proceeds from the disposition of such Debtor’s assets and the Cash held by such Debtor at the time of the commencement of the chapter 7 case.  This gross amount would be reduced by the amount of any Allowed Claims secured by such assets, the costs and expenses of the liquidation, and such additional administrative expenses and priority claims that may result from the termination of the applicable Debtor’s business and the use of chapter 7 for the purposes of liquidation.  Any remaining net Cash would be allocated to creditors and shareholders of the applicable Debtor in strict accordance with the order of priority of claims contained in section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

As further described in Exhibit 2 , underlying the Liquidation Analysis are a number of estimates and assumptions that, although developed and considered reasonable by the Debtors’ management, are inherently subject to significant economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies beyond the control of the Debtors and their management.  The Liquidation Analysis is also based on assumptions with regard to liquidation decisions that are subject to change and significant economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies beyond the control of the Debtors and their management.  Inevitably, some assumptions will not materialize and unanticipated events and circumstances may affect the results of a chapter 7 liquidation of the Debtors.  Accordingly, the values reflected might not be realized if the Debtors were, in fact, to be liquidated under chapter 7.  All holders of Claims that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan are urged to examine carefully all of the assumptions on which the Liquidation Analysis is based in connection with their evaluation of the Plan.

 

The Debtors have determined, as discussed in the Liquidation Analysis attached as Exhibit 2 hereto, that confirmation of the Plan will provide each holder of Claims and

 

78


 

Interests with a recovery that is not less than it would receive pursuant to a liquidation of the applicable Debtor under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.   See the Liquidation Analysis annexed as Exhibit 2 hereto for a further discussion of how the Plan satisfies the “best interests” test.

 

(j)                                                             Classification of Claims and Interests .

 

The Debtors believe that the Plan meets the classification requirements of the Bankruptcy Code which require that a plan of reorganization place each claim or interest into a class with other claims or interests that are “substantially similar.”

 

8.3                                Cramdown.

 

The Bankruptcy Code contains provisions for confirmation of a plan even if the plan is not accepted by all Impaired classes, as long as at least one Impaired class of claims has accepted the Plan.  The “cramdown” provisions of the Bankruptcy Code are set forth in section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Under the “cramdown” provisions, upon the request of a plan proponent, the bankruptcy court will confirm a plan despite the lack of acceptance by all Impaired classes if the bankruptcy court finds that (i) the plan does not discriminate unfairly with respect to each non-accepting Impaired class, (ii) the plan is fair and equitable with respect to each non-accepting Impaired class, and (iii) at least one Impaired class has accepted the plan.  These standards ensure that holders of junior interests cannot retain any interest in the debtor under a plan that has been rejected by a senior class of Impaired claims or interests unless holders of such senior Impaired claims or interests are paid in full.

 

As used by the Bankruptcy Code, the phrases “discriminate unfairly” and “fair and equitable” have narrow and specific meanings unique to bankruptcy law.  A plan does not discriminate unfairly if claims or interests in different classes but with similar priorities and characteristics receive or retain property of similar value under a plan.  By establishing separate Classes for the holders of each type of Claim and by treating each holder of a Claim in each Class identically, the Plan has been structured so as to satisfy the “no unfair discrimination” test of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

The Bankruptcy Code sets forth different standards for establishing that a plan is “fair and equitable” with respect to a dissenting class, depending on whether the class is comprised of secured or unsecured claims or interests.  In general, section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code permits confirmation, notwithstanding non-acceptance by an Impaired class, if that class and all junior classes are treated in accordance with the “absolute priority” rule, which requires that the dissenting class be paid in full before a junior class may receive anything under the plan.  Case law surrounding section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that no class senior to a non-accepting Impaired class receives more than payment in full on its claims.  This will not occur here.  Although the Intercompany Interests are preserved, this is done for administrative convenience only for the purpose of preserving the Debtors’ corporate structure.

 

The Debtors intend to seek “cramdown” of the Plan on Classes [ · ], which are deemed to reject the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code by virtue of receiving no Plan distributions, and against any other Impaired Class which does not accept the Plan.

 

79


 

8.4                                Consummation.

 

On the Effective Date, the Plan will be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , however that nothing in the Plan shall prevent the Debtors or any other party in interest from arguing that substantial consummation of the Plan occurred prior to the Effective Date.  For a more detailed discussion of the conditions precedent to Plan consummation and the consequences of the failure to meet such conditions, see Section 9 of the Plan.

 

The Plan is to be implemented pursuant to its terms, consistent with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

ARTICLE IX.

 

ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

 

If the Plan is not consummated, the Debtors believe that much of the success reached by the parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement, as well as Iroko, in their negotiations and their long-standing efforts to reach consensual resolutions could very well be squandered.  Accordingly, if the Plan is not confirmed and consummated, the alternatives include:

 

9.1                                Liquidation under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

The Debtors could be liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  A discussion of the effect a chapter 7 liquidation would have on the recoveries of the holders of Claims is set forth in Article VIII of this Disclosure Statement.  The Debtors believe that such a liquidation would result in lower aggregate distributions being made to creditors than those provided for in the Plan, which is demonstrated by the Liquidation Analysis described in Article VIII herein and attached as Exhibit 2 to this Disclosure Statement.

 

9.2                                Alternative Plan(s) of Liquidation or Reorganization.

 

The Debtors believe that failure to confirm the Plan would lead inevitably to more expensive and protracted Chapter 11 Cases.  In formulating and developing the Plan, the Debtors have explored numerous other alternatives and engaged in an extensive negotiating process with the Supporting Noteholders and Iroko.

 

The Debtors believe that not only does the Plan fairly adjust the rights of various Classes of Claims, but also that the Plan provides superior recoveries to Classes [ · ] over any alternative capable of rational consideration (such as a chapter 7 liquidation), thus enabling many stakeholders to maximize their returns.  Rejection of the Plan in favor of some alternative method of reconciling the Claims and Interests will require, at the very least, an extensive and time consuming process (including the possibility of protracted and costly litigation) and will not result in a better recovery for any Class of Claims or Interests.

 

Further, as noted above, in an effort to ensure a consensual and efficient chapter 11 process that limits damage to the Debtors’ businesses, the Supporting Noteholders holding First

 

80


 

Lien Secured Notes are making significant concessions to provide holders of certain Claims, including the Convertible Notes Claims, General Unsecured Claims, with recoveries to which holders of such Claims may not otherwise be entitled.  The holders of the First Lien Secured Notes may be unwilling to make similar concessions in the context of an alternative chapter 11 plan.

 

THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN IS PREFERABLE TO ANY ALTERNATIVE BECAUSE THE PLAN MAXIMIZES THE AMOUNT OF DISTRIBUTIONS TO ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS AND ANY ALTERNATIVE TO CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN WILL RESULT IN SUBSTANTIAL DELAYS IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF ANY RECOVERIES AND ADDITIONAL ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH LITIGATION.  THEREFORE, THE DEBTORS RECOMMEND THAT ALL HOLDERS OF IMPAIRED CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.

 

ARTICLE X.

 

SUMMARY OF VOTING PROCEDURES

 

This Disclosure Statement, including all Exhibits hereto and the related materials included herewith, is being furnished to the holders of Claims in Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A, 4B and 4C, which are the only Classes entitled to vote on the Plan.

 

All votes to accept or reject the Plan must be cast by using the Ballot enclosed with this Disclosure Statement.  No other votes will be counted.  Consistent with the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 3018, the Debtors have fixed [ · ] as the Voting Record Date.  Ballots must be RECEIVED by the Voting Agent no later than [ · ] (Eastern Time) on [ · ], unless the Debtors, at any time, in their sole discretion, extend such date by oral or written notice to the Voting Agent, in which event the period during which Ballots will be accepted will terminate at [ · ] (Eastern Time) on such extended date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder of a Claim in Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A, 4B and 4C may revoke or amend such holder’s Ballot in the event the Debtors modify the Allowed amount of such holder’s Claim under the Plan.

 

Solely for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and not for the purpose of the allowance of, or distribution on account of, a Claim, each holder of a Claim within a Class of Claims entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan will be entitled to vote the amount of such Claim as set forth on the Schedules or, if such holder has timely filed a proof of claim, the amount of such Claim as set forth in such proof of claim.

 

If a Claim is listed on the Schedules as contingent, unliquidated, disputed, undetermined in amount, or in an amount equal to zero dollars and a proof of claim was not (i) filed by the Bar Date for the filing of proofs of claim, or (ii) deemed timely filed by an order of the Court prior to the Voting Deadline, such Claim is disallowed for voting purposes and for purposes of allowance and distribution pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3003(c), unless the Debtors consent in writing.  If a Claim for which a proof of claim has been timely filed is, by its terms, unknown, undetermined, contingent, unliquidated, or disputed, or if the Claim is deemed disputed under the Plan, such

 

81


 

Claim is temporarily allowed at $1.00 solely for purposes of satisfying the numerosity requirement of section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and not for purposes of allowance or distribution.

 

To the extent any inconsistency exists between the voting procedures summarized above and the voting procedures set forth in the order approving the Disclosure Statement, the voting procedures set forth in such order shall control.

 

ARTICLE XI.

 

CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED

 

HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST THE DEBTORS SHOULD READ AND CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW, AS WELL AS THE OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT (AND THE DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TOGETHER HEREWITH AND/OR INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE), PRIOR TO VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.  THESE RISK FACTORS SHOULD NOT, HOWEVER, BE REGARDED AS CONSTITUTING THE ONLY RISKS INVOLVED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN AND ITS IMPLEMENTATION.

 

11.1                         Certain Bankruptcy Considerations.

 

(a)                                  General .

 

If the Debtors are unable to obtain confirmation of the Plan on a timely basis because of a challenge to confirmation of the Plan or a failure to satisfy the conditions to consummation of the Plan, the probability and the magnitude of the potentially adverse effects described herein would be increased.

 

(b)                                  Failure to Receive Requisite Acceptances .

 

Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A, 4B and 4C are the only Classes that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.  If the Requisite Acceptances for at least one Impaired Class are not received, the Debtors may seek to obtain acceptances to an alternative plan of reorganization, which alternate plan may not have broad based support, or seek liquidation for one or more of the Debtors.  There can be no assurance that the terms of any such alternative restructuring arrangement or liquidation would be similar to or as favorable to the Debtors’ creditors as those proposed in the Plan.  As noted above, the creditor parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement have committed to vote in favor of the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of the Restructuring Support Agreement.  Therefore, absent the termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors expect to receive the Requisite Acceptances for the Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A, 4B and 4C.  In addition, if a liquidation or protracted reorganization were to occur, further administrative expenses would cause a substantial erosion of the value of the Debtors’ assets.  Additional Claims may also arise by reason of a liquidation or protracted reorganization, and such a protraction may result in Iroko’s having the right to terminate the Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

82


 

(c)                                   Failure to Confirm the Plan .

 

Certain parties in interest may file objections to the Plan in an effort to persuade the Bankruptcy Court that the Debtors have not satisfied the confirmation requirements with respect to the Plan.  Even if all Classes entitled to vote accept the Plan, the Plan might not be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.  The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies all of the requirements for confirmation of a plan under the Bankruptcy Code.  There can be no assurance, however, that the Bankruptcy Court will also conclude that the requirements for confirmation of the Plan have been satisfied. If the Bankruptcy Court determines that the requirements for confirmation have not been satisfied, the Debtors have reserved the right to amend the Plan as described therein in such a manner so as to satisfy the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(d)                                  Failure to Consummate the Plan .

 

There can be no assurance that even if the Plan is confirmed, the other conditions to consummation will be satisfied or waived.  Although the Debtors believe that the Effective Date will occur soon after the Confirmation Date, there can also be no assurance as to the timing of the Effective Date.  If the conditions precedent to the Effective Date set forth in Article X(B) of the Plan and those described in Section 5.1 above have not occurred and have not been waived, the Confirmation Order will be vacated, in which event, no Plan distributions will be made.  Were this to occur, the Debtors may seek to obtain acceptances to an alternative plan of reorganization, which alternate plan may not have broad based support, or seek liquidation for one or more of the Debtors.  There can be no assurance that the terms of any such alternative restructuring arrangement or plan would be similar to or as favorable to the Debtors’ creditors as those proposed in the Plan.  In addition, if a liquidation or protracted reorganization were to occur, further administrative expenses would cause a substantial erosion of the value of the Debtors’ assets.  Additional Claims may also arise by reason of a liquidation or protracted reorganization, and such a protraction may result in Iroko’s having the right to terminate the Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Accordingly, even if the Plan is confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, there can be no assurance that the Plan will ultimately be consummated.

 

(e)                                   Termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement .

 

The Restructuring Support Agreement contains a number of termination events, upon the occurrence of which certain parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement may terminate such agreement. If the Restructuring Support Agreement is terminated, each of the parties thereto will be released from their obligations in accordance with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement. Such termination may result in the loss of support for the Plan, which could adversely affect the Debtors’ ability to confirm and consummate the Plan.  If, as a result, a liquidation or protracted reorganization were to occur, further administrative expenses would cause a substantial erosion of the value of the Debtors’ assets.  Additional Claims may also arise by reason of a liquidation or protracted reorganization , and such a protraction may result in Iroko’s having the right to terminate the Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

83


 

(f)                                    Objections to Classification of Claims .

 

Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a plan may place a claim or an interest in a particular class only if such claim or interest is “substantially similar” to the other claims or interests in such class.  The Debtors believe that the classification of Claims and Interests under the Plan complies with the requirements set forth in the Bankruptcy Code.  However, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion.

 

11.2                         Actual recoveries may differ materially from the estimated recoveries set forth in this Disclosure Statement.

 

The recoveries listed in this Disclosure Statement are estimates based on assumptions made by the Debtors.  Such recoveries are dependent on a variety of factors, including the risks that the aggregate amount of Claims ultimately Allowed could exceed the Debtors’ estimates.  In the event the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims materially exceeds the Debtors’ estimates, the projected distributions and recoveries set forth herein may be adversely affected.  Further, any litigation and judgment in connection therewith could have a material negative effect on the Reorganized Debtors and their respective values, assets, and future operations.

 

11.3                         Risks Relating to the New Secured Notes and the New Egalet Common Stock

 

(a)                                                          Variances From Financial Projections .

 

The Financial Projections included as Exhibit 4 to this Disclosure Statement reflect numerous assumptions concerning the anticipated future performance of the Reorganized Debtors, as well as assumptions with respect to the prevailing market, economic and competitive conditions, which are beyond the control of the Reorganized Debtors and which may not materialize, particularly given the current difficult economic environment.  These assumptions may or may not prove accurate.

 

If the Reorganized Debtors do not achieve the Financial Projections or other assumed results, the Reorganized Debtors may lack sufficient liquidity to continue operating as planned or at all, which could have an adverse impact on the value of the New Egalet Common Stock and the New Secured Notes, as well as the Company’s ability to make scheduled payments on the New Secured Notes.

 

(b)                                  Substantial Indebtedness .

 

Although the Reorganized Debtors will have less indebtedness than the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors will still have substantial indebtedness.  On the Effective Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Plan (including the Iroko Acquisition), the Reorganized Debtors will, on a consolidated basis, have approximately $95 million in secured indebtedness under the New Secured Notes.  The amount of the Reorganized Debtors’ indebtedness could have important consequences because it could affect the Reorganized Debtors’ business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition, including their ability to satisfy their obligations thereunder, raise additional capital through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, engage in acquisitions or other business development activities, fund

 

84


 

working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate spending, respond to general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions and compete with competitors that are less leveraged.

 

Despite the Reorganized Debtors’ consolidated debt levels following the issuance of the New Secured Notes, the Reorganized Debtors may be able to incur certain additional debt in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in their debt instruments, some of which may be secured debt. In certain situations, the terms of the New Secured Notes Indenture permits the Reorganized Debtors to incur additional debt, secure existing or future debt, recapitalize its debt or take a number of other actions that could have the effect of diminishing the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to make payments on its existing debt when due. The New Secured Notes Indenture restricts the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, including certain secured indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions, but if the New Secured Notes mature or are repaid, the Reorganized Debtors may not be subject to such restrictions under the terms of any subsequent indebtedness.

 

However, the incurrence of additional indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain additional restrictive covenants, such as limitations on the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to incur additional debt, limitations on the their ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to conduct their business and may result in liens being placed on the Reorganized Debtors’ assets and intellectual property. If the Reorganized Debtors were to default on such indebtedness, the Reorganized Debtors could lose such assets and intellectual property.

 

(c)                                   Obligations Under the New Secured Notes .

 

The obligations of the Reorganized Debtors under the New Secured Notes will be secured by a first lien on substantially all assets of the Reorganized Debtors, including (i) all Accounts (including any credit enhancement therefor) and Intercompany Obligations; (ii) all Chattel Paper; (iii) all Commercial Tort Claims; (iv) all contract rights, leases, letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, documents, and documents of title; (v) all Financial Assets; (vi) all Equipment; (vii) all General Intangibles; (viii) all Investment Property; (ix) all Inventory; (x) all money, cash, cash equivalents, securities, and other property of any kind of such Grantor; (xi) all of such Grantor’s deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodities accounts, credits, and balances with, and other claims against, any financial institution with which such Grantor maintains deposits; (xii) all of such Grantor’s books, records, and other property related to or referring to any of the foregoing, including books, records, account ledgers, data processing records, computer software and other property, and General Intangibles at any time evidencing or relating to any of the foregoing; (xiii) all supporting obligations in respect of any Collateral; (xiv) all other items, kinds and types of personal property, tangible or intangible, of whatever nature, and regardless of whether the creation or perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection of a security interest therein is governed by the UCC of any particular jurisdiction or by another applicable treaty, convention, statute, law or regulation of any applicable jurisdiction; and (xv) all accessions to, substitutions for, and replacements, products, and proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to,

 

85


 

After-Acquired Property, proceeds of any insurance policies, claims against third parties, and condemnation or requisition payments with respect to all or any of the foregoing.  The Debtors have also pledged 100% of the equity interests they hold in each domestic subsidiary for the benefit of the holders of the New Secured Notes.  If the there is a default under the New Secured Notes, and payment on any obligation thereunder is accelerated, the holders of the New Secured Notes would be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured lender under applicable law, including foreclosure on the collateral that is pledged to secure the indebtedness thereunder, and they would have a claim on the assets securing the obligations under the New Secured Notes.  As a result, the assets of the Reorganized Debtors would not be available for distribution to any holder of New Egalet Common Stock.

 

In addition, the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance the New Secured Notes depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond their control. The Reorganized Debtors’ business may not generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service the New Secured Notes (and any future indebtedness) and make necessary capital expenditures. If the Reorganized Debtors are unable to generate such cash flow, they may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to refinance their indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time.

 

(d)                                  Restrictive Covenants .

 

The New Secured Notes Indenture will contain various covenants that may limit the discretion of certain Reorganized Debtors’ management by restricting such Reorganized Debtors’ ability to, among other things: incur additional indebtedness; incur liens; merge, dissolve, liquidate and/or sell or dispose of all or substantially all of their assets; consummate certain asset sales; pay dividends or make certain restricted payments; amend material contracts; or enter into certain transactions with affiliates.  As a result of these covenants, the Reorganized Debtors will be limited in the manner in which they conduct business and may be unable to engage in certain business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.

 

Any failure to comply with the restrictions contained in the New Secured Notes Indenture or any other subsequent financing agreements may result in an event of default. An event of default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt as well as any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. If the New Secured Notes are not repaid when due, the lenders thereunder could, subject to the terms of the New Secured Notes Indenture and related security documents, respectively, seek to foreclose on the collateral that is pledged to secure the indebtedness outstanding under such facility.

 

(e)                                   Potential Future Dilution .

 

The Reorganized Debtors expect that additional capital may be needed in the future to continue the Reorganized Debtors’ planned operations. These future issuances of New Egalet Common Stock or related securities, together with the exercise of outstanding options or

 

86


 

similar equity securities (including any such securities issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan and the New Warrants) and any additional shares issued in connection with acquisitions, if any, or otherwise may result in material dilution to the holders of New Egalet Common Stock. Such sales may also result in material dilution to existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of New Egalet Common Stock. Debt, receivables and royalty financings may be coupled with an equity component, such as warrants to purchase stock, which could also result in dilution of the ownership interest of the holders of New Egalet Common Stock.

 

(f)                                    Uncertain Trading Market and Uncertain Value .

 

Although the Reorganized Corp is required, following the Effective Date, to use its reasonable best efforts to list the New Egalet Common Stock on the OTC Bulletin Board and, upon meeting the initial listing requirements thereof, the Nasdaq Capital Market, there cannot be any assurances as to its ability to do so or the degree of price volatility in any market that develops for the New Egalet Common Stock. Any lack of liquidity may adversely affect the price at which New Egalet Common Stock may be sold, if at all.  Furthermore, holders of New Egalet Common Stock may have difficulty selling or obtaining timely and accurate quotations with respect to such securities.

 

The trading price of the New Egalet Common Stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which will be beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control, which may cause the price of New Egalet Common Stock to fall and may expose the Reorganized Debtors to class action lawsuits that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and distracting to management.  In addition, the stock market in general, and pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of the New Egalet Common Stock, regardless of the Reorganized Debtors’ actual operating performance.

 

Further, the trading market for New Egalet Common Stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about the Reorganized Debtors’ business. The Reorganized Debtors will not have any control over these analysts. There can be no assurance that analysts will cover the New Egalet Common Stock or provide favorable coverage. If one or more analysts downgrade the New Egalet Common Stock or change their opinion of the New Egalet Common Stock, the share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of the New Egalet Common Stock or fail to regularly publish reports on us, the New Egalet Common Stock could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the share price or trading volume of New Egalet Common Stock to decline.

 

T he valuation of Reorganized Corp or the Reorganized Debtors is not intended to represent the trading value of the New Egalet Common Stock in public or private markets.  Such trading value may or may not be consistent with the Valuation Analysis described herein.

 

87


 

(g)                                   Restrictions on Transfer .

 

In addition to the “Uncertain Trading Market” described above, the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement and/or the Reorganized Corp Constituent Documents will contain certain restrictions on transfers, including with respect to compliance with applicable securities laws, and transfers the result of which would require the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of Exchange Act.  All certificates for shares of New Egalet Common Stock will conspicuously bear legends with respect to the restrictions on transfer in respect thereof immediately following the Effective Date.

 

For additional information regarding restrictions on resale of the New Egalet Common Stock, see Article XII below.

 

(h)                                  Significant Stockholders .

 

Following the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby, approximately 49% of the outstanding New Egalet Common Stock will be owned by Iroko and its Afffiliates. In addition, other holders of a significant number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock could determine to act as a “group” with respect to their holdings of New Egalet Common Stock for securities law purposes. Accordingly, Iroko will, and any such other holders could, be in a position to control the outcome of actions requiring stockholders approval and could be in a position to cause a sale of the Reorganized Debtors. This concentration of ownership could also facilitate or hinder a negotiated change of control of the Reorganized Debtors and, consequently, have an impact upon the value of the New Egalet Common Stock.

 

In addition, out of Reorganized Corp’s seven directors initially appointed to the new board as of the Effective Date, two will have been selected by Iroko, one will have been selected by Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee (after consultation with the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet Corporation), one will have been selected by Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee (after consultation with the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet Corporation) and one will have been selected jointly by the mutual agreement of members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee and the members of the Ad Hoc Convertible Noteholder Committee (after consultation with the current Chief Executive Officer of Egalet Corporation).  Following the Effective Date, the appointment and removal of the members of the board of each of the Reorganized Debtors will be governed by the terms of each Reorganized Debtor’s respective corporate governance documents, including, with respect to Reorganized Corp, the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement (if applicable).  Accordingly, such holders of New Egalet Common Stock may have significant influence or control over the operations of Reorganized Corp and matters presented to the shareholders of Reorganized Corp.

 

(i)                                      Insider Sales .

 

Actual or potential sales of the New Egalet Common Stock by the Reorganized Debtors’ directors or employees, including the executive officers of Reorganized Corp, pursuant to pre-arranged stock trading plans could cause the trading price of the New Egalet Common Stock to fall or prevent it from increasing for numerous reasons, and actual or potential sales by such persons could be viewed negatively by investors.

 

88


 

(j)                                     Dividend Policies .

 

Egalet Corporation has never declared or paid cash dividends on its capital stock. It is expected that the Reorganized Debtors’ cash flow will be required to be used in the foreseeable future (a) to make payments under the New Secured Notes, (b) to fund the Reorganized Debtors’ other obligations under the Plan, and (c) to finance the growth and development of the Reorganized Debtors’ business, including for working capital, capital expenditure, business development and other general corporate purposes. In addition, the terms of the New Secured Notes Indenture will, and any future debt agreements may, preclude Reorganized Corp from paying dividends.  Accordingly, the Reorganized Debtors do not anticipate paying dividends on the New Egalet Common Stock in the foreseeable future and, as a result, capital appreciation, if any, of the New Egalet Common Stock will be holder’s sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

11.4                         Risks Relating to Tax Consequences of the Plan.

 

The federal income tax consequences of the Plan are complex and are subject to significant uncertainties.  The Debtors currently do not intend to seek any ruling from the IRS on the tax consequences of the Plan.  Even if the Debtors decide to request a ruling, there would be no assurance that the IRS would rule favorably or that any ruling would be issued before the Effective Date.  In addition, in such case, there would still be issues with significant uncertainties, which would not be the subject of any ruling request.  Thus, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge the various positions the Debtors have taken, or intend to take, with respect to the tax treatment in the Plan, or that a court would not sustain such a challenge.

 

For additional information regarding the federal income tax consequences of the Plan, see Article XIII (“Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan”), below.

 

11.5                         Risks Associated with the Business.

 

(a)                                                          General Business Risks .

 

The Reorganized Debtors will be a pharmaceutical company at an early stage of commercialization with a limited operating and commercialization history. Investment in viable pharmaceutical product commercialization may be highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and may be slow to achieve results.  Similarly, investment in the pharmaceutical product development entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that a product candidate will fail to gain regulatory approval or become commercially.  As a result, there is little historical basis upon which to assess how the Reorganized Debtors will respond to competitive or economic challenges or other challenges to their business. The Reorganized Debtors’ business and prospects must be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by pharmaceutical companies in the early stages of commercialization in a difficult and changing environment.

 

89


 

(b)                                                          Growth of the Business .

 

The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to generate additional revenue and become profitable will depend upon their ability to, among other things, (i) expand the marketing of their products and any products that they may develop, in-license or acquire in the future; (ii) successfully satisfy any FDA post-marketing requirements for their products; (iii) complete and submit New Drug Applications to the FDA and obtain regulatory approval for indications for which there is a commercial market; (iv) appropriately address generic entry into the markets for their products; (v) set a commercially viable price for their products; (vi) obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including government payors; (vii) further penetrate the market for existing products and ultimately increase sales for their products relative to competitors; (viii) find suitable partners to help them market, sell and distribute their products, including in other markets; (ix) maintain their intellectual property rights and defend their intellectual property rights from any challenges; and (x) obtain commercial quantities of their products at acceptable cost levels. Even if the Reorganized Debtors are able to generate meaningful revenues from the sale of their products, they may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations.

 

(c)                                                           Need for Additional Capital .

 

The Debtors’ operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. The Reorganized Debtors’ expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to commercialize their products, as well as to enhance the profiles thereof. If additional capital is required to fund the Reorganized Debtors operations and they fail to obtain necessary financing, the Reorganized Debtors may be unable to successfully market and promote their products, acquire new products or enhance the profiles of their products. The Reorganized Debtors cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Reorganized Debtors are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on acceptable terms, the Reorganized Debtors may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more products or one or more research and development initiatives or delay the Reorganized Debtors ability to acquire or license new products or product candidates.

 

The Reorganized Debtors may seek additional capital through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, receivables or royalty financings, strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. The Reorganized Debtors do not currently have any committed external sources of funds.  Moreover, the New Secured Notes place significant limitations on the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to incur additional indebtedness. If the Reorganized Debtors are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing when needed, the Reorganized Debtors may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate product development or commercialization efforts, otherwise significantly curtail operations or grant rights to develop and market the Reorganized Debtors’ technologies that the Reorganized Debtors would otherwise prefer to develop and market themselves. If the Reorganized Debtors raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, the Reorganized Debtors may have to relinquish valuable rights to the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to them.

 

90


 

(d)                                  Pricing Regulations, Third-Party Reimbursement Practices and Healthcare Reform Initiatives .

 

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing and reimbursement for drug products vary widely from country to country. Current and future legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. For example, recent events have resulted in increased public and governmental scrutiny of the cost of drugs, especially in connection with price increases following companies’ acquisitions of the rights to certain drug products. In particular, the U.S. Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee recently held hearings aimed at understanding drug pricing issues, which involved testimony from drug, pharmacy, and distribution groups.  While no decisions resulted from the hearings, the hearings demonstrate the continued focus of the U.S. Congress on pricing issues.  The Reorganized Debtors’ revenue and future profitability could be negatively affected if these inquiries were to result in legislative or regulatory proposals that limit the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to increase the prices of their products. Further, legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress and several state legislatures that allows price controls in various circumstances, requires enhanced transparency in how pricing is established, caps or penalizes price inflation beyond certain parameters and ties pricing to federal supply schedules, among other initiatives.  Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, the Reorganized Debtors or their collaborators might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay the commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, which could negatively impact the revenues the Reorganized Debtors are able to generate from the sale of the product in that particular country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to recoup their investment in one or more of their products.

 

The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to commercialize their products successfully, including any products they may in-license or acquire in the future, will also depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers, pharmacy benefit managers and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, determine which medications they will cover and establish reimbursement levels. A primary trend in the United States healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and other third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. The Reorganized Debtors cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for their products, or any product that the Reorganized Debtors commercialize, or that they will obtain such coverage and reimbursement in a timely fashion.  Patients are unlikely to use the Reorganized Debtors’ products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of the Reorganized Debtors’ products. Coverage and reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any of the

 

91


 

Reorganized Debtors’ products. If coverage and reimbursement are not available or reimbursement is available only to limited levels, the Reorganized Debtors may not be able to successfully commercialize their products.  In addition, when the Reorganized Debtors seek coverage for their products, they may be requested to submit bids that include all of the Reorganized Debtors’ products for consideration at the same time, which could result in demand for an agreement to higher rebates on one or more of the Reorganized Debtors’ products than would occur if each were bid in isolation.

 

Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that any drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers the Reorganized Debtors’ costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover the Reorganized Debtors’ costs and may only be temporary. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private third-party payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Private third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. The Reorganized Debtors’ inability to promptly obtain coverage and profitable reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for their products could hamper the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to generate widespread prescription demand and would have a material adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors’ operating results, their ability to raise capital and their overall financial condition.

 

(e)                                   Physician and Patient Acceptance of Products .

 

If the Reorganized Debtors’ products do not achieve coverage by third-party payors and/or broad market acceptance by physicians and patients, the commercial success of those products and revenues that the Reorganized Debtors generate from those products will be limited.  Acceptance and use of the Reorganized Debtors’ products will depend on a number of factors including: the timing of market introduction of competitive products; any exclusivity rights a competitor’s products may have; approved indications, warnings and precautions language that may be less desirable than anticipated; perceptions by members of the healthcare community; published studies demonstrating the cost effectiveness of the Reorganized Debtors’ products relative to competing products; the potential and perceived advantages of the Reorganized Debtors’ products and product candidates over alternative treatments; any negative publicity related to the Reorganized Debtors’ or their competitors’ products that include the same active ingredient as the Reorganized Debtors’ products; any quality issue that may arise in the manufacturing or distribution of the Reorganized Debtors’ products; and effectiveness of marketing and distribution efforts by the Reorganized Debtors and other licensees and distributors. Because the Reorganized Debtors expect to rely on sales generated by the their products to achieve profitability in the future, the failure of the Reorganized Debtors’ products to achieve market acceptance would harm the Reorganized Debtors’ business prospects.

 

92


 

(f)                                    Failure to Successfully Commercialize Products .

 

A substantial portion of the Reorganized Debtors’ resources will be focused on the commercialization of the Reorganized Debtors’ products. The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to generate significant product revenues and to achieve commercial success in the near-term will initially depend in large part on the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to successfully commercialize these products in the United States. If the Reorganized Debtors fail to successfully commercialize the Reorganized Debtors’ current and future products, they may be unable to generate sufficient revenues to sustain and grow their business, and the Reorganized Debtors’ business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

(g)                                   Limited Commercial Operating History .

 

The Reorganized Debtors have a limited history of marketing their products. To date, sales of the Reorganized Debtors’ pre-petition marketed products, while growing, have not been significant, particularly as compared to the costs associated with the commercial infrastructure the Reorganized Debtors have created and the commercialization efforts they have undertaken. The Reorganized Debtors face considerable risks and difficulties as a company with limited commercial operating history. If the Reorganized Debtors do not successfully address these risks, the Reorganized Debtors’ business, prospects, operating results and financial condition will be materially and adversely harmed. The Reorganized Debtors’ limited commercial operating history makes it particularly difficult to accurately predict future operating results and appropriately budget for the Reorganized Debtors’ expenses. In the event that actual results differ from the Reorganized Debtors’ estimates or the Reorganized Debtors adjust their estimates in future periods, the Reorganized Debtors’ operating results and financial position could be materially affected.

 

(h)                                  Limited Sales, Marketing and Market Access Capabilities .

 

The Reorganized Debtors will have limited sales, marketing, market access and distribution capabilities compared to some of their competitors. The Reorganized Debtors cannot guarantee that they will be successful in marketing their products or any products that they may in license or acquire in the future. Factors that may inhibit the Reorganized Debtors’ efforts to commercialize the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates include: their inability to recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective sales, marketing and market access personnel; the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to or persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe the Reorganized Debtors’ products over competitive products; the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put the Reorganized Debtors at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines; and their inability to secure formulary coverage that provides broad product access.

 

If the Reorganized Debtors are not successful in effectively deploying their limited sales, marketing and market access capabilities or if they do not successfully enter into appropriate collaboration arrangements, the Reorganized Debtors will have difficulty commercializing the their products or any products that they may in-license or acquire. Outside the United States, the Reorganized Debtors may have limited or no control over the sales,

 

93


 

marketing and distribution activities of third parties collaborators, in which case the Reorganized Debtors’ future revenues would depend heavily on the success of the efforts of these third parties.

 

(i)                                      Failure to Comply with Regulatory Requirements .

 

The Reorganized Debtors’ products are subject to ongoing regulatory requirements, and the Reorganized Debtors may face regulatory enforcement action if the Reorganized Debtors do not comply with the requirements.

 

Manufacturers of drug products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with current good manufacturing practices (“ cGMP ”) and other regulations. If the Reorganized Debtors or a regulatory agency discover problems with a product which were previously unknown, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturing facility or the Reorganized Debtors, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing.

 

Certain of the Reorganized Debtors’ products contain controlled substances, the manufacture, use, sale, importation, exportation and distribution of which are subject to regulation by state, federal and foreign law enforcement and other regulatory agencies. These regulations increase the personnel needs and the expense associated with development and commercialization of product candidates that include controlled substances. Failure to obtain and maintain required registrations or to comply with any applicable regulations could delay or preclude the Reorganized Debtors from developing and commercializing their products and product candidates that contain controlled substances and subject them to enforcement action. Because of their restrictive nature, these regulations could limit commercialization of the Reorganized Debtors’ products and product candidates containing controlled substances.

 

In addition, the Reorganized Debtors’ current and future relationships with healthcare professionals, principal investigators, consultants,  customers and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere, including, without limitation, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, may be subject, directly or indirectly, to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, transparency, health information privacy and security and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, and diminished profits and future earnings. Efforts to ensure that the Reorganized Debtors’ business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. If the Reorganized Debtors’ operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, the Reorganized Debtors may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, disgorgement exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of the Reorganized Debtors’ operations.

 

94


 

Further, advertising and promotion of the Reorganized Debtors’ products is heavily scrutinized by the FDA, the U.S. Department of Justice, the HHS Office of the Inspector General, state attorneys general, members of Congress and the public. Violations, including unintended promotion of the Reorganized Debtors’ products for unapproved or off-label uses, are subject to enforcement letters, inquiries and investigations, and civil and criminal sanctions by the FDA. In addition, advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval outside of the United States will be heavily scrutinized by comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Failure to comply with ongoing governmental regulations for marketing the Reorganized Debtors’ products could inhibit the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to generate revenues from their sale and could also expose us to claims or other sanctions.

 

If the Reorganized Debtors, their products or the manufacturing facilities for their products fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may take a variety of actions, including: require us to enter into a consent decree, which can include the imposition of various fines, reimbursements for inspection costs and penalties for noncompliance, and require due dates for specific actions; seek an injunction, impose civil penalties or monetary fines or pursue criminal prosecution, require disgorgement, consider exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs and require curtailment or restructuring of the Reorganized Debtors’ operations; suspend or withdraw regulatory approval; deny or reduce quota allotments for the raw material for commercial production of the Reorganized Debtors’ controlled substance products; suspend or impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or seize or detain products, refuse to permit the import or export of products, or require the Reorganized Debtors to initiate a product recall. In addition, the FDA may impose significant restrictions on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or on the conditions of approval. The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to commercialize the Reorganized Debtors’ products and generate revenue.

 

(j)                                     Failure to Obtain Necessary Regulatory Approvals .

 

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities can be lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if the Reorganized Debtors are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates or for supplemental applications the Reorganized Debtors may file for the Reorganized Debtors’ products, the Reorganized Debtors’ business will be substantially harmed. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities is unpredictable, but typically takes many years following the commencement of preclinical studies and clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval varies among jurisdictions and may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development.

 

The Reorganized Debtors have and may submit supplemental applications to the FDA for the Reorganized Debtors’ products.  The FDA may not approve supplemental applications the Reorganized Debtors make to add dosage strengths for their products or to strengthen the labels for the Reorganized Debtors’ products with additional labeling claims

 

95


 

which the Reorganized Debtors believe are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of their products and product candidates.  The FDA could also decide that any approval would require us to perform additional clinical studies, which could be costly. Further, later discovery of previously unknown problems or adverse events could result in additional regulatory restrictions, including withdrawal of products if the benefits of such products do not outweigh the risks. The FDA may also require us to perform lengthy Phase 4 post-approval clinical efficacy or safety trials, which may be expensive and could have an adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors’ financial performance.

 

It is possible that none of the Reorganized Debtors’ existing product candidates or any future product candidates the Reorganized Debtors may in-license, acquire or develop will ever obtain regulatory approval. It is also possible that the Reorganized Debtors may re-evaluate the path of a particular product or product candidate at different points in the approval and post-approval process, even deciding, in some cases, to discontinue development of a product candidate or take a product off the market. If the Reorganized Debtors fail to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for any of the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates that the Reorganized Debtors are able to partner, or if such approvals are limited, the Reorganized Debtors will not be able to fully commercialize the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates. Further, because the results of preclinical studies and early-stage clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results, any product candidate the Reorganized Debtors advance into additional clinical trials may not continue to have favorable results or receive regulatory approval.

 

(k)                                  Failure to Comply with Health, Safety and Environmental Laws .

 

In connection with the Reorganized Debtors’ research and development activities and the Reorganized Debtors’ manufacture of materials and product candidates, the Reorganized Debtors will be subject to federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and policies governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, air emission, effluent discharge, handling and disposal of certain materials, biological specimens and wastes. Although the Reorganized Debtors intend to comply with the applicable laws, regulations and policies in all material respects and the Debtors have not been required to correct any material noncompliance, the Reorganized Debtors may be required to incur significant costs to comply with environmental and health and safety regulations in the future. Current or future laws and regulations may impair the Reorganized Debtors’ research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

 

(l)                                      Potential Competition, Including Generic Competition .

 

The Reorganized Debtors will face intense competition, including from generic products. If the Reorganized Debtors’ competitors market or develop generic versions of the Reorganized Debtors’ products or alternative treatments that are marketed more effectively than the Reorganized Debtors’ products or are demonstrated to be safer or more effective than the Reorganized Debtors’ products, the Reorganized Debtors’ commercial opportunities will be reduced or eliminated. Many of these competitive products are offered in the United States by large, well-capitalized companies.

 

96


 

If the FDA or other applicable regulatory authorities approve generic products that compete with any of the Reorganized Debtors’ products, it could reduce the Reorganized Debtors’ sales of such products. Once a New Drug Application, including a Section 505(b)(2) application, is approved by the FDA, the product covered thereby becomes a “listed drug” which can, in turn, be cited by potential competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application (“ ANDA ”). FDA regulations and other applicable regulations and policies provide incentives to manufacturers to create modified, non-infringing versions of a drug to facilitate the approval of an ANDA or other application for generic substitutes. Depending on the product, these manufacturers might only be required to conduct a relatively inexpensive study to show that their product has the same active ingredient(s), dosage form, strength, route of administration, and conditions of use, or labeling, as the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidate and that the generic product is absorbed in the body at the same rate and to the same extent as, or is bioequivalent to, the Reorganized Debtors’ products. Generic equivalents may be significantly less costly than the Reorganized Debtors’ products to bring to market and companies that produce generic equivalents are often able to offer their products at lower prices. Thus, after the introduction of a generic competitor, a significant percentage of the sales of any branded product are typically lost to the generic product. Accordingly, competition from generic equivalents to the Reorganized Debtors’ products would substantially limit the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to generate revenues and therefore to obtain a return on the investments the Reorganized Debtors have made in the Reorganized Debtors’ products and product candidates. Further, the use of legal and regulatory strategies by competitors with innovator products, including the filing of citizen petitions, may increase the Reorganized Debtors’ costs associated with the marketing of the Reorganized Debtors’ products, significantly reduce the profit potential of the Reorganized Debtors’ products, or, if successfully partnered, delay or prevent the introduction or approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates.

 

The Reorganized Debtors’ competitors may also develop products that are more effective, better tolerated, subject to fewer or less severe side effects, more useful, more widely-prescribed or accepted, or less costly than the Reorganized Debtors’. For each product the Reorganized Debtors commercialize, sales and marketing efficiency are likely to be significant competitive factors. While the Reorganized Debtors will have their own internal salesforce, there can be no assurance that the Reorganized Debtors can maintain these capabilities in a manner that will be cost efficient and competitive with the sales and marketing efforts of the Reorganized Debtors’ competitors, especially since some or all of those competitors could expend greater economic resources than the Reorganized Debtors do and/or employ third-party sales and marketing channels.

 

(m)                              Maintenance of Intellectual Property Rights .

 

The Reorganized Debtors will depend on their ability to protect their proprietary technology. The Reorganized Debtors will rely on patent and trademark laws, trade secrets and know-how, and confidentiality, licensing and other agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. The Reorganized Debtors’ success will depend in large part on their ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to the Reorganized Debtors’ proprietary technology and products, including product candidates.

 

97


 

The steps the Reorganized Debtors have taken and will take to protect their proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of their proprietary information or infringement of the Reorganized Debtors’ intellectual property rights, both inside and outside the United States. The rights already granted under any of the Reorganized Debtors’ currently issued patents and those that may be granted from pending patent applications may not provide them with the proprietary protection or competitive advantages the Reorganized Debtors are seeking. Further, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. If the Reorganized Debtors are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for their technology and products, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficient, the Reorganized Debtors’ competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products identical, similar or superior to ours, and the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to successfully commercialize their technology and products may be adversely affected.

 

With respect to patent rights, the Reorganized Debtors’ patent applications may not issue into patents, and any issued patents may not provide protection against competitive technologies, may be held invalid or unenforceable if challenged or may be interpreted in a manner that does not adequately protect the Reorganized Debtors’ technology or products. Even if the Reorganized Debtors’ patent applications issue into patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide them with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. The examination process may require the Reorganized Debtors to narrow the claims in their patent applications, which may limit the scope of patent protection that may be obtained. The Reorganized Debtors’ competitors may design around or otherwise circumvent patents issued to us or licensed by us. Further, recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs associated with the prosecution of the Reorganized Debtors’ patent applications and the enforcement or defense of the Reorganized Debtors’ issued patents.

 

In addition, the Reorganized Debtors rely on trade secrets to protect their proprietary know-how, technology and other proprietary information, where the Reorganized Debtors do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable, to maintain the Reorganized Debtors’ competitive position. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. The Reorganized Debtors rely, in part, on non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements that the Reorganized Debtors enter into with parties who have access to them, such as the Reorganized Debtors’ employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose the Reorganized Debtors’ proprietary information, including the Reorganized Debtors’ trade secrets, and the Reorganized Debtors may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. If any of the Reorganized Debtors’ trade secrets were to be disclosed or independently developed, the Reorganized Debtors’ competitive position would be harmed.

 

98


 

The Reorganized Debtors may not be able to protect the Reorganized Debtors’ intellectual property rights throughout the world.

 

(n)                                  Third Party Infringement Claims .

 

The Reorganized Debtors’ commercial success depends in part upon the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to develop product candidates and commercialize future products without infringing the intellectual property rights of others. The Reorganized Debtors’ products and current or future product candidates, or any uses of them, may now or in the future infringe third-party patents or other intellectual property rights. This is due in part to the considerable uncertainty within the pharmaceutical industry about the validity, scope and enforceability of many issued patents in the United States and elsewhere in the world and, to date, there is no consistency regarding the breadth of claims allowed in pharmaceutical patents. The Reorganized Debtors cannot currently determine the ultimate scope and validity of patents which may be granted to third parties in the future or which patents might be asserted to be infringed by the manufacture, use and sale of the Reorganized Debtors’ products. In part as a result of this uncertainty, there has been, and the Reorganized Debtors expect that there may continue to be, significant litigation in the pharmaceutical industry regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. If third parties claim that the Reorganized Debtors’ technology or products infringe upon their intellectual property, this could result in costly litigation and potentially limit the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to commercialize the Reorganized Debtors’ products.

 

If the Reorganized Debtors are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, or if a third party that the Reorganized Debtors were licensing technologies from was found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property rights of another third party, the Reorganized Debtors could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and commercializing the Reorganized Debtors’ products and technology. However, the Reorganized Debtors may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if the Reorganized Debtors are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving the Reorganized Debtors’ competitors access to the same licensed technologies. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, the Reorganized Debtors could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if the Reorganized Debtors are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent commercialization of the Reorganized Debtors’ technology or product candidates, or reengineer or rebrand the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates, if feasible, or force us to cease some of the Reorganized Debtors’ business operations. Further, the Reorganized Debtors have been, and in the future may be, forced to litigate to enforce or defend the Reorganized Debtors’ intellectual property, and/or the intellectual property rights of the Reorganized Debtors’ licensors, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful, and result in the loss of valuable assets.

 

Due to the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of the Reorganized Debtors’ confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or

 

99


 

developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of the Reorganized Debtors’ common stock.

 

In addition, the Reorganized Debtors’ decision to seek approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates under Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act may increase the risk that patent infringement suits are filed against us, which would delay the FDA’s approval of such product candidates, and the Reorganized Debtors may be subject to claims that the Reorganized Debtors’ employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

 

(o)                                  Dependence on Third Parties .

 

The Reorganized Debtors license rights to INDOCIN from Merck, to its Solu-Matrix products from iCeutica Pharmaceuticals, to OXAYDO from Acura and to SPRIX Nasal Spray from Recordati, and the Reorganized Debtors may enter into additional licenses in the future for products and technology that may be important to the Reorganized Debtors’ business. Any failure by the Reorganized Debtors to comply with any of these obligations or any other breach by us of such license agreements could give the licensor the right to terminate the license in whole, terminate the exclusive nature of the license or bring a claim against us for damages. Any such termination or claim could have a material adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors’ financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or business. Even if the Reorganized Debtors contest any such termination or claim and are ultimately successful, such dispute could lead to delays in the development or commercialization of products and result in time-consuming and expensive litigation or arbitration. In addition, on termination the Reorganized Debtors may be required to license to the licensor any related intellectual property that the Reorganized Debtors developed. In the future, the Reorganized Debtors may need to license intellectual property from third parties, and such licenses may not be available or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

The Reorganized Debtors also intend to rely upon supply agreements with third parties for the manufacture and supply of the bulk active pharmaceutical ingredients used in the Reorganized Debtors’ products and product candidates including, in certain cases, a sole supplier. Although the Reorganized Debtors may identify alternate sources for these supplies, it would be time-consuming and costly to qualify these sources. If the Reorganized Debtors’ suppliers were to terminate these arrangements or fail to meet the Reorganized Debtors’ supply needs, the Reorganized Debtors could face disruptions in the distribution and sale of their products.  The Reorganized Debtors currently do not have secondary sources for the Reorganized Debtors’ products. The Reorganized Debtors have no manufacturing facilities and have limited experience in drug development and commercial manufacturing. The Reorganized Debtors lack the resources and expertise to formulate, manufacture or test the technical performance of the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates. If third-party manufacturers of the Reorganized Debtors’ products fail to devote sufficient time and resources to the Reorganized Debtors’ concerns, or if their performance is substandard, the Reorganized Debtors may be unable to continue to commercialize the Reorganized Debtors’ products, and the Reorganized Debtors’ costs may be higher than expected and could harm the Reorganized Debtors’ business.

 

100


 

In addition, any failure by the Reorganized Debtors’ third party manufacturers to comply with cGMP, including any failure to deliver sufficient quantities of products in a timely manner could be the basis for the FDA to issue a warning or untitled letter, withdraw approvals for products, or take other regulatory or legal action, including recall or seizure, total or partial suspension of production, suspension of ongoing clinical trials, refusal to approve pending applications or supplemental applications, detention or product, refusal to permit the import or export of products, injunction, imposing civil penalties, or pursuing criminal prosecution. The Reorganized Debtors’ utilization of third party manufacturers could also result in the Reorganized Debtors’ lack of visibility throughout their supply chain, which could result in shortages in the supply of the Reorganized Debtors’ products or, conversely, the build-up of more inventory than the Reorganized Debtors require.  Failures or difficulties faced at any level of the Reorganized Debtors’ supply chain could materially adversely affect the Reorganized Debtors’ business and delay or impede the development and commercialization of any of the Reorganized Debtors’ products or product candidates and could have a material adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors’ business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

The Reorganized Debtors may also rely on third parties to conduct preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, the Reorganized Debtors may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for any supplemental drug applications relating to changes to the labels of or new dosage strengths for the Reorganized Debtors’ products or receive regulatory approval for any product candidate the Reorganized Debtors are able to partner. In addition, the Reorganized Debtors’ clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under cGMP requirements. Failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat preclinical studies and clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Such organizations are not the Reorganized Debtors’ employees, and except for remedies available under the Reorganized Debtors’ agreements with them, the Reorganized Debtors will not be able to control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to the Reorganized Debtors’ ongoing clinical and preclinical programs, in which case the Reorganized Debtors’ costs could increase and the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to generate additional revenues could be delayed.  If the Reorganized Debtors do not find suitable partners to assist them with the development and regulatory submissions for the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates, the Reorganized Debtors may not be able to further develop or seek regulatory approval for the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates and the Reorganized Debtors may not realize any return on their investment in those assets.

 

(p)                                  Commercial Disputes .

 

Operating in the pharmaceutical industry, particularly the commercialization of pharmaceutical products, involves numerous commercial relationships, complex contractual arrangements, uncertain intellectual property rights, potential product liability and other aspects that create heightened risks of disputes, claims and lawsuits. In particular, the Reorganized Debtors may face claims related to the safety of their products, intellectual property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, competition, sales and marketing practices, environmental matters, personal injury, insurance coverage and acquisition or divestiture-related matters. Further, pharmaceutical companies have used the Lanham Act, a

 

101


 

private right of action that enables a party to sue a competitor for a false or misleading description or representation of fact that misrepresents the nature, characteristics, qualities, or geographic origin of the competitor’s goods, services or commercial activities.  Any commercial dispute, claim or lawsuit may divert the Reorganized Debtors’ management’s attention away from the Reorganized Debtors’ business, the Reorganized Debtors may incur significant expenses in addressing or defending any commercial dispute, claim or lawsuit, and the Reorganized Debtors may be required to pay damage awards or settlements or become subject to equitable remedies that could adversely affect their operations and financial results.

 

(q)                                  Potential Adverse Reactions and Other Negative Consequences .

 

Undesirable adverse reactions associated with the Reorganized Debtors’ products could cause the Reorganized Debtors, their institutional review boards, clinical trial sites or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a restrictive product label or the delay, denial or withdrawal of regulatory approval by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities. If the Reorganized Debtors or others identify undesirable adverse events associated with any of the Reorganized Debtors’ products a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including: a requirement to significantly alter the Reorganized Debtors’ promotional campaigns or activities, including being forced to suspend marketing of the product entirely; regulatory authorities may withdraw their approvals of the product or impose restrictions on its distribution; regulatory authorities may require additional warnings or contradictions in the product label that could diminish the usage or otherwise limit the commercial success of the product; required additional post-marketing studies; litigation for harm caused to patients; and reputational harm. Any of these events could prevent the Reorganized Debtors from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of their products and their business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

(r)                                     Impact of Recently Enacted and Future Legislation .

 

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for the Reorganized Debtors to commercialize their products and product candidates, may reduce the prices the Reorganized Debtors are able to obtain for their products and product candidates and hinder or prevent the commercial success. Before the Reorganized Debtors can market and sell products in a particular jurisdiction, the Reorganized Debtors need to obtain necessary regulatory approvals and, in some jurisdictions, reimbursement authorization. There are no guarantees that the Reorganized Debtors or their commercialization partners will obtain any additional regulatory approvals for the Reorganized Debtors’ products. Even if the Reorganized Debtors or their commercialization partners obtain or maintain all of the necessary regulatory approvals, the Reorganized Debtors may never generate significant revenues from any commercial sales of the their products.

 

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of any product candidates the Reorganized Debtors are able to partner, restrict or regulate post-approval activities or affect the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to profitably sell the Reorganized Debtors’ products. While there have been repeated calls

 

102


 

and attempts to repeal the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “ Affordable Care Act ”), the Affordable Care Act, among other things, imposes a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products. It also contains substantial new provisions intended to, among other things, broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of health care spending, enhance remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers, modify the definition of “average manufacturer price” for Medicaid reporting purposes thus affecting manufacturers’ Medicaid drug rebates payable to states and impose additional health policy reforms, any of which could negatively impact the Reorganized Debtors’ business. A significant number of provisions are not yet, or have only recently become, effective, but the Affordable Care Act is likely to continue the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase the Reorganized Debtors’ regulatory burdens and operating costs. Other legislative changes have also been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted.

 

The Reorganized Debtors expect that the Affordable Care Act, as well as other healthcare reform measures that have been and may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and additional downward pressure on the price that the Reorganized Debtors receive for their products, and could seriously harm their future revenues. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from third-party payors. In addition, state pharmacy laws may permit pharmacists to substitute generic products for branded products if the products are therapeutic equivalents, or may permit pharmacists and pharmacy benefit managers to seek prescriber authorization to substitute generics in place of the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may compromise the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize their products.  Any new laws or regulations that have the effect of imposing additional costs or regulatory burden on pharmaceutical manufacturers, or otherwise negatively affect the industry, would adversely affect the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to successfully commercialize their products.

 

(s)                                    Social Issues Regarding Abuse of Opioids .

 

Media stories regarding prescription drug abuse and the diversion of opioids and other controlled substances are commonplace. Law enforcement and regulatory agencies may apply policies that seek to limit the availability of opioids, or remove opioids from the market entirely. Such efforts may inhibit the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to commercialize OXAYDO. Aggressive enforcement and unfavorable publicity regarding, for example, the use or misuse of opioid drugs, the limitations or unintended consequences of abuse-resistant formulations, public inquiries and investigations into prescription drug abuse, litigation or regulatory activity relating to sales, marketing (including providing meals to doctors), distribution (including with respect to high prescribers of opioids), or storage of the Reorganized Debtors’ drug products could harm the Reorganized Debtors’ reputation. In addition, payments to doctors to participate in speaker programs or payments to industry groups could reflect negatively on us.  Such negative publicity could reduce the potential size of the market for OXAYDO and decrease the revenues and

 

103


 

royalties the Reorganized Debtors are able to generate from their sale. Similarly, to the extent opioid abuse becomes less prevalent or a less urgent public health issue, regulators and third-party payors may not be willing to pay a premium for abuse-deterrent formulations of opioids. In addition, efforts by the FDA and other regulatory bodies to combat abuse of opioids may negatively impact the market for the Reorganized Debtors’ products. Advancements in the development and approval of generic abuse-deterrent opioids could also compete with and potentially impact physician use of the Reorganized Debtors’ products and product candidates and cause the Reorganized Debtors’ products to be less commercially successful.

 

The FDA has indicated that some opioid drugs formulated with the active ingredients fentanyl, hydromorphone, methadone, morphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, and others will be required to have a REMS to ensure that the benefits of the drugs continue to outweigh the risks. The FDA has approved a REMS for ER and long-acting (“ LA ”) and will approve a new REMS that covers both ER and IR opioids as part of a federal initiative to address prescription drug abuse and misuse. Like the ER/LA REMS, the new REMS will introduce new safety measures designed to reduce risks and improve the safe use of ER and IR opioids, while ensuring access to needed medications for patients in pain. Further, other federal agencies, states and municipalities, a Native American Tribe and individual consumers have brought lawsuits against manufacturers, pharmacies and distributors of opioids, seeking damages for the costs associated with drug abuse and dependency.  The Reorganized Debtors may be brought into actions in the future. Litigation involving governmental entities or class actions and governmental investigations are expensive and time consuming.  If the Reorganized Debtors were to be sued or investigated over the Reorganized Debtors’ commercialization of opioids, such an action could divert the Reorganized Debtors’ attention and resources and have an adverse impact on the Reorganized Debtors’ operations and financial condition.

 

(t)                                     Potential Product Liability Actions .

 

The Reorganized Debtors face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the commercial sales of their products and the clinical testing of their product candidates. For example, the Reorganized Debtors may be sued if any of their products or product candidates allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If the Reorganized Debtors cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, they may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of their products. Even a successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in: injury to the Reorganized Debtors’ reputation; decreased demand for the Reorganized Debtors’ products; initiation of investigations by regulators; costs to defend the related litigation; a diversion of management’s time and the Reorganized Debtors’ resources; substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients; product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions; loss of revenue; and a decline in the share price of the New Egalet Common Stock.

 

104


 

The Reorganized Debtors’ inability to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products the Reorganized Debtors develop. Although the Reorganized Debtors will maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by the Reorganized Debtors’ insurance or that is in excess of the limits of their insurance coverage. The Reorganized Debtors will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed their coverage limitations or that are not covered by such insurance, and the Reorganized Debtors may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

 

(u)                                  Non-U.S. Business Risks .

 

Because the Reorganized Debtors intend to market products outside of the United States, their business will be subject to risks associated with doing business outside of the United States. Accordingly, the Reorganized Debtors’ business and financial results in the future could be adversely affected due to a variety of factors, including: failure to develop an international sales, marketing and distribution system for the Reorganized Debtors’ products; changes in a specific country’s or region’s political and cultural climate or economic condition; unexpected changes in foreign laws and regulatory requirements; difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in local jurisdictions; inadequate intellectual property protection in foreign countries; trade-protection measures, import or export licensing requirements and fines, penalties or suspension or revocation of export privileges; the effects of applicable foreign tax structures and potentially adverse tax consequences; and significant adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

 

(v)                                  Retention of Key Personnel .

 

The Reorganized Debtors will be highly dependent upon the services of the Reorganized Debtors’ key personnel, including their executive management team. Although the Reorganized Debtors have or intend to into employment agreements with each of them, these agreements  are expected to be at-will and may not prevent them from terminating their employment with the Reorganized Debtors at any time. The Reorganized Debtors do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of their executives or other employees. The loss of the services of any of the Reorganized Debtors’ officers or key employees could cause them to incur increased operating expenses and divert senior management resources in searching for replacements. The loss of their services also could harm the Reorganized Debtors’ reputations with the Reorganized Debtors’ customers. The Reorganized Debtors’ future success also depends on their continuing ability to identify, hire, train and retain other highly skilled personnel. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially in the pharmaceutical industry, and the Reorganized Debtors may experience difficulty in hiring and retaining sufficient numbers of highly skilled employees.

 

105


 

(w)                                Ability to Recruit, Retain and Train Qualified Sales Personnel .

 

While the Reorganized Debtors will compete with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, many of those companies are larger or have more resources to recruit, hire, train and retain qualified sales personnel.  If the Reorganized Debtors are not successful in continuing to recruit and retain sales personnel, the Reorganized Debtors may not be successful in commercializing their products or any products that they may in-license or acquire.  Further, the Reorganized Debtors will need to provide their salesforce with the quality training, support, guidance and oversight, including with respect to compliance with applicable law, in order for them to be credible and effective. If the Reorganized Debtors fail to perform these commercial functions, the Reorganized Debtors’ products may not achieve their maximum commercial potential or any significant level of success at all, which could have a material adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors’ financial condition, share price and operations. The deterioration or loss of the Reorganized Debtors’ salesforce would materially and adversely impact the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to generate sales revenue, which would hurt the Reorganized Debtors’ results of operations.

 

(x)                                  Future Acquisitions and Business Development Activities .

 

The Reorganized Debtors may, in the future, make acquisitions of, or investments in, companies or products that the Reorganized Debtors believe have products or capabilities that are a strategic or commercial fit with the Reorganized Debtors’ products and business or otherwise offer opportunities for the Reorganized Debtors, including in-licensing technologies. In connection with these acquisitions or investments, the Reorganized Debtors may: pay too much for the product or business; issue stock that would dilute the holders of New Egalet Common Stock; incur debt and assume liabilities; and incur amortization expenses related to intangible assets or incur large and immediate write-offs.

 

The Reorganized Debtors also may be unable to find suitable acquisition candidates and may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, the Reorganized Debtors will have limited capital resources and a significant amount of outstanding debt, the governing documents of which will restrict the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to make certain capital expenditures, each of which could limit the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to engage in otherwise attractive acquisition or in-license transactions.

 

If the Reorganized Debtors do complete an acquisition, the Reorganized Debtors cannot assure you that it will ultimately strengthen the Reorganized Debtors’ competitive position or that it will not be viewed negatively by customers, financial markets or investors. Further, future acquisitions could also pose numerous additional risks to the Reorganized Debtors’ operations. The Reorganized Debtors may not be able to successfully complete one or more acquisitions or effectively integrate the operations, products or personnel gained through any such acquisition.

 

(y)                                  Information Technology .

 

Despite the implementation of security measures, the Reorganized Debtors’ internal computer systems, and those of other third parties on which the Reorganized Debtors rely, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism,

 

106


 

war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in the Reorganized Debtors’ operations, it could result in a material disruption of the Reorganized Debtors’ commercial activities and business operations, in addition to possibly requiring substantial expenditures of resources to remedy. To the extent that any disruption or security breach was to result in a loss of or damage to the Reorganized Debtors’ data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, the Reorganized Debtors could incur liability.

 

Further, the Reorganized Debtors’ reliance on information systems and other technology also gives rise to cybersecurity risks, including security breach, espionage, system disruption, theft and inadvertent release of information.  The Reorganized Debtors intend to regularly make investments to upgrade, enhance or replace these systems, as well as leverage new technologies to support the Reorganized Debtors’ growth strategies. Any delays or difficulties in transitioning to new systems or integrating them with current systems or the failure to implement the Reorganized Debtors’ initiatives in an orderly and timely fashion could result in additional investment of time and resources, which could impair the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to improve existing operations and support future growth, and ultimately have a material adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors’ business.

 

(z)                                   Product Candidate Development .

 

The Reorganized Debtors’ development commercialization strategy for the Reorganized Debtors’ product candidates in clinical and preclinical development will depend on the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to enter into agreements with partners to obtain assistance and funding for the development and potential commercialization of these product candidates. Supporting diligence activities conducted by potential collaborators and negotiating the financial and other terms of a collaboration agreement can be long and complex processes with uncertain results. Even if the Reorganized Debtors are successful in entering into additional collaboration agreements, collaborations may involve greater uncertainty for us, as the Reorganized Debtors have less control over certain aspects of the Reorganized Debtors’ collaborative programs than the Reorganized Debtors do over the Reorganized Debtors’ proprietary development and commercialization programs. The Reorganized Debtors may determine that continuing a collaboration under the terms provided is not in the Reorganized Debtors’ best interest, and the Reorganized Debtors may terminate the collaboration. The Reorganized Debtors’ collaborators could delay or terminate their agreements, and the Reorganized Debtors’ products subject to collaborative arrangements may never be successfully commercialized.

 

(aa)                           Changes in Tax Laws .

 

Changes in tax laws in any of the jurisdictions in which the Reorganized Debtors operate, or adverse outcomes from tax audits that the Reorganized Debtors may be subject to in any of the jurisdictions in which the Reorganized Debtors operate, could result in an unfavorable change in the Reorganized Debtors’ effective tax rate, which could adversely affect the Reorganized Debtors’ business, financial condition and operating results.

 

107


 

(bb)                           Foreign Currencies and Exchange Rate Risk .

 

Some payments to the Reorganized Debtors’ employees, suppliers and contract manufacturers will be denominated in foreign currencies. The Reorganized Debtors’ reporting currency will be the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, the Reorganized Debtors will be exposed to foreign exchange risk, and their reported results of operations may be negatively impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the foreign currency. A significant appreciation in the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar would result in higher reported expenses and would cause the Reorganized Debtors’ net losses to increase. Likewise, to the extent that the Reorganized Debtors generate any revenues denominated in foreign currencies, or become required to make payments in other foreign currencies, fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and those foreign currencies could also negatively impact the Reorganized Debtors’ reported results of operations.

 

(cc)                             Disclosure Controls .

 

The Reorganized Debtors intend to comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The Reorganized Debtors’ disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports the Reorganized Debtors file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the S.E.C. The Reorganized Debtors believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. In addition, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in the Reorganized Debtors’ control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

(dd)                           Going Concern .

 

The report of the Debtors’ independent registered public accounting firm on their financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 contains explanatory language that substantial doubt exists about the Debtors’ ability to continue as a going concern. If the going concern basis were not appropriate for these financial statements, adjustments would be necessary in the carrying value of assets and liabilities, the reported expenses and the balance sheet classifications used.

 

11.6                         Risks Associated with the Iroko Acquisition.

 

(a)                                                          Failure to Satisfy Closing Conditions .

 

On October 30, 2018, certain of the Debtors entered into the Purchase Agreement in connection with the Iroko Acquisition. The completion of the Iroko Acquisition is subject to a number of conditions, including the receipt of anti-trust clearance under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act, which make both the completion and the timing of completion of the Iroko Acquisition uncertain. Also, either Egalet Corporation or Iroko may terminate the Purchase Agreement under

 

108


 

certain circumstances upon the occurrence of certain events, unless the failure of the Iroko Acquisition to be completed has resulted from the failure of the party seeking to terminate the Purchase Agreement to perform its obligations.  In addition, the Purchase Agreement automatically terminates if the Iroko Acquisition has not been completed by January 31, 2019 or if certain other milestones are not satisfied  (subject to extension under certain circumstances). The Purchase Agreement may also be terminated by Egalet Corporation if there is an event or circumstance having a material adverse effect on the business of Iroko and its subsidiaries or, under certain circumstances, by either party if any governmental authority enjoins or otherwise prohibits the Iroko Acquisition.

 

If the Iroko Acquisition is not completed on a timely basis, or at all, the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors’ business and financial condition may be adversely affected. Additionally, in the event the Iroko Acquisition is not completed, the Reorganized Debtors will be subject to a number of risks without realizing any of the benefits of having completed the Iroko Acquisition, including the following: the need to make a materially amend to the Plan; the Reorganized Debtors will be required to pay their costs relating to the Iroko Acquisition, such as legal, accounting and financial advisory fees, whether or not the Iroko Acquisition is completed and, in certain circumstances, a portion of Iroko’s fees and expenses in the form of the Buyer Reimbursement Obligation; and time and resources committed by management to matters relating to the Iroko Acquisition could otherwise have been devoted to pursuing other beneficial opportunities.

 

(b)                                                          Third Party Consents and Government Approvals .

 

Before the Iroko Acquisition may be completed, applicable waiting periods must expire or terminate under antitrust and competition laws and applicable clearances or approvals must be obtained. In deciding whether to grant antitrust or regulatory clearances, the relevant governmental entities will consider the effect of the Iroko Acquisition on competition within their relevant jurisdiction. In addition, the Reorganized Debtors’ obligation to consummate the Iroko Acquisition is conditioned upon the receipt of consents from various third parties including certain suppliers and licensors. In each case, the terms and conditions of the approvals that are granted may impose requirements, limitations or costs or place restrictions on the conduct of the Reorganized Debtors’ business. There can be no assurance that regulators will not impose, or such third parties will not condition their consent upon, conditions, terms, obligations or restrictions to the consummation of the Iroko Acquisition and that such conditions, terms, obligations or restrictions will not have the effect of delaying the completion of the Iroko Acquisition, imposing additional material costs on or materially limiting the revenues of the Reorganized Debtors following the Iroko Acquisition or otherwise reduce the anticipated benefits of the Iroko Acquisition if the Iroko Acquisition were consummated successfully within the expected timeframe or in the absence of such additional restrictions.

 

(c)                                                           Disruptions with Customers, Suppliers and Other Constituencies .

 

The Iroko Acquisition will happen only if stated conditions are met. Many of the conditions are beyond the control of the Reorganized Debtors. In addition, both the Reorganized Debtors and Iroko have rights to terminate the Purchase Agreement under various circumstances.

 

109


 

As a result, there may be uncertainty regarding the completion of the Iroko Acquisition. This uncertainty, along with potential Iroko supplier, customer and other third party uncertainty regarding how the Iroko Acquisition could affect the services offered by Iroko, may cause such third parties to terminate or not otherwise renew their relationship with Iroko and may cause potential delays or defer decisions concerning entering into a relationship with Iroko by third parties, which could negatively impact revenues and earnings of Iroko or, following consummation of the Iroko Acquisition, the Reorganized Debtors.

 

(d)                                                          Integration .

 

Assuming the Iroko Acquisition, is consummated, the Reorganized Debtors will begin the process of integrating Iroko’s business immediately. A successful integration of Iroko’s business with the reorganized business of the Reorganized Debtors will depend substantially on the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to consolidate operations, corporate cultures, systems and procedures, to potentially restructure certain relationships and to eliminate redundancies and costs. The Reorganized Debtors may not be able to combine their business with the business of Iroko without encountering difficulties, such as: the disruption of operations and business; the retention of the existing suppliers, customers and other third party constituencies; inability to maintain and increase competitive presence; customer loss and revenue loss; possible inconsistencies in standards, control procedures and policies; unexpected problems with costs, operations, personnel, technology and credit; problems with the assimilation of new operations, sites or personnel, which could divert resources from other operations; and/or potential unknown liabilities associated with the Iroko Acquisition, including potential successor liability claims. Additionally, general market and economic conditions or governmental actions generally may inhibit the Reorganized Debtors’ successful integration of Iroko.

 

Further, the Iroko Acquisition will be consummated with the expectation that it will result in various benefits including, among other things, a strengthened market position for the Reorganized Debtors, cross selling opportunities, technological efficiencies, cost savings and operating efficiencies. Achieving the anticipated benefits of this acquisition is subject to a number of uncertainties, including whether the Reorganized Debtors integrate the Iroko business in an efficient and effective manner, and general competitive factors in the marketplace. Failure to achieve these anticipated benefits on the anticipated timeframe, or at all, could result in a reduction in the price of shares of New Egalet Common Stock as well as in increased costs, decreases in the amount of expected revenues and diversion of management’s time and energy and could materially and adversely affect the Reorganized Debtors’ business, financial condition and operating results. Additionally, the Reorganized Debtors will or have made fair value estimates of certain assets and liabilities in recording the Iroko Acquisition. Actual values of these assets and liabilities could differ from estimates, which could result in the Reorganized Debtors not achieving the anticipated benefits of the Iroko Acquisition. Finally, any cost savings that are realized may be offset by losses in revenues or other charges to earnings.

 

Failure to successfully address these and other issues related to the Iroko Acquisition could have a material adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors’ financial condition and results of operations, and could adversely affect their ability to successfully implement their

 

110


 

business strategy. Also, if the Reorganized Debtors’ growth occurs more slowly than anticipated or declines, their operating results could be materially adversely affected.

 

(e)                                                           Successor Liabilities .

 

The Reorganized Debtors may face potential successor liability for liabilities of Iroko, which are not provided for in the Plan. Although the Debtors have endeavored to structure the Iroko Acquisition to minimize exposure to unassumed liabilities, it is possible that under common law, certain statutes or otherwise, creditors of Iroko and its subsidiaries could attempt to assert that the Reorganized Debtors have successor liability for obligations of Iroko. Such liabilities may arise in a number of circumstances, including those where: a creditor or other security holder of Iroko did not receive proper notice of, or appropriate consideration from, the Iroko Acquisition or any pre- or post-acquisition transactions undertaken by Iroko in contemplation thereof or in connection therewith; the damage giving rise to an Iroko creditor’s claim did not manifest itself in time for the creditor to file the creditor’s claim; or fraud on the part of Iroko, its creditors or any of its other constituencies.

 

If the Reorganized Debtors are determined to be subject to such liabilities, it could materially adversely affect their business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if any such claim was unsuccessful, it could be costly to defend and have an adverse effect on their financial condition and results of operations.

 

(f)                                                            Failure to Consummate .

 

If the Iroko Acquisition is not completed for any reason, the Supporting Noteholders will be permitted to terminate the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Debtors would be required to materially amend the Plan, and may need to pursue a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

ARTICLE XII.

 

SECURITIES LAW MATTERS

 

12.1                         General.

 

The Plan provides for Reorganized Corp to issue New Egalet Common Stock to (i) the holders of the First Lien Secured Notes on account of the First Lien Secured Notes Claims pursuant to Article VI(C) of the Plan, (ii) the holders of the 5.50% Convertible Notes and 6.50% Convertible Notes on account of the Convertible Notes Claims pursuant to Article VI(D) of the Plan and (iii) Iroko pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (including any warrants issuable to Iroko in lieu of such shares of New Egalet Common Stock in accordance with the Purchase Agreement and any shares of New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of any such warrant, the “ Iroko Shares ”); provided , however , that if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the shares of New Egalet Common Stock otherwise allocable to the holders of the First Lien Secured Notes shall be distributed pursuant to the Rights Offering, and the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall receive $10 million in cash instead of the First Lien Note Equity Distribution. The Plan also provides for Reorganized Corp to issue (i) Series A-1

 

111


 

Notes to holders of the First Lien Secured Notes on account of the First Lien Secured Notes Claims pursuant to Article VI(C) of the Plan and (ii) Series A-2 Notes to Iroko pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “ Iroko Notes ”).  In addition, if the Debtors elect to effectuate the Rights Offering, Reorganized Corp will issue Subscription Rights to holders of the Convertible Notes Claims pursuant to Article VI(M) of the Plan and, at the election of the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims, Reorganized Corp may issue New Warrants to such holders.

 

The Debtors believe that the New Egalet Common Stock (including the Rights Offering Stock and the New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any New Warrants (the “ Warrant Stock ”), the New Warrants, New Secured Notes and Subscription Rights constitute “securities,” as defined in Section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act, section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable state securities laws.  Furthermore, the Debtors believe that the offer and sale of the New Egalet Common Stock (including the Rights Offering Stock and the Warrant Stock), the New Warrants, the New Secured Notes and Subscription Rights pursuant to the Plan will be exempt from federal and state securities registration requirements under various provisions of the Securities Act and the Bankruptcy Code, other than with respect to Persons deemed “underwriters,” as discussed below.

 

THE ISSUANCE OF NEW EGALET COMMON STOCK (INCLUDING THE RIGHTS OFFERING STOCK AND THE WARRANT STOCK), THE NEW WARRANTS, THE NEW SECURED NOTES AND THE SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS UNDER THE PLAN RAISES CERTAIN SECURITIES LAW ISSUES UNDER THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS WHICH ARE DISCUSSED IN THIS ARTICLE.  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS ARTICLE SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED APPLICABLE TO ALL SITUATIONS OR ALL CREDITORS RECEIVING NEW EGALET COMMON STOCK UNDER THE PLAN.  CREDITORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN LEGAL COUNSEL CONCERNING THE FACTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES IN EACH PARTICULAR CASE.

 

12.2                         Issuance of New Egalet Common Stock, New Warrants and Series A-1 Notes to holders of Claims pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

The Debtors believe that the offer and sale of the New Egalet Common Stock, the New Warrants and the Series A-1 Notes in exchange for the First Lien Secured Notes Claims and the Convertible Notes Claims satisfy the requirements of section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Accordingly, no registration statement will be filed under the Securities Act or any state securities laws in connection with such offer and sale. Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that Section 5 of the Securities Act and any state law requirements for the offer and sale of a security do not apply to the offer or sale of stock, options, warrants or other securities by a debtor if (a) the offer or sale occurs under a plan of reorganization, (b) the recipients of the securities hold a claim against, an interest in, or claim for administrative expense against, the debtor, and (c) the securities are issued in exchange for a claim against or interest in a debtor or are issued principally in such exchange or partly for cash and property.

 

112


 

The exemptions provided for in section 1145(a) do not apply to an entity that is deemed an “underwriter” as such term is defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 1145(b) provides that, with specified exemptions and except with respect to “ordinary trading transactions” of an entity that is not an “issuer,” an entity is an “underwriter” if the entity:

 

·                   purchases a claim against, an interest in, or a claim for administrative expense against the debtor with a view to distributing any security received in exchange for such a claim or interest (“accumulators”);

 

·                   offers to sell securities offered under a plan for the holders of such securities (“distributors”);

 

·                   offers to buy securities under a plan from the holders of such securities, if the offer to buy is with a view to distributing such securities and (b) made under a distribution agreement; and

 

·                   is an “issuer” with respect to the securities, as the term “issuer” is defined in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

 

Under section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, an “issuer” includes any “affiliate” of the issuer, which means any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the issuer .

 

12.3                         Subsequent Transfers of Securities Issued Under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Securities issued pursuant to section 1145(a) are deemed to have been issued in a public offering pursuant to section 1145(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.  In general, the Debtors further believe that resales of and subsequent transactions in the New Egalet Common Stock, the New Warrants and the Series A-1 Notes will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act, unless the holder thereof is deemed to be an “issuer,” an “underwriter” or a “dealer” with respect to such securities.  For these purposes, an “issuer” includes any “affiliate” of the issuer, defined as a person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the issuer. “Control,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership  of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.   A “dealer,” as defined in section 2(a)(12) of the Securities Act, is any person who engages either for all or part of his or her time, directly or indirectly, as agent, broker or principal, in the business of offering, buying, selling or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another person.

 

In addition, for any “affiliate” of an issuer deemed to be an underwriter, Rule 144 under the Securities Act provides a safe-harbor from registration under the Securities Act for certain limited public resales of unrestricted securities by “affiliates” of the issuer of such securities.  Rule 144 allows a Holder of unrestricted securities that is an affiliate of the issuer of such securities to sell, without registration, within any three-month period a number of shares of such

 

113


 

unrestricted securities that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the number of such securities then outstanding or the average weekly trading volume in such securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of such sale was filed pursuant to Rule 144, subject to the satisfaction of certain other requirements of Rule 144 regarding holding period, the manner of sale, notice requirements and the availability of current public information regarding the issuer.

 

Whether any particular Person would be deemed to be an “underwriter” (including whether such Person is a “controlling person”) would depend upon various facts and circumstances applicable to that Person.  Accordingly, the Debtors express no view as to whether any Person would be deemed an “underwriter.”  In view of the complex nature of the question of whether a particular Person may be an “underwriter,” the Debtors make no representations concerning the right of any Person to freely resell New Egalet Common Stock, New Warrants or Series A-1 Notes.

 

Accordingly, the Debtors recommend that potential recipients of New Egalet Common Stock, New Warrants and Series A-1 Notes consult their own counsel concerning how they may freely trade such securities in compliance with the federal and state securities laws or an exemption therefrom.  In addition, these securities will not be registered under the Exchange Act or listed on any national securities exchange. See “Certain Risk Factors to be Considered — Uncertain Trading Market and Uncertain Value.”

 

12.4                         Issuance of Subscription Rights, Rights Offering Stock, Iroko Shares and Iroko Notes.

 

Each of (i) the Subscription Rights and Rights Offering Stock issued to the applicable holders of Convertible Note Claims and (ii) the Iroko Shares and Iroko Notes issued to Iroko will be issued without registration in reliance upon the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities act and/or Regulation S. Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act provides that the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act will not apply to the offer and sale of a security in connection with transactions not involving a public offering.  Any securities issued in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) will be “restricted securities” subject to resale restrictions and may be resold, exchanged, assigned or otherwise transferred only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act and other applicable law.  Regulation S provides the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act will not apply to certain offerings and sales of securities outside of the United States.

 

Only (i) “accredited investors” (as defined by Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act) and, if such person is in a member state (each, a “ Relevant Member State ”) of the European Economic Area (the “ EEA ”) that has implemented Directive 2003/72/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) (the “ EU Prospectus Directive ”), “qualified investors” in the Relevant Member State within the meaning of the EU Prospectus Directive and (ii) Qualified Investors (as defined below) may receive the Subscription Rights, the Rights

 

114


 

Offering Stock, the Iroko Shares or the Iroko Notes. The term “ Qualified Investor ” means a non-U.S. Person (as defined by Rule 902 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act) that (1) is in a member state of the EEA and is a “qualified investor” in that Relevant Member State within the meaning of the EU Prospectus Directive or (2) is in a member state of the EEA and is lawfully entitled to subscribe and purchase the applicable securities under all applicable securities laws and regulations (whether pursuant to an applicable exemption or otherwise), with the need for any registration, the filing or publication or other action by the issuer.

 

12.5                         Subsequent Transfers of Subscription Rights, Rights Offering Stock, Iroko Shares and Iroko Notes.

 

The offer and sale of the Subscription Rights, Rights Offering Stock, Iroko Shares and Iroko Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law.  Accordingly, such securities will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom or in a transaction not subject thereto including, as applicable and subject to satisfying any applicable requirements with respect to holding period, public available information or otherwise, the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

As the offer and sale of these securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, each holder of such securities should proceed on the assumption that the economic risk of the investment must be borne for an indefinite period, since the securities may not be resold unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

 

Certificates evidencing such securities, if any, will bear a legend substantially in the form below:

 

“THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT FOR TRANSFERS THAT ARE EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW.”

 

Any holder of a certificate evidencing Subscription Rights, Rights Offering Stock, Iroko Shares and the Iroko Notes bearing such legend may present such certificate to Reorganized Corp’s transfer agent for exchange for one or more new certificates not bearing such legend or for transfer to a new holder without such legend at such times as (a) such securities are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (b) such holder delivers to Reorganized Corp an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Reorganized Corp to the effect that the securities are no longer subject to the restrictions pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act and such securities may be sold without registration under the Securities Act,

 

115


 

in which event the certificate or note issued to the transferee will not bear such legend. Any such securities held in book-entry will be held subject to and marked with the same restrictive legend and the holders thereof shall be required to satisfy the same legend removal process set forth above with respect to such securities.

 

Accordingly, the Debtors recommend that potential recipients of Subscription Rights, Rights Offering Stock, Iroko Shares and/or Iroko Notes consult their own counsel concerning how they may freely trade such securities in compliance with the federal and state securities laws or an exemption therefrom.

 

12.6                         Registration Rights.

 

In connection with the closing of the transactions of the Purchase Agreement, Egalet Corporation and Iroko will enter into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which Egalet Corporation will grant to Iroko customary demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of New Egalet Common Stock issued as consideration to Iroko. To the extent other parties are expected to be Affiliates of Egalet Corporation and are expected to hold significant amounts of New Egalet Common Stock at the Effective Date, Egalet Corporation may grant to such parties customary registration rights with respect to such shares of New Egalet Common Stock.

 

In addition, (i) certain other holders of New Egalet Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan on the Effective Date will enter into customary lock-up agreements with Reorganized Corp restricting such holders’ transfer of a portion of such shares for a period of 90 days following the Effective Date and (ii) upon the reasonable request of the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders, Reorganized Egalet shall enter into a registration rights agreement (or agreements) with the members of the Ad Hoc Secured Noteholder Committee, which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko, and which shall contain, among other things, shelf and piggyback registration rights.

 

12.7                         Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement.

 

On the Effective Date, in connection with the consummation of the Iroko Acquisition, Reorganized Corp and Iroko will enter into the Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Iroko will agree to customary lock-up and standstill provisions with respect to the New Egalet Common Stock.  The Reorganized Corp Shareholder Agreement will also provide Iroko with certain rights related to the designation, appointment, replacement and removal of the Iroko Directors.

 

THE FOREGOING SUMMARY DISCUSSION IS GENERAL IN NATURE AND HAS BEEN INCLUDED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SOLELY FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES.  THE DEBTORS MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING, AND DO NOT PROVIDE, ANY OPINIONS OR ADVICE WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES OR THE BANKRUPTCY MATTERS DESCRIBED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. IN LIGHT OF THE UNCERTAINTY CONCERNING THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS, WE ENCOURAGE

 

116


 

EACH HOLDER AND PARTY-IN-INTEREST TO CONSIDER CAREFULLY AND CONSULT WITH IT OWN LEGAL ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH MATTERS. AS A RESULT OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR WHETHER A PARTICULAR HOLDER MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER, THE DEBTORS MAKE NO REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE ABILITY TO DISPOSE OF THE SECURITIES ISSUED UNDER THE PLAN.

 

ARTICLE XIII.

 

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN

 

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to U.S. holders and non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of certain Claims.  The analysis contained herein is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Tax Code ”, the Treasury Regulations promulgated and proposed thereunder (the “ Regulations ”), judicial decisions and published administrative rulings and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) as in effect on the date hereof.  Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations hereafter enacted or promulgated could alter or modify the analysis and conclusions set forth below.  Any such changes or interpretations may be retroactive and could significantly affect the federal income tax consequences discussed below.  The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan are complex and are subject to significant uncertainties.  This summary does not address state, local, gift, estate or non-U.S. tax consequences of the Plan, nor does it purport to address the federal income tax consequences of the Plan to special classes of taxpayers (such as broker dealers, banks, mutual funds, insurance companies, financial institutions, small business investment companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in pass-through entities).  Accordingly, the following summary of certain federal income tax consequences is for informational purposes only and is not a substitute for careful tax planning and advice based upon the individual circumstances pertaining to a holder of a Claim.

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of a Claim that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

·                   an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

·                   a corporation, or other business entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

·                   an estate, if its income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

117


 

·                   a trust, if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of the Tax Code) have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of Claims that is neither a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) nor a U.S. holder.

 

If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds Claims, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and on the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding Claims are encouraged to consult their independent tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them of the Plan.

 

THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS MAY VARY BASED UPON THE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES OF EACH HOLDER.  MOREOVER, THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF CERTAIN ASPECTS OF THE PLAN ARE UNCERTAIN DUE TO THE LACK OF APPLICABLE LEGAL PRECEDENT AND THE POSSIBILITY OF CHANGES IN THE LAW.  NO RULING HAS BEEN APPLIED FOR OR OBTAINED FROM THE IRS WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE TAX ASPECTS OF THE PLAN AND NO OPINION OF COUNSEL HAS BEEN REQUESTED OR OBTAINED WITH RESPECT THERETO.  THIS DISCUSSION DOES NOT CONSTITUTE TAX ADVICE OR A TAX OPINION CONCERNING THE MATTERS DESCRIBED.  THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THE IRS WILL NOT CHALLENGE ANY OR ALL OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED HEREIN, OR THAT SUCH A CHALLENGE, IF ASSERTED, WOULD NOT BE SUSTAINED.  ACCORDINGLY, EACH HOLDER OF A CLAIM IS STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT WITH ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN.

 

13.1                         Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors.

 

The Debtors are Egalet Corporation and various corporate subsidiaries of Egalet Corporation.  Egalet Corporation is the common parent of an affiliated group of corporations that files a consolidated tax return for federal income tax purposes (the “ Egalet Group, ” which also includes for purposes of this discussion, as the context may require, any similar group after the Effective Date of which Egalet Corporation is a member).  As discussed below, in connection with the implementation of the Plan, the amount of the Egalet Group’s currently existing net operating loss (“ NOL ”) carryforwards and certain other attributes may be reduced or eliminated.  In addition, the Egalet Group’s subsequent utilization of any NOL carryforwards remaining, and possibly certain other tax attributes, may be restricted following the consummation of the Plan.  The determination of whether any of the Egalet Group’s NOL carryforwards (or other tax attributes) will be limited as a result of the consummation of the Plan is complex and depends on many different factors, including the precise nature of the transactions effectuated to consummate the Plan.

 

118


 

Except to the extent described below, and assuming the Restructuring Transactions take place as provided for above in Section 4.3(a)(1) through 4.3(a)(9) (and not including any different or additional transactions requiring the consent of the Required Supporting Noteholders and Iroko as described in Section 4.3(a) (second paragraph)), the Debtors do not expect to recognize any income, gain or loss in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Plan.

 

(a)                                  Cancellation of Indebtedness and Reduction of Tax Attributes .

 

Generally, gross income for United States federal income tax purposes includes the amount of any cancellation of debt (“ COD ”) income.  The amount of the COD income generally equals the amount by which the adjusted issue price of the indebtedness discharged exceeds the sum of (i) the amount of cash paid, (ii) the issue price of any new debt issued, and (iii) the fair market value of any other consideration given in exchange for such indebtedness, subject to certain statutory or judicial exceptions that can apply to limit the amount of COD income (such as where the payment of the cancelled debt would have given rise to a tax deduction).

 

COD income is excluded from gross income of a debtor in a case under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code if the discharge of indebtedness is granted by the bankruptcy court or pursuant to a plan of reorganization approved by the bankruptcy court. Instead the debtor must reduce certain tax attributes by the amount of excluded COD income in the manner prescribed by section 108(b) of the Tax Code.  In general, tax attributes will be reduced in the following order: (a) NOLs and NOL carryovers; (b) general business credit carryovers; (c) minimum tax credit carryovers; (d) capital losses and capital loss carryovers; (e) tax basis in assets (but not below the amount of liabilities to which the debtor remains subject immediately after the discharge); (f) passive activity loss and credit carryovers; and (g) foreign tax credits carryovers.  The reduction in tax attributes occurs only after the taxable income (or loss) for the year of the debt discharge has been determined.  A debtor with COD income may elect first to reduce the basis of its depreciable assets pursuant to section 108(b)(5) of the Tax Code.  If a debtor with excluded COD income is a member of a consolidated group, the Regulations address the application of the rules for the reduction of tax attributes.  If the debtor is a member of a consolidated group and is required to reduce its basis in the stock of another group member, a “look-through rule” generally requires a corresponding reduction in the tax attributes of the lower-tier member.  If the amount of a debtor’s excluded COD income exceeds the amount of attribute reduction resulting from the application of the foregoing rules, certain other tax attributes of the consolidated group may also be subject to reduction.  Any excess COD income over the amount of available tax attributes is not subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

The Egalet Group expects that it will realize significant COD income as a result of the consummation of the Plan.  The extent of such COD income and resulting tax attribute reduction will depend, in part, on the value of the New Egalet Common Stock that are distributed to holders of Claims and the precise nature of the transactions effectuated to consummate the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Section 382 .

 

Under Section 382 of the Tax Code, if a corporation (or consolidated group) undergoes an “ownership change,” the amount of its pre-change losses that may be utilized to offset future

 

119


 

taxable income generally is subject to an annual limitation (a “ Section 382 Limitation ”).  Typically, consummation of a chapter 11 plan of reorganization results in an ownership change. The section 382 limitation also may apply to certain losses or deductions that are “built-in” (i.e., economically accrued but unrecognized) as of the date of the ownership change and that are subsequently recognized.

 

The Debtors estimate that their U.S. federal income tax NOL carryforwards are approximately $138 million as of December 31, 2017 (some of which the Debtors believe are subject to one or more pre-existing Section 382 Limitations as a result of prior ownership changes), and they believe they have incurred additional NOLs since then.  Subject to the Restructuring Transactions and the discussion above regarding reduction of tax attributes for COD income, the Debtors expect that when New Egalet Common Stock is issued to creditors pursuant to the Plan, the Egalet Group may be able to carry forward NOLs, which, unless an exception applies, would be subject to certain limitations under Section 382 of the Tax Code. The discussion below summarizes certain of the aforementioned limitations that could apply under such circumstances.

 

1.                                       General Section 382 Limitation.

 

In general, the amount of the annual limitation to which a corporation (or consolidated group) would be subject is equal to the product of (i) the fair market value of the stock of the corporation (or, in the case of a consolidated group, the common parent) immediately before the ownership change (with certain adjustments) multiplied by (ii) the “long term tax exempt rate” in effect for the month in which the ownership change occurs (e.g., 2.29% for an ownership change occurring in October 2018).

 

2.                                       Built-In Gains and Losses.

 

If a loss corporation (or consolidated group) has a net unrealized built-in loss immediately before an ownership change (taking into account most assets and items of “built-in” income and deductions), then generally built-in losses recognized during the following five years (up to the amount of the original net unrealized built-in loss) will be treated as pre-change losses and will be subject to the same annual limitation as the NOL carryforwards. Conversely, if the loss corporation (or consolidated group) has a net unrealized built-in gain immediately before the ownership change, any built-in gains recognized during the following five years (up to the amount of the original net unrealized built-in gain) generally will increase the annual limitation in the year recognized, such that the loss corporation (or consolidated group) would be permitted to use its pre-change losses against such built-in gain income in addition to its regular annual allowance. Although the rule applicable to net unrealized built-in losses generally applies to consolidated groups on a consolidated basis, certain corporations that join the consolidated group within the preceding five years may not be able to be taken into account in the group computation of net unrealized built-in loss. Such corporations would nevertheless still be taken into account in determining whether the consolidated group has a net unrealized built-in gain. Thus, a consolidated group can be considered to have both a net unrealized built-in loss and a net unrealized built-in gain. In general, a loss corporation’s (or consolidated group’s) net unrealized built-in gain or loss will be deemed to be zero unless it is greater than the lesser of (i)

 

120


 

$10,000,000 or (ii) 15% of the fair market value of its assets (with certain adjustments) before the ownership change.

 

The determination of whether the Egalet Group will, as a whole, be in a net unrealized built-in gain or loss position immediately before the Effective Date is complex and depends on many different factors.  Whether the Egalet Group will, as a whole, be in a net unrealized built-in gain position or loss position on the Effective Date also depends upon the precise nature of the transactions effectuated to implement of the Plan.

 

3.                                       Chapter 11 Exceptions.

 

An exception to the foregoing annual limitation rules generally applies when so-called “qualified creditors” of a debtor corporation in a chapter 11 proceeding receive, in respect of their Claims, at least 50% of the vote and value of the stock of the reorganized debtor (or a controlling corporation if also in the relevant chapter 11 proceeding) pursuant to a confirmed chapter 11 plan (the “ 382(l)(5) Exception ”). Under the Tax Code, a qualified creditor is a holder of a Claim that (i) was held by such holder since the date that is 18 months before the date on which the debtor first filed its petition with the bankruptcy court or (ii) arose in the ordinary course of business and is held by the person who at all times held the beneficial interest in such claim. In determining whether the 382(l)(5) Exception applies, certain holders of Claims that would own a de minimis amount of the reorganized debtor’s stock pursuant to the debtor’s plan are presumed to have held their Claims since the origination of such claims. In general, this de minimis rule applies to holders of Claims who would own directly or indirectly less than 5% of the total fair market value of the debtor’s stock pursuant to the plan.

 

Under the 382(l)(5) Exception, a debtor’s pre-change losses are not limited on an annual basis but, instead, the debtor’s NOLs are required to be reduced by the amount of any interest deductions claimed during any taxable year ending during the three (3) year period preceding the taxable year that includes the effective date of the plan of reorganization, and during the part of the taxable year prior to and including the effective date of the plan of reorganization, in respect of all debt converted into stock in the reorganization. If the 382(l)(5) Exception applies and the debtor undergoes another ownership change within two years after consummation, then the debtor’s pre-change losses effectively would be eliminated in their entirety for all periods after the second ownership change. In addition, under the Regulations, the use of NOLs may be eliminated upon consummation of the plan of reorganization, despite the 382(l)(5) Exception, if the debtor does not carry on more than an insignificant amount of an active trade or business during and subsequent to the bankruptcy proceeding. The requirement of carrying on more than an insignificant amount of an active trade or business may be met even though all trade or business activities temporarily cease for a period of time to address business exigencies.

 

Where the 382(l)(5) Exception is not applicable to a corporate debtor in a chapter 11 proceeding (either because the debtor does not qualify for it or the debtor elects not to utilize the 382(l)(5) Exception), a second special rule under section 382(l)(6) of the Tax Code will apply with respect to the calculation of the Section 382 Limitation (the “ 382(l)(6) Exception ”). When the 382(l)(6) Exception applies, a debtor corporation that undergoes an ownership change generally determines the fair market value of its stock as the lesser of (1) the value of its stock

 

121


 

immediately after the ownership change or (2) the gross value of its assets before the ownership change. This generally has the effect of taking into account the increase in value resulting from any surrender or cancellation of creditors’ Claims in the chapter 11 proceeding, but not taking into account any cash or other property contributed to a debtor or exchanged for stock of a debtor. This differs from the general rule under section 382 that requires the fair market value of a corporation that undergoes an ownership change to be determined immediately before the ownership change. The 382(l)(6) Exception also differs from the 382(l)(5) Exception in that the debtor corporation is not required to reduce its NOLs by interest deductions in the manner described above, and the debtor may undergo a change of ownership within two years without triggering the elimination of its pre-change losses (although the debtor corporation would be subject to the general rule under section 382 imposing an annual limitation on the use of its NOLs following such subsequent ownership change). In addition, even if the 382(l)(5) Exception is inapplicable, section 382(c) of the Tax Code provides that the debtor must continue the business enterprise of the debtor for two (2) years following the ownership change or its annual limitation will be reduced to zero (0) as of the date of the ownership change but may be increased for certain built-in gains as previously discussed.

 

It is not clear whether the Debtors will satisfy the requirements for the 382(l)(5) Exception or, if they do, if they will avail themselves of its provisions.

 

13.2                         Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Claims

 

(a)                                  In General .

 

Generally, in the event of a taxable exchange as described below, a U.S. holder of a Claim will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the “amount realized” by such U.S. holder in exchange for its Claim and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Claim.

 

The character of any recognized gain or loss ( e.g. , ordinary income, or short-term or long-term capital gain or loss) will depend upon the status of the U.S. holder, the nature of the Claim in the U.S. holder’s hands, the purpose and circumstances of its acquisition, the U.S. holder’s holding period of the Claim, and the extent to which the U.S. holder previously claimed a deduction for the worthlessness of all or a portion of the Claim.  If the Claim is a capital asset in the U.S. holder’s hands, any gain or loss realized will generally be characterized as capital gain or loss, and will constitute long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held such Claim for more than one year.  There are limitations on the deduction of capital losses by both corporate and non-corporate taxpayers.

 

U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS, FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES, ON THE SATISFACTION OF THEIR CLAIMS.

 

(b)                                  Allocation of Consideration to Accrued Interest .

 

A portion of the consideration received by a U.S. holder in satisfaction of a Claim pursuant to the Plan may be allocated to the portion of such Claim (if any) that represents accrued but unpaid interest.  If any portion of the distribution were required to be allocated to

 

122


 

accrued interest, such portion would be taxable to the U.S. holder as interest income, except to the extent the U.S. holder has previously reported such interest as income.  A U.S. holder will generally recognize a loss to the extent that any accrued interest was previously included in the U.S. holder’s gross income and is not paid in full.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, all Plan distributions in respect of any Claim will be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claim, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds such amount, to any portion of such Claim representing accrued but unpaid interest.  However, there is no assurance that the IRS would respect such allocation for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

In the event that a portion of the consideration received by a U.S. holder of a Claim represents accrued but unpaid interest, such consideration would not be included in the “amount realized” by such holder in exchange for its Claim.

 

(c)                                   Market Discount .

 

A U.S. holder that acquires a debt instrument with market discount generally is required to treat any gain realized on the disposition of the instrument as ordinary income to the extent of accrued market discount not previously included in gross income by the U.S. holder.  In general, a debt instrument is considered to have been acquired with market discount if it is acquired other than at original issue and if the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such instrument is less than (i) the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding “qualified stated interest,” or (ii) in the case of a debt instrument issued with “original issue discount” (“ OID ”), its adjusted issue price, in each case, by at least a de minimis amount (equal to the product of 0.25% of the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding qualified stated interest, and the number of remaining whole years to maturity). To the extent that the debt instruments that were acquired with market discount are exchanged for other property in a corporate reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Tax Code, any market discount that accrued on such debt instruments (i.e., up to the time of the exchange) but was not recognized by the U.S. holder is carried over to the property received and any gain recognized on the subsequent sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of such property is treated as ordinary income to the extent of such accrued, but not recognized, market discount.

 

(d)                                  Treatment of U.S. Holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims .

 

Pursuant to the Plan and in satisfaction of their Claims, each of the U.S. holders of the Allowed First Lien Secured Notes Claims would receive its Pro Rata Share of (i) $50 million in aggregate principal amount of the Series A-1 Notes, (ii) the First Lien Note Equity Distribution, (iii) $20 million in cash, less the aggregate amount of Adequate Protection Payments (as defined in the Cash Collateral Orders) actually received by holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims pursuant to the Cash Collateral Orders and (iv)  cash in an amount equal to the fees and expenses of the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee (as to which it is anticipated that the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee will exercise its contractual lien rights prior to distribution), to the extent not otherwise paid on or prior to the Effective Date, which will not be paid directly to any holder, but instead will be paid directly to the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee on account of any such fees

 

123


 

and expenses ; provided , however , that if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the shares of New Egalet Common Stock otherwise allocable to the First Lien Note Equity Distribution shall be distributed pursuant to the Rights Offering, and the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall receive $10 million in cash instead of the First Lien Note Equity Distribution (the “ Exchange ”).  The treatment of the Amended Royalty Rights Agreement is not clear. Although it is not free from doubt, the Debtors do not intend to treat the amendments giving rise to the Amended Royalty Rights Agreement as part of the Exchange or otherwise as a payment, or transfer of property, to the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims

 

Depending upon the precise nature of the transactions effectuated to consummate the Plan, it is possible that, if each of the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims and New Secured Notes is treated as a “security” for United States federal income tax purposes, the Exchange would be treated as a “recapitalization” (or, possibly, some other type of partially tax-free reorganization) and the U.S. holders of the First Lien Secured Notes Claims would generally recognize gain (but not loss) on the Exchange, but only to the extent of the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder’s realized gain in the Exchange and (ii) the amount of any cash received. Alternatively, if only the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims is treated as a “security” for United States federal income tax purposes, gain (but not loss) would be recognized, but only to the extent of the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder’s realized gain in the Exchange and (ii) the sum of the issue price of the Series A-1 Notes and the amount of any cash received.  Finally, if the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims is not treated as a “security” for United States federal income tax purposes, the Exchange would be a fully taxable transaction. The First Lien Secured Notes Claims have been treated as “contingent payment debt instruments” for United States federal income tax purposes (“ CPDIs ”), and any gain recognized by the holders of the First Lien Secured Notes Claims in the Exchange would be treated as interest income under the rules applicable to CPDIs. In addition, if the Exchange were deemed to be a contribution of property to a corporation governed by Section 351 of the Tax Code and if the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims is treated as a “security” for United States federal income tax purposes, gain (but not loss) would be recognized, but only to the extent of the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder’s realized gain in the Exchange and (ii) the sum of the issue price of the Series A-1 Notes and the amount of any cash received.

 

The term “security” is not defined in the Tax Code or in the Regulations and has not been clearly defined by judicial decisions or IRS administrative guidance. The determination of whether a particular debt constitutes a “security” depends on an overall evaluation of the nature of the debt. One of the most significant factors considered in determining whether a particular debt is a security is its original term. In general, debt obligations issued with a weighted average maturity at issuance of less than five years do not constitute securities, whereas debt obligations with a weighted average of ten years or more constitute securities. It has not yet been determined whether the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims or the Series A-1 Notes will be treated as a “security” for United States federal income tax purposes.  Therefore, it is possible the Exchange may be a partially or fully taxable, or tax-free, exchange.  No ruling has been or will be applied for or obtained from the IRS with respect to this issue and no opinion of counsel has been or will be requested or obtained with respect thereto.

 

124


 

If the Exchange is fully taxable, a U.S. holder of a Claim will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the “amount realized” by such U.S. holder in exchange for its Claim and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Claim.  Any such gain would be treated as ordinary income to the extent attributable to any market discount such U.S. holder had accrued with respect to its Claim, unless the U.S. holder has elected to include market discount in income currently as it accrues.

 

A U.S. holder’s amount realized, net of any negative adjustment carryforwards to the year of the Exchange (as determined under the CPDI rules), generally will depend on whether the Series A-1 Notes or the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims being exchanged are deemed to be “traded on an established market” within the meaning of section 1273 of the Tax Code.  The Series A-1 Notes or the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims will be treated as traded on an established market only if the debt is traded on an established market during the 31-day period ending 15 days after the exchange date.  Pursuant to applicable Regulations, an “established market” need not be a formal market.  The Series A-1 Notes or the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims will be considered traded on established market if (i) there is a price for an executed purchase or sale of the Series A-1 Notes or the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims, as applicable, that is reasonably available within a reasonable period of time after the sale; (ii) there is at least one price quote for the Series A-1 Notes or the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims, as applicable from at least one reasonably identifiable broker, dealer or pricing service, which price quote is substantially the same as the price for which the person receiving the quoted price could purchase or sell the Series A-1 Notes or the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims, as applicable (a “ Firm Quote ”); or (iii) there is at least one price quote for the Series A-1 Notes or the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims, as applicable, other than a Firm Quote, available from at least one such broker, dealer, or pricing service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where the principal amount of each of the Series A-1 Note and the debt instrument underlying a First Lien Secured Notes Claim does not exceed $100 million on the date of the Exchange, each of the Series A-1 Notes and the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims will not be deemed to be traded on an established market on such date.

 

In accordance with section 1274 of the Tax Code and section 1.1274-2(b)(1) of the Regulations, the issue price of the Series A-1 Notes will be the stated principal amount of the Series A-1 Notes.  As discussed above, neither the Series A-1 Notes nor the debt underlying the First Lien Secured Notes Claims being exchanged are deemed to be traded on an established market, so a U.S. holder’s amount realized would generally be equal to the sum of the issue price of the Series A-1 Notes and the fair market value of the New Egalet Common Stock (“ New Equity FMV ”) issued to such U.S. holder in the Exchange, plus the amount of any cash received by such U.S. holder in the Exchange.  A U.S. holder’s basis in the Series A-1 Notes would equal the issue price of such loan (discussed above). A U.S. holder’s basis in the New Egalet Common Stock would generally be an amount equal to the New Equity FMV.  The treatment of the Exchange is subject to the discussions above regarding allocation of consideration to accrued interest and market discount.  The treatment of the Exchange is not free from doubt and depends on the application of complex rules to facts that are not clearly addressed by such rules.  U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Exchange with respect to their particular circumstances.

 

125


 

(e)                                   Treatment of U.S. Holders of Convertible Notes Claims .

 

Pursuant to the Plan and in satisfaction of their Claims, each U.S. holder of the Allowed Convertible Notes Claims would receive its Pro Rata Share of (i) a number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 31.62% of the New Egalet Common Stock as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) (subject to dilution only on account of the Commitment Premium Stock, if any, and the Management Incentive Plan), or New Warrants in lieu of a portion of such shares solely to the extent set forth in Article VII(C) of the Plan, and (ii) if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering and such holder is an Eligible Holder, the Subscription Rights (the “ Convertible Notes Exchange ”).  The Debtors intend to treat the New Warrants, if issued, as New Egalet Common Stock for United States federal income tax purposes. Depending upon the precise nature of the transactions effectuated to consummate the Plan, it is possible that, if the debt underlying the Convertible Notes Claims is treated as a “security” for United States federal income tax purposes, the Convertible Notes Exchange would be treated as a “recapitalization” (or, possibly, some other type of partially tax-free reorganization) and the U.S. holders of the Convertible Notes Claims generally would not recognize any gain or loss on the Exchange.

 

It has not yet been determined whether the debt underlying the Convertible Notes Claims will be treated as a “security” for United States federal income tax purposes.  Therefore, it is possible the Convertible Notes Exchange may be a partially or fully taxable exchange.  No ruling has been or will be applied for or obtained from the IRS with respect to this issue and no opinion of counsel has been or will be requested or obtained with respect thereto.  In addition, if the Convertible Notes Exchange were deemed to be a contribution of property to a corporation governed by Section 351 of the Tax Code, U.S. holders of the Convertible Notes Claims generally would not recognize loss, and would only recognize gain to the extent of the non-stock consideration received.

 

If the Convertible Notes Exchange is fully taxable, a U.S. holder of a Claim will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the “amount realized” by such U.S. holder in exchange for its Claim and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Claim.  Any such gain would be treated as ordinary income to the extent attributable to any market discount such U.S. holder had accrued with respect to its Claim, unless the U.S. holder has elected to include market discount in income currently as it accrues.  A U.S. holder’s ability to claim and/or utilize a loss may be limited.  U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning their ability to claim and/or utilize a loss.

 

A U.S. holder’s amount realized generally will equal the sum of the New Equity FMV issued to such U.S. holder in the Convertible Notes Exchange and if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering and such holder is an Eligible Holder, the fair market value of the Subscription Rights.  A U.S. holder’s basis in the New Egalet Common Stock generally would equal the New Equity FMV, and if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering and such holder is an Eligible Holder the fair market value of the Subscription Rights.

 

The treatment of the Convertible Notes Exchange is subject to the discussions above regarding allocation of consideration to accrued interest and market discount.  The treatment of

 

126


 

the Convertible Notes Exchange is not free from doubt and depends on the application of complex rules to facts that are not clearly addressed by such rules.  U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Convertible Notes Exchange with respect to their particular circumstances.

 

(f)                                    Ownership and Disposition of the Series A-1 Notes by U.S. Holders .

 

Stated Interest . The stated interest on the Series A-1 Notes generally will be taxable as ordinary interest income in accordance with the U.S. holder’s regular method of accounting at the time such payments are accrued or received.

 

Original Issue Discount ;

 

The amount of OID with respect to the Series A-1 Notes will be equal to the excess of the “stated redemption price at maturity” of the debt (in the case of the Series A-1 Notes, taking into account all payments of principal and including stated interest) over its “issue price” as described above.

 

For United States federal income tax purposes, each U.S. holder (regardless of its accounting method) generally must include in gross income a portion of any OID in each taxable year during which the Series A-1 Notes is held in an amount equal to any such OID that accrues during such period, determined using a constant yield to maturity basis. This means that each U.S. holder may be required to include amounts in gross income without a corresponding receipt of cash attributable to such income. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Series A-1 Notes will be increased by the amount of OID includible in the U.S. holder’s gross income as it accrues.

 

Acquisition Premium or Amortizable Bond Premium on the Series A-1 Notes . If a U.S. holder’s initial tax basis in the Series A-1 Notes is greater than its issue price and less than or equal to its stated redemption price at maturity, the Series A-1 Notes will be considered to have been issued to such U.S. holder at an “acquisition premium.” Under the acquisition premium rules, the amount of OID that a U.S. holder must include in income with respect to the Series A-1 Notes for any taxable year will be reduced by the portion of the acquisition premium properly allocable to that year. If a U.S. holder’s initial tax basis in its share of the Series A-1 Notes is greater than its stated redemption price at maturity, a U.S. holder will be considered to have acquired the Series A-1 Notes with “amortizable bond premium” and a U.S. holder will not be required to include any OID in income. A U.S. holder generally may elect to amortize the premium over the remaining term of the Series A-1 Notes on a constant yield method as an offset to interest when includible in income under a U.S. holder’s regular accounting method. If a U.S. holder does not elect to amortize the premium, that premium will decrease the gain or increase the loss a U.S. holder would otherwise recognize on disposition of the Series A-1 Notes.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of the Series A-1 Notes . When a U.S. holder sells or otherwise disposes of its share of the Series A-1 Notes in a taxable transaction, the U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the amount realized on the disposition, less any amount attributable to accrued interest, which will be taxable as such; and (2) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series A-1 Notes. The U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Series A-1

 

127


 

Notes generally equals the issue price of such U.S. holder’s share of the Series A-1 Notes increased by any accrued OID or market discount with respect to the Series A-1 Notes and decreased by payments on the Series A-1 Notes other than payments of “qualified stated interest.”  Such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss.

 

U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the Series A-1 Notes with respect to their particular circumstances.

 

(g)                                   Ownership and Disposition of the New Egalet Common Stock by U.S. Holders .

 

Distributions . A distribution paid in respect of the New Egalet Common Stock generally will constitute a dividend for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles.  The gross amount of any such dividend to a U.S. holder will be included in the income of the U.S. holder, as ordinary dividend income.  In general, distributions in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a U.S. holder to the extent that such distributions to the U.S. holder do not exceed the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the New Egalet Common Stock with respect to which the distribution is paid, but rather will reduce the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such New Egalet Common Stock (but not below zero). To the extent that distributions exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits as well as the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the New Egalet Common Stock, such distributions generally will be taxable as capital gain realized in respect of the New Egalet Common Stock.

 

Under current United States federal income tax law, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, generally will constitute qualified dividend income currently eligible for preferential rates of United States federal income tax (currently 20%), provided certain conditions and requirements are satisfied, such as minimum holding period requirements. U.S. holders that are corporations may be eligible for a partial dividends-received deduction with respect to dividend distributions that are paid in respect of the New Egalet Common Stock, subject to certain conditions and requirements, such as minimum holding period requirements. The earnings and profits of Reorganized Corp generally will be increased by the amount of COD income realized by Egalet Corporation pursuant to the Plan to the extent that such COD income does not reduce basis in assets of the Egalet Group.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of New Egalet Common Stock . In general, a U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss upon the sale or other taxable disposition of the New Egalet Common Stock in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the fair market value of any property and the amount of cash received in such disposition and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the New Egalet Common Stock at the time of the disposition. Such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss.

 

U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the New Egalet Common Stock with respect to their particular circumstances.

 

128


 

(h)                                  Ownership of the New Royalty Rights by U.S. Holders.

 

The Debtors intend to treat any payments in respect of the New Royalty Right as ordinary income for United States federal income tax purposes.  After the end of each calendar year, the Debtors shall timely prepare and file, deliver and furnish, as the case may be, IRS Forms 1099 with respect to any payments with respect to the New Royalty Rights.

 

(i)                                      Medicare Tax .

 

Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets and income generated by certain capital assets such as interest and dividends. U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax provision on their exchange and the receipt, ownership and disposition of any consideration to be received under the Plan.

 

(j)                                     Information Reporting and Backup Withholding .

 

In general, a U.S. holder (other than certain exempt holders) will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to (i) payments made in connection with the Plan, (ii) payments of principal, premium, and interest (including OID) paid in respect of, and the proceeds from a sale, redemption or other disposition before maturity of, the Series A-1 Notes and (iii) dividends and other taxable distributions paid in respect of, and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, the New Egalet Common Stock.  In addition, such a U.S. holder may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) on such payments if the U.S. holder (i) fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number to the payor; (ii) has been notified by the IRS of a failure to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on its United States federal income tax returns; or (iii) in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.  Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  Taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their federal income tax liability or may claim a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.  Certain persons are exempt from backup withholding, including, in certain circumstances, corporations and financial institutions.

 

(m)                           Bad Debt and/or Worthless Securities Deduction .

 

A holder who, under the Plan, receives in respect of a Claim an amount less than the holder’s tax basis in the Claim may be entitled in the year of receipt (or in an earlier or later year) to a bad debt deduction in some amount under section 166(a) of the Tax Code or a worthless securities deduction under section 165 of the Tax Code. The rules governing the character, timing and amount of bad debt or worthless securities deductions place considerable emphasis on the facts and circumstances of the holder, the obligor and the instrument with respect to which a deduction is claimed. Holders of Claims, therefore, are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to their ability to take such a deduction.

 

129


 

13.3         Federal Income Tax Consequences to non-U.S. Holders of Claims

 

(a)           In General .

 

Subject to the discussions below regarding accrued and unpaid interest, backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding taxes with respect to any gain recognized on (i) the exchange of First Lien Secured Notes Claims for its Pro Rata Share of (1) $50 million in aggregate principal amount of the Series A-1 Notes, (2) the First Lien Note Equity Distribution, (3) $20 million in cash, less the aggregate amount of Adequate Protection Payments (as defined in the Cash Collateral Orders) actually received by holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims pursuant to the Cash Collateral Orders and (4)  cash in an amount equal to the fees and expenses of the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee (as to which it is anticipated that the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee will exercise its contractual lien rights prior to distribution), to the extent not otherwise paid on or prior to the Effective Date, which will not be paid directly to any holder, but instead will be paid directly to the First Lien Secured Notes Trustee on account of any such fees and expenses ( provided , however , that if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering, the shares of New Egalet Common Stock otherwise allocable to the First Lien Note Equity Distribution shall be distributed pursuant to the Rights Offering, and the holders of First Lien Secured Notes Claims shall receive $10 million in cash instead of the First Lien Note Equity Distribution) or (ii) the exchange of Convertible Notes Claims for its Pro Rata Share of (1) a number of shares of New Egalet Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 31.62% of the New Egalet Common Stock as of the Effective Date (including any New Egalet Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants) (subject to dilution only on account of the Commitment Premium Stock, if any, and the Management Incentive Plan), or New Warrants in lieu of a portion of such shares solely to the extent set forth in Article VII(C) of the Plan, and (2) if the Debtors elect to consummate the Rights Offering and such holder is an Eligible Holder, the Subscription Rights:

 

·  the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment that such non-U.S. holder maintains or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base in the U.S.), in which case the gain will be subject to tax as discussed below under “—(f) Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business;”

 

·  the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the exchange and certain other conditions are met, in which case the gain generally will be subject to tax at a rate of 30%; or

 

·   in the case of holders of Convertible Note Claims (or other options, warrants and equity interests) the non-U.S. holder meets certain ownership requirements and the Egalet Corporation had been a “United States real property holding corporation” (a “ USRPHC ”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the exchange or, if shorter, the non-U.S. holder’s holding period with respect to its Claims. If Egalet Corporation was a USRPHC, such gain would be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a non-U.S. holder would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 15% on the gross amount paid to such non-U.S. holder in respect of Convertible Note Claims (or other options, warrants and equity interests). Egalet Corporation will be classified as a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “United States real property

 

130


 

interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Egalet Corporation believes that it was not a USRPHC in 2016 or 2017 and, based on current business plans and operations, it should not become a USRPHC in the future.

 

(b)           Accrued and Unpaid Interest .

 

A portion of the consideration received by a non-U.S. holder in satisfaction of a Claim pursuant to the Plan may be allocated to the portion of such Claim (if any) that represents accrued but unpaid interest as discussed above with respect to U.S. holders in “—(b) Allocation of Consideration to Accrued Interest.”  To the extent an amount is treated as interest, it will be subject to tax in the same manner as interest as described below under “—(c) Ownership and Disposition of the Series A-1 Notes by non-U.S. Holders.”

 

(c)                                   Ownership and Disposition of the Series A-1 Notes by non-U.S. Holders .

 

Interest and OID.  Stated interest on, and accrued OID and other amounts treated as interest with respect to, the Series A-1 Notes constitute income from U.S. sources.  Except as discussed below under “—(g) FATCA” and/or “—(h) Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any amount treated as interest (including OID), if the interest is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base), provided that the non-U.S. holder:

·  does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of the New Egalet Common Stock entitled to vote;

 

·  is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to Reorganized Corp (directly or indirectly) through stock ownership;

 

·  is not a bank receiving interest on a loan entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; and

 

·  certifies to its non-U.S. status on a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable.

 

If a non-U.S. holder cannot satisfy the requirements described above, payments treated as interest made to the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, unless the non-U.S. holder establishes its eligibility for a reduced rate of withholding, or is able to claim a valid exemption, under an applicable income tax treaty generally by providing a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, upon which the non-U.S. holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, its status as a non-U.S. person and its entitlement to the lower treaty rate or exemption from tax with respect to such payments. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under a tax treaty may also obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by filing a

 

131


 

timely refund claim with the IRS.  For purposes of providing a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, special procedures are provided under applicable Regulations for payments through qualified foreign intermediaries or certain financial institutions that hold customers’ securities in the ordinary course of their trade or business.

 

Interest paid to a non-U.S. holder that is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business within the United States will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, as described above, generally if the non-U.S. holder provides a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8ECI. Instead, such interest payment generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as further discussed below under “—(f) Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business.”

 

Sale or Other Disposition.  Except as discussed below under “—(g) FATCA” and/or “—(h) Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax with respect to any gain recognized on the sale, redemption or other disposition of its Series A-1 Notes in a taxable transaction unless:

 

·   the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment that such non-U.S. holder maintains or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base in the U.S.), in which case the gain will be subject to tax as discussed below under “—(f) Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business;” or

 

·   the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the sale, redemption or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the gain generally will be subject to tax at a rate of 30%.

 

(d)                                  Ownership and Disposition of the New Egalet Common Stock by non-U.S. Holders .

 

Distributions .  In general, any distribution paid in respect of the New Egalet Common Stock to a non-U.S. holder that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, unless the non-U.S. holder establishes its eligibility for a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, upon which the non-U.S. holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, its status as a non-U.S. person and its entitlement to the lower treaty rate or exemption from tax with respect to such payments.  A distribution paid in respect of the New Egalet Common Stock will generally constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.  Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s New Egalet Common Stock and thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of New Egalet Common Stock.

 

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business within the United States will not be subject to U.S. federal income or

 

132


 

withholding tax, as described above, generally if the non-U.S. holder provides a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8ECI. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as further discussed below under “—(f) Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business.”

 

Sale or Other Disposition of New Egalet Common Stock . Except as discussed below under “—(g) FATCA” and/or “—(h) Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” non-U.S. holders will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of New Egalet Common Stock unless certain exceptions apply, as described above under “—(a) In General.”

 

(e)           Ownership of the New Royalty Rights by non-U.S. Holders

 

Ordinary income . As discussed above under “—(i) Ownership of the New Royalty Rights by U.S. Holders”, the New Royalty Rights payment amounts will be treated as ordinary income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Except as discussed below under “—(g) FATCA” and/or “—(h) Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any New Royalty Rights payment amounts received, provided that the non-U.S. holder:

 

·                   certifies to its non-U.S. status on a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (specifying that the non-U.S. holder is entitled to the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty and is entitled to an exemption from withholding under the “Royalty” and “Other Income” articles of such treaty); or

 

·                   certifies to its non-U.S. status on a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI and that the non-U.S. holder is not subject to withholding tax imposed under FATCA.

 

If a non-U.S. holder is not able to provide one of the certifications above, such non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the New Royalty Rights payments received by such non-U.S. holder.

 

(f)            Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business .

 

If a non-U.S. holder is or was engaged in a trade or business in the United States and interest, royalties, dividends or gain with respect to the Claims, Series A-1 Notes, New Royalty Rights or New Egalet Common Stock is or was effectively connected with the conduct of the non-U.S. holder’s trade or business, or, where a U.S. income tax treaty applies, the non-U.S. holder maintains a U.S. permanent establishment (or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base) to which the interest, dividends or gain is attributable, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis on such interest, dividends or gain in the same manner as a U.S. holder, as described above under “13.2 Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders of Claims.” In addition, if a non-U.S. holder is a corporation, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to a U.S. branch profits tax with respect to its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such interest, dividends or gain at a rate of 30%, unless a lower rate applies

 

133


 

to the non-U.S. holder under an applicable income tax treaty. Such interest or dividends will generally be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder claims the exemption by providing a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8ECI to the payer on or before the relevant payment date.

 

(g)           FATCA .

 

In addition, Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Tax Code (“ FATCA ”) generally impose withholding of 30% on certain payments to certain foreign entities (including financial intermediaries), unless various U.S. information reporting, diligence, and certain other requirements have been satisfied. Such payments will ultimately include U.S. source interest and dividends, as well as gross proceeds (including principal payments) from the sale or other disposition of debt or equity securities that can produce, respectively U.S. source interest or dividends. FATCA withholding generally applies to payments of dividends and interest made after June 30, 2014, and payments of gross proceeds made after December 31, 2018. If withholding is required under FATCA on payments made to a holder, the holder likely will not be entitled to receive any additional amounts with respect to any amounts withheld. Foreign holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation to their particular circumstances.

 

(h)           Backup Withholding and Information Reporting .

 

A non-U.S. holder not subject to U.S. federal income tax may nonetheless be subject to backup withholding and information reporting with respect to interest paid on the Claims, or dividends paid on the New Egalet Common Stock and with respect to amounts realized on the disposition of the Claims, Series A-1 Notes or New Egalet Common Stock unless the non-U.S. holder provides the withholding agent with the applicable IRS Form W-8.  Non-U.S. holders should consult their independent tax advisors as to their qualifications for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption.

 

THE FOREGOING SUMMARY HAS BEEN PROVIDED FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY.  ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE UNDER THE PLAN.

 

ARTICLE XIV.

 

RECOMMENDATION AND CONCLUSION

 

Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that, unless the terms of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code are satisfied, for the Bankruptcy Court to confirm the Plan as a consensual plan, the holders of Impaired Claims against the Debtors in each Class of Impaired Claims must accept the Plan by the Requisite Acceptances set forth in the Bankruptcy Code.

 

The Debtors recommend that all holders of Claims entitled to do so, vote to accept the Plan.  The boards of directors of each of the Debtors (collectively, the “ Company Boards ”) and the Debtors’ officers have reached this decision after considering available alternatives to the

 

134


 

Plan and their likely effect on the Debtors’ creditors, such as liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Debtors determined, after consulting with their legal and financial advisors that the Plan, if consummated, will maximize the value of these Debtors’ estates for stakeholders, and such recovery will exceed any recovery under a hypothetical chapter 7.   For all of these reasons, the Debtors’ officers and boards of directors support the Plan and urge the holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan to accept and support it.

 

The Debtors believe that confirmation and implementation of the Plan is preferable to any of the alternatives described herein because it will provide the greatest recovery to holders of Claims.  Other alternatives would involve significant delay, uncertainty and substantial administrative costs and are likely to reduce any return to creditors who hold Claims.  Further, concessions the Debtors’ secured creditors are willing to make to provide recoveries to junior creditors may not be available in an alternative plan structure.  The Debtors urge the holders of Impaired Claims in Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A, 4B and 4C who are entitled to vote on the Plan, to vote to accept the Plan and to evidence such acceptance by returning their Ballots to the Voting Agent so that they will be received not later than [ · ] (Eastern Time) on [ · ].  Please be reminded that the Voting Agent must have original signatures on all Ballots; and that the Voting Agent will not accept Ballots delivered by email or facsimile.

 

[Signature Page follows.]

 

135


 

Dated:    October  [ · ], 2018

New York, New York

 

 

 

 

 

 

Respectfully submitted,

 

 

 

EGALET CORPORATION, on behalf of itself and its affiliated Debtors

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Robert S. Radie

 

 

Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

 

DECHERT LLP

 

Three Bryant Park

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036
(212) 698-3500

 

YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP

 

Rodney Square
1000 North King Street
Wilmington, DE 19801

(302) 571-6600

 

Attorneys for the Debtors and

Debtors in Possession

 

[Signature Page to Disclosure Statement]

 


 

LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS

 

I.                           Issues and Qualifying Factors

 

Section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that each holder of an impaired allowed claim or interest either (a) accept the plan or (b) receive or retain under the plan property of a value, as of the effective date, that is not less than the value such holder would receive or retain if the debtor was liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code (“ chapter 7 ”) on the effective date. The Debtors believe, based on the following hypothetical analysis (the “ Liquidation Analysis ”), that the Plan meets the “best interests of creditors” test as set forth in section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code. There is at least one Impaired Class of Claims and one Impaired Class of Interests contemplated to receive recoveries under the Plan. Further, each holder of an Impaired Claim will receive under the Plan value on the Effective Date that is not less than the value such holder would receive if the Debtors were to be liquidated under chapter 7. The Debtors believe the Liquidation Analysis and the conclusions set forth herein are fair and accurate, and represent the Debtors’ best judgment with regard to the results of a chapter 7 liquidation of the Debtor. The analysis was prepared solely to assist the Bankruptcy Court in making this determination, and should not be used for any other purpose. Nothing contained in the Liquidation Analysis is intended to or may be asserted to constitute a concession or admission of the Debtor. The Liquidation Analysis was prepared by the Debtor, in consultation with its professionals, and unless otherwise noted, is based on the Debtors’ unaudited balance sheet as of August 31, 2018.

 

NEITHER THE DEBTORS NOR THEIR ADVISORS MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF THE ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN, OR A CHAPTER 7 TRUSTEE’S ABILITY TO ACHIEVE FORECASTED RESULTS. IN THE EVENT THAT THESE CHAPTER 11 CASES ARE CONVERTED TO A CHAPTER 7 LIQUIDATION, ACTUAL RESULTS COULD VARY MATERIALLY FROM THE ESTIMATES AND PROJECTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS.

 

The Liquidation Analysis is based on a number of estimates and assumptions that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies that are beyond the control of the Debtors. There can be no assurances that the values assumed in this analysis would be realized if the Debtors were, in fact, liquidated under chapter 7. Accordingly, actual recovery values and recovery percentages could vary from the amounts set forth herein and such variances could be material.

 

The estimated net recovery values presented herein consist of the net proceeds from the hypothetical disposition of the Debtors’ assets (the “ Assets ”), reduced by certain costs and claims that may arise under a chapter 7 liquidation. Asset recoveries presented herein are net of estimated direct costs of a chapter 7 liquidation. Discounts have been applied to the recovery values of certain Assets to account for the nature and timing of the chapter 7 liquidation process. The Liquidation Analysis assumes that an orderly shutdown would be substantially completed within approximately 6 to 12 months. The Debtors believe that 6 to 12 months is an appropriate estimate of the time needed to complete the liquidation, after taking into account the amount of time it would take to market, sell, and dispose of the Assets and process product returns. There can be no assurances that the liquidation activities could be completed within the above time frames. It is

 


 

possible that the disposition of the Assets and wind-down of the business could take longer than the assumed liquidation period, which could materially reduce the hypothetical recoveries.

 

The Liquidation Analysis also assumes that the chapter 7 liquidation process will be uncontested and free of litigation. To the extent this is not the case, the recoveries on the Assets may be lower than assumed in this Liquidation Analysis.

 

The outcome of an orderly liquidation process could be materially different from the estimated recoveries as indicated herein if the Debtors expedited the liquidation of the Assets on a forced liquidation basis ( i.e. , the chapter 7 trustee disposes of the Assets in less than 6 months). In addition, the timing for an orderly liquidation of the Assets could be affected by the Debtors’ obligations to comply with various regulatory requirements and the potential need to process product returns for an extended period of time.

 

The Liquidation Analysis necessarily contains an estimate of the amount of Claims that will ultimately become Allowed Claims. Estimates for various Classes of Claims are based solely upon the Debtors’ continuing review of the Debtors’ books and records. No order or finding has been entered by the Bankruptcy Court estimating or otherwise fixing the amount of Claims at the projected levels set forth in the Liquidation Analysis. In preparing the Liquidation Analysis, except as otherwise stated herein, the Debtors have projected amounts of Claims that are consistent with the estimated Claims reflected in the Disclosure Statement.

 

The Liquidation Analysis assumes that there are no recoveries from the pursuit of any potential preferences, fraudulent conveyances or other causes of action that could be asserted against affiliated and non-affiliated entities (which the Debtors believe even if pursued would not be material to the analysis) and does not include the estimated costs of pursuing those actions. The Debtors reserve all rights in connection with any preferences, fraudulent conveyances, or other causes of action in the event that the Plan is not consummated and the Debtors are liquidated.

 

II.                      General Assumptions

 

The following is a list of key assumptions that were utilized in the Liquidation Analysis:

 

1.          The Liquidation Analysis assumes that this chapter 11 case is converted to a chapter 7 case on November 15, 2018 (the “ Conversion Date ”) under the direction of a court-appointed chapter 7 trustee.

 

2.          The Liquidation Analysis assumes a 6 to 12 month shutdown period (the “ Liquidation Period ”) resulting in the liquidation of all the Assets. Liquidation proceeds, net of (a) chapter 7 trustee fees, (b) chapter 7 professional fees, (c) operating and shutdown costs, and (d) the pre-conversion professional fee carve-out would be distributed to satisfy Claims.

 

3.          The Liquidation Analysis is based on: (a) the Asset values in the Debtors’ unaudited balance sheet as of August 31, 2018, unless otherwise noted herein.

 


 

4.               The Liquidation Analysis assumes that net proceeds from the sale of the Assets will be distributed under the absolute priority rule provided in section 1129(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and that no distributions will be made to holders of Existing Equity Interests until all creditors are paid in full.

 

5.               While the Liquidation Analysis assumes that Assets are liquidated over the Liquidation Period commencing November 15, 2018, it is possible that the disposition of certain Assets could take longer to realize. The potential impact of litigation and actions by other creditors could increase the amount of time required to realize the recoveries assumed in this Liquidation Analysis. Such events could also add additional costs to the liquidation in the form of higher legal and professional fees as well as incremental operating costs.

 

6.               The Liquidation Analysis assumes that there is no resolution of the various Claims and disputes embodied in the Plan and further that all Claims would be asserted against the Debtors.

 

III. Liquidation Analysis for the Debtors

 

The schedule shown below summarizes the net estimated liquidation proceeds available for distribution in a hypothetical chapter 7 case and liquidation recoveries by Class under two scenarios: “high,” which assumes higher asset recoveries but in most cases less than 100% of their book value as a result of the distressed nature of liquidation, which typically depresses anticipated recoveries; and “low,” which assumes even lower asset recoveries as a result of a more distressed scenario in which an asset sale takes longer and the purchaser does not fully utilize the assets.

 


 

Liquidation Analysis

 

 

 

Book Value 

 

Pro-Forma

 

Hypothetical Recovery
%

 

Hypothetical Recovery

 

Hypothetical Midpoint

 

($ in thousands)

 

Note

 

8/31/2018

 

Value

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Recover

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents (1)

 

A (1)

 

42,873

 

26,847

 

100

%

100

%

26,847

 

26,847

 

26,847

 

100

%

Restricted Cash (1)

 

A (1)

 

400

 

400

 

100

%

100

%

400

 

400

 

400

 

100

%

Marketable Securities, Available for Sale (1)

 

A (1)

 

15,971

 

16,025

 

100

%

100

%

16,025

 

16,025

 

16,025

 

100

%

Accounts Receivable

 

A (2)

 

9,424

 

9,424

 

20

%

40

%

1,885

 

3,770

 

2,827

 

30

%

Other Receivables

 

A (3)

 

1,109

 

1,109

 

70

%

80

%

776

 

887

 

832

 

75

%

Inventory - Raw Material

 

A (4)

 

1,147

 

891

 

15

%

30

%

134

 

267

 

200

 

23

%

Inventory - Finished Goods

 

A (4)

 

2,111

 

1,579

 

60

%

80

%

948

 

1,263

 

1,106

 

70

%

Prepaid Expenses (1)

 

A (5)

 

1,108

 

1,886

 

28

%

35

%

531

 

663

 

597

 

32

%

Other Current Assets

 

A (6)

 

63

 

63

 

100

%

100

%

63

 

63

 

63

 

100

%

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

 

A (7)

 

8,127

 

8,127

 

10

%

20

%

813

 

1,625

 

1,219

 

15

%

Deposits and Other Assets

 

A (8)

 

847

 

847

 

0

%

0

%

 

 

 

 

0

%

Intangible Assets, Net / Product Value in Sale

 

A (9)

 

5,105

 

5,105

 

772

%

1081

%

39,415

 

55,181

 

47,298

 

927

%

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

$

88,284

 

$

72,302

 

121

%

148

%

$

87,835

 

$

106,992

 

$

97,414

 

135

%

Administrative and Priority Claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee Fees

 

B (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,635

)

(3,210

)

(2,922

)

 

 

Professional Fees

 

B (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,700

)

(4,800

)

(5,250

)

 

 

Operating Cash Flow During Liquidation

 

B (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,396

)

(5,812

)

(6,104

)

 

 

Pre-Conversion Professional Fee Carve-Out

 

B (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(400

)

(400

)

(400

)

 

 

Total Administrative And Priority Claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,131

)

(14,222

)

(14,677

)

 

 

Net Proceeds Available For Distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,704

 

92,770

 

82,737

 

 

 

 

Distribution of Proceeds

 

Payment of Secured Claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro-Forma

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Book Value

 

Value

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

 

 

 

 

Secured Claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Lien Secured Notes Claims

 

C (1)

 

80,000

 

88,356

 

82

%

100

%

72,704

 

88,356

 

80,530

 

91

%

Total Secured Claims

 

 

 

80,000

 

88,356

 

82

%

100

%

72,704

 

88,356

 

80,530

 

91

%

Total Proceeds Available For Payment of General Unsecured Claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,414

 

2,207

 

 

 

 

Payment of General Unsecured Claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro-Forma

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Book Value

 

Value

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

 

 

‘Yo

 

Unsecured Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Notes Claims (5.5% notes)

 

C (2)

 

24,650

 

25,448

 

0

%

8

%

 

 

2,048

 

1,024

 

4

%

Convertible Notes Claims (6.5% notes)

 

C (2)

 

23,888

 

24,410

 

0

%

8

%

 

 

1,964

 

982

 

4

%

Total Unsecured Debt

 

 

 

48,538

 

49,858

 

0

%

8

%

 

 

4,012

 

2,006

 

4

%

Other Unsecured Claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Unsecured Claims

 

C (3)

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

0

%

8

%

 

 

402

 

201

 

4

%

Total Other Unsecured Claims

 

 

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

0

%

8

%

 

 

402

 

201

 

4

%

Total Unsecured Claims

 

 

 

53,538

 

54,858

 

0

%

8

%

 

 

4,414

 

2,207

 

4

%

 

Proceeds Available to Shareholders

 


(1) “Pro-Forma Value” column represents approximate balances as of 10/19/18

 


 

IV.                                Notes to Liquidation Analysis

 

A. Asset Recoveries

 

(1)          Cash and Marketable Securities

 

The Debtors’ aggregate cash and marketable securities balance as of October 19, 2018 was approximately $43.3 million, including approximately $400,000 of restricted cash. All cash and cash equivalents are assumed to be fully recoverable (including restricted cash). Thus, the Liquidation Analysis assumes that approximately $43.3 million in cash would be available as of the Conversion Date.

 

(2)          Accounts Receivable

 

The Debtors had an accounts receivable balance of approximately $9.4 million as of August 31, 2018. The Debtors record prompt pay and returns reserve provisions which reduce the book value of their trade accounts receivable. Of the $9.4 million approximate balance, approximately $6.3 million, or 67%, is attributable to customers that could potentially assert set-off or other claims. Given this dynamic, liquidation values were estimated to range from 20% to 40% of book value net of the prompt pay and return provisions.

 

(3)          Other Receivables

 

The Debtors hold other receivables primarily in connection with an international tax credit. The Liquidation Analysis assumes a recovery rate of 70% to 80% would be realized for these assets.

 

(4)          Inventory

 

Inventory consists of raw materials and finished goods relating to the Debtors’ commercial products, including SPRIX and OXAYDO, and its recently discontinued ARYMO product. The Liquidation Analysis assumes only SPRIX inventory would result in any recovery; therefore, the raw material and finished goods balances as of August 31, 2018 were adjusted to reflect SPRIX inventory only. Under the high recovery scenario (which assumes SPRIX raw material is resold to the manufacturer at a discount and a prospective asset purchaser(s) of the product rights to SPRIX (see below) elects to use the finished SPRIX inventory to support go-forward product sales), the Liquidation Analysis assumes a 30% and 80% recovery for SPRIX raw material and finished goods, respectively. Under the low recovery scenario, the Liquidation Analysis assumes a 15% and 60% recovery for SPRIX raw material and finished goods, respectively.

 

(5)          Prepaid Expenses

 

Prepaid expenses, which had a balance of approximately $1.1 million as of August 31, 2018, consist of miscellaneous prepaid expenses, prepaid rent, and prepaid insurance. Prepaid expenses were adjusted to reflect the approximate balance as of October 19, 2018 of $1.9 million. With respect to (i) miscellaneous prepaid expenses, it is assumed the Debtors may be able to recover a

 


 

portion of the balance (approximately $920,000) related to fees paid to the FDA for ARYMO because the product was discontinued; (ii) for prepaid rent, no recovery is assumed; and (iii) for prepaid insurance, a partial recovery is assumed, resulting in an overall recovery for total prepaid expenses of approximately 28% to 35%.

 

(6)          Other Current Assets

 

Other current assets consist of accrued interest income on marketable securities, which is assumed to convert to cash upon the sale of the Debtors’ outstanding marketable securities. The Liquidation Analysis assumes 100% recovery of these assets in both the low and high scenario.

 

(7)          Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

 

The Debtors’ property, plant and equipment primarily consists of certain manufacturing equipment, leasehold improvements, other plant and machinery, furniture & fixtures, computers, and IT/office equipment. Recovery for all types of assets is assumed to be 10% to 20% given the difficulty and cost of liquidating these types of assets in a compressed timeframe.

 

(8)          Deposits and Other Assets

 

Deposits and other assets consist of deposits held by landlords, utilities, patient co-pay vendors, and other vendors. The Liquidation Analysis assumes that such deposits would be applied to final invoices and thus, no recovery would be realized.

 

(9)          Intangible Assets, Net / Product Value in Sale

 

Intangible assets consist of value attributable to product rights related to SPRIX and OXYADO and certain intellectual property related to in-process R&D. The Liquidation Analysis assumed the product rights for SPRIX and OXAYDO are sold, while the intangible asset value related to in-process R&D is assumed to be written off, given the difficulty of recovering value from intellectual property related to products that are not currently commercialized in a compressed timeline. The Liquidation Analysis assumes that the following factors could adversely impact the net proceeds from the sale of the product rights in a liquidation: (a) short time period for the sale process run by the trustee; (b) possible discounts buyers would require due to a limited due diligence period; and (c) the potential for incremental professional fees related to the successful sale of the product rights, among others.

 

For such intangible assets, the recovery percentage rate range is not meaningful, given the Liquidation Analysis assumes the estimated sale value range for the SPRIX and OXAYDO product rights is based on a valuation technique standard to pharmaceutical product sales and thus is distinct from the carrying value of the assets on the balance sheet.

 


 

B. Costs Associated with Liquidation

 

(1) Chapter 7 Trustee Fees and Commissions

 

The chapter 7 trustee fees include fees associated with the appointment of a chapter 7 trustee in accordance with section 326 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors have assumed that the chapter 7 trustee will earn fees equal to approximately 3% of the total asset recovery amount in both the high and low recovery scenarios.

 

(2)          Chapter 7 Trustee’s Professional Fees

 

The Liquidation Analysis assumes that the chapter 7 trustee will hire financial and legal advisors to assist in the administration of the chapter 7 liquidation. The Debtors have assumed $600,000 and $550,000 per month of professional fees for the first six months of the process (in the low and high recovery scenarios, respectively), with the amount reducing to $350,000 and $250,000 per month for the subsequent six months of the process (in the low and high recovery scenarios, respectively). As mentioned above, incremental professional fees related to the sale of the Debtors’ product rights are reflected in the net intangible assets recovery amount, assuming a financial advisor will be retained and compensated for a successful sale of the intangible assets.

 

(3)          Operating Cash Flow During Liquidation

 

The Liquidation Analysis assumes that there will be additional costs associated with the wind-down of the Debtors’ remaining operations after the conversion of the chapter 11 case to chapter 7 and through the completion of the sale the Debtors’ assets. It is assumed that the Debtors will continue to manufacture and sell SPRIX and OXAYDO until a sale of those and substantially all of the Debtors’ other assets is finalized, estimated to take six months, which would require retention of certain of the Debtors staff and other operational expenditures. The estimated amount of operational and wind-down costs varies based on the level of personnel assumed to be required to operate the business through a sale of substantially all of the Debtors’ assets. In the high recovery scenario, the Liquidation Analysis assumes approximately 75% of current payroll levels are required through this initial six-month period, resulting in approximately $5.8 million of net wind-down costs after accounting for product revenue and other operational expenses. In the low recovery scenario, the Liquidation Analysis assumes 80% of current payroll levels are required through the initial six-month period, resulting in approximately $6.4 million of net wind-down costs, also after accounting for product revenue and other operational expenses. In both scenarios, it is assumed there may be some additional operational expense for the latter six months of the chapter 7 liquidation, primarily related to the potential need to process product returns for an extended period of time.

 

(4)          Pre-Conversion Professional Fee Carve-Out

 

The Liquidation Analysis assumes that the Debtors’ professionals will be paid $400,000 after the Conversion Date pursuant to the carve-out in the Cash Collateral Order.

 

C. Claims

 

The Claims set forth in the Liquidation Analysis are based on the Debtors’ estimate of such Claims and do not reflect the amount of Claims filed on or before the applicable Bar Dates. Further

 


 

reconciliation and analysis of the Claims is required. Classes that have Claims that were reasonably estimable are included in the Liquidation Analysis distribution of proceeds estimate.

 

(1)          First Lien Secured Notes Claims

 

At the Conversion Date, the Liquidation Analysis assumes that there would be approximately $88.4 million in First Lien Secured Notes Claims, which includes a prepayment premium of 9% of the principal value of $80 million, along with accrued and unpaid interest estimated at $1.2 million. The First Lien Secured Notes Claims would receive full recovery in the high scenario and an 82% recovery in the low scenario.

 

(2)          Convertible Notes Claims

 

At the Conversion Date, the Liquidation Analysis assumes there would be $49.9 million of total Convertible Notes Claims, which includes accrued and unpaid interest estimated at $1.3 million. The Convertible Notes Claims would receive an 8% recovery in the high scenario and no recovery in the low scenario.

 

(3)          General Unsecured Claims

 

At the Conversion Date, the Liquidation Analysis assumes there would be approximately $5.0 million in General Unsecured Claims, representing the midpoint of an estimated range of $3 million to $7 million. The amount of General Unsecured Claims are based on the Debtors’ reasonable estimate but the actual amount of such Claims could vary materially. The General Unsecured Claims would receive an 8% recovery in the high scenario and no recovery in the low scenario.

 

(4)          Existing Equity Interests

 

The Liquidation Analysis assumes that there would be no recovery available to holders of Existing Equity Interests.

 

Based on the foregoing, confirmation of the Plan will provide each holder of a Claim or Equity Interest with a recovery that is greater than it would receive in a chapter 7 liquidation scenario. Accordingly, the Debtors believe that the Plan meets the “best interests of creditors” test as set forth in section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 


 

FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS

 

As further discussed in Exhibit 2 of this Disclosure Statement, the Debtors believe the Plan meets the feasibility requirement for confirmation of a chapter 11 plan set forth in section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code, as Confirmation is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization of the Reorganized Debtors. In connection with developing the Plan, and for purposes of determining whether the Plan satisfies feasibility standards, the Debtors’ management has, through the development of financial projections for the years of 2019 through 2022 as attached hereto as Exhibit 4 (the “ Financial Projections ”), analyzed the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to meet their obligations under the Plan and to maintain sufficient liquidity and capital resources to conduct their businesses. In general, as illustrated by the Financial Projections, the Debtors believe that with a delevered capital structure and the business combination with Iroko, the Reorganized Debtors will be viable. The Debtors believe that the Reorganized Debtors will have sufficient liquidity to fund obligations as they arise, thereby maintaining value. Accordingly, the Debtors believe the Plan satisfies the feasibility requirement of section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors prepared the Financial Projections in good faith, based upon estimates and assumptions made by the Debtors’ management.

 

The Financial Projections assume that the Plan will be consummated in accordance with its terms and that all transactions contemplated by the Plan will be consummated by the assumed Effective Date. Any significant delay in the assumed Effective Date of the Plan may have a significant negative impact on the operations and financial performance of the Debtors including, but not limited to, an increased risk of inability to meet sales forecasts and higher reorganization expenses. Additionally, the estimates and assumptions in the Financial Projections, while considered reasonable by the Debtors, may not be realized, and are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies. They also are based on factors such as industry performance, general business, economic, competitive, regulatory, market, and financial conditions, all of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond the Debtors’ control. Because future events and circumstances may well differ from those assumed and unanticipated events or circumstances may occur, the Debtors expect that the actual and projected results will differ and the actual results may be materially greater or less than those contained in the Financial Projections. The Debtors do not intend to update or otherwise revise the Financial Projections to reflect the occurrence of future events even in the event that assumptions underlying the Financial Projections are not borne out.

 

THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS, INCLUDING THE UNDERLYING ASSUMPTIONS, SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED IN EVALUATING THE PLAN. WHILE THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THE ASSUMPTIONS UNDERLYING THE PROJECTIONS, WHEN CONSIDERED ON AN OVERALL BASIS, ARE REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF CURRENT CIRCUMSTANCES AND EXPECTATIONS, NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT THE PROJECTIONS WILL BE REALIZED. THE DEBTORS MAKE NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO THE ACCURACY OF THE PROJECTIONS.

 


 

Reorganized Debtors’ Financial Forecast

 

$ in USD millions

 

2019E

 

2020E

 

2021E

 

2022E

 

Total Revenue

 

$

87.7

 

$

108.0

 

$

121.8

 

$

123.4

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

70.7

 

$

86.9

 

$

99.5

 

$

101.4

 

Margin (%)

 

80.6

%

80.4

%

81.7

%

82.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties

 

0.1

 

0.6

 

1.0

 

1.3

 

Co-Promote

 

6.0

 

8.2

 

9.4

 

9.9

 

S&M

 

33.2

 

32.6

 

33.2

 

34.5

 

R&D

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

G&A

 

24.0

 

25.1

 

26.2

 

27.3

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

$

63.7

 

$

66.8

 

$

70.1

 

$

73.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

$

7.0

 

$

20.1

 

$

29.4

 

$

28.1

 

Margin (%)

 

7.9

%

18.6

%

24.1

%

22.8

%

 


 

VALUATION ANALYSIS OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS

 

OVERVIEW

 

The Debtors have been advised by Piper Jaffray & Co (“ Piper Jaffray ”), its investment banking financial advisor, with respect to the estimated reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors on a going concern basis. Piper Jaffray has determined the estimated range of reorganization enterprise value of the Reorganized Debtors, excluding cash on hand, to be approximately $162 million to $200 million (with a mid-point estimate of approximately $181 million) as of an assumed Effective Date of February 1, 2019. Assuming outstanding net debt upon emergence of approximately $95 million, the Reorganized Debtors’ equity value would be approximately $67 million to $105 million (with a mid-point estimate of approximately $86 million).

 

The estimated range of the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors, as of an assumed Effective Date of February 1, 2019, reflects work performed by Piper Jaffray on the basis of information in respect of the business and assets of the Debtors provided to Piper Jaffray as of October 22, 2018. Changes in facts and circumstances between such date and the Effective Date, including, without limitation, a delay in the Effective Date, may result in changes to the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors. Piper Jaffray will consider any such changes in facts and circumstances and may modify its estimate of the reorganization value prior to the Effective Date.

 

The foregoing estimates of the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors is based on a number of assumptions, including a successful reorganization of the Debtors’ business and finances in a timely manner, the consummation of the Iroko Acquisition, the implementation of the Reorganized Debtors’ Business Plan (the “ Business Plan ”), the achievement of the forecasts reflected in the Business Plan, continuity of a qualified management team, normal market conditions through the period covered by the Projections, and the Plan becoming effective in accordance with the estimates and other assumptions discussed below.

 

With respect to the Debtor’s projected financial information (the “ Financial Projections ”), which were prepared by the management of the Debtors, and are included as Exhibit 4 to this Disclosure Statement, Piper Jaffray has assumed that the Financial Projections have been reasonably prepared in good faith and on a basis reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments of the management of the Debtors as to the future operating and financial performance of the Reorganized Debtors. Piper Jaffray’s estimate of a range of reorganization values assumes that operating results projected by the Debtors will be achieved by the Reorganized Debtors in all material respects, including revenue growth, acquisition synergies, and improvements in operating margins, earnings and cash flow. We note that certain of the results forecasted by the management of the Debtors are materially better than the recent historical results of operations of the Debtors. If the business performs at levels above or below those set forth in the Financial Projections, such performance may have a material impact on the Financial Projections and on the estimated range of values derived therefrom.

 


 

In estimating the range of the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors, Piper Jaffray: (1) reviewed certain historical financial information of the Debtors for recent years and interim periods; (2) reviewed certain internal financial and operating data of the Debtors, including the Financial Projections; (3) met with certain members of management of the Debtors to discuss the Financial Projections and the Debtors’ operations and future prospects; (4) reviewed publicly available financial data and considered the market value of public companies that Piper Jaffray deemed generally comparable to the operating businesses of the Debtors; (5) considered relevant precedent transactions in industries most comparable to the Debtors’ operating businesses; (6) considered certain economic and industry information relevant to the operating businesses; and (7) conducted such other studies, analyses, inquiries, and investigations as it deemed appropriate. Piper Jaffray assumed and relied on the accuracy and completeness of all financial and other information furnished to it by the Debtors, as well as publicly available information.

 

In addition, Piper Jaffray did not independently verify management’s Financial Projections in connection with such estimates of the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors, and no other valuations or appraisals of the Debtors were sought or obtained in connection herewith.

 

Estimates of the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors do not purport to be appraisals or necessarily reflect the values that may be realized if assets are sold as a going concern, in liquidation, or otherwise.

 

In the case of the Reorganized Debtors, the estimates of the reorganization value prepared by Piper Jaffray represent the hypothetical reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors. Such estimates were developed for purposes of the formulation and negotiation of the Plan and the analysis of implied relative recoveries to creditors thereunder. Such estimates reflect computations of the range of the estimated reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors through the application of various valuation techniques and do not purport to reflect or constitute appraisals, liquidation values or estimates of the actual market value that may be realized through any transaction.

 

The value of an operating business is subject to numerous uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult to predict and will fluctuate with changes in factors affecting the financial condition and prospects of such a business. As a result, the estimate of the ranges of the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors set forth herein is not necessarily indicative of actual outcomes, which may be significantly more or less favorable than those set forth herein. Because such estimates are inherently subject to uncertainties, none of the Debtors, Piper Jaffray, the Debtors’ other advisors or any other person assumes responsibility for their accuracy. In addition, the valuation of newly issued New Egalet Common Stock is subject to additional uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult to predict. Actual market prices of such New Egalet Common Stock at issuance will depend upon, among other things, prevailing interest rates, conditions in the financial markets, available liquidity, the anticipated initial securities holdings of prepetition creditors, some of which may prefer to liquidate their investment rather than hold it on a long-term basis, and other factors which generally influence the prices of securities.

 


 

VALUATION METHODOLOGY

 

Piper Jaffray performed a variety of analyses and considered a variety of factors in preparing the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors. Piper Jaffray primarily relied on three widely-recognized methodologies: comparable public company analysis, discounted cash flow analysis, and precedent transactions analysis. Piper Jaffray made judgments as to the relative significance of each analysis in determining the Debtors’ indicated reorganization value range. Piper Jaffray’s valuation must be considered as a whole, and selecting just one methodology or portions of the analyses, without considering the analyses as a whole, could create a misleading or incomplete conclusion as to the Reorganized Debtors’ reorganization value.

 

The following summary does not purport to be a complete description of the analyses and factors undertaken to support Piper Jaffray’s conclusions. The preparation of a valuation is a complex process involving various determinations as to the most appropriate analyses and factors to consider, as well as the application of those analyses and factors under the particular circumstances.  As a result, the process involved in preparing a valuation is more complex than the summary provided below.

 

A.                                     Comparable Public Company Analysis

 

A comparable public company analysis estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company’s financial statistics with the financial statistics of public companies that are similar to the subject company. It establishes a benchmark for asset valuation by deriving the value of “comparable” assets through a standardized approach that uses a common variable such as revenues, earnings, and cash flows.  The analysis includes a detailed financial comparison of each company’s income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement. In addition, each company’s performance, profitability, margins, leverage and business trends are also examined. Based on these analyses, a number of financial multiples and ratios are calculated to gauge each company’s relative performance and valuation.

 

A key factor to this approach is the selection of companies with relatively similar business and operational characteristics to the subject company. Criteria for selecting comparable companies include, among other relevant characteristics, similar lines of businesses, business risks, target market segments, growth prospects, maturity of businesses, market presence, size, and scale of operations. The selection of truly comparable companies is often difficult and subject to interpretation.  However, the underlying concept is to develop a premise for relative value, which, when coupled with other approaches, presents a foundation for determining reorganization value.

 

B.                                     Discounted Cash Flow Approach

 

The discounted cash flow (“ DCF ”) valuation methodology relates the value of an asset or business to the present value of expected future cash flows to be generated by that asset or business. The DCF methodology is a “forward-looking” approach that discounts the expected future cash flows by a discount rate determined by calculating the weighted average cost of debt and equity for the Debtors. The expected future cash flows have two components: the present value of the projected cash flows for a determined period and the present value of the terminal value of cash flows (representing firm value beyond the time horizon of the Financial Projections). Piper Jaffray’s DCF valuation is based on projection of the Debtors’ operating results from 2019 through 2022. Piper Jaffray discounted the projected cash flows using the Debtors’ estimated weighted average cost of capital, and calculated the terminal value of the Debtors using the

 


 

perpetuity growth method.

 

The DCF approach relies on a company’s ability to project future cash flows with some degree of accuracy. Because the Financial Projections reflect significant assumptions made by the Debtors’ management concerning anticipated results, the assumptions and judgments used in the Financial Projections may or may not prove correct and, therefore, no assurance can be provided that projected results are attainable or will be realized. Piper Jaffray cannot and does not make any representations or warranties as to the accuracy or completeness of the Financial Projections.

 

C.                                     Precedent Transactions Analysis

 

Precedent transactions analysis estimates value by examining public merger and acquisition transactions. An analysis of the disclosed purchase price as a multiple of various operating statistics reveals industry acquisition multiples for companies in similar lines of businesses to the Debtors.  These transaction multiples are calculated based on the purchase price (including any debt assumed) paid to acquire companies that are comparable to the Debtors. These multiples are then applied to the Debtors’ operating statistics to determine the total reorganization value or value to a potential strategic buyer assuming the purchase of the Debtors in a single transaction.

 

Unlike the comparable public company analysis, the valuation in the precedent transactions methodology includes a “control” premium, representing the purchase of a majority or control position in a company’s assets. Thus, the precedent transactions methodology often produces higher valuations than the comparable public company analysis. Other factors that impact value in the precedent transactions analysis include the following:

 

(i)              The business, financial and market environment are not identical for transactions occurring at different periods of time.

 

(ii)           Circumstances surrounding a given merger transaction, including the financial position of the target(s) and buyer(s), may significantly impact the valuation of the transaction.

 

As with the comparable company analysis, because no acquisition used in any analysis is identical to any other transaction, valuation conclusions cannot be based solely on quantitative results. The reasons for and circumstances surrounding each acquisition transaction are specific to such transaction, and there are inherent differences between the businesses, operations and prospects of each. Therefore, qualitative judgments must be made concerning the differences between the characteristics of these transactions and other factors and issues that could affect the price an acquirer is willing to pay in an acquisition. The number of completed transactions during a relevant timeframe for which public data is available also limits this analysis. Because the precedent transactions analysis of value is hypothetical and Piper Jaffray has not market tested the results, there are limitations as to its use in the Debtors’ valuation.

 

The estimates of the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors determined by Piper Jaffray represent estimated reorganization values and do not reflect values that could be attainable in public or private markets. The estimate of the range of the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtors ascribed in the analysis does not purport to be an estimate of the post-reorganized market trading value. Any such trading value may be materially different from the estimate of the reorganization value range for the Reorganized Debtors associated with Piper Jaffray’s valuation analysis.

 


 

In consultation with the Debtors’ other advisors, Piper Jaffray observed several potential scenarios during the forecast period. While those scenarios may or may not materialize, various tax attributes were contemplated, which may affect valuation on a go-forward basis. Under the contemplated scenarios, the Reorganized Debtors are projected to not be taxpayers in the projection period, which is reflected in the aforementioned valuation.

 


Exhibit 99.3

 

 

Egalet Signs Asset Purchase Agreement to Acquire Four FDA-Approved, Non-Narcotic Pain Products

 

—Anticipates projected pro forma annual net revenue of between $80 and $90 million—
—Company expects to reduce senior debt by $34 million—
—Company files for voluntary pre-arranged plan of reorganization with support of majority in dollar amount of debt holders to facilitate acquisition of assets—

 

Wayne, Pa. — Oct. 31, 2018 — Egalet Corporation (OTCQX: EGLT) (“Egalet”), a fully integrated specialty pharmaceutical company focused on developing, manufacturing and marketing innovative treatments for pain, today entered in an asset purchase agreement to acquire four marketed products from Iroko Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Iroko). If consummated, the proposed transaction will enable Egalet to focus on marketing predominantly non-narcotic pain products. To facilitate this transaction and reorganize Egalet’s capital structure, Egalet has initiated proceedings under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the District of Delaware. As part of its restructuring, Egalet has filed a plan of reorganization that is supported by a majority in dollar amount of all classes of Egalet’s debt holders. The plan contemplates payment in full of all of Egalet’s vendors and suppliers. 

 

“Through this transaction, we will expand our commercial portfolio with four additional marketed, non-narcotic pain products while improving our capital structure,” said Bob Radie, president and chief executive officer of Egalet. “We believe that the acquisition of the Iroko assets will enable us to leverage our existing commercial infrastructure while driving efficiencies.”

 

Pursuant to the agreement, Egalet will acquire three FDA-approved low-dose SoluMatrix ®  non-steroidal anti-inflammatory products, VIVLODEX ® (meloxicam), TIVORBEX ® (indomethacin), and ZORVOLEX ® (diclofenac), as well as INDOCIN ®  (indomethacin) oral suspension and suppositories or capsules and SoluMatrix naproxen, a phase 2 product candidate, from Iroko. As consideration for the acquisition, Egalet will issue to Iroko $45 million in new senior secured notes, 49% of the new Egalet common stock (a portion of which may be issued in the form of warrants) and a royalty payment based upon annual Indocin net sales over $20.0 million. Upon the closing of the acquisition, Egalet management will continue to lead the company with the Iroko products integrated into the Egalet sales representatives’ product offerings. Egalet projects annual net revenue of all products, including the products to be acquired from Iroko, to be between $80 and $90 million.

 

The Iroko acquisition is conditioned upon the reorganization of Egalet under the Bankruptcy Code. Business will continue uninterrupted and operations will be supported by existing cash on hand. In advance of the Chapter 11 filing, over two-thirds in dollar amount of the company’s debt holders signed a restructuring support agreement which the company believes will facilitate an expeditious emergence from Chapter 11. As part of that agreement, Egalet will equitize its existing 5.50% and 6.50% convertible notes

 


 

and a portion of its existing 13.0% senior secured notes. Through a combination of equity and cash, Egalet will, if the plan is approved, reduce its senior debt by $34 million to a total of $95 million in senior secured debt, comprised of the $45 million to be issued to Iroko and $50 million to be issued to Egalet’s existing 13.0% senior secured notes holders. In addition, the plan provides for the elimination of all of Egalet’s outstanding equity securities, and the issuance of new Egalet common stock to Iroko and Egalet’s existing debt holders. The acquisition and the pre-arranged reorganization will require Bankruptcy Court approval. The Company anticipates the closing of the acquisition of the Iroko assets and the bankruptcy to be completed in the first quarter of 2019.

 

“During the restructuring and as we work to close the asset acquisition, we expect our business to continue uninterrupted with the Egalet products being marketed and shipped, our employees receiving wages and benefits and all of our vendors and suppliers receiving payments in the ordinary course of business going forward,” Mr. Radie added.

 

The company will look to relist on the Nasdaq market as soon as the company meets the applicable initial listing requirements. The Egalet stock is expected to trade on the over-the-counter (OTC) on the Pink Sheets through the close of the transaction. Additional information on the transaction and filing will be contained in a report on Form 8-K, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Leerink Partners is acting as financial advisor to Egalet in the acquisition of the Iroko assets. Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. served as Iroko’s advisor in the transaction. Piper Jaffray has served as investment banking financial advisor to Egalet in the restructuring. Dechert LLP is serving as legal counsel for Egalet in both the Iroko acquisition and planned reorganization. Baker McKenzie LLP is serving as legal counsel for Iroko Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in the acquisition.

 

About Egalet

 

Egalet, a fully integrated specialty pharmaceutical company, is focused on developing, manufacturing and commercializing innovative treatments for pain. Given the need for acute and chronic pain products and the issue of prescription opioid abuse, Egalet is focused on bringing non-narcotic products and abuse-discouraging formulations of opioids to patients and healthcare providers. Egalet currently promotes two approved products: SPRIX ®  (ketorolac tromethamine) Nasal Spray and OXAYDO ®  (oxycodone HCI, USP) tablets for oral use only —CII. Egalet also has a  pipeline  of products developed using Guardian® Technology which it may look to partner. The Company plans to continue to grow revenues of its commercial  products , explore business development opportunities and leverage its proprietary  Guardian Technology .

 

For full prescribing information on SPRIX, including the boxed warning and medication guide, please visit sprix.com. For full prescribing information on OXAYDO, including the boxed warning and medication guide, please visit oxaydo.com.

 

Cautionary Note Regarding the Chapter 11 Cases

 

Egalet’s security holders are cautioned that trading in securities of Egalet during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases will be highly speculative and will pose substantial

 


 

risks. The Plan of Reorganization (the “Plan”) contemplates that Egalet’s existing securities, including its outstanding shares of common stock, will be cancelled and extinguished upon confirmation of the Plan by the Court. Trading prices for Egalet’s securities may bear little or no relation to actual recovery, if any, by holders thereof in the Chapter 11 Cases. Accordingly, Egalet urges extreme caution with respect to existing and future investments in its securities.

 

Safe Harbor

 

Statements included in this press release (including but not limited to upcoming milestones) that are not historical in nature and contain the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “suggest,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” “look forward to” and other similar expressions are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to known and unknown uncertainties and risks. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to: the costs of the restructuring and the ability to emerge expeditiously, including there being no substantial objection to or litigation with respect to the restructuring; Egalet’s ability to satisfy the requirements of the Restructuring Support Agreement, including consummation of the proposed plan of reorganization; Egalet’s expected motions to be filed in the Chapter 11 proceeding and the dispositions of such motions; Egalet’s continued operations and customer and supplier relationships while in a Chapter 11 proceeding; the resources needed to support Egalet’s operations while in a Chapter 11 proceeding; Egalet’s ability to lower debt and interest payments, operate its business and satisfy its obligations while in a Chapter 11 proceeding; the public disclosure of sensitive business information, including projections, as part of the Chapter 11 proceedings; the anticipated benefits of the proposed Iroko Acquisition and the impact of the Iroko Acquisition on Egalet’s earnings, capital structure, strategic plan and results of operations; the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstance that could give rise to the termination of the Purchase Agreement, the failure of the closing conditions to the Iroko Acquisition to be satisfied (or any material delay in satisfying such conditions); the failure to consummate the Iroko Acquisition; the costs, fees, expenses and charges (if any) related to the Iroko Acquisition and the restructuring; Egalet’s ability to continue as a going concern; the trading price of Egalet’s common stock and the liquidity of the trading market with respect thereto, including the fact that the Plan contemplated by the Support Agreement provides for all existing equity interests of our common stockholders to be cancelled and for our common stockholders to lose the full amount of their investment; Egalet’s ability to satisfy Nasdaq initial listing requirements; Egalet’s ability to recruit or retain key scientific or management personnel or to retain our executive officers; Egalet’s ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of Egalet’s or Iroko’s products and the labeling claims that Egalet believes are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization of its products and product candidates; the impact of strengthening any of the labels for Egalet’s products; Egalet’s ability to maintain the intellectual property position of Egalet’s or Iroko’s products ; Egalet’s ability to identify and reliance upon qualified third parties to manufacture its products; Egalet’s ability to commercialize its and Iroko’s products, and to do so successfully; the costs of commercialization activities, including marketing, sales and distribution; the size and growth potential of the markets for Egalet’s products and product candidates, and Egalet’s ability to service those markets;

 


 

Egalet’s ability to obtain reimbursement and third-party payor contracts for its and Iroko’s products; the impact of commercial access wins on patient access to SPRIX Nasal ; the entry of any generic products for SPRIX or other products;  any delay in or inability to reformulate SPRIX; Egalet’s ability to find and hire qualified sales professionals; the rate and degree of receptivity in the marketplace and among physicians to Egalet’s and Iroko’s products; the success of products that compete with Egalet’s that are or become available; the regulatory environment and social concerns about limiting the use of opioids; Egalet’s ability to integrate and grow any businesses or products that it may acquire; general market conditions; and other risk factors set forth in Egalet’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and in other filings Egalet makes with the SEC from time to time. While the projected revenues are based on assumption that are Egalet believes are reasonable as of the date hereof, there is no assurance that Egalet will be able to achieve them. While Egalet may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, it specifically disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking-statements contained in this press release whether as a result of new information or future events, except as may be required by law.

 

Media and Investor Contact:
E. Blair Clark-Schoeb
Senior Vice President, Communications
Email: ir@egalet.com
Tel: 484-259-7370